diff --git a/_extensions/github_link.py b/_extensions/github_link.py index baf3018106..0c73c4d897 100644 --- a/_extensions/github_link.py +++ b/_extensions/github_link.py @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ def add_doc_link(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): # in Sphinx 1.3 it's possible to have mutliple source suffixes and that # may be useful in the future source_suffix = app.config.source_suffix - source_suffix = source_suffix if isinstance(source_suffix, basestring) else source_suffix[0] + source_suffix = next(iter(source_suffix)) # FIXME: odoo/odoo has a doc/ prefix which is incorrect for this # project, how to unify? Add new setting? context['github_link'] = lambda mode='edit': make_github_link( diff --git a/_extensions/odoo/layout.html b/_extensions/odoo/layout.html index 000019b32c..6eba82ada2 100644 --- a/_extensions/odoo/layout.html +++ b/_extensions/odoo/layout.html @@ -25,6 +25,14 @@ {{ super() }} {%- endblock -%} +{%- block linktags -%} + {% for code, url in language_codes %} + + {%- endfor %} + + {{ super() }} +{%- endblock -%} + {%- block sidebar1 -%}{%- endblock -%} {%- block sidebar2 -%}{%- endblock -%} {%- block relbar1 -%}{%- endblock -%} @@ -39,6 +47,7 @@ })(window,document,'script','//www.google-analytics.com/analytics.js','ga'); ga('create', '{{ google_analytics_key }}', 'auto'); + ga('set', 'anonymizeIp', true); ga('send','pageview'); {%- endif -%} @@ -71,8 +80,8 @@
  • eCommerce
  • Blogs
  • Forums
    • -
  • Slides
    • -
  • SEA
    • +
  • eLearning
    • +
  • Live Chat
    • @@ -89,10 +98,12 @@
  • Subscriptions
  • Sign
    • +
  • Rental
    • @@ -106,12 +117,12 @@
  • Human Resources
  • Inventory
    • @@ -125,6 +136,8 @@
  • Quality
    • +
  • Helpdesk
    • +
  • Field Service
    • @@ -139,15 +152,23 @@
  • Discuss
  • Mailing Lists
  • Notes
    • -
  • Help desk
    • -
  • Appointment
  • Timesheet
    • -
  • Email Marketing
  • Events
    • +
  • + Marketing + +
  • Survey
    • -
  • Live Chat
    • +
  • Approvals
    • +
  • Appointments
    • +
  • Documents
    • @@ -242,7 +263,7 @@

    {{ meta.get('main-title', title) }}

    {% endif %} -
    +
    {% endif %} {% block body %} {% endblock %} {% if pagename != master_doc %}
    diff --git a/_static/banners/m_1.jpg b/_static/banners/m_1.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce4319631b Binary files /dev/null and b/_static/banners/m_1.jpg differ diff --git a/_static/banners/m_2.jpg b/_static/banners/m_2.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dcc7232048 Binary files /dev/null and b/_static/banners/m_2.jpg differ diff --git a/_static/banners/m_accounting.jpg b/_static/banners/m_accounting.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e100460ba1 Binary files /dev/null and b/_static/banners/m_accounting.jpg differ diff --git a/_static/chart-of-accounts.js b/_static/chart-of-accounts.js index b4a42dd2ea..c29ba430db 100644 --- a/_static/chart-of-accounts.js +++ b/_static/chart-of-accounts.js @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ {account: EQUITY.CAPITAL.code, credit: constant(1000)} ] }, { - label: "Customer Invoice ($100 + 9% tax)", + label: "Customer Invoice ($100 + 9% tax) & Shipping of the Goods", operations: [ {account: ASSETS.ACCOUNTS_RECEIVABLE.code, debit: constant(total)}, {account: EXPENSES.GOODS_SOLD.code, debit: constant(cor)}, @@ -265,20 +265,20 @@ }} ] }, { - label: "Supplier Goods Received (Purchase Order: $50)", + label: "Vendor Goods Received (Purchase Order: $50)", operations: [ {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, credit: constant(cor)}, {account: ASSETS.STOCK.code, debit: constant(cor)}, ] }, { - label: "Supplier Bill (Invoice: $50)", + label: "Vendor Bill (Invoice: $50)", operations: [ {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, debit: constant(cor)}, {account: ASSETS.TAXES_PAID.code, debit: constant(cor_tax)}, {account: LIABILITIES.ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.code, credit: constant(cor + cor_tax)}, ] }, { - label: "Supplier Bill (Invoice: $52 but PO $50)", + label: "Vendor Bill (Invoice: $52 but PO $50)", operations: [ {account: EXPENSES.PRICE_DIFFERENCE.code, debit: constant(purchase-cor)}, {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, debit: constant(cor)}, @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ {account: LIABILITIES.ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.code, credit: constant(purchase + purchase_tax)}, ] }, { - label: "Supplier Bill Paid ($52 + 9% tax)", + label: "Vendor Bill Paid ($52 + 9% tax)", operations: [ {account: LIABILITIES.ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.code, debit: constant(purchase + purchase_tax)}, {account: ASSETS.BANK.code, credit: constant(purchase + purchase_tax)} diff --git a/_static/coa-valuation-anglo-saxon.js b/_static/coa-valuation-anglo-saxon.js index 7d086b66cc..bf781f3c91 100644 --- a/_static/coa-valuation-anglo-saxon.js +++ b/_static/coa-valuation-anglo-saxon.js @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ purchase = 52, purchase_tax = 52 * 0.09; var operations = Immutable.fromJS([{ - label: "Supplier Invoice (PO $50, Invoice $40)", + label: "Vendor Bill (PO $50, Invoice $50)", operations: [ {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, debit: constant(50)}, {account: ASSETS.TAXES_PAID.code, debit: constant(50 * 0.09)}, @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ {account: ASSETS.STOCK.code, debit: constant(50)}, ] }, { - label: "Supplier Invoice (PO $48, Invoice $50)", + label: "Vendor Bill (PO $48, Invoice $50)", operations: [ {account: EXPENSES.PRICE_DIFFERENCE.code, debit: constant(2)}, {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, debit: constant(48)}, diff --git a/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js b/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js index 7f1cd43438..9db7f8b804 100644 --- a/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js +++ b/_static/coa-valuation-continental.js @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ }, { label: "Vendor Invoice (PO €48, Invoice €50)", operations: [ - {account: EXPENSES.PURCHASED_GOODS.code, debit: constant(48)}, + {account: EXPENSES.PURCHASED_GOODS.code, debit: constant(50)}, {account: ASSETS.TAXES_PAID.code, debit: constant(50 * 0.09)}, {account: LIABILITIES.ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.code, credit: constant(50 * 1.09)}, ] @@ -239,9 +239,7 @@ label: "Customer Invoice (€100 + 9% tax)", operations: [ {account: ASSETS.ACCOUNTS_RECEIVABLE.code, debit: constant(total)}, - {account: EXPENSES.PURCHASED_GOODS.code, debit: constant(cor)}, {account: REVENUE.SALES.code, credit: constant(sale)}, - {account: EXPENSES.INVENTORY_VARIATIONS.code, credit: constant(cor)}, {account: LIABILITIES.TAXES_PAYABLE.code, credit: constant(tax)} ] }, { diff --git a/_static/coa-valuation.js b/_static/coa-valuation.js index ad523f9b89..1413b4af06 100644 --- a/_static/coa-valuation.js +++ b/_static/coa-valuation.js @@ -211,20 +211,20 @@ purchase = 52, purchase_tax = 52 * 0.09; var operations = Immutable.fromJS([{ - label: "Supplier Invoice (PO $50, Invoice $40)", + label: "Vendor Bill (PO $50, Invoice $40)", operations: [ {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, debit: constant(50)}, {account: ASSETS.TAXES_PAID.code, debit: constant(50 * 0.09)}, {account: LIABILITIES.ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.code, credit: constant(50 * 1.09)}, ] }, { - label: "Supplier Goods Reception (PO $50, Invoice $50)", + label: "Vendor Goods Reception (PO $50, Invoice $50)", operations: [ {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, credit: constant(50)}, {account: ASSETS.STOCK.code, debit: constant(50)}, ] }, { - label: "Supplier Invoice (PO $48, Invoice $50)", + label: "Vendor Bill (PO $48, Invoice $50)", operations: [ {account: EXPENSES.PRICE_DIFFERENCE.code, debit: constant(2)}, {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, debit: constant(48)}, @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ {account: LIABILITIES.ACCOUNTS_PAYABLE.code, credit: constant(50 * 1.09)}, ] }, { - label: "Supplier Goods Reception (PO $48, Invoice $50)", + label: "Vendor Goods Reception (PO $48, Invoice $50)", operations: [ {account: LIABILITIES.STOCK_IN.code, credit: constant(48)}, {account: ASSETS.STOCK.code, debit: constant(48)}, diff --git a/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst b/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst index a926fd3693..e2cfc415f8 100644 --- a/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst +++ b/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ to do is install the accounting app. .. image:: media/use01.png :align: center -User cases -========== +Use cases +========= Case 1: Payments registration ----------------------------- diff --git a/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst b/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst index 3a79557996..0fbfc7c6db 100644 --- a/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst +++ b/accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst @@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ before posting them to your accounts. .. tip:: if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically be filled in the supplier bill. -How to deprecate an asset? -========================== +How to depreciate an asset? +=========================== Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in diff --git a/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst b/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst index 2b9fa2df00..e4fb019d79 100644 --- a/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst +++ b/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst @@ -31,11 +31,6 @@ management** feature .. image:: media/budget02.png :align: center -If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills -to our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we -don't we will only be able to budget the total amount of general -accounts. - Budgetary Positions ------------------- @@ -73,8 +68,7 @@ case select the relevant income accounts. Analytical account ------------------ -If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget -you need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or +Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting module and clicking diff --git a/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst b/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst index 34ef03bfdb..e4a0f49265 100644 --- a/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst +++ b/accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst @@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ must: For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case: -- your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded +- your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded -- but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or +- but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website Setting your products --------------------- -Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is +Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop. Avoid changing every sale order =============================== -If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price -included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal +If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax +included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer. diff --git a/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst b/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst index 9a4bd09dd9..2c006d4b02 100644 --- a/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst +++ b/accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ How to set tax-included prices ============================== In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check -*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in -:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. +*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in +:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`. .. image:: media/tax_included.png :align: center diff --git a/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst b/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst index ea1a40e48e..ca3bd1e79f 100644 --- a/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst +++ b/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits). Accrual and Cash Basis Methods ============================== -Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to +Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis). Multi-companies =============== -Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each +Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules. @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ web-service. International Standards ======================= -Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core -accounting implement accounting standards that is common to all -countries and specific modules exists per country for the +Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core +accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all +countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces. @@ -61,12 +61,10 @@ In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports: * Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) - where cost of good sold are reported when products are + where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered. * European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill. -* Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative - credit/debit instead of a reverting the original journal items. Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules. @@ -115,8 +113,8 @@ bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general ledger transactions. -Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority -============================================= +Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority +============================================ Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check @@ -136,7 +134,7 @@ average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO. Easy retained earnings ====================== -Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your +Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance diff --git a/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png b/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png index f226a49046..460460df2a 100644 Binary files a/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png and b/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/media/discount01.png differ diff --git a/applications.rst b/applications.rst index fd8caf938a..195f776048 100644 --- a/applications.rst +++ b/applications.rst @@ -18,5 +18,4 @@ Applications project expense/expense general -.. expenses .. recruitment diff --git a/business.rst b/business.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d8205c419 --- /dev/null +++ b/business.rst @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +================== +Business Mementoes +================== + +.. toctree:: + Accounting Memento (US GAAP) + Double-Entry Inventory + Inventory Valuation (Continental Accounting) + Inventory Valuation (Anglo-Saxon Accounting) diff --git a/commit_template.txt b/commit_template.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bfdf50ef45 --- /dev/null +++ b/commit_template.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +[TAG] application/module: describe your changes in a short sentence + +# If you feel that it might help a future reader to understand your commit +# motivations, take some time to explain WHY you made these changes in a few +# sentences. The WHAT is usually easily understood by reading the diff. +# +# Short description tip: structure your commit message as if it was completing +# this sentence: "If merged, this commit will ...". For instance, the following +# commit message is correct: "[IMP] sales: compress images to save space". +# +# Tag meanings: +# +# [ADD] = New content +# [IMP] = Improvement +# [FIX] = Content or RST fix +# [REM] = Removal +# [REF] = Refactoring (restructuring) +# [MOV] = Move/rename +# \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/conf.py b/conf.py index d72f32f39e..e6decc0028 100644 --- a/conf.py +++ b/conf.py @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ master_doc = 'index' # General information about the project. -project = u'Odoo Business' +project = u'Odoo' copyright = u'2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.' # The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ # built documents. # # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = '0.1' +release = '10.0' version = '10.0' # The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation @@ -287,6 +287,13 @@ # If true, do not generate a @detailmenu in the "Top" node's menu. #texinfo_no_detailmenu = False +odoo_cover_external = { + 'https://odoo.com/documentation/user/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html' : 'banners/m_accounting.jpg', + 'https://odoo.com/documentation/user/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.html' : 'banners/m_1.jpg', + 'https://odoo.com/documentation/user/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.html' : 'banners/m_2.jpg', + 'https://odoo.com/documentation/user/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.html' : 'banners/m_2.jpg', +} + github_user = 'odoo' github_project = 'documentation-user' @@ -321,16 +328,38 @@ def setup(app): app.add_javascript('coa-valuation-continental.js') app.add_javascript('coa-valuation-anglo-saxon.js') + app.connect('html-page-context', canonicalize) app.add_config_value('canonical_root', None, 'env') + app.add_config_value('canonical_branch', 'master', 'env') app.connect('html-page-context', analytics) app.add_config_value('google_analytics_key', '', 'env') + app.connect('html-page-context', versionize) + app.add_config_value('versions', '', 'env') + app.connect('html-page-context', localize) app.add_config_value('languages', '', 'env') app.connect('doctree-resolved', tag_toctrees) +def versionize(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): + """ Adds a version switcher below the menu, requires ``canonical_root`` + and ``versions`` (an ordered, space-separated lists of all possible + versions). + """ + if not (app.config.canonical_root and app.config.versions): + return + + # remove last fragment containing the version + root = '/'.join(app.config.canonical_root.rstrip('/').split('/')[:-1]) + + context['versions'] = [ + (vs, _build_url(root, vs, pagename)) + for vs in app.config.versions.split(',') + if vs != app.config.version + ] + def analytics(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): if not app.config.google_analytics_key: return @@ -370,9 +399,33 @@ def localize(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): for la in app.config.languages.split(',') if la != current_lang ] + context['language_codes'] = [ + (la.split('_')[0] if la != 'en' else 'x-default', _build_url(app.config.canonical_root, (la != 'en' and la or ''), pagename)) + for la in app.config.languages.split(',') + ] + +def canonicalize(app, pagename, templatename, context, doctree): + """ Adds a 'canonical' URL for the current document in the rendering + context. Requires the ``canonical_root`` setting being set. The canonical + branch is ``master`` but can be overridden using ``canonical_branch``. + /documentation/user/12.0/sale.html -> /documentation/user/13.0/sale.html + /documentation/user/11.0/fr/website.html -> /documentation/user/13.0/fr/website.html + """ + if not app.config.canonical_root: + return + + # remove last fragment containing the version + root = '/'.join(app.config.canonical_root.rstrip('/').split('/')[:-1]) + root += '/' + app.config.canonical_branch + current_lang = app.config.language or 'en' + context['canonical'] = _build_url( + root, (current_lang != 'en' and current_lang or ''), pagename) def _build_url(root, branch, pagename): + root = root.rstrip('/') + if branch: + root += '/' return "{canonical_url}{canonical_branch}/{canonical_page}".format( canonical_url=root, canonical_branch=branch, diff --git a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png b/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png index 1a7223b9a5..1d7b2208b9 100644 Binary files a/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png and b/crm/calendar/media/google_calendar_credentials06.png differ diff --git a/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst b/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst index 5a02bc1278..18a466d476 100644 --- a/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst +++ b/crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -========================= -How to create a new team? -========================= +============================ +How to create a new channel? +============================ -In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the +In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the **Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a -sales team installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start -using that default sales team and edit it (refer to the section +sales channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start +using that default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch. -To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` and +To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels` and click on **Create**. .. image:: ./media/create01.png @@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ click on **Create**. Fill in the fields : -- Enter the name of your team +- Enter the name of your channel -- Select your team leader +- Select your channel leader - Select your team members Don't forget to tick the "Opportunities" box if you want to manage opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can -now access your new team from your Dashboard. +now access your new channel from your Dashboard. .. image:: ./media/create02.png :align: center diff --git a/db_management/db_premise.rst b/db_management/db_premise.rst index aeffe90db2..c3d1a86455 100644 --- a/db_management/db_premise.rst +++ b/db_management/db_premise.rst @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Solutions * Check if your subscription details get the tag "In Progress" on your `Odoo Account - `__ or with your Account Manager + `__ or with your Account Manager * Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference? @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Solutions `__) * You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract - `__ with the button "Unlink database" + `__ with the button "Unlink database" .. image:: media/unlink_single_db.png :align: center @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Solutions * If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract - `__, a short message will appear + `__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic: .. image:: media/unlink_db_name_collision.png @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ Solutions effortlessly for your and for us. -Too much users error message ----------------------------- +Error message due to too many users +----------------------------------- If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message: diff --git a/discuss/email_servers.rst b/discuss/email_servers.rst index 91f428d8e0..91b3c5957a 100644 --- a/discuss/email_servers.rst +++ b/discuss/email_servers.rst @@ -18,9 +18,10 @@ and check *External Email Servers* Then, go through the following steps. .. note:: - Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. - Consequently you can't use Office 365 email servers to send - or receive messages in Odoo. + Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails + from hosts like Odoo. + Refer to the `Office 365 documentation`_ + to make it working. Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages -------------------------------------------------- @@ -81,31 +82,28 @@ If you want to use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo: How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online ================================================ Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email -server (*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). -We recommend to keep this default setting as it is really convenient. -Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source of any message -sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo login). -Your contacts will therefore trust your messages. - -You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see -your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want -to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself. - -There are 2 methods: - -* [Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) - to receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. - Create a catchall address in your email server settings. - Then apply following redirection: +solution with *@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. +We recommend to keep this default setup as it is really convenient. + +Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want +to manage your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). +The configuration for both incoming and outgoing mail servers is +given here above. + +However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend +to exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching +incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. +To receive emails in real time, you should rather use +a **catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server). To do so: + +* Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall). +* Still from such settings, set a redirection + from this catchall address to Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. - That's it you're ready to go! -* **Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. - That way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). - However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server - thanks to a cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap - for crons in Online instances. - If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure - of above section. +* In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` + and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext). +* No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case. + How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo ================================================================= @@ -151,3 +149,6 @@ To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both systems. This will negatively impact your productivity. + +.. _Office 365 documentation: + https://support.office.com/en-us/article/how-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst b/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst index bdba049247..c20d129568 100644 --- a/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst +++ b/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Get paid shopper_experience/payment shopper_experience/paypal + shopper_experience/authorize shopper_experience/wire_transfer shopper_experience/payment_acquirer shopper_experience/portal diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e3796586a --- /dev/null +++ b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +================================== +How to get paid with Authorize.Net +================================== + +Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in North America. +Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with Odoo, +Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway `__ only. +That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant `__ that you like. + + +Create an Authorize.Net account +=============================== + +* Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ + by clicking 'Get Started'. +* In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as + both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, press + the related option. + + .. image:: media/authorize01.png + :align: center + +* Go through the registration steps. +* The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test + account to process a test transaction from Odoo. +* Once ready, switch to **Production** mode. + + +Set up Odoo +=========== +* Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting + --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`. +* Enter both your **Login ID** + and your **API Transaction Key**. + + .. image:: media/authorize02.png + :align: center + + To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on + *API Login ID and Transaction Key* video of + `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials `__. + Such videos give meaningful insights about how to set up your + Authorize.Net account according to your needs. + + +Go live +======= +Your configuration is now ready! +You can make Authorize.Net visible on your merchant interface +and activate the **Production** mode. + +.. image:: media/paypal_live.png + :align: center + +.. note:: Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both + test and production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you + turn on the production mode. + + +Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution +======================================== +You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer account `__. + +Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. +Enter them in Odoo as explained here above and make sure +you are still in *Test* mode. + +You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform `__ +to configure your sandbox account. + +To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers +provided in the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide `__. + +.. seealso:: + + * :doc:`payment` + * :doc:`payment_acquirer` diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/authorize01.png b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/authorize01.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13bd3eb50e Binary files /dev/null and b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/authorize01.png differ diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/authorize02.png b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/authorize02.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e894038793 Binary files /dev/null and b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/authorize02.png differ diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/paypal_live.png b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/paypal_live.png index 0e9fc34289..8627251883 100644 Binary files a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/paypal_live.png and b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/media/paypal_live.png differ diff --git a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst index ba8bf9c43d..ed35f197f7 100644 --- a/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst +++ b/ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ How to get paid with Paypal =========================== -Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. +Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any starter. @@ -69,9 +69,11 @@ Set up your Paypal account .. image:: media/paypal_account_optional.png :align: center + .. tip:: For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, + please check the `paypal documentation. `__ -Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo -====================================== +Set up Odoo +=========== * Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your **Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**. diff --git a/expense.rst b/expense.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 7eafa8503f..0000000000 --- a/expense.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -:banner: banners/expense.jpg - -======== -Expenses -======== - -.. toctree:: - :titlesonly: - - expense/expense - diff --git a/general/odoo_basics.rst b/general/odoo_basics.rst index c70c750f0a..b0d30b8cc7 100644 --- a/general/odoo_basics.rst +++ b/general/odoo_basics.rst @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ ====== -BASICS +Basics ====== .. toctree:: diff --git a/getting_started/documentation.rst b/getting_started/documentation.rst index e360a9c997..4955eb084d 100644 --- a/getting_started/documentation.rst +++ b/getting_started/documentation.rst @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Support Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about -anything and everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, +anything and everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues. Our support can be contacted through our @@ -251,9 +251,16 @@ fill our `online support form `__ to make this reques Success Pack Services --------------------- -The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed -by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of -services according to your success pack is detailed online: +The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by +a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours +you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of +your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects +within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute +to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or "Scope Creep" +in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an increase +in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning. + +The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__ The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within @@ -280,13 +287,15 @@ His/her role includes: - **Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template prepared by the project manager. -If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following +If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra services: -- **Customization of screens** +- **Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to + customize most screens in any way you see fit. -- **Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access - to developers for advanced customizations. +- **Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you + to customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have + access to developers for advanced customizations. - **Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize @@ -297,6 +306,25 @@ extra services: triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers. + +If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. Customizations +made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded at each Odoo upgrade, +at no extra cost. + +All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will be +deducted from your Success Pack. + +In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a +developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your +Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a +developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover +maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by +the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the +subscription fee. + +**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: +2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development +2 * $5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization Implementation Methodology ========================== diff --git a/index.rst b/index.rst index 7edc0c4826..f3972c6fc4 100644 --- a/index.rst +++ b/index.rst @@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ Odoo User Documentation Index applications - practical \ No newline at end of file + practical + business diff --git a/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst b/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst index e0cf87b2f5..d969e7be34 100644 --- a/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst +++ b/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst @@ -30,8 +30,10 @@ sure that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` -and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This -interface can also be accessed via the planner. +and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. +Click Save, and go back into the previous screen to click Configure +Product Barcodes. This interface can also be accessed via the planner. + .. note:: Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the diff --git a/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst b/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst index a28ac8855c..3964576305 100644 --- a/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst +++ b/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product available for the next step. -How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ? ------------------------------------------------ +How to transfer the receipt to your stock ? +-------------------------------------------- Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process @@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ The receipt has been moved to your stock. .. seealso:: * :doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` - * :doc:`three_steps` \ No newline at end of file + * :doc:`three_steps` diff --git a/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst b/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst index 7f3a0290fc..37b7c0efaa 100644 --- a/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst +++ b/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**. To create an extra scrap location, Go to -:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting` +:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per warehouse**, then click on **Apply**. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab. ---------------------------------------------------------- To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to -:menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Receipts` +:menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers` .. image:: media/scrap05.png :align: center @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on .. note:: To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage several location per warehouse** in the settings at - :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting` \ No newline at end of file + :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` diff --git a/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst b/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst index 6a1f25b631..90f4735ed8 100644 --- a/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst +++ b/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst @@ -344,9 +344,12 @@ Let's take the case of a reseller. - Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line - - Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category - and can be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement - value + - Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically + to a specific product. + + - Expenses: this is where you should set the "Cost of Goods Sold" account. + Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on + the product form. - Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category diff --git a/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst b/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst index 941fd74c5e..8e4ea3d123 100644 --- a/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst +++ b/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst @@ -46,9 +46,7 @@ Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to .. image:: media/landed_costs03.png :align: center -.. demo:fields:: stock_landed_costs.stock_landed_cost_type_action - -.. note:: +.. note:: Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured on the product category. diff --git a/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst b/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst index 8136671fc0..307e8b9a34 100644 --- a/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst +++ b/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale order and proceed to deliver the product. -The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is -validated. +The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is +validated, you can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order. .. image:: media/invoicing02.png :align: center diff --git a/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png b/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png index 6fc748ac79..3cff604037 100644 Binary files a/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png and b/inventory/shipping/operation/media/invoicing02.png differ diff --git a/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst b/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst index 20f2d0052a..a86610e766 100644 --- a/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst +++ b/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst @@ -19,12 +19,4 @@ You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML Express A Getting SiteID and Password for United States ============================================== -You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access. - -In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as given in the demo data: - -- **SiteID**: CustomerTest - -- **Password**: alkd89nBV - -- **DHL Account Number**: 803921577 \ No newline at end of file +You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/legal.rst b/legal.rst index fffe103d07..6baa134c21 100644 --- a/legal.rst +++ b/legal.rst @@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ Terms and Conditions - :ref:`terms_of_sale` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_terms_of_sale| - :ref:`terms_of_sale_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_terms_of_sale_fr| +- :ref:`online_terms_of_sale` + .. - :ref:`partnership_agreement` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_partnership| diff --git a/legal/licenses/licenses.rst b/legal/licenses/licenses.rst index 92d30bc35c..e6cfe79a42 100644 --- a/legal/licenses/licenses.rst +++ b/legal/licenses/licenses.rst @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ Licenses .. _odoo_community_license: -Odoo 10 Community Edition +Odoo 11 Community Edition ========================= -Odoo 10 Community Edition is licensed under +Odoo 11 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 `_ (also known as LGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and the `compatibility matrix `_. @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and the .. _odoo_enterprise_license: -Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition +Odoo 11 Enterprise Edition ========================== -Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, +Odoo 11 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows: .. use to avoid default 
     styling
@@ -84,6 +84,13 @@ DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 
     
 
+.. _odoo_10_license:
+
+Odoo 10
+=======
+
+The licenses for both editions of Odoo 10 were respectively the same as for
+:ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.
 
 .. _odoo_9_license:
 
diff --git a/legal/terms/enterprise.rst b/legal/terms/enterprise.rst
index ec2d138fcd..a430e09b79 100644
--- a/legal/terms/enterprise.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/enterprise.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,9 @@
 Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement
 ======================================
 
-.. note:: Version 5b - Last revision: June 30, 2016.
+.. note:: Version 6 - Last revision: October 3, 2017.
+
+.. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
 
 By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the "Services") provided by Odoo SA and its
 affiliates (collectively, "Odoo SA") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or
@@ -33,6 +35,11 @@ User
     limited access to the Software through the portal facilities (known as "portal Users") are not
     counted as Users.
 
+App
+    An "App" is a specialized group of features available for installation in the Software,
+    and listed in the public Pricing section of `Odoo SA's website `_ at the
+    signature of this Agreement.
+
 Bug
     Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete stop, error
     traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective installation or
@@ -115,7 +122,7 @@ Security Advisories include a complete description of the Bug, its cause, its po
 on the Customer's systems, and the corresponding remedy for each Covered Version.
 
 The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security Advisory must be treated
-are Confidential Information as described in :ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to
+as Confidential Information as described in :ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to
 the public disclosure.
 
 .. _upgrade:
@@ -179,16 +186,16 @@ upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded da
 --------------------
 
 The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing Service, Security Advisories
-Service and the Upgrade Service are based on the number of Users and the Software version used by
-the Customer, and specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement.
+Service and the Upgrade Service are based on the number of Users, the number of installed
+Apps, the Software version used by the Customer, and specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement.
 
-When during the Term, the Customer has more Users than specified at the time of signature of
-this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable list price
-(at the beginning of the Term) for the additional Users, for the remainder of the Term.
+When during the Term, the Customer has more Users or more installed Apps than specified at the time
+of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable
+list price (at the beginning of the Term) for the additional Users or Apps, for the remainder of the Term.
 
 If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a Covered Version
-that is not the most recent one, the standard charges will be increased by 50% for the duration
-of the first Term.
+that is not the most recent one, the standard charges may be increased by 50% for the duration
+of the first Term, at the sole discretion of Odoo SA, to cover the extra maintenance costs.
 
 .. _charges_renewal:
 
@@ -246,9 +253,9 @@ The Customer agrees to:
 
 - pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present Agreement, in accordance with
   the payment conditions specified in the corresponding invoice ;
-- immediately notify Odoo SA when the actual number of Users exceeds the number of Users specified at
-  the signature of the Agreement, and in this event, pay the applicable additional fee as described
-  in section :ref:`charges_standard`;
+- immediately notify Odoo SA when their actual number of Users or installed Apps exceeds the numbers
+  specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this event, pay the applicable additional fee
+  as described in section :ref:`charges_standard`;
 - take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software
   that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage, as described
   in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;
diff --git a/legal/terms/online.rst b/legal/terms/online.rst
index 2e9c62bfdc..634fdc605c 100644
--- a/legal/terms/online.rst
+++ b/legal/terms/online.rst
@@ -1,5 +1,614 @@
+.. _online_terms_of_sale:
+
 ==============================
 Odoo Online Terms & Conditions
 ==============================
 
+.. note:: Version 1 - Last revision: July 12, 2017.
+
+By subscribing to the Odoo Online services (the "Services") provided by Odoo SA and its
+affiliates (collectively, "Odoo SA") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or
+Odoo Community Edition (the "Software"), you (the "Customer") are agreeing to be bound by the
+following terms and conditions (the "Agreement").
+
+.. _term:
+
+1 Term of the Agreement
+=======================
+
+The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one month and as
+specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the date
+of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either
+party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end
+of the Term by registered mail to the other party.
+
+
+.. _definitions:
+
+2 Definitions
+=============
+
+User
+    Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or edition mode.
+    Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people (or systems) who only have
+    limited access to the Software through the portal facilities (known as "portal Users") are not
+    counted as Users.
+
+Bug
+    Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete stop, error
+    traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective installation or
+    configuration. Non-compliance with specifications or requirements will be considered as Bugs at
+    the discretion of Odoo SA (typically, when the Software does not produce the results or
+    performance it was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet legal
+    accounting requirements anymore).
+
+.. _enterprise_access:
+
+3 Access to source code
+=======================
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-exclusive,
+non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after modification)
+the Odoo software, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a`.
+
+The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the unmodified
+execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the usage
+and collects statistics for that purpose, including but not limited to the
+running of an instance, the applications installed and the number of Users.
+
+Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties without the consent
+of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in compliance with its official Privacy
+Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's website `_.
+
+Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked immediately and the
+Customer agrees to stop using the software.
+
+Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to
+pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the
+actual number of Users for one year.
+
+
+.. _services:
+
+4 Service Level
+===============
+
+4.1 Bug Fixing Service
+----------------------
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable efforts to remedy any
+Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's
+service desk email address or website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions
+within 2 business days.
+
+The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension that is not part of the
+official Software will not be covered by this service.
+
+Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability`
+section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software.
+
+4.2 Support Service
+-------------------
+
+Support Scope
++++++++++++++
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA offer a support service, with an
+unlimited number of tickets for bugs and functional questions: how to use and
+configure Odoo for your specific needs.
+
+This support service does not include support to customize Odoo, develop new
+modules, or perform specific actions on your database on your behalf. (e.g.
+recording data, or configuring the system for you) Those services can be
+offered in extra through our Success Pack service offer.
+
+Support Service
++++++++++++++++
+
+Support issues should be submited online on https://odoo.com/help In case of
+emergency, you can call our support teams directly for a real time answer.
+
+Our support teams are split across 3 continents in India (Ahmedabad), Belgium
+(Brussels) and United States (San Francisco) in order to cover 20 hours per
+open day. (monday to friday, excluding legal holidays in the respective
+countries)
+
+No guarantees are provided on the time to qualify or close a support ticket,
+it's based on our best efforts. But 95% of the tickets are qualified within 2
+open days, and 90% of the critical bugs (when a user can not work on the system
+anymore) are processed within 2 hours.
+
+The Odoo portal allows you to track you support tickets. 
+
+
+4.3 Service Availability
+------------------------
+
+Customer databases are hosted in the closest Odoo data center (EMEA: France,
+Americas: Canada, APAC: Hong Kong or Taiwan). Each customer instance is replicated
+in real-time on a hot-standby system located in the same data center.
+
+We work with different hosting providers worldwide (and we can switch at anytime),
+but they always deliver at least 99.9% uptime guarantee. These metrics refer to
+the availability of the platform itself for all customers. Individual databases
+may be temporarily unavailable for specific reasons, typically related to the
+customer's actions, customizations or upgrades.
+
+Our data centers are Tier-III certified or equivalent, with N+1 redundancy for
+power, network and cooling. 
+
+4.4 Backups & Recovery
+----------------------
+
+Every database has 14 full snapshot backups for up to 3 months: 1/day for 7
+days, 1/week for 4 weeks, 1/month for 3 months. Every backup is replicated on
+at least 3 different machines in different data centers.
+
+Users can download manual backups of their live data at any time. 
+
+For a permanent disaster impacting one server only, our Disaster Recovery Plan
+has the following metrics:
+- RPO (Recovery Point Objective) = 5 minutes, i.e. can lose maximum 5 minutes of work
+- RTO (Recovery Time Objective) = 30 minutes, i.e the service will be back online after maximum 30 minutes  (Standby promotion time + DNS propagation time included)
+
+For data center disasters (one entire data center is completely and permanently
+down), Disaster Recovery Plan has these metrics:
+- RPO (Recovery Point Objective) = 24h, i.e. you can lose maximum 24h of work if the data cannot be recovered and we need to restore the last daily backup
+- RTO (Recovery Time Objective) = 24h, i.e. the service will be restored from the backup within 24 hours in a different data center 
+
+4.5 Security
+------------
+
+Database Security
++++++++++++++++++
+
+Customer data is stored in a dedicated database - no sharing of data between
+clients. Data access control rules implement complete isolation between customer
+databases running on the same cluster, no access is possible from one database
+to another.
+
+Password Security
++++++++++++++++++
+
+Customer passwords are protected with industry-standard PBKDF2+SHA512
+encryption (salted + stretched for thousands of rounds).
+
+Odoo staff does not have access to your password, and cannot retrieve it for
+you, the only option if you lose it is to reset it Login credentials are always
+transmitted securely over HTTPS.
+
+System Security
++++++++++++++++
+
+All web connections to client instances are protected with state-of-the-art
+256-bit SSL encryption. All our SSL certificates use robust 2048-bit modulus
+with full SHA-2 certificates chains. Our servers are kept under a strict
+security watch, and always patched against the latest SSL vulnerabilities,
+enjoying Grade A SSL ratings at all times.
+
+All Odoo online servers are running hardened Linux distributions with
+up-to-date security patches. Installations are ad-hoc and minimal to limit the
+number of services that could contain vulnerabilities (no PHP/MySQL stack for
+example)
+
+Only a few trusted Odoo engineers have clearance to remotely manage the servers
+- and access is only possible using SSH key pairs (password authentication
+disallowed)
+
+Firewalls and intrusion counter-measures help prevent unauthorized access.
+Automatic Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) mitigation is implemented in EU
+and US data centers, and coming soon in Asia.
+
+Staff Access
+++++++++++++
+
+Odoo helpdesk staff may sign into your account to access settings related to
+your support issue. For this they use their own special staff credentials, not
+your password (which they have no way to know).
+
+This special staff access improves efficiency and security: they can
+immediately reproduce the problem you are seeing, you never need to share your
+password, and we can audit and control staff actions separately!
+
+Our Helpdesk staff strives to respect your privacy as much as possible, and
+only access files and settings needed to diagnose and resolve your issue
+
+Physical Security
++++++++++++++++++
+
+The Odoo Online servers are hosted in several data centers worldwide, that must
+all satisfy with our minimum physical security criterions:
+- Physical access to the data center area where Odoo servers are located is restricted to data center technicians only
+- Security cameras are monitoring the data center locations
+
+Credit Cards Safety
++++++++++++++++++++
+
+When you sign up for a paid Odoo Online subscription, we do not store your
+credit card information. Your credit card information is only transmitted
+securely between you and our PCI-Compliant payment acquirers: Ingenico and
+Paypal (even for recurring subscriptions)
+
+Software Security
++++++++++++++++++
+
+The codebase of Odoo is laregely distributed and, thus, is continuously under
+examination by Odoo users and contributors worldwide. Community bug reports are
+therefore one important source of feedback regarding security. We encourage
+developers to audit the code and report security issues.
+
+Odoo SA commits to sending a "Security Advisory" to the Customer for any
+security Bug that are discovered in the Software, at least 2 weeks before
+making the Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed
+publicly by a third party.
+
+Security Advisories include a complete description of the Bug, its cause, its
+possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the corresponding remedy for
+each Covered Version.
+
+The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security
+Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in
+:ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public
+disclosure.
+
+The Odoo R&D processes have code review steps that include security aspects,
+for new and contributed pieces of code. Odoo is designed in a way that prevents
+introducing most common security vulnerabilities:
+
+- SQL injections are prevented by the use of a higher-level API that does not require manual SQL queries
+- XSS attacks are prevented by the use of a high-level templating system that automatically escapes injected data 
+- The framework prevents RPC access to private methods, making it harder to introduce exploitable vulnerabilities
+- See also the OWASP Top Vulnerabilities section to see how Odoo is designed from the ground up to prevent such vulnerabilities from appearing.
+
+Odoo is regularly audited by independent companies that are hired by our
+customers and prospects to perform audits and penetration tests. The Odoo
+Security Team receives the results and takes appropriate corrective measures
+whenever it is necessary. We can't however disclose any of those results,
+because they are confidential and belong to the commissioners.
+
+Odoo also has a very active community of independent security researchers, who
+continuously monitor the source code and work with us to improve and harden the
+security of Odoo. Our Security Program is described on our Responsible
+Disclosure page: https://www.odoo.com/page/responsible-disclosure.
+
+.. _upgrade:
+
+4.6 Upgrade Services
+--------------------
+
+.. _upgrade_odoo:
+
+Upgrade Service for the Software
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests,
+in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered Version of the
+Software to a more recent Covered Version (the "Target Version").
+
+This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the Customer to perform
+unattended upgrades once a previous version of the Customer's database has been successfully
+upgraded for a Covered Version.
+The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and agrees to submit at least
+1 upgrade request for testing purposes before submitting the final upgrade request.
+
+It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgraded database in order
+to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes and new features implemented in the Target Version,
+and to convert and adapt for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that
+were installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as foreseen in section
+:ref:`upgrade_extra`).
+
+The Customer may submit multiple upgrade requests for a database, until an
+acceptable result is achieved.
+
+.. _upgrade_extra:
+
+Upgrade Service for customizations
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional upgrade
+services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in addition to the
+regular Upgrade Services.
+
+This optional service is subject to additional fees
+(as described in charges_) and includes the technical adaptation of third-party
+modules installed in the Customer's database and their corresponding data in
+order to be compatible with the Target Version. The Customer will receive an
+upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded
+database.
+
+.. _charges:
+
+5 Charges and Fees
+==================
+
+.. _charges_standard:
+
+5.1 Standard charges
+--------------------
+
+The standard charges for the Odoo Online subscription, the Bug Fixing Service, Security Advisories
+Service and the Upgrade Service are based on the number of Users and applications used by
+the Customer, and specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement.
+
+When during the Term, the Customer has more Users or applications than
+specified at the time of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to
+pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of
+the Term) for the additional Users and applications, for the remainder of the
+Term.
+
+.. _charges_renewal:
+
+5.2 Renewal charges
+-------------------
+
+Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges applied
+during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable per-User
+list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7% per year.
+
+
+.. _charges_thirdparty:
+
+5.3 Charges for custom features or third-party modules
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+.. FIXME: should we really fix the price in the contract?
+
+The additional charge for the Upgrade, Support and Bugfix Service for custom
+modules developed by Odoo SA is a recurring price depending on the number of
+hours done to develop these custom features:
+- 4 EUR / month per hour of development in European contries
+- 5 USD / month per hour of development in other countries
+
+In case the modules are not developed by Odoo SA, Odoo SA reserves the right to
+reject an upgrade request for third-party modules under the above conditions if
+the quality of the source code of those modules is too low, or if these modules
+constitute an interface with third-party software or systems. The upgrade of
+such modules will subject to a separate offer, outside of this Agreement.
+
+.. _taxes:
+
+5.4 Taxes
+---------
+
+.. FIXME : extra section, not sure we need it?
+
+All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, state, local or other
+governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, "Taxes"). The Customer is responsible for paying
+all Taxes associated with purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA
+is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is responsible.
+
+
+.. _conditions:
+
+6 Conditions of Services
+========================
+
+6.1 Customer Obligations
+------------------------
+
+.. FIXME: removed the clause about
+
+The Customer agrees to:
+
+- pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present Agreement, in accordance with
+  the payment conditions specified in the corresponding invoice ;
+- appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the Agreement;
+
+
+.. _no_soliciting:
+
+6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring
+---------------------------
+
+Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its affiliates and
+representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other party who is
+involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement
+and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement.
+In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said
+employee toward that end, the breaching party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of
+EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros).
+
+
+.. _publicity:
+
+6.3 Publicity
+-------------
+
+Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a non-transferable,
+non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to reproduce and display the other party’s name,
+logos and trademarks, solely for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or
+supplier, on websites, press releases and other marketing materials.
+
+
+.. _confidentiality:
+
+6.4 Confidentiality
+-------------------
+
+Definition of "Confidential Information":
+    All information disclosed by a party (the "Disclosing Party") to the other party
+    (the "Receiving Party"), whether orally or in writing, that is designated as confidential or
+    that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and
+    the circumstances of disclosure. In particular any information related to the business,
+    affairs, products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and suppliers of
+    either party should be regarded as confidential.
+
+For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement, the Receiving Party
+will use the same degree of care that it uses to protect the confidentiality of its own similar
+Confidential Information, but not less than reasonable care.
+
+The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent
+compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of
+the compelled disclosure, to the extent permitted by law.
+
+.. _termination:
+
+6.5 Termination
+---------------
+
+In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such
+breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such
+breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party.
+
+Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the Customer fails to pay
+the applicable fees for the Services within the due date specified on the corresponding invoice.
+
+Surviving Provisions:
+  The sections ":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”,
+  “:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any termination or expiration of
+  this Agreement.
+
+
+.. _warranties_disclaimers:
+
+7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability
+====================================
+
+.. _warranties:
+
+7.1 Warranties
+--------------
+
+.. industry-standard warranties regarding our Services while Agreement in effect
+
+For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially reasonable efforts to
+execute the Services in accordance with the generally accepted industry standards provided that:
+
+- the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the Software is installed in a
+  suitable operating environment;
+- the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so that Odoo SA can
+  identify, reproduce and address problems;
+- all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid.
+
+The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for any breach of this warranty
+is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the Services at no additional charge.
+
+.. _disclaimers:
+
+7.2 Disclaimers
+---------------
+
+.. no other warranties than explicitly provided
+
+Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any kind, whether express,
+implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party specifically disclaims all implied warranties,
+including any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or
+non-infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.
+
+Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or international law or regulations.
+
+.. _liability:
+
+7.3 Limitation of Liability
+---------------------------
+
+To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its
+affiliates arising out of or related to this Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount
+paid by the Customer under this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event
+giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation.
+
+In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, special, exemplary,
+incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of revenue,
+profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or
+corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement regardless of the form of
+action, whether in contract, tort (including strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable
+theory, even if a party or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages,
+or if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential purpose.
+
+.. _force_majeure:
+
+7.4 Force Majeure
+-----------------
+
+Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any performance or failure to
+render any performance under this Agreement when such failure or delay is caused by governmental
+regulations, fire, strike, war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or
+product in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other cause or causes,
+whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable control of such party as long as such
+cause or causes exist.
+
+
+.. _general_provisions:
+
+8 General Provisions
+====================
+
+.. _governing_law:
+
+8.1 Governing Law
+-----------------
+
+Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute arise out of or
+in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice or conflict of law principles.
+To the extent that any lawsuit or court proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both
+parties agree to submit to the sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of
+litigating all disputes.
+
+.. _severability:
+
+8.2 Severability
+----------------
+
+In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any application thereof shall be
+invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
+remaining provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way thereby
+affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid, illegal or
+unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision having the same effects and
+objectives.
+
+
+.. _appendix_a:
+
+9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License
+=============================================
+
+.. only:: latex
+
+    Odoo Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0,
+    defined as follows:
+
+    .. include:: ../licenses/enterprise_license.txt
+        :literal:
+
+.. only:: html
+
+    See :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.
+
+
+
+
+
+.. FIXME: move this is to appendix or somewhere else?
+
+.. only:: disabled
+
+    Agreement Registration
+    ======================
+
+    Customer contact information
+    ----------------------------
+
+    Company name:
+    Company address:
+    VAT number (if applicable):
+    Contact name:
+    Email:
+    Phone:
+
+    Technical contact information (can be an Odoo partner):
+    -------------------------------------------------------
+    Company name:
+    Contact name:
+    Email:
+    Phone:
+
+
+    By signing this Agreement I confirm I am a legal representative of Customer as stated in the
+    resent section and approve all provisions and conditions of the present Agreement:
+
+    For and on behalf of (company name):
+    Last name, first name:
+    Title:
+    Date:
 
+    Signature:
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 119089f519..c5324657d3 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cristóbal Martí Oliver , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "Contabilidad"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3
 msgid "Bank & Cash"
-msgstr "Banco y efectivo"
+msgstr "Cuentas y efectivo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
 msgid "Bank Feeds"
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ msgid ""
 " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your "
 "bank statements."
 msgstr ""
-"CODA es un archivo para estados de cuenta bancarios en Bélgica. La mayoría "
-"de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten descargar un "
-"archivo CODA con todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios."
+"CODA es un formato de archivo para estados de cuenta bancarios en Bélgica. "
+"La mayoría de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten "
+"descargar un archivo CODA con todos tus estados de cuenta bancarios."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -1982,21 +1982,23 @@ msgstr "Tipo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecciona \"Venta\" para ver registros de facturas de clientes."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecciona \"Compra\" para registros de facturas de vendedores."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor "
 "payments."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecciona \"Efectivo\" o \"Banco\" para registros que son usados en pagos "
+"de clientes y vendedores."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seleccioina \"General\" para operaciones misceláneas de registros."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Company"
@@ -2148,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "Si este diario debe mostrarse en el tablero o no"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comprueba la impresión del método de pago seleccionado"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -3849,6 +3851,9 @@ msgstr "**Cuenta**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Debit**"
@@ -3856,6 +3861,9 @@ msgstr "**Débito**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Credit**"
@@ -6390,17 +6398,20 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo adaptar impuestos a mi estado de cliente o localización"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. "
 "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*."
 msgstr ""
+"Muchas veces los impuestos de venta dependen de tu estado de cliente o "
+"localización. Para mapear los impuestos, Odoo trae lo que llamamos "
+"*Posiciones Fiscales*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9
 msgid "Create tax mapping"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Crear mapeo de impuestos"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -6409,6 +6420,11 @@ msgid ""
 "customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and "
 "purchases."
 msgstr ""
+"Una posición fiscal es solo un conjunto de reglas que mapea impuestos por "
+"defecto (definidos en el formulario de producto) a otros impuestos. En la "
+"captura de pantalla a continuación, clientes extranjeros obtienen un 0% de "
+"impuestos en lugar del 15% establecido por defecto, tanto para ventas como "
+"para compras."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -6418,6 +6434,10 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal "
 "Positions`."
 msgstr ""
+"Las posiciones fiscales principales se crean automáticamente de acuerdo a tu"
+" localización. Quizás tengas que crear posiciones fiscales para casos "
+"específicos. Para definir posiciones fiscales, dirígete a: "
+"Facturación/Contabilidad - Configuración - Posiciones Fiscales."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -6426,22 +6446,31 @@ msgid ""
 "from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in "
 "foreign countries."
 msgstr ""
+"Si usas Odoo Contabilidad, también puedes mapear las cuentas de "
+"Ingresos/Gastos de acuerdo a la posición fiscal. Por ejemplo, en algunos "
+"países, los beneficios de las ventas no se publican en la misma cuenta que "
+"los beneficios de las ventas en países extranjeros."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29
 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adapta los impuestos al estado de tu cliente"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-"
 "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers."
 msgstr ""
+"Si un cliente está en una regla de impuestos específica, necesitas aplicar "
+"un mapeo de impuestos. Para hacer esto, crea una posición fiscal y asígnala "
+"a tus clientes."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded "
 "for the customer."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo usará esa posición fiscal para cualquier pedido/factura registrado por "
+"el cliente."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -6449,10 +6478,14 @@ msgid ""
 "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the "
 "same customer."
 msgstr ""
+"Si configuras la posición fiscal en la orden de venta o manualmente en la "
+"factura, solo aplicara a este documento y no a órdenes/facturas del mismo "
+"cliente."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44
 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)"
 msgstr ""
+"Adapta los impuestos a la dirección de tus clientes (basados en destino)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -6462,27 +6495,39 @@ msgid ""
 "require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. "
 "your office or warehouse)."
 msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo de tu localización, los impuestos de ventas pueden estar basados"
+" en origen o destino. La mayoría de estados o clientes requieren que "
+"recolectes impuestos a la tarifa del destino (p.e. la dirección de tu "
+"comprador), mientras otros requieren que los colectes a la tarifa del punto "
+"de origen (p.e. tu oficina)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per "
 "tax-mapping to apply."
 msgstr ""
+"Si estás bajo la regla basada en destino, crea una posición fiscal por mapeo"
+" de impuestos para aplicar."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53
 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecciona la opción \"Detecta Automáticamente\"."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecciona un grupo de países, un país, un estado o una ciudad para activar "
+"la asignación de impuestos."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the "
 "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order."
 msgstr ""
+"De esta manera, si no se establece una posición fiscal para el cliente, Odoo"
+" elegirá la posición fiscal que coincida con la dirección de envío al crear "
+"un pedido."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63
 msgid ""
@@ -6503,12 +6548,18 @@ msgid ""
 "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of "
 "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty."
 msgstr ""
+"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas eliminar un impuesto, en lugar "
+"de reemplazarlo por otro, simplemente mantenga vacío el campo *Impuestos a "
+"aplicar*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes,"
 " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*."
 msgstr ""
+"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas reemplazar un impuesto por "
+"otros dos impuestos, simplemente crea dos líneas que tengan el mismo "
+"*Impuesto sobre el producto*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27
@@ -6519,22 +6570,149 @@ msgstr ":doc:`crear`"
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr "Cómo administrar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the "
+"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting"
+" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis "
+"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr ""
+"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha "
+"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos"
+" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en "
+"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas "
+"condiciones."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and "
+"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash "
+"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the "
+"2nd quarter."
+msgstr ""
+"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes "
+"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de "
+"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se "
+"debe para el 2do trimestre."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to "
+"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad "
+"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en "
+"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones"
+" en Efectivo."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax "
+"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash "
+"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez hecho esto, puedes configurar tus impuestos en: selección de menú: "
+"`Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos'. Puedes abrir un impuesto, y en"
+" la pestaña de *Opciones Avanzadas* verás la casilla de verificación *Usar "
+"base en efectivo*. A continuación, tendrás que definir la *Cuenta de "
+"Impuestos Recibidos*."
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr ""
+"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi "
+"contabilidad?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. "
+"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in "
+"your accounting:"
 msgstr ""
+"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la "
+"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se "
+"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr "Cuenta de impuesto $15"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr "Diario del banco"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr "Banco $115"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr "Impuestos Diario de base de efectivo"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are"
+" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+"Los dos elementos del diario creados en la Cuenta de Ingresos son neutrales "
+"pero son necesarios para asegurar los informes de impuestos correctos en "
+"Odoo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
 msgid "How to create new taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo crear nuevos impuestos?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -6543,6 +6721,11 @@ msgid ""
 "withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured "
 "with the right taxes."
 msgstr ""
+"El sistema de impuestos de Odoo es muy flexible y soporta muchos tipos "
+"diferentes de impuestos: impuestos al valor agregado (IVA), impuestos "
+"ecológicos, impuestos federales / estatales / municipales, retenciones "
+"fiscales, etc. Para la mayoría de los países, su sistema está preconfigurado"
+" con los impuestos correctos."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -6556,26 +6739,32 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this "
 "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes."
 msgstr ""
+"Ir a: selección de menú: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos '. "
+"Desde este menú, obtienes todos los impuestos que puedes utilizar: impuestos"
+" sobre las ventas e impuestos sobre la compra."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18
 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)."
 msgstr ""
+"Elija un campo: Ventas, Compra o Ninguno (por ejemplo, impuestos obsoletos)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20
 msgid "Select a computation method:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecciona un método de cálculo:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22
 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24
 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)"
 msgstr ""
+"**Porcentaje del precio**: más común (por ejemplo, 15% de impuesto sobre las"
+" ventas)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26
 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Porcentaje de Precio Impuestos Incluidos**: usado en Brasil, etc."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28
 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax"
@@ -6587,6 +6776,10 @@ msgid ""
 "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo "
 "posts the tax journal item in the income account."
 msgstr ""
+"Si utilizas la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo, establece una cuenta de "
+"impuestos (es decir, donde se contabilizará el diario de impuestos). Este "
+"campo es opcional, si lo mantienes vacío, Odoo publicará el ítem del diario "
+"de impuestos en la cuenta de ingresos."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -6594,6 +6787,10 @@ msgid ""
 "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue "
 "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*."
 msgstr ""
+"Si deseas evitar el uso de un impuesto específico, no podrás eliminarlo "
+"porque el impuesto probablemente se utilice en facturas anteriores. Por lo "
+"tanto, para evitar que los usuarios continúen usando este impuesto, debes "
+"establecer el campo *Ámbito fiscal* a *Ninguno*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -6601,10 +6798,12 @@ msgid ""
 "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python "
 "code."
 msgstr ""
+"Si necesitas un mecanismo fiscal más avanzado, puede instalar el módulo "
+"**account_tax_python** y podrás definir nuevos impuestos con código Python."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49
 msgid "Advanced configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuración avanzada"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -6612,6 +6811,10 @@ msgid ""
 "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the "
 "following label on invoice \"15%\"."
 msgstr ""
+"**Etiqueta en las facturas**: un breve texto sobre cómo deseas que se "
+"imprima este impuesto en la línea de factura. Por ejemplo, un impuesto "
+"denominado \"15% en Servicios\" puede tener la siguiente etiqueta en la "
+"factura \"15%\"."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -6637,6 +6840,8 @@ msgid ""
 "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field "
 "empty."
 msgstr ""
+"**Etiquetas**: se utilizan para informes personalizados. Por lo general, "
+"puedes mantener este campo vacío."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28
@@ -6646,13 +6851,15 @@ msgstr ":doc:`aplicación`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3
 msgid "How to set default taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo establecer impuestos predeterminados?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most "
 "localizations."
 msgstr ""
+"Los impuestos aplicados en tú país se instalan automáticamente para la "
+"mayoría de las localizaciones."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -6660,12 +6867,18 @@ msgid ""
 "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same "
 "country/state than you."
 msgstr ""
+"Los impuestos predeterminados establecidos en pedidos y facturas provienen "
+"de la ficha de facturación de cada producto. Tales impuestos se utilizan "
+"cuando se vende a empresas que están en el mismo país / estado que tú."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to "
 ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Para cambiar los impuestos predeterminados establecidos para cualquier nuevo"
+" producto creado, ve a: selección de menú: `Facturación / Contabilidad -> "
+"Configuración -> Ajustes`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -6673,6 +6886,10 @@ msgid ""
 "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can "
 "login into two different companies and change this field for each company."
 msgstr ""
+"Si trabajas en un entorno de multi-empresas, los impuestos sobre ventas y "
+"compras pueden tener un valor diferente de acuerdo a la empresa para la que "
+"trabajas. Puedes iniciar sesión en dos empresas diferentes y cambiar este "
+"campo para cada empresa."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?"
@@ -6787,7 +7004,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3
 msgid "How to set tax-included prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo establecer los precios con impuestos incluidos?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -6795,6 +7012,10 @@ msgid ""
 "*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
 "Configuration --> Taxes`."
 msgstr ""
+"En la mayoría de los países, los precios B2C tienen incluidos los impuestos."
+" Para hacer eso en Odoo, selecciona *Incluido en el Precio* para tus "
+"impuestos de venta en: selección de menú: 'Contabilidad -> Configuración -> "
+"Impuestos '."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -6802,6 +7023,9 @@ msgid ""
 "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the"
 " product form is $100."
 msgstr ""
+"De esta manera, el precio fijado en el formulario del producto incluye el "
+"impuesto. Por ejemplo, digamos que tienes un producto con un impuesto de "
+"ventas del 10%. El precio de venta en el formulario de producto es $100."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16
 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:"
@@ -6840,10 +7064,15 @@ msgid ""
 "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) "
 "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`."
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes confiar en la siguiente documentación si necesitas tanto los "
+"impuestos incluidos (B2C) como los impuestos excluidos (B2B): "
+":doc:`B2B_B2C`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36
 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog"
 msgstr ""
+"Mostrar los precios con impuestos incluidos en el catálogo de comercio "
+"electrónico"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -6852,10 +7081,17 @@ msgid ""
 "(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax "
 "Display)."
 msgstr ""
+"Por defecto, los precios mostrados en tú catálogo de comercio electrónico "
+"están excluidos de impuestos. Para mostrarlos con impuestos incluidos, "
+"selecciona *Mostrar subtotales de línea con impuestos incluidos (B2C)* en: "
+"selección de menú: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes' (Visualización de "
+"impuestos)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3
 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Cómo obtener tasas de impuestos correctas en los Estados Unidos gracias a "
+"TaxCloud?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -6865,34 +7101,47 @@ msgid ""
 "calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special "
 "jurisdiction in the United States."
 msgstr ""
+"La integración **TaxCloud** permite calcular el impuesto sobre las ventas de"
+" cada dirección en los Estados Unidos y realiza un seguimiento de qué tipos "
+"de productos están exentos del impuesto sobre las ventas y en qué estados se"
+" aplica cada exención. TaxCloud calcula el impuesto sobre las ventas en "
+"tiempo real para cada estado, ciudad y jurisdicción especial en los Estados "
+"Unidos."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15
 msgid "In Tax Cloud"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En Tax Cloud"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
+"Crea un cuenta gratuita en la página web de *TaxCloud* "
+""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18
 msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*."
 msgstr ""
+"Registra tu sitio web en TaxCloud para obtener una *ID de API* y una *Clave "
+"de API*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24
 msgid "In Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "En Odoo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` "
 "and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*."
 msgstr ""
+"Ir a: selección de menú: 'Facturación / Contabilidad -> Configuración -> "
+"Ajustes' y seleccionar *Calcular impuesto de ventas automáticamente usando "
+"TaxCloud*. Haz clic en *Aplicar*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31
 msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aún en esos ajustes, ingresa tus credenciales de TaxCloud."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -6900,18 +7149,26 @@ msgid ""
 "TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific "
 "rates."
 msgstr ""
+"Presiona *Sincronizar Categorías de TaxCloud (TIC)* para importar categorías"
+" de productos TIC desde TaxCloud (Códigos de información de impuestos). "
+"Algunas categorías pueden implicar tasas específicas."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product "
 "created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation."
 msgstr ""
+"Establece predeterminado *Código TIC* y tasas de impuestos. Esto se aplicará"
+" a cualquier nuevo producto creado. Un impuesto de ventas predeterminado es "
+"necesario para activar el cálculo del impuesto."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in "
 "*Sales* tab)."
 msgstr ""
+"Para productos bajo una categoría específica, selecciónalo en su formulario "
+"de detalle (en la pestaña *Ventas*)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -6919,10 +7176,14 @@ msgid ""
 " zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click "
 "*Configure your company data*."
 msgstr ""
+"Asegúrate de que la dirección de tu empresa esté bien definida "
+"(especialmente el estado y el código postal). Ve a: selección de menú: "
+"`Ajustes --> Ajustes Generales` y haz clic en *Configura la data de tu "
+"compañía*."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51
 msgid "How it works"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -6930,6 +7191,9 @@ msgid ""
 ":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing "
 "*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box."
 msgstr ""
+"La asignación automática de impuestos funciona gracias a las posiciones "
+"fiscales (ver :doc: `application`). Se crea una posición fiscal específica "
+"al instalar *TaxCloud*. Todo funciona al instante."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58
 msgid ""
@@ -6937,6 +7201,9 @@ msgid ""
 "the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated "
 "tax computation."
 msgstr ""
+"Esta posición fiscal se establece en cualquier orden de venta, pedido en "
+"línea o factura cuando el país del cliente es *Estados Unidos*. Esto está "
+"activando el cálculo de impuestos automatizado."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -6946,10 +7213,17 @@ msgid ""
 "rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return"
 " it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)."
 msgstr ""
+"Añade un producto con un impuesto de ventas predeterminado. Odoo enviará "
+"automáticamente una solicitud a TaxCloud, obtendrá el porcentaje de impuesto"
+" correcto basado en la ubicación del cliente (estado y código postal) y la "
+"categoría TIC del producto, creará una nueva tasa impositiva si ese "
+"porcentaje impositivo no existe en su sistema y lo devolverá a la línea del "
+"pedido (por ejemplo, 7,0%)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75
 msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud"
 msgstr ""
+"¿Cómo crear asignaciones de impuestos específicos utilizando TaxCloud?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77
 msgid ""
@@ -6957,10 +7231,14 @@ msgid ""
 "API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their "
 "detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something."
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes crear varias posiciones fiscales utilizando TaxCloud. Selecciona *Usa"
+" TaxCloud API* para hacerlo. Tales posiciones fiscales se pueden asignar a "
+"los clientes en su forma de detalle con el fin de obtenerlas por defecto "
+"siempre que te compren algo."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86
 msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
@@ -9560,7 +9838,7 @@ msgstr "Explicación de los campos en la pantalla de pago: "
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Has Invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tiene facturas"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes"
@@ -9568,7 +9846,7 @@ msgstr "Campo técnico utilizado por usabilidad"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Hide Payment Method"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ocultar método de pago"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -11758,6 +12036,9 @@ msgid ""
 "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment "
 "term but invoice conditions."
 msgstr ""
+"Las condiciones de pago son diferentes de la facturación en varias áreas. "
+"Si, por un pedido específico, facturas al cliente en dos partes, no se trata"
+" de un plazo de pago sino de las condiciones de la factura."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -12352,11 +12633,12 @@ msgstr "**Cuenta crédito por defecto**: Tarjetas de crédito"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow "
-"Reconciliation\"."
+"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to "
+"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez esta terminado, no olvide configurar la cuenta \"Tarjetas de "
-"crédito\" como \"Admite Conciliación\"."
+"El tipo de cuenta debe ser \"Tarjeta de crédito\". Una vez hecho esto, no "
+"olvides establecer la cuenta de \"Tarjetas de crédito\" como \"Permitir "
+"reconciliación\"."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119
@@ -12500,7 +12782,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`recording`"
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128
 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130
@@ -13205,6 +13487,11 @@ msgid ""
 "1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the "
 "due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17."
 msgstr ""
+"Como tienes que proporcionar un número de días en relación con la fecha de "
+"vencimiento, puedes utilizar un número negativo. Por ejemplo, si se emite "
+"una factura el 1 de enero pero la fecha de vencimiento es el 20 de enero, si"
+" estableces un recordatorio 3 días antes de la fecha de vencimiento, el "
+"cliente puede recibir un correo electrónico el 17 de enero."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76
 msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
index fddc981f95..88aab06513 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index 23296e418f..f4133986ba 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: eduardo mendoza , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -27,58 +27,102 @@ msgid "Calendar"
 msgstr "Calendario"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your calendar with Google Calendar"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
+msgstr "Cómo sincronizar tu calendario de Odoo con tu calendario de Google"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect on your google account and go to "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
-"`_."
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes"
+" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones "
+"van a ambas direcciones)."
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "Configuración en Google"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:7
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Create a project...** and enter a project name and change your id"
-" if you want. Don't forget to accept the Terms of Services"
+"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)"
-" and click on 'Calendar API'. Activate the Calendar API by clicking on the "
-"blue button 'Enable API'. When it's done, the Calendar API overview will be "
-"available"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu 'Credentials' (from menu APIs "
-"and auth) and click on button 'Create new Client ID'"
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Check that the Application type is set on 'Web Application', then click on "
-"'Configure consent screen'. Specify an email address and a product name, "
-"then save."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"You should now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. "
-"To do it, you need to complete the field \"Authorized redirect URI\" and set"
-" as value (your own domain followed by '/google_account/authentication'): "
-"==> http://mydomain.odoo.com/google_account/authentication You can now click"
-" on 'Create Client ID'"
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:48
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once done, you will have the both informations (Client ID and Client Secret)"
-" that you need to insert in the 2 fields below!"
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
+"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
+" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
+"the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "Configuración en Odoo"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
+msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
+msgstr "Instalar la aplicación **Calendario de Google**. "
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
+"credentials in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!"
+
 #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
 msgid "Leads"
 msgstr "Iniciativas"
@@ -434,18 +478,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
 "name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing "
-"company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will"
-" be visible as a lead in your pipeline ."
+" the **Internal notes** field."
 msgstr ""
-"Desde el formato de contacto, se proporcionan todos los detalles que se "
-"poseen (nombre de contacto, correo electrónico, teléfono, dirección, etc.), "
-"así como alguna información adicional en el campo de **Notas Internas**. "
-"También se puede vincular la iniciativa con el link a una empresa ya "
-"existente editando el campo **Cliente**. Haga clic en Guardar y el contacto "
-"será visible como una iniciativa en su flujo de ventas."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
 " by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
@@ -455,11 +491,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " a un vendedor, haga clic en el botón **Convertir a Oportunidad** en la "
 "esquina superior izquierda de la pantalla."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
 msgid "Create a new opportunity"
 msgstr "Crear una nueva oportunidad"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
 "having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
@@ -479,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "arriba. Por defecto, la oportunidad recién creada aparecerá en la primera "
 "etapa de su proceso de ventas."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
 "stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
@@ -1267,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo VOIP"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Installation and Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalación y configuración"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index 000d468503..4c223dd8c2 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -507,12 +507,9 @@ msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones"
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
-"` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
-"installing/uninstalling apps)."
+"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
+" installing/uninstalling apps)."
 msgstr ""
-"Asegúrese que primero prueba lo que esta a punto de hacer en un "
-":ref:`duplicado ` de su base de datos antes de hacer algún cambio"
-" (*especialmente* instalando/desinstalando aplicaciones). "
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index 3800421d9d..f888311468 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: RGB Consulting , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
 msgid "eCommerce"
-msgstr "Tienda del sitio web"
+msgstr "Comercio electrónico"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Get started"
@@ -28,26 +28,30 @@ msgstr "Empezar"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
 msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
 msgid "Product Catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Catálogo del producto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
 msgstr ""
+"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página"
+" de compra)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
 "website categories, etc."
 msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: "
+"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
 msgid "Highlight a product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Destacar un producto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -55,16 +59,22 @@ msgid ""
 "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
 " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
 msgstr ""
+"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos "
+"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar "
+"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz "
+"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "See how to do it: "
 "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
 msgstr ""
+"Vé cómo hacerlo: "
+"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
 msgid "Quick add to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Añadir al carrito"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -74,66 +84,76 @@ msgid ""
 "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
 "better)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el "
+"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del"
+" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de "
+"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: "
+"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la "
+"descripción del producto mejor)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
 msgid "How to build a product page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
 msgstr ""
+"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
 msgstr ""
+"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
 msgstr ""
+"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage my products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Administrar mis productos "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
 msgid "How to display several images per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -141,48 +161,65 @@ msgid ""
 "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
 "the image into a carrousel."
 msgstr ""
+"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen"
+" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios "
+"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: "
+"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
 " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
 msgstr ""
+"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña"
+" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente "
+"de carga."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
+"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si "
+"las hay)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
 msgid "How to show product availability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo mostrar la disponibilidad de un producto"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
 "your customers."
 msgstr ""
+"La disponibilidad de tus productos se puede ver en la página web para "
+"tranquilizar a tus clientes."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
 "an option in *Availability*."
 msgstr ""
+"Para visualizar esto, abre la pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalle "
+"del producto y selecciona una opción en *Disponibilidad*."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
 "delay, etc."
 msgstr ""
+"Un mensaje de advertencia personalizado puede ser cualquier cosa relacionada"
+" con una salida de stock, retraso en la entrega, etc."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
 msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta no requiere la instalación de la aplicación de Inventario."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -193,119 +230,128 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage product variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
 "customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
-"and then selects its size and color."
+"and then selects its size and color.  In the example below, the customer "
+"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
+"available options."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:13
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
 msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
 "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
+"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes "
+"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:18
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña *Variantes*"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
 "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
 "are 2 values for 1 attribute."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
 msgid "How to edit variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo editar variantes"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
 msgstr ""
+"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del "
+"producto."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:38
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
 msgid "You can edit following data:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web),"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
 msgid "Barcode,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Código de barra,"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #),"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
 msgid "Volume,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Volumen,"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
 msgid "Weight,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Peso,"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
 "to populate them once the variants generated."
 msgstr ""
+"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada"
+" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
 "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
 "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:64
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
 "attribute value is selected."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:74
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
 "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:78
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
 msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes "
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
 "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
 "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:86
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
 "list. You can reactivate them the same way."
@@ -313,11 +359,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
 msgid "Maximize my revenue"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -328,7 +374,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -337,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
 msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -398,11 +444,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
 msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
 msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -460,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Establecer"
+msgstr "Configuración"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -624,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
 msgid "Pricing"
-msgstr "Precio"
+msgstr "Fijación de precios"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
 msgid "Taxes"
@@ -701,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28
 msgid "Ingenico"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ingenico"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29
 msgid "Authorize.net"
@@ -717,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32
 msgid "PayUmoney"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PayUmoney"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33
 msgid "Sips"
@@ -725,11 +771,11 @@ msgstr "Sips"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34
 msgid "Stripe"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stripe"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38
 msgid "How to go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo iniciar?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -739,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48
 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo permitirle a los clientes guardar y reusar tarjetas de crédito?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -777,7 +823,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79
 msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo usar otras adquisiciones (avanzadas)?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -788,15 +834,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85
 msgid "How to:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo?:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
 msgid "Switch to developer mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Toma el método de pago **personalizado**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91
 msgid ""
@@ -807,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96
 msgid "Other configurations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Otras configuraciones"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98
 msgid ""
@@ -830,12 +876,12 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110
 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
@@ -850,16 +896,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
 msgid "What are the payment status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cúal es el estado del pago?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
 msgstr ""
+"En cualquier momento, el vendedor puede verificar el estado de la "
+"transacción de la orden."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Borrador*: la transacción se está procesando."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -879,18 +927,23 @@ msgid ""
 "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
 "confirmed."
 msgstr ""
+"*Hecho*: el pago fue autorizado y recibido. La orden ha sido confirmada."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
 "retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
 msgstr ""
+"*Error*: un error se ha producido durante la transacción. El cliente "
+"necesita volver a intentar el pago. La orden está aún en borrador."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
 "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
 msgstr ""
+"*Cancelado*: cuando el cliente cancela el pago en el formulario de "
+"adquirente de pago. Es devuelto a Odoo para modificar la orden."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -925,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -948,18 +1001,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo obtener un pago con Paypal?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
-"only one without any subscription free. We definitely advise it to any "
+"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
 "starter."
 msgstr ""
+"Paypal es el método de pago en línea más fácil de configurar. También es el "
+"único sin cuota de suscripción. Sin duda lo recomendaría a cualquier "
+"principiante."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
 msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configura tu cuenta de Paypal"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -975,7 +1031,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
 msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ahora entra en el menú **Mis herramientas de venta**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
 msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
@@ -1016,6 +1072,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
 "**UTF-8**."
 msgstr ""
+"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de "
+"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
 msgid ""
@@ -1025,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
 msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurar Paypal como método de pago en Odoo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
 msgid ""
@@ -1058,11 +1116,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valor: tu Paypal *Token de identidad*"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
 msgid "Go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dar inicio"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
 msgid ""
@@ -1072,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
 msgid "Transaction fees"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comisiones por transacción"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
 msgid ""
@@ -1095,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
 msgid "Test the payment flow"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prueba el flujo de pagos"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
 msgid ""
@@ -1138,14 +1196,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
 msgstr ""
+"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de "
+"sandbox."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
 msgid ":doc:`payment`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
 msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1168,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
 msgid "Customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cuenta del cliente"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -1190,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1202,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13
 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -1216,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26
 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -1227,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35
 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1238,4 +1298,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Collect taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Impuestos recaudados"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index 2572b11677..f35e5a1567 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Sergio Flores , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Autentificación"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo permitir a usuarios acceder con su cuenta de Google"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -36,39 +36,53 @@ msgid ""
 "`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
 "`_."
 msgstr ""
+"Accede a tu cuenta de Google y dirígete a "
+"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
+"`_."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecciona **Crear Proyecto** e introduce el nombre y detalles del proyecto."
+" "
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecciona **Usar APIs de Google**"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
 "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
 msgstr ""
+"En el lado izquierdo del menú, selecciona el submenú **Credenciales** "
+"(**Administrador API**) y después selecciona **Pantalla de Autorización "
+"OAuth**."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
 " save."
 msgstr ""
+"Completa tu dirección de, correo electrónico y nombre del producto (p.e. "
+"Odoo) y selecciona guardar."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
 "Client ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"Luego selecciona Agregar Credenciales y selecciona la segunda opción "
+"(OAuth 2.0 ID Cliente)."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
 " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
 msgstr ""
+"Revisa que el tipo de aplicación está configurado en **Aplicación Web**. "
+"Ahora configura las páginas permitidas en las que se te redigirá."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -76,20 +90,25 @@ msgid ""
 " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
 "Then click on **Create**"
 msgstr ""
+"Para lograr esto, completa el campo **Authorizado a redirigir URIs**. Copia "
+"y pega el siguiente link en la caja: "
+"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Después selecciona **Crear**"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
 "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
 msgstr ""
+"Una vez finalizado, recibirás tu ID de Cliente y Cliente Secreto. Tienes que"
+" introducir tu ID de Cliente en *Configuración General**."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
 msgid "Data Import"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Importación de Datos"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt an import template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo adaptar la plantilla de importación"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -98,22 +117,30 @@ msgid ""
 "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
 "etc.)."
 msgstr ""
+"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de la "
+"información más  común (contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). "
+"Puedes abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft "
+"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
 msgid "How to customize the file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
 msgstr ""
+"Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a"
+" continuación puedes ver por qué)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
+"Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la"
+" secuencia de ID."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -121,16 +148,22 @@ msgid ""
 " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
 "corresponding field using the search."
 msgstr ""
+"Al añadir una nueva columna, es posible que Odoo no pueda mapearlo "
+"automáticamente si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en el sistema. "
+"Si es así, encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
 "work straight away the very next time you try to import."
 msgstr ""
+"Después utiliza la etiqueta que hayas encontrado en la plantilla de "
+"importación para poder hacer que funcione directamente la próxima vez que "
+"intentes importar."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -138,25 +171,32 @@ msgid ""
 "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
 "Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"El *ID* (ID Externo) es un identificador único por línea de artículo. Puedes"
+" usar el correspondiente a tu software anterior para facilitar la transición"
+" a Odoo."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
 msgstr ""
+"Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en "
+"muchos casos:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
 "duplicates;"
 msgstr ""
+"Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin "
+"crear duplicados;"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
 msgid "How to import relation fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -165,6 +205,10 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado a muchos otros objetos (p.e. un "
+"producto está relacionado a categorías de productos, atributos, vendedores, "
+"etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del "
+"objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
@@ -173,14 +217,18 @@ msgid ""
 "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
 "Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes hacerlo tanto usando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. El "
+"ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso añade "
+"\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: "
+"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). "
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
 msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo importar datos a Odoo"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
 msgid "How to start"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo empezar"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -188,10 +236,13 @@ msgid ""
 " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
 " and even orders!"
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes importar datos en cualquier objeto de negocio de Odoo usando tanto "
+"formatos de Excel (.xlsx) o CSV (.csv): contactos, productos, resguardos "
+"bancarios e incluso pedidos!"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abre la vista del objeto que quieras popular y selecciona *Importar*"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -199,18 +250,24 @@ msgid ""
 "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
 "already done."
 msgstr ""
+"Ahí se te provee de plantillas que puedes popular fácilmente con tu propia "
+"información. Dichas plantillas se pueden importar en un solo clic; el mapeo "
+"de información ya está hecho."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
 msgid "How to adapt the template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo añadir la plantilla"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
 msgstr ""
+"Añade, elimina y organiza columnas para adaptarse a la estructura de tu "
+"información."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
 msgstr ""
+"Aconsejamos no eliminar el *ID* (averigua por qué en la siguente sección)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -219,16 +276,22 @@ msgid ""
 "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
 "corresponding field."
 msgstr ""
+"Al añadir una nueva columna, es posible que Odoo no pueda mapearlo "
+"automáticamente si la etiqueta no corresponde a ningún campo en el sistema. "
+"Si es así, puedes mapear las nuevas columnas manualmente cuando testees la "
+"importación. Encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
 "on the very next time."
 msgstr ""
+"A continuación, usa la etiqueta de este campo en tu archivo para hacerlo "
+"funcionar bien la siguiente vez."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
 msgid "How to import from another application"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo importar desde otra aplicación"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -249,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No puedo encontrar este campo y quiero mapear mi columna a"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -271,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de fecha de importación?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -301,7 +364,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con signos de divisa (p.e.: $32.00)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index fef7c72501..034ab1cd5e 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: eduardo mendoza , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -577,25 +577,24 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
-" services:"
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"services:"
 msgstr ""
-"Si ha subscribido a la opción **Applicación personalizada**, se beneficiará "
-"de los siguientes servicios addicionales:"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
-msgid "**Customization of screens**"
-msgstr "**Personalización de pantallas**"
+msgid ""
+"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
+"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
+"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
 "developers for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
-"**Personalización de reportes (PDF):** nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen"
-" acceso a desarolladores para personalisaciónes avanzadas."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
@@ -607,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilizar los bloques basicos del módulo diseñador de páginas. El tiempo con "
 "el cliente se descontará de las horas del paquete Success Pack."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
 msgid ""
 "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
 "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
@@ -618,11 +617,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "automatizar acciónes, etcétera. Para automatizaciónes muy avanzadas, "
 "nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen acceso a desarolladores Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:302
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
+"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
+"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
+" be deducted from your Success Pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
+msgid ""
+"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
+"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
+"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours "
+"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
+"added to the subscription fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
+"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr "Metodología de implantación"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
 msgid ""
 "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
 " in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
@@ -630,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Seguimos una metodología **esbelta y practica**, que empleamos para salir "
 "juntos con nuestros clientes a producción en un tiempo corto y a costo bajo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
@@ -638,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo "
 "progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
@@ -650,11 +678,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "(planeación). Cada fase consiste en el despliegue de un conjunto de "
 "applicaciónes que utilizará plenamente al final de la fase."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:319
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr "Para cada fase se dan los siguientes pasos:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
@@ -665,7 +693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "procesos internos y configurar la instancia segun sus necesidades "
 "específicos."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
 "responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
@@ -675,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Usted estará responsable de exportar los datos de su sistema existente y el "
 "gerente de proyectos de Odoo los importará en Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
@@ -687,13 +715,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "capacitara a sus usuarios. Habrá algunos ajustes con su gerente de proyecto "
 "Odoo para responder a las preguntas y procesar sus comentarios."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 "**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo está entrenado, sus usuarios "
 "comienzan a usar Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@@ -703,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las "
 "restantes personalizaciónes (**vpantallas extras y reportes**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
 msgid ""
 "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
@@ -714,11 +742,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "en su proyectos (salvo que tenga nuevos requerimientos) y usted utilizará el"
 " servicio de soporte si tiene mas preguntas."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:350
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@@ -727,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la "
 "esquina superior derecha."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@@ -737,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de actualizar a una versión más reciente. No ensucie el entorno de trabajo "
 "con los datos de prueba!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
 msgid ""
 "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
 "for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
@@ -749,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "instancia de producción. Para este efecto, vaya a su cuenta en Odoo.com y en"
 " la página **Mis organizaciónes** haga click en **Duplicar**."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "`."
@@ -757,11 +785,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de "
 "datos :ref:`aquí `."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr "Éxito del cliente"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@@ -769,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo se passiona para deleitar a nuestros clientes y assegurar que disponen "
 "de todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:380
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
@@ -777,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente "
 "de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -791,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "con nuestros clientes. El le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, "
 "mejorar la manera de como utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
@@ -799,10 +827,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente po, al menos, 10 años, y "
 "ofrecerles una solución que crece con sus necesidades!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:393
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr "¡Bienvenido a bordo, y disfrute su experiencia con Odoo!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
index 050c5f0319..924c1c109b 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index 64ababf631..1a84ba4a01 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -1796,14 +1796,10 @@ msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute "
+"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
 "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
 "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
 msgstr ""
-"La configuración de los **tiempos de entrega** es un paso esencial para "
-"calcular fechas programadas. Los plazos de entrega son los retrasos (en "
-"términos de suministro, fabricación, ...) prometidos a sus diferentes socios"
-" y/o clientes. "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
deleted file mode 100644
index d5423a4352..0000000000
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2021 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
-# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
-# 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Inigo Zuluaga , 2017\n"
-"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: es\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:5
-msgid "Legal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:15 ../../legal/licenses.rst:5
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:6
-msgid "Licenses"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:17
-msgid ":ref:`licenses`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:20 ../../legal/terms.rst:5
-msgid "Terms and Conditions"
-msgstr "Términos y condiciones"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:38
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:40
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise_fr|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:47 ../../legal/others.rst:5
-msgid "Other legal references"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Service Level Agreement `_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Acceptable Use Policy `_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:51
-msgid ":ref:`cla`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:11
-msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 "
-"`_  (also known as LGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:22
-msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License v1.0, defined as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:487
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0"
-msgstr "Licencia edición empresarial Odoo v1.0"
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") can only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) with a valid Odoo "
-"Enterprise Subscription for the correct number of users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7
-msgid ""
-"With a valid Partnership Agreement with Odoo S.A., the above permissions are"
-" also granted, as long as the usage is limited to a testing or development "
-"environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules based on the Software and distribute them under"
-" the license of your choice, provided that it is compatible with the terms "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or "
-"proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16
-msgid ""
-"You may use Odoo modules published under any license along with the "
-"Software, provided that their license is compatible with the terms of the "
-"Odoo Enterprise License (Including, but not limited to, any module published"
-" on the Odoo Apps Store on odoo.com/apps)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"It is forbidden to publish, distribute, sublicense, or sell copies of the "
-"Software or modified copies of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all  copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE"
-" AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,ARISING FROM,"
-" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN "
-"THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:43
-msgid "Odoo Apps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Unless otherwise stated, Odoo Apps by Odoo SA (including the website themes)"
-" are published under the Odoo Proprietary License v1.0, defined as follows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo Proprietary License v1.0"
-msgstr "Licencia Propietario Odoo v1.0"
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") may only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) if you have purchased a "
-"valid license from the authors, typically via Odoo Apps, or if you have "
-"received a written agreement from the authors of the Software (see the "
-"COPYRIGHT file)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules that use the Software as a library (typically "
-"by depending on it, importing it and using its resources), but without "
-"copying any source code or material from the Software. You may distribute "
-"those modules under the license of your choice, provided that this license "
-"is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Proprietary License (For example: "
-"LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE "
-"AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING "
-"FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS"
-" IN THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:91
-msgid "Odoo 9"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:93
-msgid ""
-"The licenses for both editions of Odoo 9 were respectively the same as for "
-":ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:100
-msgid "Odoo 8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 8 is licensed under `AGPL version 3 "
-"`_  (also known as AGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:5
-msgid "Contributor License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"In order to contribute to any of the Odoo projects, companies and "
-"individuals have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the "
-"agreement, and a FAQ can be found on our `GitHub project page "
-"`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:5
-msgid "Privacy Policy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Temporary version at ``__ "
-"(needs cleanup)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5b - Last revision: June 30, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the \"Services\") provided "
-"by Odoo SA and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo SA\") in relation with "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community Edition (the \"Software\"), you "
-"(the \"Customer\") are agreeing to be bound by the following terms and "
-"conditions (the \"Agreement\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:18
-msgid "1 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one year and "
-"as specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the"
-" date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term by registered mail to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:28
-msgid "2 Definitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:34
-msgid "User"
-msgstr "Usuario"
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or "
-"edition mode. Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people"
-" (or systems) who only have limited access to the Software through the "
-"portal facilities (known as \"portal Users\") are not counted as Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:42
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:55
-msgid "Bug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete "
-"stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a "
-"defective installation or configuration. Non-compliance with specifications "
-"or requirements will be considered as Bugs at the discretion of Odoo SA "
-"(typically, when the Software does not produce the results or performance it"
-" was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet "
-"legal accounting requirements anymore)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:51
-msgid "Covered Versions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"All Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 (three) most recently "
-"released major versions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"To be covered by the current Agreement, Customer’s installations have to run"
-" the most recent Covered Version at the time of this Agreement’s signature. "
-"When this is not the case, additional costs are applicable, as described in "
-":ref:`charges`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:56 ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:42
-msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-"
-"exclusive, non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after "
-"modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, under the terms set "
-"forth in :ref:`appendix_a`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the "
-"unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and collects statistics for that "
-"purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance and the "
-"number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties"
-" without the consent of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in"
-" compliance with its official Privacy Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's "
-"website `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked "
-"immediately and the Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to"
-" pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the"
-" actual number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:81
-msgid "4 Included Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:84
-msgid "4.1 Bug Fixing Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable"
-" efforts to remedy any Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through"
-" the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's service desk email address or"
-" website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions within 2 "
-"business days."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension "
-"that is not part of the official Software will not be covered by this "
-"service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to "
-"the Customer. If the bug has been addressed in a more recent revision of the"
-" Covered Version of the Software used by the Customer, the Customer agrees "
-"to update its systems to that revision in order to obtain the correction. "
-"The Customer will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered Version "
-"of the Software as a remedy to a Bug."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:100
-msgid ""
-"When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the "
-"Bug in all more recent Covered Versions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software "
-"and in the :ref:`liability` section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be "
-"held liable for Bugs in the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:108
-msgid "4.2 Security Advisories Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:110
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a \"Security "
-"Advisory\" to the Customer for any security Bug that are discovered in the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, at least 2 weeks before making the "
-"Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly"
-" by a third party. Security Advisories include a complete description of the"
-" Bug, its cause, its possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the "
-"corresponding remedy for each Covered Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security "
-"Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in "
-":ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public "
-"disclosure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:124
-msgid "4.3 Upgrade Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:129
-msgid "Upgrade Service for the Software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests"
-" through the appropriate channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service "
-"website), in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered "
-"Version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the \"Target "
-"Version\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:135
-msgid ""
-"Upgrade requests must include a complete backup copy of the Customer's "
-"database and the associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of"
-" the Software). Where necessary for data security or regulation reasons, the"
-" Upgrade Service includes an optional tool to anonymize identifiable data "
-"inside a database before submitting the upgrade request, and a tool to "
-"restore the anonymized data after the upgrade."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:141
-msgid ""
-"This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the "
-"Customer to perform unattended upgrades once a previous version of the "
-"Customer's database has been successfully upgraded for a Covered Version. "
-"The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and "
-"agrees to submit at least 1 upgrade request for testing purposes before "
-"submitting the final upgrade request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:147
-msgid ""
-"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of"
-" the Customer's database to make it compatible with the Target Version, and "
-"the correction of any Bug directly caused by the upgrade operation and not "
-"normally occurring in the Target Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the "
-"upgraded database in order to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes "
-"and new features implemented in the Target Version, and to convert and adapt"
-" for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that were"
-" installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as "
-"foreseen in section :ref:`upgrade_extra`). The Customer may submit multiple "
-"upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:162
-msgid "Upgrade Service for third-party extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:164
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional "
-"upgrade services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in "
-"addition to the regular Upgrade Services. This optional service is subject "
-"to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the technical "
-"adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and "
-"their corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. "
-"The Customer will receive an upgraded version of all installed third-party "
-"modules along with the upgraded database."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:174
-msgid "5 Charges and Fees"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:179
-msgid "5.1 Standard charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:181
-msgid ""
-"The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing "
-"Service, Security Advisories Service and the Upgrade Service are based on "
-"the number of Users and the Software version used by the Customer, and "
-"specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"When during the Term, the Customer has more Users than specified at the time"
-" of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee "
-"equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of the Term) for "
-"the additional Users, for the remainder of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a "
-"Covered Version that is not the most recent one, the standard charges will "
-"be increased by 50% for the duration of the first Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:196
-msgid "5.2 Renewal charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:198
-msgid ""
-"Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges "
-"applied during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable "
-"per-User list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7%, unless "
-"Odoo SA provides written notice of a new price to the Customer at least 60 "
-"days prior to the end of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:207
-msgid "5.3 Charges for Upgrade Services of third-party modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:211
-msgid ""
-"The additional charge for the Upgrade Service for third-party modules is EUR"
-" (€) 1000.00 (one thousand euros) per 1000 Lines of Code in the third-party "
-"modules, rounded up to the next thousand lines. Lines of Code include all "
-"text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the "
-"programming language (Python, Javascript, etc.) or data format (XML, CSV, "
-"etc.), excluding blank lines and comment lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:217
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA reserves the right to reject an upgrade request for third-party "
-"modules under the above conditions if the quality of the source code of "
-"those modules is too low, or if these modules constitute an interface with "
-"third-party software or systems. The upgrade of such modules will subject to"
-" a separate offer, outside of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:225
-msgid "5.4 Taxes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:229
-msgid ""
-"All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, "
-"state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, "
-"\"Taxes\"). The Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with"
-" purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA is"
-" legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is "
-"responsible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:238
-msgid "6 Conditions of Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:241
-msgid "6.1 Customer Obligations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:245
-msgid "The Customer agrees to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:247
-msgid ""
-"pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present "
-"Agreement, in accordance with the payment conditions specified in the "
-"corresponding invoice ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:249
-msgid ""
-"immediately notify Odoo SA when the actual number of Users exceeds the "
-"number of Users specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this "
-"event, pay the applicable additional fee as described in section "
-":ref:`charges_standard`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the "
-"part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition usage, as described in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:255
-msgid ""
-"grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo "
-"Enterprise Edition usage upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is "
-"found to be inoperant for the Customer);"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:257
-msgid ""
-"appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the "
-"Agreement;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:258
-msgid ""
-"take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and "
-"to ensure Customer’s data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA "
-"cannot be held liable for any data loss;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:265
-msgid "6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:267
-msgid ""
-"Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its "
-"affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to "
-"any employee of the other party who is involved in performing or using the "
-"Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a "
-"period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this "
-"Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that "
-"leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching "
-"party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 "
-"(thirty thousand euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:279
-msgid "6.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:281
-msgid ""
-"Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a "
-"non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to "
-"reproduce and display the other party’s name, logos and trademarks, solely "
-"for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or supplier, "
-"on websites, press releases and other marketing materials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:290
-msgid "6.4 Confidentiality"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:298
-msgid "Definition of \"Confidential Information\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:293
-msgid ""
-"All information disclosed by a party (the \"Disclosing Party\") to the other"
-" party (the \"Receiving Party\"), whether orally or in writing, that is "
-"designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be "
-"confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of "
-"disclosure. In particular any information related to the business, affairs, "
-"products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and "
-"suppliers of either party should be regarded as confidential."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:300
-msgid ""
-"For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement,"
-" the Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to "
-"protect the confidentiality of its own similar Confidential Information, but"
-" not less than reasonable care."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:304
-msgid ""
-"The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing "
-"Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party "
-"gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure, to the "
-"extent permitted by law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:311
-msgid "6.5 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:313
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations "
-"arising herein, and if such breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar "
-"days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be "
-"terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the "
-"Customer fails to pay the applicable fees for the Services within the due "
-"date specified on the corresponding invoice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:324
-msgid "Surviving Provisions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:321
-msgid ""
-"The sections \":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”, "
-"“:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any "
-"termination or expiration of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:329
-msgid "7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:334
-msgid "7.1 Warranties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:338
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially "
-"reasonable efforts to execute the Services in accordance with the generally "
-"accepted industry standards provided that:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the "
-"Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:343
-msgid ""
-"the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so "
-"that Odoo SA can identify, reproduce and address problems;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:345
-msgid "all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for "
-"any breach of this warranty is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the "
-"Services at no additional charge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:353
-msgid "7.2 Disclaimers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:357
-msgid ""
-"Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any"
-" kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party "
-"specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including any implied "
-"warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-"
-"infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:362
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or "
-"international law or regulations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:367
-msgid "7.3 Limitation of Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:369
-msgid ""
-"To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each "
-"party together with its affiliates arising out of or related to this "
-"Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under"
-" this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the "
-"event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this "
-"limitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:374
-msgid ""
-"In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, "
-"special, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, "
-"including but not limited to loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of "
-"business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or "
-"corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement "
-"regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including "
-"strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable theory, even if a party "
-"or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages, or "
-"if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential "
-"purpose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:385
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:418
-msgid "7.4 Force Majeure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:387
-msgid ""
-"Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any "
-"performance or failure to render any performance under this Agreement when "
-"such failure or delay is caused by governmental regulations, fire, strike, "
-"war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or product "
-"in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other "
-"cause or causes, whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable "
-"control of such party as long as such cause or causes exist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:398
-msgid "8 General Provisions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:403
-msgid "8.1 Governing Law"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute "
-"arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice "
-"or conflict of law principles. To the extent that any lawsuit or court "
-"proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both parties agree to submit to the "
-"sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of "
-"litigating all disputes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:414
-msgid "8.2 Severability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:416
-msgid ""
-"In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any "
-"application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any "
-"respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining "
-"provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way "
-"thereby affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid,"
-" illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision "
-"having the same effects and objectives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:427
-msgid "9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription"
-" Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera "
-"sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” "
-"est la :ref:`version originale `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription "
-"Agreement”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate"
-" understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of "
-"the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” is "
-"the :ref:`original english version `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:21
-msgid "Version 5b - Dernière modification: 30 juin 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les \"Services\") fournis "
-"par Odoo SA et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo SA\") en relation avec "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (le \"Logiciel\"), vous "
-"(le \"Client\") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes "
-"(le \"Contrat\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:31
-msgid "1 Durée du Contrat"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"La durée du présent contrat (la \"Durée\") doit être au minimum d'un an et "
-"telle que spécifiée par écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la "
-"date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement reconduit pour une même "
-"durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis "
-"écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la "
-"date d'échéance du contrat ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:41
-msgid "2 Définitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:47
-msgid "Utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Tout compte utilisateur actif donnant accès au Logiciel en mode création "
-"et/ou édition. Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des "
-"personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel "
-"via le portail (\"Utilisateurs Portail\") ne sont pas comptés comme "
-"Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, "
-"un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et "
-"n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une "
-"configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins "
-"sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque "
-"le Logiciel ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il "
-"a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond "
-"plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:65
-msgid "Versions Couvertes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement "
-"aux Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus "
-"récentes versions majeures."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du"
-" client doivent utiliser la Version couverte  la plus récente au moment de "
-"la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas contraire, des frais supplémentaires "
-"sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section :ref:`charges_fr`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:70
-msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une "
-"licence non exclusive, non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, "
-"modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section "
-":ref:`appendix_a_fr`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir "
-"l'exécution sans aucune modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la"
-" validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueille des "
-"statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution du "
-"Logiciel et le nombre d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations "
-"chiffrées personnelles ou spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à "
-"traiter toutes les données recueillies en respectant sa politique officielle"
-" de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur `le site web d'Odoo SA "
-"`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est "
-"immédiatement révoquée et le Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du "
-"logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il "
-"accepte de payer à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du "
-"tarif en vigueur applicable correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:97
-msgid "4 Services inclus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:100
-msgid "4.1 Service de correction de Bugs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts "
-"raisonnables pour corriger tout Bug du Logiciel qui pourrait être signalé "
-"par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais "
-"d'un e-mail adressé au service d'assistance d'Odoo SA ou via le formulaire "
-"correspondant sur le site web), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements "
-"du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension "
-"qui ne fait pas partie de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas "
-"couverts par ce service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au "
-"Client. Si le Bug a été résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version "
-"Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, ce dernier s'engage à "
-"actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir le "
-"correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version "
-"Couverte plus récente pour obtenir un correctif."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le "
-"corriger dans toutes les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:120
-msgid ""
-"Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du "
-"Logiciel et à la section :ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut "
-"être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:125
-msgid "4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une \"alerte de "
-"sécurité\"\" au Client pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui "
-"serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, au moins 2 "
-"semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins "
-"que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers. Les alertes de sécurité "
-"comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences "
-"possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour "
-"chaque Version Couverte."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant"
-" dans l'alerte de sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que"
-" décrites à la section :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période "
-"d'embargo avant la divulgation publique."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:141
-msgid "4.3 Service de migration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:146
-msgid "Service de migration du Logiciel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:148
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de "
-"migration en suivant les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site "
-"du service de migration d'Odoo SA), afin de convertir une base de données du"
-" Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une Version Couverte plus "
-"récente (la \"Version Cible\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:153
-msgid ""
-"Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète "
-"de la base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement "
-"obtenues à partir du menu Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire "
-"pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou de réglementation, le Service de"
-" migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes les données "
-"identifiables figurant dans la base de données, avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration, et un outil pour restaurer les données rendues "
-"anonymes après la migration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de "
-"permettre au Client d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès "
-"lors qu’une version précédente de la base de données du Client a été migrée "
-"avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée. Le client peut soumettre des "
-"demandes de migration successives pour une base de données, et accepte de "
-"soumettre au moins 1 demande de mifration de test avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration finale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:167
-msgid ""
-"Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation "
-"techniques de la base de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la"
-" Version Cible, et à la correction de tout Bug directement causé par "
-"l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans la "
-"Version Cible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:172
-msgid ""
-"Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin "
-"de détecter tout Bug, d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles "
-"fonctionnalités ajoutées dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter "
-"pour la Version Cible les modules tiers du Logiciel qui auraient été "
-"installées dans la base de données avant la migration (sauf le cas échéant, "
-"comme prévu à la section :ref:`upgrade_extra_fr`). Le client peut soumettre "
-"plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce qu'un "
-"résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:183
-msgid "Service de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de"
-" migration pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration "
-"normale du Logiciel. Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires"
-" (décrits dans la section charges_fr_) et comprend l'adaptation technique "
-"des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du Client et de leurs "
-"données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles avec la Version "
-"Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers "
-"installés accompagnée de la base de données migrée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:196
-msgid "5 Tarifs et Frais"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:201
-msgid "5.1 Tarifs standards"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:203
-msgid ""
-"Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le "
-"service de correction de Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le "
-"service de migration sont basés sur le nombre d'Utilisateurs et la version "
-"du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par écrit à la signature du "
-"contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:208
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs que spécifié"
-" au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un"
-" supplément équivalent au tarif en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) "
-"pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires, pour le reste de la durée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:213
-msgid ""
-"Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une "
-"Version Couverte qui n'est pas l'une des plus récentes, les tarifs standards"
-" seront augmentés de 50% pour la première Durée du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:221
-msgid "5.2 Tarifs de reconduction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:223
-msgid ""
-"Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si "
-"les tarifs par Utilisateur qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente"
-" sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur en vigueur les plus récents, les"
-" tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%, à moins "
-"qu'Odoo SA ne notifie par écrit un nouveau tarif au client, au moins 60 "
-"jours avant l’échéance du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:232
-msgid "5.3 Tarifs de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:234
-msgid ""
-"Les frais supplémentaires pour le service de migration des modules tiers "
-"sont de 1000,00- euros (€) (mille euros) pour 1000 lignes de code de modules"
-" tiers, le nombre de lignes étant arrondi au millier de lignes supérieur. "
-"Les lignes de code comprennent toutes les lignes de texte dans le code "
-"source de ces modules, quel que soit le langage de programmation (Python, "
-"Javascript, etc.) ou format de données (XML, CSV, etc.), à l'exclusion des "
-"lignes vides et des lignes de commentaires."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:240
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA se réserve le droit de refuser une demande de migration pour des "
-"modules tiers conformément aux conditions décrites ci-dessus, si la qualité "
-"du code source de ces modules est trop faible, ou si ces modules font partie"
-" d'une interface d'intégration avec des logiciels ou systèmes tiers. La "
-"migration de ces modules sera soumise à une proposition distincte, non "
-"couverte par le présent Contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:250
-msgid "5.4 Taxes et impôts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes et hors impôts, frais et "
-"charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales "
-"applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le Client est responsable du "
-"paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le Client en "
-"vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer"
-" ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:261
-msgid "6 Conditions des Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:264
-msgid "6.1 Obligations du Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:266
-msgid "Le Client accepte de / d':"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:268
-msgid ""
-"Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat, conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture "
-"correspondante ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:270
-msgid ""
-"Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs dépasse le "
-"nombre d'Utilisateurs spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, "
-"de régler les frais supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la "
-"section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:273
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non "
-"modifiée de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation "
-"de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la section "
-":ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:276
-msgid ""
-"Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de "
-"l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la "
-"validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour le Client) ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:279
-msgid ""
-"Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du"
-" contrat ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:280
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les "
-"bases de données du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en "
-"sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue "
-"responsable de toute perte de données ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:288
-msgid "6.2 Non solicitation ou embauche"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"Sauf si l'autre partie donne son consentement par écrit, chaque partie, ses "
-"sociétés affiliées et ses représentants conviennent de ne pas solliciter ou "
-"offrir un emploi à tout employé de l'autre partie qui est impliqué dans "
-"l'exécution ou l'utilisation des Services en vertu du présent Contrat, "
-"pendant la Durée du Contrat et pendant une période de 12 mois à compter de "
-"la date de résiliation ou de l'expiration du présent Contrat. En cas de "
-"violation des conditions de la présente section qui conduirait à la "
-"démission dudit employé à cette fin, la partie ayant enfreint ces "
-"dispositions accepte de payer à l'autre partie un montant forfaitaire de 30 "
-"000,00 euros (€) (trente mille euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:303
-msgid "6.3 Publicité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"Sauf demande contraire par écrit, chaque partie accorde à l'autre partie une"
-" licence mondiale libre de droits, non transférable, non exclusive pour "
-"reproduire et afficher le nom, les logos et les marques de l'autre partie, "
-"dans le seul but de citer l'autre partie en tant que client ou fournisseur, "
-"sur les sites Web, dans des communiqués de presse et autres documents de "
-"marketing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:313
-msgid "6.4 Confidentialité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:324
-msgid "Définition des \"Informations Confidentielles\" :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:316
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toutes les informations divulguées par une partie (la \"Partie "
-"Communicante\") à l'autre partie (la \"Partie Bénéficiaire\"), que ce soit "
-"oralement ou par écrit, qui sont désignées comme confidentielles ou qui "
-"devraient raisonnablement être comprises comme étant confidentielles étant "
-"donné la nature des informations et les circonstances de la divulgation. En "
-"particulier, toute information liée aux activités, aux affaires, aux "
-"produits, aux développements, aux secrets commerciaux, au savoir-faire, au "
-"personnel, aux clients et aux fournisseurs de l'une des parties doit être "
-"considérée comme confidentielle."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:326
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute Information Confidentielle reçue pendant la durée du présent "
-"contrat, la Partie Bénéficiaire utilisera le même degré de précaution "
-"qu'elle utilise pour protéger la confidentialité de ses propres Informations"
-" Confidentielles de même importance. Ce degré de précaution devra "
-"correspondre au minimum à une précaution raisonnable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:331
-msgid ""
-"La Partie Bénéficiaire peut divulguer les Informations Confidentielles de la"
-" Partie Communicante dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la"
-" Partie Bénéficiaire avise au préalable par écrit la Partie Communicante de "
-"son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:339
-msgid "6.5 Résiliation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du"
-" présent contrat, et si une telle violation n’est pas résolue dans les 30 "
-"jours civils à compter de la notification écrite de cette violation, le "
-"présent contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas "
-"commis la violation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le "
-"Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services à la date "
-"d'échéance indiquée sur la facture correspondante."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:354
-msgid "Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:352
-msgid ""
-"Les sections \":ref:`confidentiality_fr`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`\",   "
-"“:ref:`liability_fr`\", et “:ref:`general_provisions_fr`\" survivront la "
-"résiliation ou l'expiration du présent contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:359
-msgid "7 Limitations de garantie et de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:364
-msgid "7.1 Garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:366
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts"
-" raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément"
-" aux normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:370
-msgid ""
-"Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et"
-" que le Logiciel soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:372
-msgid ""
-"Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à"
-" l'accès, de telle sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer "
-"les problèmes ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:374
-msgid "Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais "
-"supplémentaires constitue la seule et unique réparation pour le Client et la"
-" seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour toute violation de cette garantie."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:383
-msgid "7.2 Limitation de garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:385
-msgid ""
-"Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties"
-" ne donne de garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite, légale ou autre, "
-"et chaque partie décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris"
-" toute garantie implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage "
-"particulier ou de non- contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi "
-"en vigueur."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:391
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA ne garantit pas que le Logiciel soit conforme à toute loi ou "
-"réglementation locale ou internationale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:398
-msgid "7.3 Limitation de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:400
-msgid ""
-"Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque "
-"partie, ainsi que de ses filiales, découlant ou liée au présent Contrat ne "
-"dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à"
-" une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette "
-"limite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Les parties et leurs filiales ne pourront en aucun cas être tenues "
-"responsables des dommages indirects, spéciaux, accessoires ou consécutifs de"
-" quelque nature que ce soit, y compris, mais sans s'y limiter, la perte de "
-"revenus, perte de profits, perte d’économies, perte commerciale ou toute "
-"autre perte financière, les coûts relatifs à l'arrêt ou au retard, la perte "
-"ou altération des données, découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat,"
-" quelle que soit la forme de l'action, qu'elle soit fondée sur une "
-"obligation contractuelle, délictuelle (y compris la stricte négligence) ou "
-"fondée sur toute autre règle de droit ou d'équité, même si la partie ou ses "
-"filiales ont été informées du risque de tels dommages, ou si le recours "
-"proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:420
-msgid ""
-"Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de "
-"tout retard ou manquement d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce "
-"manquement ou retard est causé par une règlementation gouvernementale, un "
-"incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation, un accident, une épidémie, "
-"un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité ou en"
-" partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s)"
-" cause (s), qu’elle (s) soit (soient) de nature similaire ou différente, "
-"pour autant que cette cause soit hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie "
-"concernée, et tant qu'une telle cause existe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:431
-msgid "8 Dispositions générales"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:436
-msgid "8.1 Droit applicable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:438
-msgid ""
-"Les parties conviennent que les lois de Belgique seront applicables en cas "
-"de litige découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, sans tenir "
-"compte des règles ou dispositions en matière de compétence législative ou de"
-" conflit de lois. Dans la mesure où une poursuite ou procédure judiciaire ou"
-" administrative serait autorisée ci-avant, les parties conviennent de se "
-"soumettre à la compétence exclusive du tribunal de Nivelles (Belgique) aux "
-"fins de la procédure de tout litige."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:448
-msgid "8.2 Divisibilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:450
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où une ou plusieurs des dispositions du présent contrat ou toute"
-" autre application de celles-ci se trouvent non valables, illégales ou non "
-"exécutoires, la validité, la légalité et le caractère exécutoire des autres "
-"dispositions du présent contrat et toute application de celles-ci ne doivent"
-" en aucun cas en être affectés ou compromis. Les parties s'engagent à "
-"remplacer toute disposition non valable, illégale ou non exécutoire du "
-"présent contrat par une disposition valable ayant les mêmes effets et "
-"objectifs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:460
-msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:462
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-" License v1.0, définie ci-dessous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:466
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa "
-"compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la"
-" :ref:`version originale `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:472
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. This"
-" translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, "
-"but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms of the "
-"“Odoo Enterprise Edition License” is the :ref:`original english version "
-"`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:489
-msgid ""
-"Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être "
-"utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des "
-"modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de "
-"validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:494
-msgid ""
-"Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes"
-" permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un "
-"environnement de test ou de développement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:498
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à "
-"les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence"
-" soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires "
-"similaires à celle-ci)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:503
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle"
-" licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions "
-"de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules "
-"publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:508
-msgid ""
-"Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou "
-"vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:511
-msgid ""
-"Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit "
-"inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente "
-"licence."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:514
-msgid ""
-"LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE"
-" QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES"
-" GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION "
-"PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:519
-msgid ""
-"EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE "
-"TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES "
-"RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU "
-"LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION "
-"RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/online.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo Online Terms & Conditions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement - Under Revision!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5_work-in-progress - Last revision: March 02, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:11
-msgid "BETWEEN:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"ODOO SA registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under "
-"number RCN 95656, having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40 - "
-"1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"AND ________________________________, a company having its registered office"
-" at _____________________ (Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:22
-msgid "1 Purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which "
-"ODOO provides services to PARTNER, and access to Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"software, and PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts appointment, to be "
-"a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Subscriptions to clients. PARTNER commits to do its best effort to sell Odoo"
-" Enterprise Subscriptions to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will "
-"market in priority the ‘Odoo Enterprise Edition’ version to prospects and "
-"clients. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of "
-"the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:35
-msgid "2 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on "
-"the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:45
-msgid "3.1 Project platform access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"To help PARTNER promoting Odoo Enterprise, ODOO grants access to its Github "
-"code repository to PARTNER for all ‘Enterprise Edition’ modules, under the "
-"terms set forth in Exhibit A and the conditions restricted under  this "
-"agreement. This access will be granted as of the signature of this agreement"
-" and be revoked should the partnership contract be revoked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:50
-msgid "3.2 Restrictions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER commits to keep confidentiality of the source code of Odoo "
-"Enterprise edition modules licensed under restricted rights (labelled as "
-"‘Enterprise Edition’) within its staff. The access to clients is governed by"
-" the Odoo Enterprise Contract (version 4.0 and above). PARTNER agrees to NOT"
-" redistribute this code to 3rd parties without the explicit agreement of "
-"ODOO. Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the "
-"integrity of the Odoo Enterprise edition code that is required to verify the"
-" validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise edition, collects statistics that are "
-"needed for that purpose and enforce the payment of the subscription."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:56
-msgid "4 Partnership Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:59
-msgid "4.1 Partnership levels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"The ODOO partner program consists of three partnership levels; Ready, Silver"
-" and Gold with specific requirements and benefits for each level. "
-"Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo "
-"Enterprise revenues generated for ODOO. Renewals of existing contracts does "
-"not account for the partnership level, but the partner still get his "
-"commission on these contracts as stated in 5.2 The table below summarizes "
-"the requirement for each partnership level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Annual New Net Odoo Enterprise Revenues 1.000 € 12.000 € "
-"25.000 €"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The level of partnerships will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO based on Odoo "
-"Enterprise contracts sold by partners, over the preceeding 12 months. "
-"Partners may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the"
-" requirements for a higher level. Silver and Gold partners which are not "
-"complying with their partnerships requirements will be assigned to a lower "
-"level of partnership if they have not met their requirement at the end of "
-"the annual period. For new partners, the initial partner level is granted "
-"for one year."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:77
-msgid "4.2 Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:78
-msgid ""
-"The details of the benefits for each level of partnership are described in "
-"the table below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Recognition Visibility on odoo.com Ready Partner Silver "
-"Partner Gold Partner Rights to use the Odoo trademark Ready logo Silver logo"
-" Gold logo Learning benefits Yearly upgrades seminars Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"Training Yes Yes Yes Weekly functional training webinars Yes Yes Yes "
-"Software Benefits Access to Odoo Enterprise source code Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"benefits Discount on all ODOO services 10% 15% 20% Discount on ODOO "
-"Enterprise (Minimum 10 users per contract, applied then for all users). 10% "
-"15% 20% Access to an Account Manager Yes Yes Yes Marketing Benefits Access "
-"to marketing materials Yes Yes Yes Partner EVENT – ODOO Support & Promotion "
-"No Yes Yes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:135
-msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:136
-msgid ""
-"ODOO will promote PARTNER as an official partner on its website (odoo.com) "
-"for agreed countries. ODOO grants to PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the "
-"right to use and reproduce only the ODOO Partner’s logo, and the Odoo name "
-"in connection with this Agreement. Each Party undertakes to respect all the "
-"rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous "
-"paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any "
-"analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the "
-"mind of the general public, for any reason whatsoever and by any means "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:141
-msgid "4.4 Learning Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:142
-msgid ""
-"In order to train PARTNER, ODOO will organize online training sessions once "
-"a week. Sessions are organized into discovery and advanced topics. A session"
-" is usually 2 hours and cover an application of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"software: sales and CRM, inventory management, project management, "
-"eCommerce, human resources, manufacturing, advanced customizations, etc. "
-"PARTNER can attend these training sessions at no additional cost and commit "
-"to attend at least 20 sessions per year. ODOO will organize at least four "
-"sales training session per year of a duration of one week. Each sales "
-"training session is organized in one of the ODOO office. PARTNER can send "
-"any employee to these training session. Once a new version of Odoo "
-"Enterprise is released, ODOO must organize upgrade training session for "
-"partners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:148
-msgid "4.5  Commission on Odoo Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:149
-msgid ""
-"For every ODOO services directly purchased by a customer through PARTNER, "
-"PARTNER shall receive retribution as follows For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts"
-" sold to CUSTOMER: ODOO will invoice directly the CUSTOMER based on final "
-"pricing agreed between ODOO, the PARTNER & the CUSTOMER. Then, PARTNER will "
-"invoice his commission to ODOO based on Odoo Enteprise price, net of "
-"possible rebates, and based on his current partnership level at the time of "
-"signature. For Other Services; Partner invoice directly the CLIENT and ODOO "
-"will invoice the PARTNER directly commission included. (as a discount) For "
-"“ODOO Enterprise” contracts; PARTNER get a commission as long as the PARTNER"
-" maintains a contractual relationship with the CUSTOMER."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:156
-msgid "5 Miscellaneous"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:159
-msgid "5.1 Communications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"No communications from either party to the other shall have any validity "
-"under this Agreement unless made in writing by or on behalf of PARTNER or "
-"ODOO, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this "
-"Agreement. Any notice whatsoever which either party hereto is required or "
-"authorised by this Agreement to give or make to the other shall be given or "
-"made either by post in a prepaid letter, or by hand delivery or facsimile "
-"transmission or E-mail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:164
-msgid "5.2 BRAND IMAGE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:165
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of "
-"the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this "
-"Agreement. Non-compliance to this provision shall be a cause for termination"
-" of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:168
-msgid "5.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:169
-msgid ""
-"ODOO shall publish any press release, advertisement or other public "
-"announcement using the PARTNER’s name or trademarks without its prior "
-"written consent. In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that "
-"its logo and trademark is used for this purpose only, in the list of the "
-"partners of ODOO."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:172
-msgid "5.4  No SOLICITING"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:173
-msgid ""
-"Each party, its subsidiaries and any entity controlled indirectly agrees not"
-" to solicit, offer employment to, or use the services of any employee of the"
-" other party who is involved in performing the Services for the duration of "
-"the Agreement and for a period of twenty four (24) Months from the date of "
-"termination of this Agreement, except as expressly provided for in the "
-"Agreement or where the other party gives its consent in writing to this. In "
-"case of any breach of the terms of this article, the defaulting Party shall "
-"pay an indemnity equivalent to 12 months of the gross salary of the employee"
-" sought or dismissed, or to at least a minimum of € 30,000."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:177
-msgid "5.5  Independent Contractor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:178
-msgid ""
-"The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be "
-"construed as constituting either Party as partner, joint venture or "
-"fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of legal association that"
-" would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the "
-"other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority "
-"(express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:181
-msgid "6 FEES AND CHARGES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:182
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER shall pay the charges and the annual fee immediately upon receipt of"
-" the invoice sent by ODOO.The annual partnership fees is 2950€. PARTNER "
-"shall automatically pay a late payment interest at the rate equivalent to "
-"the applicable interest rate of the principal instrument of re-financing of "
-"the European Central Bank increased by 7% per year, which shall accrue on a "
-"daily basis from the due date of payment; it not being necessary for such "
-"accrual that ODOO request or claims the unpaid amount in any manner "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:186
-msgid "7 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:187
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfil one or more of its "
-"obligations arising hereunder, and if such breach has not been remedied "
-"within thirty (30) calendar days from the first presentation of a letter, "
-"sent by the injured Party by registered letter with advice of receipt, "
-"giving notice of the breaches, this Agreement may be terminated immediately "
-"as of right at the request of the injured Party, without prejudice to any "
-"damages that may be claimed from the defaulting Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER: shall not use anymore "
-"the materials and/or the Odoo brand name or claim the existence of any "
-"partnership or link with ODOO, shall during any notice period prior to such "
-"termination comply with its obligations. shall not use Odoo Enterprise "
-"anymore, for development, test or production purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:195
-msgid "8 Liability AND Indemnities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:196
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder. To the "
-"maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, "
-"losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising "
-"under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proven, but will "
-"in no event exceed for all damage causing event or series of connected "
-"events causing damages the total amount for the charges paid by PARTNER in "
-"the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event"
-" giving rise to such claim. In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect"
-" or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or "
-"Customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or "
-"other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data "
-"arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations. "
-"PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectation and has received no "
-"assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the "
-"ODOO Partners Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain "
-"any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement. Partner "
-"waives any commitment whatsoever on behalf of ODOO regarding the evolution "
-"of Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:202
-msgid ""
-"According to the terms of the Software license, ODOO will not be liable for "
-"any bug or for the quality and the performance of the Software, ODOO’s "
-"commitment being limited to the correction of bugs as defined in this "
-"Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:205
-msgid "9  Governing Law and Jurisdiction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:206
-msgid ""
-"This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws"
-" of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which"
-" no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts "
-"of Belgium in Nivelles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:208
-msgid "For Odoo SA,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:213
-msgid "For _____________,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:220
-msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index 241e1200e4..18031a670f 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Ana Juaristi , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
index 1b66292d28..6800ce1427 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index 4611938f0d..5062480ef6 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Ruben Dario Machado , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index d278a9cef1..a1652caac4 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: José Vicente , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1673,21 +1673,29 @@ msgid ""
 "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
 "etc.)."
 msgstr ""
+"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de datos "
+"(contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). Puedes abrirlos con "
+"cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google"
+" Drive, etc.)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11
 msgid "How to customize the file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo customizar el archivo"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
 msgstr ""
+"Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a"
+" continuación puedes ver por qué)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
+"Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la"
+" secuencia de ID."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -1705,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -1717,20 +1725,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
 msgstr ""
+"Estableciendo un ID no es obligatorio cuando estás importando pero ayuda en "
+"muchos casos:"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
 "duplicates;"
 msgstr ""
+"Actualiza importaciones: puedes importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin "
+"crear duplicados;"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32
 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35
 msgid "How to import relation fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1739,6 +1751,10 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado a muchos otros objetos (p.e. un "
+"producto está relacionado a categorías de productos, atributos, vendedores, "
+"etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del "
+"objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -1747,6 +1763,10 @@ msgid ""
 "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
 "Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"Puedes hacerlo tanto usando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. El "
+"ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso añade "
+"\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: "
+"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). "
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Set taxes"
diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index 6d711b443d..15c9bce56a 100644
--- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Luis M. Ontalba , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -24,11 +24,12 @@ msgstr "Sitio web"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3
 msgid "Optimize"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Optimizar"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3
 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics"
 msgstr ""
+"Cómo realizar el seguimiento del tráfico de tu sitio web en Google Analytics"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5
 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:"
@@ -65,15 +66,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
-msgid "How to track your website's traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can follow your traffic's statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
+"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
 "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -95,28 +96,34 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo)."
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:24
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:29
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Create credentials to use in Odoo. Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as "
-"calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:38
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Then enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on "
-"which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your "
-"Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance "
-"URL followed by /google_account/authentication."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:47
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google "
 "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this "
@@ -124,18 +131,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:52
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:57
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:63
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -183,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23
 msgid "Page speed"
-msgstr "Página Rápida "
+msgstr "Velocidad de la página"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26
 msgid "Introduction"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 4b9b3dc784..333384e78f 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: leemannd , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: fr rev , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -3853,6 +3853,9 @@ msgstr "**Compte**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Debit**"
@@ -3860,6 +3863,9 @@ msgstr "**Débit**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Credit**"
@@ -6549,6 +6555,107 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the "
+"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting"
+" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis "
+"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and "
+"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash "
+"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the "
+"2nd quarter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to "
+"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax "
+"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash "
+"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. "
+"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in "
+"your accounting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr "Journal de banque"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are"
+" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
 msgid "How to create new taxes"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9581,7 +9688,7 @@ msgstr "Explication des champs de l'écran de paiement :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Has Invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Présente des factures"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes"
@@ -9589,7 +9696,7 @@ msgstr "Champ technique utilisé à des fins ergonomiques"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Hide Payment Method"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Masquer la méthode de paiement"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -12428,11 +12535,9 @@ msgstr "**Compte de crédit par défaut** : CB à encaisser"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow "
-"Reconciliation\"."
+"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to "
+"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois ceci fait, n'oubliez pas de cocher « Autoriser le lettrage » pour "
-"le compte « CB à encaisser »."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
index 742be1c6c7..5492a3f094 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../applications.rst:3
 msgid "Applications"
-msgstr "Candidatures"
+msgstr "Applications"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index ab742d16e4..c1623142b6 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -27,56 +27,97 @@ msgid "Calendar"
 msgstr "Calendrier"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your calendar with Google Calendar"
+msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect on your google account and go to "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
-"`_."
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Create a project...** and enter a project name and change your id"
-" if you want. Don't forget to accept the Terms of Services"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)"
-" and click on 'Calendar API'. Activate the Calendar API by clicking on the "
-"blue button 'Enable API'. When it's done, the Calendar API overview will be "
-"available"
+"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu 'Credentials' (from menu APIs "
-"and auth) and click on button 'Create new Client ID'"
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Check that the Application type is set on 'Web Application', then click on "
-"'Configure consent screen'. Specify an email address and a product name, "
-"then save."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"You should now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. "
-"To do it, you need to complete the field \"Authorized redirect URI\" and set"
-" as value (your own domain followed by '/google_account/authentication'): "
-"==> http://mydomain.odoo.com/google_account/authentication You can now click"
-" on 'Create Client ID'"
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
+"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
+" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
+"the first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
+msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
+"credentials in Google Calendar option."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:48
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
-"Once done, you will have the both informations (Client ID and Client Secret)"
-" that you need to insert in the 2 fields below!"
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
@@ -427,18 +468,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
 "name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing "
-"company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will"
-" be visible as a lead in your pipeline ."
+" the **Internal notes** field."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans le formulaire de contact, fournissez tous les détails en votre "
-"possession (nom de contact, email, téléphone, adresse, etc.), ainsi que des "
-"informations supplémentaires dans les champs **notes internes**. Vous pouvez"
-" également lier la piste à une société existante en modifiant le champ "
-"**Client**. Cliquez sur Enregistrer et le contact sera visible en tant que "
-"piste dans votre pipeline."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
 " by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
@@ -448,11 +481,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " spécifiques en cliquant sur **Convertir en opportunité** dans le coin "
 "supérieur gauche de l'écran."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
 msgid "Create a new opportunity"
 msgstr "Créez une nouvelle opportunité"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
 "having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
@@ -472,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'opportunité nouvellement créée apparaîtra sur la première étape de votre "
 "pipeline de vente."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
 "stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index d53514e32b..6ec10d9949 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Rémi FRANÇOIS , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -514,12 +514,9 @@ msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications"
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
-"` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
-"installing/uninstalling apps)."
+"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
+" installing/uninstalling apps)."
 msgstr ""
-"Testez d'abord ce que vous êtes sur le point de faire sur une :ref:`copie "
-"` de votre base de données avant d'effectuer des changements (*en"
-" particulier* l'installation/la désinstallation d'applications)."
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index d7455d0b0c..ce834eb82a 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Melanie Bernard , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
 msgid "Product Catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Catalogue d'articles"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -199,113 +199,115 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
 "customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
-"and then selects its size and color."
+"and then selects its size and color.  In the example below, the customer "
+"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
+"available options."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:13
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
 msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
 "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:18
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
 "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
 "are 2 values for 1 attribute."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
 msgid "How to edit variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:38
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
 msgid "You can edit following data:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
 msgid "Barcode,"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
 msgid "Volume,"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
 msgid "Weight,"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
 "to populate them once the variants generated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
 "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
 "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:64
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
 "attribute value is selected."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:74
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
 "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:78
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
 msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
 "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
 "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:86
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
 "list. You can reactivate them the same way."
@@ -953,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
-"only one without any subscription free. We definitely advise it to any "
+"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
 "starter."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index a52e32cf00..6534a19bcc 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: françois futhazar , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Authentification"
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
 msgstr ""
+"Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec leur compte Google"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
 msgid "Data Import"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Importation de données"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt an import template"
@@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
 msgid "How to start"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment démarrer"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -695,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comment ajouter un utilisateur"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index 3f26d5d298..c5c89aecc3 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -587,25 +587,24 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
-" services:"
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"services:"
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous avez souscrit à une **Application personnalisée**, vous bénéficiez "
-"de services suivants supplémentaires :"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
-msgid "**Customization of screens**"
-msgstr "**Personnalisation d'écrans**"
+msgid ""
+"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
+"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
+"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
 "developers for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
-"**Personnalisation des rapports (PDF) :** nos chefs de projet ont accès à "
-"des développeurs pour les personnalisations avancées."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
@@ -617,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous coacher sur la façon d'utiliser les blocs de construction du concepteur"
 " de site Web. Le temps passé va consommer des heures de votre succes pack."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
 msgid ""
 "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
 "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
@@ -628,11 +627,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "automatisation d'actions, etc. Pour des automatisations très avancées, nos "
 "chefs de projet ont accès aux développeurs d'Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:302
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
+"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
+"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
+" be deducted from your Success Pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
+msgid ""
+"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
+"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
+"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours "
+"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
+"added to the subscription fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
+"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr "Méthodologie d'implémentation"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
 msgid ""
 "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
 " in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
@@ -641,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mettre les clients en production dans un court laps de temps et à un faible "
 "coût."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
@@ -649,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs "
 "phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
@@ -661,11 +689,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "phasé. Chaque phase est le déploiement d'un ensemble d'applications que vous"
 " utiliserez pleinement en production à la fin de la phase."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:319
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr "Pour chaque phase, les étapes sont les suivantes :"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
@@ -675,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " de Odoo avec vous, selon vos activités. Le but est de vous former, valider "
 "le processus d'affaires et de configurer selon vos besoins spécifiques."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
 "responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
@@ -685,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vous êtes responsable de l'export des données de votre système existant et "
 "le chef de projet Odoo va les importer dans Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
@@ -698,13 +726,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "projet Odoo pour répondre aux questions et traiter vos retour d'information."
 " "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 "**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs "
 "commencent à utiliser Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@@ -714,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations "
 "restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
 msgid ""
 "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
@@ -725,11 +753,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "projet (sauf si vous avez de nouveaux besoins) et vous utiliserez le service"
 " d'assistance si vous avez d'autres questions."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr "Gestion de vos bases de données"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:350
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@@ -738,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin "
 "supérieur droit."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@@ -748,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre "
 "environnement de travail avec des données de test !"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
 msgid ""
 "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
 "for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
@@ -761,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur le compte Odoo.com sur la page **My Databases** et cliquez sur "
 "**Dupliquer**."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "`."
@@ -769,11 +797,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de "
 "données :ref:`ici `."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr "Succès Client"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@@ -781,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils "
 "disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:380
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
@@ -789,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et "
 "éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -804,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, "
 "évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
@@ -812,10 +840,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et"
 " de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:393
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr "Bienvenue à bord et profiter de votre expérience Odoo !"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
index fd90cc4658..c494ecc61f 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index f5f47b3ee0..7f8c7bccbf 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: lap.odoo , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1679,14 +1679,10 @@ msgstr "Configuration des délais de mise en œuvre"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute "
+"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
 "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
 "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
 msgstr ""
-"La configuration des **délais d'exécution** est une première étape "
-"essentielle pour pouvoir calculer les dates prévues. Les délais d'exécution "
-"sont les délais (en terme de livraison, la fabrication, ...) promis à vos "
-"différents partenaires et/ou clients."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
@@ -3826,7 +3822,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
 msgid "$20"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "20$"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54
 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9"
@@ -6411,7 +6407,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
 msgid "Landed Cost Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Types de coûts logistiques"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
deleted file mode 100644
index dd926dcda8..0000000000
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2021 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
-# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
-# 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir , 2017\n"
-"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:5
-msgid "Legal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:15 ../../legal/licenses.rst:5
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:6
-msgid "Licenses"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:17
-msgid ":ref:`licenses`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:20 ../../legal/terms.rst:5
-msgid "Terms and Conditions"
-msgstr "Conditions générales"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:38
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:40
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise_fr|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:47 ../../legal/others.rst:5
-msgid "Other legal references"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Service Level Agreement `_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Acceptable Use Policy `_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:51
-msgid ":ref:`cla`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:11
-msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 "
-"`_  (also known as LGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:22
-msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License v1.0, defined as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:487
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0"
-msgstr "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0"
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") can only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) with a valid Odoo "
-"Enterprise Subscription for the correct number of users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7
-msgid ""
-"With a valid Partnership Agreement with Odoo S.A., the above permissions are"
-" also granted, as long as the usage is limited to a testing or development "
-"environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules based on the Software and distribute them under"
-" the license of your choice, provided that it is compatible with the terms "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or "
-"proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16
-msgid ""
-"You may use Odoo modules published under any license along with the "
-"Software, provided that their license is compatible with the terms of the "
-"Odoo Enterprise License (Including, but not limited to, any module published"
-" on the Odoo Apps Store on odoo.com/apps)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"It is forbidden to publish, distribute, sublicense, or sell copies of the "
-"Software or modified copies of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all  copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE"
-" AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,ARISING FROM,"
-" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN "
-"THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:43
-msgid "Odoo Apps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Unless otherwise stated, Odoo Apps by Odoo SA (including the website themes)"
-" are published under the Odoo Proprietary License v1.0, defined as follows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo Proprietary License v1.0"
-msgstr "License propriétaire Odoo v1.0"
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") may only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) if you have purchased a "
-"valid license from the authors, typically via Odoo Apps, or if you have "
-"received a written agreement from the authors of the Software (see the "
-"COPYRIGHT file)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules that use the Software as a library (typically "
-"by depending on it, importing it and using its resources), but without "
-"copying any source code or material from the Software. You may distribute "
-"those modules under the license of your choice, provided that this license "
-"is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Proprietary License (For example: "
-"LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE "
-"AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING "
-"FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS"
-" IN THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:91
-msgid "Odoo 9"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:93
-msgid ""
-"The licenses for both editions of Odoo 9 were respectively the same as for "
-":ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:100
-msgid "Odoo 8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 8 is licensed under `AGPL version 3 "
-"`_  (also known as AGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:5
-msgid "Contributor License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"In order to contribute to any of the Odoo projects, companies and "
-"individuals have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the "
-"agreement, and a FAQ can be found on our `GitHub project page "
-"`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:5
-msgid "Privacy Policy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Temporary version at ``__ "
-"(needs cleanup)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5b - Last revision: June 30, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the \"Services\") provided "
-"by Odoo SA and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo SA\") in relation with "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community Edition (the \"Software\"), you "
-"(the \"Customer\") are agreeing to be bound by the following terms and "
-"conditions (the \"Agreement\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:18
-msgid "1 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one year and "
-"as specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the"
-" date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term by registered mail to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:28
-msgid "2 Definitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:34
-msgid "User"
-msgstr "Utilisateur"
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or "
-"edition mode. Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people"
-" (or systems) who only have limited access to the Software through the "
-"portal facilities (known as \"portal Users\") are not counted as Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:42
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:55
-msgid "Bug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete "
-"stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a "
-"defective installation or configuration. Non-compliance with specifications "
-"or requirements will be considered as Bugs at the discretion of Odoo SA "
-"(typically, when the Software does not produce the results or performance it"
-" was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet "
-"legal accounting requirements anymore)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:51
-msgid "Covered Versions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"All Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 (three) most recently "
-"released major versions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"To be covered by the current Agreement, Customer’s installations have to run"
-" the most recent Covered Version at the time of this Agreement’s signature. "
-"When this is not the case, additional costs are applicable, as described in "
-":ref:`charges`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:56 ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:42
-msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-"
-"exclusive, non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after "
-"modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, under the terms set "
-"forth in :ref:`appendix_a`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the "
-"unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and collects statistics for that "
-"purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance and the "
-"number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties"
-" without the consent of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in"
-" compliance with its official Privacy Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's "
-"website `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked "
-"immediately and the Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to"
-" pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the"
-" actual number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:81
-msgid "4 Included Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:84
-msgid "4.1 Bug Fixing Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable"
-" efforts to remedy any Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through"
-" the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's service desk email address or"
-" website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions within 2 "
-"business days."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension "
-"that is not part of the official Software will not be covered by this "
-"service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to "
-"the Customer. If the bug has been addressed in a more recent revision of the"
-" Covered Version of the Software used by the Customer, the Customer agrees "
-"to update its systems to that revision in order to obtain the correction. "
-"The Customer will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered Version "
-"of the Software as a remedy to a Bug."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:100
-msgid ""
-"When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the "
-"Bug in all more recent Covered Versions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software "
-"and in the :ref:`liability` section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be "
-"held liable for Bugs in the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:108
-msgid "4.2 Security Advisories Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:110
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a \"Security "
-"Advisory\" to the Customer for any security Bug that are discovered in the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, at least 2 weeks before making the "
-"Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly"
-" by a third party. Security Advisories include a complete description of the"
-" Bug, its cause, its possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the "
-"corresponding remedy for each Covered Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security "
-"Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in "
-":ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public "
-"disclosure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:124
-msgid "4.3 Upgrade Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:129
-msgid "Upgrade Service for the Software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests"
-" through the appropriate channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service "
-"website), in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered "
-"Version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the \"Target "
-"Version\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:135
-msgid ""
-"Upgrade requests must include a complete backup copy of the Customer's "
-"database and the associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of"
-" the Software). Where necessary for data security or regulation reasons, the"
-" Upgrade Service includes an optional tool to anonymize identifiable data "
-"inside a database before submitting the upgrade request, and a tool to "
-"restore the anonymized data after the upgrade."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:141
-msgid ""
-"This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the "
-"Customer to perform unattended upgrades once a previous version of the "
-"Customer's database has been successfully upgraded for a Covered Version. "
-"The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and "
-"agrees to submit at least 1 upgrade request for testing purposes before "
-"submitting the final upgrade request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:147
-msgid ""
-"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of"
-" the Customer's database to make it compatible with the Target Version, and "
-"the correction of any Bug directly caused by the upgrade operation and not "
-"normally occurring in the Target Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the "
-"upgraded database in order to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes "
-"and new features implemented in the Target Version, and to convert and adapt"
-" for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that were"
-" installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as "
-"foreseen in section :ref:`upgrade_extra`). The Customer may submit multiple "
-"upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:162
-msgid "Upgrade Service for third-party extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:164
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional "
-"upgrade services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in "
-"addition to the regular Upgrade Services. This optional service is subject "
-"to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the technical "
-"adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and "
-"their corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. "
-"The Customer will receive an upgraded version of all installed third-party "
-"modules along with the upgraded database."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:174
-msgid "5 Charges and Fees"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:179
-msgid "5.1 Standard charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:181
-msgid ""
-"The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing "
-"Service, Security Advisories Service and the Upgrade Service are based on "
-"the number of Users and the Software version used by the Customer, and "
-"specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"When during the Term, the Customer has more Users than specified at the time"
-" of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee "
-"equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of the Term) for "
-"the additional Users, for the remainder of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a "
-"Covered Version that is not the most recent one, the standard charges will "
-"be increased by 50% for the duration of the first Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:196
-msgid "5.2 Renewal charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:198
-msgid ""
-"Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges "
-"applied during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable "
-"per-User list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7%, unless "
-"Odoo SA provides written notice of a new price to the Customer at least 60 "
-"days prior to the end of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:207
-msgid "5.3 Charges for Upgrade Services of third-party modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:211
-msgid ""
-"The additional charge for the Upgrade Service for third-party modules is EUR"
-" (€) 1000.00 (one thousand euros) per 1000 Lines of Code in the third-party "
-"modules, rounded up to the next thousand lines. Lines of Code include all "
-"text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the "
-"programming language (Python, Javascript, etc.) or data format (XML, CSV, "
-"etc.), excluding blank lines and comment lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:217
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA reserves the right to reject an upgrade request for third-party "
-"modules under the above conditions if the quality of the source code of "
-"those modules is too low, or if these modules constitute an interface with "
-"third-party software or systems. The upgrade of such modules will subject to"
-" a separate offer, outside of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:225
-msgid "5.4 Taxes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:229
-msgid ""
-"All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, "
-"state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, "
-"\"Taxes\"). The Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with"
-" purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA is"
-" legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is "
-"responsible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:238
-msgid "6 Conditions of Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:241
-msgid "6.1 Customer Obligations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:245
-msgid "The Customer agrees to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:247
-msgid ""
-"pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present "
-"Agreement, in accordance with the payment conditions specified in the "
-"corresponding invoice ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:249
-msgid ""
-"immediately notify Odoo SA when the actual number of Users exceeds the "
-"number of Users specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this "
-"event, pay the applicable additional fee as described in section "
-":ref:`charges_standard`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the "
-"part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition usage, as described in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:255
-msgid ""
-"grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo "
-"Enterprise Edition usage upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is "
-"found to be inoperant for the Customer);"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:257
-msgid ""
-"appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the "
-"Agreement;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:258
-msgid ""
-"take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and "
-"to ensure Customer’s data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA "
-"cannot be held liable for any data loss;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:265
-msgid "6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:267
-msgid ""
-"Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its "
-"affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to "
-"any employee of the other party who is involved in performing or using the "
-"Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a "
-"period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this "
-"Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that "
-"leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching "
-"party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 "
-"(thirty thousand euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:279
-msgid "6.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:281
-msgid ""
-"Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a "
-"non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to "
-"reproduce and display the other party’s name, logos and trademarks, solely "
-"for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or supplier, "
-"on websites, press releases and other marketing materials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:290
-msgid "6.4 Confidentiality"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:298
-msgid "Definition of \"Confidential Information\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:293
-msgid ""
-"All information disclosed by a party (the \"Disclosing Party\") to the other"
-" party (the \"Receiving Party\"), whether orally or in writing, that is "
-"designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be "
-"confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of "
-"disclosure. In particular any information related to the business, affairs, "
-"products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and "
-"suppliers of either party should be regarded as confidential."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:300
-msgid ""
-"For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement,"
-" the Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to "
-"protect the confidentiality of its own similar Confidential Information, but"
-" not less than reasonable care."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:304
-msgid ""
-"The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing "
-"Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party "
-"gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure, to the "
-"extent permitted by law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:311
-msgid "6.5 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:313
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations "
-"arising herein, and if such breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar "
-"days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be "
-"terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the "
-"Customer fails to pay the applicable fees for the Services within the due "
-"date specified on the corresponding invoice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:324
-msgid "Surviving Provisions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:321
-msgid ""
-"The sections \":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”, "
-"“:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any "
-"termination or expiration of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:329
-msgid "7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:334
-msgid "7.1 Warranties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:338
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially "
-"reasonable efforts to execute the Services in accordance with the generally "
-"accepted industry standards provided that:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the "
-"Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:343
-msgid ""
-"the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so "
-"that Odoo SA can identify, reproduce and address problems;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:345
-msgid "all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for "
-"any breach of this warranty is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the "
-"Services at no additional charge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:353
-msgid "7.2 Disclaimers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:357
-msgid ""
-"Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any"
-" kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party "
-"specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including any implied "
-"warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-"
-"infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:362
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or "
-"international law or regulations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:367
-msgid "7.3 Limitation of Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:369
-msgid ""
-"To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each "
-"party together with its affiliates arising out of or related to this "
-"Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under"
-" this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the "
-"event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this "
-"limitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:374
-msgid ""
-"In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, "
-"special, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, "
-"including but not limited to loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of "
-"business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or "
-"corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement "
-"regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including "
-"strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable theory, even if a party "
-"or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages, or "
-"if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential "
-"purpose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:385
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:418
-msgid "7.4 Force Majeure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:387
-msgid ""
-"Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any "
-"performance or failure to render any performance under this Agreement when "
-"such failure or delay is caused by governmental regulations, fire, strike, "
-"war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or product "
-"in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other "
-"cause or causes, whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable "
-"control of such party as long as such cause or causes exist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:398
-msgid "8 General Provisions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:403
-msgid "8.1 Governing Law"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute "
-"arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice "
-"or conflict of law principles. To the extent that any lawsuit or court "
-"proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both parties agree to submit to the "
-"sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of "
-"litigating all disputes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:414
-msgid "8.2 Severability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:416
-msgid ""
-"In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any "
-"application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any "
-"respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining "
-"provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way "
-"thereby affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid,"
-" illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision "
-"having the same effects and objectives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:427
-msgid "9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription"
-" Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera "
-"sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” "
-"est la :ref:`version originale `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription "
-"Agreement”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate"
-" understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of "
-"the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” is "
-"the :ref:`original english version `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:21
-msgid "Version 5b - Dernière modification: 30 juin 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les \"Services\") fournis "
-"par Odoo SA et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo SA\") en relation avec "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (le \"Logiciel\"), vous "
-"(le \"Client\") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes "
-"(le \"Contrat\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:31
-msgid "1 Durée du Contrat"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"La durée du présent contrat (la \"Durée\") doit être au minimum d'un an et "
-"telle que spécifiée par écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la "
-"date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement reconduit pour une même "
-"durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis "
-"écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la "
-"date d'échéance du contrat ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:41
-msgid "2 Définitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:47
-msgid "Utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Tout compte utilisateur actif donnant accès au Logiciel en mode création "
-"et/ou édition. Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des "
-"personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel "
-"via le portail (\"Utilisateurs Portail\") ne sont pas comptés comme "
-"Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, "
-"un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et "
-"n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une "
-"configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins "
-"sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque "
-"le Logiciel ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il "
-"a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond "
-"plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:65
-msgid "Versions Couvertes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement "
-"aux Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus "
-"récentes versions majeures."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du"
-" client doivent utiliser la Version couverte  la plus récente au moment de "
-"la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas contraire, des frais supplémentaires "
-"sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section :ref:`charges_fr`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:70
-msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une "
-"licence non exclusive, non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, "
-"modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section "
-":ref:`appendix_a_fr`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir "
-"l'exécution sans aucune modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la"
-" validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueille des "
-"statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution du "
-"Logiciel et le nombre d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations "
-"chiffrées personnelles ou spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à "
-"traiter toutes les données recueillies en respectant sa politique officielle"
-" de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur `le site web d'Odoo SA "
-"`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est "
-"immédiatement révoquée et le Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du "
-"logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il "
-"accepte de payer à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du "
-"tarif en vigueur applicable correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:97
-msgid "4 Services inclus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:100
-msgid "4.1 Service de correction de Bugs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts "
-"raisonnables pour corriger tout Bug du Logiciel qui pourrait être signalé "
-"par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais "
-"d'un e-mail adressé au service d'assistance d'Odoo SA ou via le formulaire "
-"correspondant sur le site web), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements "
-"du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension "
-"qui ne fait pas partie de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas "
-"couverts par ce service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au "
-"Client. Si le Bug a été résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version "
-"Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, ce dernier s'engage à "
-"actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir le "
-"correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version "
-"Couverte plus récente pour obtenir un correctif."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le "
-"corriger dans toutes les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:120
-msgid ""
-"Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du "
-"Logiciel et à la section :ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut "
-"être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:125
-msgid "4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une \"alerte de "
-"sécurité\"\" au Client pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui "
-"serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, au moins 2 "
-"semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins "
-"que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers. Les alertes de sécurité "
-"comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences "
-"possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour "
-"chaque Version Couverte."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant"
-" dans l'alerte de sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que"
-" décrites à la section :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période "
-"d'embargo avant la divulgation publique."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:141
-msgid "4.3 Service de migration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:146
-msgid "Service de migration du Logiciel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:148
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de "
-"migration en suivant les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site "
-"du service de migration d'Odoo SA), afin de convertir une base de données du"
-" Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une Version Couverte plus "
-"récente (la \"Version Cible\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:153
-msgid ""
-"Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète "
-"de la base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement "
-"obtenues à partir du menu Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire "
-"pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou de réglementation, le Service de"
-" migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes les données "
-"identifiables figurant dans la base de données, avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration, et un outil pour restaurer les données rendues "
-"anonymes après la migration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de "
-"permettre au Client d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès "
-"lors qu’une version précédente de la base de données du Client a été migrée "
-"avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée. Le client peut soumettre des "
-"demandes de migration successives pour une base de données, et accepte de "
-"soumettre au moins 1 demande de mifration de test avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration finale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:167
-msgid ""
-"Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation "
-"techniques de la base de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la"
-" Version Cible, et à la correction de tout Bug directement causé par "
-"l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans la "
-"Version Cible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:172
-msgid ""
-"Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin "
-"de détecter tout Bug, d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles "
-"fonctionnalités ajoutées dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter "
-"pour la Version Cible les modules tiers du Logiciel qui auraient été "
-"installées dans la base de données avant la migration (sauf le cas échéant, "
-"comme prévu à la section :ref:`upgrade_extra_fr`). Le client peut soumettre "
-"plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce qu'un "
-"résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:183
-msgid "Service de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de"
-" migration pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration "
-"normale du Logiciel. Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires"
-" (décrits dans la section charges_fr_) et comprend l'adaptation technique "
-"des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du Client et de leurs "
-"données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles avec la Version "
-"Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers "
-"installés accompagnée de la base de données migrée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:196
-msgid "5 Tarifs et Frais"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:201
-msgid "5.1 Tarifs standards"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:203
-msgid ""
-"Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le "
-"service de correction de Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le "
-"service de migration sont basés sur le nombre d'Utilisateurs et la version "
-"du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par écrit à la signature du "
-"contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:208
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs que spécifié"
-" au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un"
-" supplément équivalent au tarif en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) "
-"pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires, pour le reste de la durée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:213
-msgid ""
-"Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une "
-"Version Couverte qui n'est pas l'une des plus récentes, les tarifs standards"
-" seront augmentés de 50% pour la première Durée du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:221
-msgid "5.2 Tarifs de reconduction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:223
-msgid ""
-"Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si "
-"les tarifs par Utilisateur qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente"
-" sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur en vigueur les plus récents, les"
-" tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%, à moins "
-"qu'Odoo SA ne notifie par écrit un nouveau tarif au client, au moins 60 "
-"jours avant l’échéance du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:232
-msgid "5.3 Tarifs de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:234
-msgid ""
-"Les frais supplémentaires pour le service de migration des modules tiers "
-"sont de 1000,00- euros (€) (mille euros) pour 1000 lignes de code de modules"
-" tiers, le nombre de lignes étant arrondi au millier de lignes supérieur. "
-"Les lignes de code comprennent toutes les lignes de texte dans le code "
-"source de ces modules, quel que soit le langage de programmation (Python, "
-"Javascript, etc.) ou format de données (XML, CSV, etc.), à l'exclusion des "
-"lignes vides et des lignes de commentaires."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:240
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA se réserve le droit de refuser une demande de migration pour des "
-"modules tiers conformément aux conditions décrites ci-dessus, si la qualité "
-"du code source de ces modules est trop faible, ou si ces modules font partie"
-" d'une interface d'intégration avec des logiciels ou systèmes tiers. La "
-"migration de ces modules sera soumise à une proposition distincte, non "
-"couverte par le présent Contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:250
-msgid "5.4 Taxes et impôts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes et hors impôts, frais et "
-"charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales "
-"applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le Client est responsable du "
-"paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le Client en "
-"vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer"
-" ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:261
-msgid "6 Conditions des Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:264
-msgid "6.1 Obligations du Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:266
-msgid "Le Client accepte de / d':"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:268
-msgid ""
-"Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat, conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture "
-"correspondante ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:270
-msgid ""
-"Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs dépasse le "
-"nombre d'Utilisateurs spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, "
-"de régler les frais supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la "
-"section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:273
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non "
-"modifiée de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation "
-"de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la section "
-":ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:276
-msgid ""
-"Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de "
-"l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la "
-"validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour le Client) ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:279
-msgid ""
-"Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du"
-" contrat ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:280
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les "
-"bases de données du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en "
-"sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue "
-"responsable de toute perte de données ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:288
-msgid "6.2 Non solicitation ou embauche"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"Sauf si l'autre partie donne son consentement par écrit, chaque partie, ses "
-"sociétés affiliées et ses représentants conviennent de ne pas solliciter ou "
-"offrir un emploi à tout employé de l'autre partie qui est impliqué dans "
-"l'exécution ou l'utilisation des Services en vertu du présent Contrat, "
-"pendant la Durée du Contrat et pendant une période de 12 mois à compter de "
-"la date de résiliation ou de l'expiration du présent Contrat. En cas de "
-"violation des conditions de la présente section qui conduirait à la "
-"démission dudit employé à cette fin, la partie ayant enfreint ces "
-"dispositions accepte de payer à l'autre partie un montant forfaitaire de 30 "
-"000,00 euros (€) (trente mille euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:303
-msgid "6.3 Publicité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"Sauf demande contraire par écrit, chaque partie accorde à l'autre partie une"
-" licence mondiale libre de droits, non transférable, non exclusive pour "
-"reproduire et afficher le nom, les logos et les marques de l'autre partie, "
-"dans le seul but de citer l'autre partie en tant que client ou fournisseur, "
-"sur les sites Web, dans des communiqués de presse et autres documents de "
-"marketing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:313
-msgid "6.4 Confidentialité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:324
-msgid "Définition des \"Informations Confidentielles\" :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:316
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toutes les informations divulguées par une partie (la \"Partie "
-"Communicante\") à l'autre partie (la \"Partie Bénéficiaire\"), que ce soit "
-"oralement ou par écrit, qui sont désignées comme confidentielles ou qui "
-"devraient raisonnablement être comprises comme étant confidentielles étant "
-"donné la nature des informations et les circonstances de la divulgation. En "
-"particulier, toute information liée aux activités, aux affaires, aux "
-"produits, aux développements, aux secrets commerciaux, au savoir-faire, au "
-"personnel, aux clients et aux fournisseurs de l'une des parties doit être "
-"considérée comme confidentielle."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:326
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute Information Confidentielle reçue pendant la durée du présent "
-"contrat, la Partie Bénéficiaire utilisera le même degré de précaution "
-"qu'elle utilise pour protéger la confidentialité de ses propres Informations"
-" Confidentielles de même importance. Ce degré de précaution devra "
-"correspondre au minimum à une précaution raisonnable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:331
-msgid ""
-"La Partie Bénéficiaire peut divulguer les Informations Confidentielles de la"
-" Partie Communicante dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la"
-" Partie Bénéficiaire avise au préalable par écrit la Partie Communicante de "
-"son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:339
-msgid "6.5 Résiliation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du"
-" présent contrat, et si une telle violation n’est pas résolue dans les 30 "
-"jours civils à compter de la notification écrite de cette violation, le "
-"présent contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas "
-"commis la violation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le "
-"Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services à la date "
-"d'échéance indiquée sur la facture correspondante."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:354
-msgid "Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:352
-msgid ""
-"Les sections \":ref:`confidentiality_fr`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`\",   "
-"“:ref:`liability_fr`\", et “:ref:`general_provisions_fr`\" survivront la "
-"résiliation ou l'expiration du présent contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:359
-msgid "7 Limitations de garantie et de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:364
-msgid "7.1 Garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:366
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts"
-" raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément"
-" aux normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:370
-msgid ""
-"Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et"
-" que le Logiciel soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:372
-msgid ""
-"Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à"
-" l'accès, de telle sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer "
-"les problèmes ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:374
-msgid "Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais "
-"supplémentaires constitue la seule et unique réparation pour le Client et la"
-" seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour toute violation de cette garantie."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:383
-msgid "7.2 Limitation de garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:385
-msgid ""
-"Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties"
-" ne donne de garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite, légale ou autre, "
-"et chaque partie décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris"
-" toute garantie implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage "
-"particulier ou de non- contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi "
-"en vigueur."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:391
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA ne garantit pas que le Logiciel soit conforme à toute loi ou "
-"réglementation locale ou internationale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:398
-msgid "7.3 Limitation de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:400
-msgid ""
-"Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque "
-"partie, ainsi que de ses filiales, découlant ou liée au présent Contrat ne "
-"dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à"
-" une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette "
-"limite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Les parties et leurs filiales ne pourront en aucun cas être tenues "
-"responsables des dommages indirects, spéciaux, accessoires ou consécutifs de"
-" quelque nature que ce soit, y compris, mais sans s'y limiter, la perte de "
-"revenus, perte de profits, perte d’économies, perte commerciale ou toute "
-"autre perte financière, les coûts relatifs à l'arrêt ou au retard, la perte "
-"ou altération des données, découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat,"
-" quelle que soit la forme de l'action, qu'elle soit fondée sur une "
-"obligation contractuelle, délictuelle (y compris la stricte négligence) ou "
-"fondée sur toute autre règle de droit ou d'équité, même si la partie ou ses "
-"filiales ont été informées du risque de tels dommages, ou si le recours "
-"proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:420
-msgid ""
-"Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de "
-"tout retard ou manquement d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce "
-"manquement ou retard est causé par une règlementation gouvernementale, un "
-"incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation, un accident, une épidémie, "
-"un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité ou en"
-" partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s)"
-" cause (s), qu’elle (s) soit (soient) de nature similaire ou différente, "
-"pour autant que cette cause soit hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie "
-"concernée, et tant qu'une telle cause existe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:431
-msgid "8 Dispositions générales"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:436
-msgid "8.1 Droit applicable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:438
-msgid ""
-"Les parties conviennent que les lois de Belgique seront applicables en cas "
-"de litige découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, sans tenir "
-"compte des règles ou dispositions en matière de compétence législative ou de"
-" conflit de lois. Dans la mesure où une poursuite ou procédure judiciaire ou"
-" administrative serait autorisée ci-avant, les parties conviennent de se "
-"soumettre à la compétence exclusive du tribunal de Nivelles (Belgique) aux "
-"fins de la procédure de tout litige."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:448
-msgid "8.2 Divisibilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:450
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où une ou plusieurs des dispositions du présent contrat ou toute"
-" autre application de celles-ci se trouvent non valables, illégales ou non "
-"exécutoires, la validité, la légalité et le caractère exécutoire des autres "
-"dispositions du présent contrat et toute application de celles-ci ne doivent"
-" en aucun cas en être affectés ou compromis. Les parties s'engagent à "
-"remplacer toute disposition non valable, illégale ou non exécutoire du "
-"présent contrat par une disposition valable ayant les mêmes effets et "
-"objectifs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:460
-msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:462
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-" License v1.0, définie ci-dessous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:466
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa "
-"compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la"
-" :ref:`version originale `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:472
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. This"
-" translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, "
-"but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms of the "
-"“Odoo Enterprise Edition License” is the :ref:`original english version "
-"`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:489
-msgid ""
-"Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être "
-"utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des "
-"modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de "
-"validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:494
-msgid ""
-"Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes"
-" permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un "
-"environnement de test ou de développement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:498
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à "
-"les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence"
-" soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires "
-"similaires à celle-ci)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:503
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle"
-" licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions "
-"de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules "
-"publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:508
-msgid ""
-"Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou "
-"vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:511
-msgid ""
-"Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit "
-"inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente "
-"licence."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:514
-msgid ""
-"LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE"
-" QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES"
-" GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION "
-"PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:519
-msgid ""
-"EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE "
-"TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES "
-"RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU "
-"LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION "
-"RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/online.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo Online Terms & Conditions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement - Under Revision!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5_work-in-progress - Last revision: March 02, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:11
-msgid "BETWEEN:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"ODOO SA registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under "
-"number RCN 95656, having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40 - "
-"1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"AND ________________________________, a company having its registered office"
-" at _____________________ (Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:22
-msgid "1 Purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which "
-"ODOO provides services to PARTNER, and access to Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"software, and PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts appointment, to be "
-"a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Subscriptions to clients. PARTNER commits to do its best effort to sell Odoo"
-" Enterprise Subscriptions to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will "
-"market in priority the ‘Odoo Enterprise Edition’ version to prospects and "
-"clients. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of "
-"the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:35
-msgid "2 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on "
-"the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:45
-msgid "3.1 Project platform access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"To help PARTNER promoting Odoo Enterprise, ODOO grants access to its Github "
-"code repository to PARTNER for all ‘Enterprise Edition’ modules, under the "
-"terms set forth in Exhibit A and the conditions restricted under  this "
-"agreement. This access will be granted as of the signature of this agreement"
-" and be revoked should the partnership contract be revoked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:50
-msgid "3.2 Restrictions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER commits to keep confidentiality of the source code of Odoo "
-"Enterprise edition modules licensed under restricted rights (labelled as "
-"‘Enterprise Edition’) within its staff. The access to clients is governed by"
-" the Odoo Enterprise Contract (version 4.0 and above). PARTNER agrees to NOT"
-" redistribute this code to 3rd parties without the explicit agreement of "
-"ODOO. Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the "
-"integrity of the Odoo Enterprise edition code that is required to verify the"
-" validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise edition, collects statistics that are "
-"needed for that purpose and enforce the payment of the subscription."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:56
-msgid "4 Partnership Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:59
-msgid "4.1 Partnership levels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"The ODOO partner program consists of three partnership levels; Ready, Silver"
-" and Gold with specific requirements and benefits for each level. "
-"Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo "
-"Enterprise revenues generated for ODOO. Renewals of existing contracts does "
-"not account for the partnership level, but the partner still get his "
-"commission on these contracts as stated in 5.2 The table below summarizes "
-"the requirement for each partnership level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Annual New Net Odoo Enterprise Revenues 1.000 € 12.000 € "
-"25.000 €"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The level of partnerships will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO based on Odoo "
-"Enterprise contracts sold by partners, over the preceeding 12 months. "
-"Partners may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the"
-" requirements for a higher level. Silver and Gold partners which are not "
-"complying with their partnerships requirements will be assigned to a lower "
-"level of partnership if they have not met their requirement at the end of "
-"the annual period. For new partners, the initial partner level is granted "
-"for one year."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:77
-msgid "4.2 Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:78
-msgid ""
-"The details of the benefits for each level of partnership are described in "
-"the table below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Recognition Visibility on odoo.com Ready Partner Silver "
-"Partner Gold Partner Rights to use the Odoo trademark Ready logo Silver logo"
-" Gold logo Learning benefits Yearly upgrades seminars Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"Training Yes Yes Yes Weekly functional training webinars Yes Yes Yes "
-"Software Benefits Access to Odoo Enterprise source code Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"benefits Discount on all ODOO services 10% 15% 20% Discount on ODOO "
-"Enterprise (Minimum 10 users per contract, applied then for all users). 10% "
-"15% 20% Access to an Account Manager Yes Yes Yes Marketing Benefits Access "
-"to marketing materials Yes Yes Yes Partner EVENT – ODOO Support & Promotion "
-"No Yes Yes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:135
-msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:136
-msgid ""
-"ODOO will promote PARTNER as an official partner on its website (odoo.com) "
-"for agreed countries. ODOO grants to PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the "
-"right to use and reproduce only the ODOO Partner’s logo, and the Odoo name "
-"in connection with this Agreement. Each Party undertakes to respect all the "
-"rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous "
-"paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any "
-"analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the "
-"mind of the general public, for any reason whatsoever and by any means "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:141
-msgid "4.4 Learning Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:142
-msgid ""
-"In order to train PARTNER, ODOO will organize online training sessions once "
-"a week. Sessions are organized into discovery and advanced topics. A session"
-" is usually 2 hours and cover an application of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"software: sales and CRM, inventory management, project management, "
-"eCommerce, human resources, manufacturing, advanced customizations, etc. "
-"PARTNER can attend these training sessions at no additional cost and commit "
-"to attend at least 20 sessions per year. ODOO will organize at least four "
-"sales training session per year of a duration of one week. Each sales "
-"training session is organized in one of the ODOO office. PARTNER can send "
-"any employee to these training session. Once a new version of Odoo "
-"Enterprise is released, ODOO must organize upgrade training session for "
-"partners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:148
-msgid "4.5  Commission on Odoo Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:149
-msgid ""
-"For every ODOO services directly purchased by a customer through PARTNER, "
-"PARTNER shall receive retribution as follows For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts"
-" sold to CUSTOMER: ODOO will invoice directly the CUSTOMER based on final "
-"pricing agreed between ODOO, the PARTNER & the CUSTOMER. Then, PARTNER will "
-"invoice his commission to ODOO based on Odoo Enteprise price, net of "
-"possible rebates, and based on his current partnership level at the time of "
-"signature. For Other Services; Partner invoice directly the CLIENT and ODOO "
-"will invoice the PARTNER directly commission included. (as a discount) For "
-"“ODOO Enterprise” contracts; PARTNER get a commission as long as the PARTNER"
-" maintains a contractual relationship with the CUSTOMER."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:156
-msgid "5 Miscellaneous"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:159
-msgid "5.1 Communications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"No communications from either party to the other shall have any validity "
-"under this Agreement unless made in writing by or on behalf of PARTNER or "
-"ODOO, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this "
-"Agreement. Any notice whatsoever which either party hereto is required or "
-"authorised by this Agreement to give or make to the other shall be given or "
-"made either by post in a prepaid letter, or by hand delivery or facsimile "
-"transmission or E-mail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:164
-msgid "5.2 BRAND IMAGE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:165
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of "
-"the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this "
-"Agreement. Non-compliance to this provision shall be a cause for termination"
-" of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:168
-msgid "5.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:169
-msgid ""
-"ODOO shall publish any press release, advertisement or other public "
-"announcement using the PARTNER’s name or trademarks without its prior "
-"written consent. In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that "
-"its logo and trademark is used for this purpose only, in the list of the "
-"partners of ODOO."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:172
-msgid "5.4  No SOLICITING"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:173
-msgid ""
-"Each party, its subsidiaries and any entity controlled indirectly agrees not"
-" to solicit, offer employment to, or use the services of any employee of the"
-" other party who is involved in performing the Services for the duration of "
-"the Agreement and for a period of twenty four (24) Months from the date of "
-"termination of this Agreement, except as expressly provided for in the "
-"Agreement or where the other party gives its consent in writing to this. In "
-"case of any breach of the terms of this article, the defaulting Party shall "
-"pay an indemnity equivalent to 12 months of the gross salary of the employee"
-" sought or dismissed, or to at least a minimum of € 30,000."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:177
-msgid "5.5  Independent Contractor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:178
-msgid ""
-"The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be "
-"construed as constituting either Party as partner, joint venture or "
-"fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of legal association that"
-" would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the "
-"other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority "
-"(express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:181
-msgid "6 FEES AND CHARGES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:182
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER shall pay the charges and the annual fee immediately upon receipt of"
-" the invoice sent by ODOO.The annual partnership fees is 2950€. PARTNER "
-"shall automatically pay a late payment interest at the rate equivalent to "
-"the applicable interest rate of the principal instrument of re-financing of "
-"the European Central Bank increased by 7% per year, which shall accrue on a "
-"daily basis from the due date of payment; it not being necessary for such "
-"accrual that ODOO request or claims the unpaid amount in any manner "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:186
-msgid "7 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:187
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfil one or more of its "
-"obligations arising hereunder, and if such breach has not been remedied "
-"within thirty (30) calendar days from the first presentation of a letter, "
-"sent by the injured Party by registered letter with advice of receipt, "
-"giving notice of the breaches, this Agreement may be terminated immediately "
-"as of right at the request of the injured Party, without prejudice to any "
-"damages that may be claimed from the defaulting Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER: shall not use anymore "
-"the materials and/or the Odoo brand name or claim the existence of any "
-"partnership or link with ODOO, shall during any notice period prior to such "
-"termination comply with its obligations. shall not use Odoo Enterprise "
-"anymore, for development, test or production purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:195
-msgid "8 Liability AND Indemnities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:196
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder. To the "
-"maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, "
-"losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising "
-"under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proven, but will "
-"in no event exceed for all damage causing event or series of connected "
-"events causing damages the total amount for the charges paid by PARTNER in "
-"the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event"
-" giving rise to such claim. In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect"
-" or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or "
-"Customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or "
-"other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data "
-"arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations. "
-"PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectation and has received no "
-"assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the "
-"ODOO Partners Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain "
-"any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement. Partner "
-"waives any commitment whatsoever on behalf of ODOO regarding the evolution "
-"of Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:202
-msgid ""
-"According to the terms of the Software license, ODOO will not be liable for "
-"any bug or for the quality and the performance of the Software, ODOO’s "
-"commitment being limited to the correction of bugs as defined in this "
-"Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:205
-msgid "9  Governing Law and Jurisdiction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:206
-msgid ""
-"This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws"
-" of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which"
-" no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts "
-"of Belgium in Nivelles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:208
-msgid "For Odoo SA,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:213
-msgid "For _____________,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:220
-msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index b20fa27866..02a87d2078 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: ShevAbam , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index 99a85e1cc9..9d5bae1644 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Adriana Ierfino , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Lucas Deliege , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Equipe de vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
index 8cc9cf1f19..93dfd504c2 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index cf239e49c2..c37b57a65f 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Frédéric LIETART , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index 2e63e3f898..388af8d22f 100644
--- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Maxime Chambreuil , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
-msgid "How to track your website's traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can follow your traffic's statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
+"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
 "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -95,28 +95,34 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo)."
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:24
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:29
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Create credentials to use in Odoo. Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as "
-"calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:38
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Then enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on "
-"which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your "
-"Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance "
-"URL followed by /google_account/authentication."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:47
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google "
 "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this "
@@ -124,18 +130,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:52
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:57
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:63
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 0490a95b1f..a9394fad9a 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Julia van Orsouw , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -141,6 +141,11 @@ msgid ""
 "**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. "
 "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer je deze module hebt geïnstalleerd, kun je je bankrekening inrichten "
+"om bankafschriften te importeren. Om dit te doen, ga naar het boekhoud "
+"**dashboard**, en klik op de link **Meer** op de kaart van de bankrekening. "
+"Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste CODA bestand in te "
+"laden."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43
 msgid ""
@@ -171,6 +176,10 @@ msgid ""
 "import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can "
 "directly click on the link **Import Statement**."
 msgstr ""
+"Na het importeren van je eerste bestand zal het Odoo boekhoud dashboard "
+"automatisch voorstellen om meer bestanden van je bank te importeren. Voor de"
+" volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct"
+" op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -180,6 +189,11 @@ msgid ""
 " you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the "
 "reconciliation process."
 msgstr ""
+"Elke keer als je een afschriftregel hebt die gekoppeld is aan een nieuwe "
+"klant of leverancier zal Odoo je vragen om de juiste relatie te selecteren "
+"om de transactie af te letteren. Odoo leert daarvan en zal de volgende "
+"betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het "
+"afletterproces danig versnellen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -188,6 +202,10 @@ msgid ""
 " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new"
 " bank statements."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo is in staat om automatisch te constateren dat sommige bestanden of "
+"regels reeds zijn geïmporteerd. Dus je kunt gerust meerdere bestanden "
+"tegelijk importeren: Odoo controleert alles voor je voordat je een nieuw "
+"bankafschrift aanmaakt. "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65
@@ -370,6 +388,9 @@ msgid ""
 "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and "
 "consumers via the Internet."
 msgstr ""
+"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is een gestandaardiseerde specificatie voor "
+"electronische uitwisseling van financiële gegevens tussen bancaire "
+"instellingen, bedrijven en consumenten over het internet."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -396,6 +417,8 @@ msgid ""
 " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements "
 "option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply."
 msgstr ""
+"Om OFX afschriften te importeren, moet je deze functionaliteit activeren in "
+"Odoo. Ga in de boekhoud module naar het menu "
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -404,6 +427,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click"
 " on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer je deze module hebt geïnstalleerd, kun je je bankrekening inrichten "
+"om bankafschriften te importeren. Om dit te doen, ga naar het boekhoud "
+"**dashboard**, en klik op de link **Meer** op de kaart van de bankrekening. "
+"Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste OFX bestand in te "
+"laden."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -425,6 +453,10 @@ msgid ""
 "import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly "
 "click on the link **Import Statement**."
 msgstr ""
+"Na het importeren van je eerste bestand zal het Odoo boekhoud dashboard "
+"automatisch voorstellen om meer bestanden van je bank te importeren. Voor de"
+" volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct"
+" op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57
@@ -435,6 +467,11 @@ msgid ""
 " you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the "
 "reconciliation process."
 msgstr ""
+"Elke keer als je een afschriftregel hebt die gekoppeld is aan een nieuwe "
+"klant of leverancier zal Odoo je vragen om de juiste relatie te selecteren "
+"om de transactie af te letteren. Odoo leert daarvan en zal volgende "
+"betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het "
+"afletterproces danig versnellen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66
@@ -1082,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "Afletteren bank"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3
 msgid "Configure model of entries"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configureer model of boekingen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -1197,13 +1234,15 @@ msgstr "We kunnen direct een betaling op de facturen registreren"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17
 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "We kunnen open facturen afletteren met bankafschriften"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to "
 "do is install the accounting app."
 msgstr ""
+"Er is geen speciale configuratie vereist om facturen te registreren. U hoeft"
+" enkel de boekhouding app te installeren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29
 msgid "User cases"
@@ -1312,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110
 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om alle gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Setup"
@@ -1761,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cheque afdrukken betalingsmethode geselecteerd"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2612,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52
 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vergeet uw wijzigingen niet te bewaren."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55
 msgid "Create an Analytical account."
@@ -3085,6 +3124,9 @@ msgstr "**Rekening**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Debit**"
@@ -3092,6 +3134,9 @@ msgstr "**Debet**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Credit**"
@@ -4129,6 +4174,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments "
 "in **Dollars**."
 msgstr ""
+"In dit document is de basis valuta **Euro** en we registreren betalingen in "
+"**dollar**."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -4177,6 +4224,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and "
 "click on **Add** to allocate the payment."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga terug naar uw factuur (:menuselection:`Verkopen --> Klantfacturen`) en "
+"klik op **toevoegen** om de betaling toe te wijzen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80
 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency"
@@ -4251,7 +4300,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109
 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wisselkoers dagboek"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -4426,7 +4475,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`exchange`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe facturen & betalingen registreren in meerdere valuta's?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -4449,6 +4498,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all"
 " the amounts automatically using that currency."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer een factuur wordt aangemaakt kan de valuta heel gemakkelijk "
+"gewijzigd worden; Odoo gebruikt wel de bedrijfsvaluta als standaard "
+"toewijzing. Het converteert automatisch de aantallen die deze valuta "
+"gebruiken."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25
 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency"
@@ -4459,6 +4512,8 @@ msgid ""
 "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: "
 ":doc:`how_it_works`"
 msgstr ""
+"Gelieve de documentatie te lezen voor informatie over meerdere valuta: "
+":doc:`how_it_works`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -4492,7 +4547,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92
 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bank afschriften in meerdere valuta"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101
 msgid ""
@@ -4576,7 +4631,7 @@ msgstr "Gebaseerd op periodes (bijvoorbeeld winst en verlies)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45
 msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gebaseerd op een enkele datum (bijvoorbeeld balans)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -4676,7 +4731,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9
 msgid "**Balance Sheet**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10
 msgid "**Profit and Loss**"
@@ -4688,11 +4743,11 @@ msgstr "**Grootboekschema**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12
 msgid "**Executive Summary**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13
 msgid "**General Ledger**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Grootboek**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14
 msgid "**Aged Payable**"
@@ -4700,11 +4755,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15
 msgid "**Aged Receivable**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Te late betalers**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16
 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17
 msgid "**Tax Report**"
@@ -4712,7 +4767,7 @@ msgstr "**Belasting rapport**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18
 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Afletteren bank**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -4752,11 +4807,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49
 msgid "Chart of account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rekeningschema"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51
 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een overzicht van al uw rekeningen gegroepeerd per klasse."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57
 msgid "Executive Summary"
@@ -4790,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74
 msgid "**Net profit margin:**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**netto winst marge:**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -4802,7 +4857,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
 msgid ""
@@ -4816,7 +4871,7 @@ msgstr "**Positie:**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81
 msgid "**Average debtor days:**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -5258,7 +5313,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe belastingen aanpassen aan de klantstatus of locatie"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -5310,6 +5365,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded "
 "for the customer."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo zal deze fiscale positie gebruiken voor elke order/factuur die "
+"opgemaakt is voor deze klant."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -5321,6 +5378,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44
 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)"
 msgstr ""
+"Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn adres (locatie gebaseerd)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -5339,18 +5397,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53
 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vink de optie *Automatisch detecteren* aan."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer een landgroep, land, provincie of gemeente om de belasting mapping"
+" te doen afgaan."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the "
 "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order."
 msgstr ""
+"Op deze manier zal Odoo indien er geen fiscale positie is ingesteld de "
+"fiscale positie kiezen die overeenkomt met het verzendadres bij het aanmaken"
+" van een order."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63
 msgid ""
@@ -5384,22 +5447,123 @@ msgstr ":doc:`create`"
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen beheren"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the "
+"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting"
+" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis "
+"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and "
+"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash "
+"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the "
+"2nd quarter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to "
+"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax "
+"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash "
+"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. "
+"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in "
+"your accounting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr "Ontvangsten $115"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr "Belastingrekening $15"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr "Omzetrekening $100"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr "Bankdagboek"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr "Bank $115"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr "BTW kasbasis dagboek"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are"
+" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
 msgid "How to create new taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen aanmaken"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -5425,10 +5589,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18
 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)."
 msgstr ""
+"Kies een gebied: Verkopen, Aankopen of Geen (bijvoorbeeld verouderde "
+"belastingen)."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20
 msgid "Select a computation method:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecteer een berekeningsmethode:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22
 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc."
@@ -5437,6 +5603,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24
 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)"
 msgstr ""
+"**Percentage van prijs**: meest voorkomend (bijvoorbeeld 15% "
+"verkoopbelasting)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26
 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc."
@@ -5469,7 +5637,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49
 msgid "Advanced configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -5505,13 +5673,15 @@ msgstr ":doc:`application`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3
 msgid "How to set default taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe standaard belastingen instellen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most "
 "localizations."
 msgstr ""
+"Belastingen toegepast in uw land zijn automatisch geïnstalleerd voor de "
+"meeste lokaliseringen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -5535,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe belastingen weerhouden beheren?"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -5617,7 +5787,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3
 msgid "How to set tax-included prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe BTW inbegrepen prijzen instellen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -5685,7 +5855,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3
 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe de juiste belastingen krijgen in de VS dankzij TaxCloud"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -5698,13 +5868,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15
 msgid "In Tax Cloud"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "In Tax Cloud"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ "
 "website."
 msgstr ""
+"Maak een gratis account op de `*TaxCloud* "
+"`__ website."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18
 msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*."
@@ -5712,7 +5884,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24
 msgid "In Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "In Odoo"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -5722,7 +5894,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31
 msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nog steeds in deze instellingen geeft u uw TaxCloud logingegevens in."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -5742,6 +5914,8 @@ msgid ""
 "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in "
 "*Sales* tab)."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer dit in het detailformulier (in de *verkopen* tab) voor producten "
+"onder een specifieke categorie."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -5752,7 +5926,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51
 msgid "How it works"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe het werkt"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -5779,7 +5953,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75
 msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe specifieke tax mappings aanmaken met TaxCloud"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77
 msgid ""
@@ -5790,7 +5964,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86
 msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
@@ -5888,7 +6062,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9
 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dubbele boekhouding"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -6164,6 +6338,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches."
 msgstr ""
+"Gebruik vervolgens het SEPA protocol of print cheque's om leveranciers in "
+"bulk te betalen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33
 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo."
@@ -6293,6 +6469,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95
 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:"
 msgstr ""
+"voorbeelden van boekhoudkundige boekingen voor verschillende transacties. "
+"Bijvoorbeeld:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97
 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:"
@@ -6331,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109
 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Belasting: gedefinieerd op de belasting ingesteld op de factuurlijn"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111
 msgid ""
@@ -6398,7 +6576,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0
 msgid "Customer Statement Example"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rekeningoverzicht voorbeeld"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
@@ -6794,7 +6972,7 @@ msgstr "Proces overzicht"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3
 msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Van factuur naar betaling ontvangen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -6857,6 +7035,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. "
 "While these invoices"
 msgstr ""
+"Het systeem genereert facturen die initieel in de concept fase zaten. "
+"Terwijl deze facturen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -6898,7 +7078,7 @@ msgstr "de bovenkant van de factuur, met klant informatie,"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67
 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "de hoofdinhoud van de factuur, met gedetailleerde factuurlijnen,"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68
 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals."
@@ -6907,7 +7087,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71
 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Open of proforma facturen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73
 msgid ""
@@ -7722,6 +7902,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months."
 msgstr ""
+"Dit rapport verteld u hoeveel u de komende maanden zult moeten betalen."
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61
 msgid "Select bills to pay"
@@ -7744,7 +7925,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3
 msgid "Pay supplier bills"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Betaling leverancier rekeningen"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3
 msgid "Pay by Checks"
@@ -7829,7 +8010,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57
 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een leverancier betalen met een cheque gebeurd in drie stappen:"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59
 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill"
@@ -7841,7 +8022,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61
 msgid "reconcile bank statements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "bankafschriften afletteren"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64
 msgid "Register a payment by check"
@@ -7869,7 +8050,7 @@ msgstr "Technisch veld gebruikt voor gebruiksvriendelijke doeleinden"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Hide Payment Method"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verberg betaalmethode"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -7910,7 +8091,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85
 msgid "Print checks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Print cheques"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87
 msgid ""
@@ -7936,7 +8117,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107
 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bankafschriften afletteren"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109
 msgid ""
@@ -7978,11 +8159,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136
 msgid "`Print checks `_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Print cheques`_"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138
 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Bankafschriften afletteren `_"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3
 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?"
@@ -8651,6 +8832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153
 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
 msgstr ""
+"Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot."
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155
 msgid ""
@@ -10060,8 +10242,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow "
-"Reconciliation\"."
+"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to "
+"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
@@ -10875,4 +11057,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168
 msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Als u klikt op **Geschiedenis** kan u alle opvolg acties zien."
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
index 8ed977641e..c40eea22c8 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index 8b41baa28f..249bcd2c5a 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -27,58 +27,108 @@ msgid "Calendar"
 msgstr "Agenda"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your calendar with Google Calendar"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
+msgstr "Hoe uw Odoo agenda synchroniseren met Google Kalender"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect on your google account and go to "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
-"`_."
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo is perfect geïntegreerd met Google Kalender zodat u meetings kan zien &"
+" beheren vanuit beide platformen (updates werken in beide richtingen)."
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "Opzet in Google"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:7
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"Click on **Create a project...** and enter a project name and change your id"
-" if you want. Don't forget to accept the Terms of Services"
+"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar het `Google API platform `__ "
+"om Google Kalender API login gegevens te genereren. Login met uw Google "
+"account."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
+msgstr "Kies *Kalender API*."
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)"
-" and click on 'Calendar API'. Activate the Calendar API by clicking on the "
-"blue button 'Enable API'. When it's done, the Calendar API overview will be "
-"available"
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
+"Maak een nieuw project aan en geef het een naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo). Dit "
+"project is nodig om uw API logingegevens te bewaren."
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "Schakel de API in."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr "Maak inloggegevens aan om te gebruiken in Odoo."
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu 'Credentials' (from menu APIs "
-"and auth) and click on button 'Create new Client ID'"
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type "
+"data."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Check that the Application type is set on 'Web Application', then click on "
-"'Configure consent screen'. Specify an email address and a product name, "
-"then save."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"You should now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. "
-"To do it, you need to complete the field \"Authorized redirect URI\" and set"
-" as value (your own domain followed by '/google_account/authentication'): "
-"==> http://mydomain.odoo.com/google_account/authentication You can now click"
-" on 'Create Client ID'"
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
+"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
+" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
+"the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:48
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"Once done, you will have the both informations (Client ID and Client Secret)"
-" that you need to insert in the 2 fields below!"
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "Opzet in Odoo"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
+msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
+msgstr "Installeer de **Google kalender** app."
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
+"credentials in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!"
+
 #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
 msgid "Leads"
 msgstr "Leads"
@@ -423,17 +473,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
 "name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing "
-"company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will"
-" be visible as a lead in your pipeline ."
+" the **Internal notes** field."
 msgstr ""
-"Vanuit het contact formulier vult u alle gegevens in die u beschikbaar heeft"
-" (naam, e-mail, telefoon, adres, enz.) en extra informatie in het **Interne "
-"notities** veld. U kan de lead ook koppelen aan een bestaand bedrijf door "
-"het **Klant** veld te wijzigen. Klik op opslaan en het contact zal zichtbaar"
-" worden als lead in uw pijplijn."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
 " by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
@@ -443,11 +486,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "verkopen door te klikken op **Converteren naar opportuniteit** in de rechtse"
 " bovenhoek van het scherm."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
 msgid "Create a new opportunity"
 msgstr "Maak een nieuwe opportuniteit aan"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
 "having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
@@ -465,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " het contactformulier in zoals hierboven getoond. Standaard zal de nieuwe "
 "aangemaakte opportuniteit tonen als de eerste fase van uw verkoop pijplijn."
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
 "stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
@@ -1254,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "gcc"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15
 msgid "g++"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "g++"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16
 msgid "ncurses-devel"
@@ -1282,11 +1325,11 @@ msgstr "openssl-devel"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22
 msgid "pkg-config"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "pkg-config"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24
 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Om libsrtp te installeren volgt u onderstaande instructies:"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -1301,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "**Wijzig naar de pjproject map:**"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43
 msgid "**run:**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**run:**"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49
 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
@@ -1309,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "**Bouw en installeer pjproject:**"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57
 msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Update gedeelde library links:**"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63
 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
@@ -1329,6 +1372,9 @@ msgid ""
 "`there `_."
 msgstr ""
+"Om Asterisk 13.7.0 te installeren kan u de broncode direct downloaden van "
+"`_."
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90
 msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
@@ -1371,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "DTLS certificaten"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127
 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hierna moet u de DTLS certificaten opzetten."
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133
 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
@@ -3248,6 +3294,8 @@ msgid ""
 "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. "
 "He is now a customer"
 msgstr ""
+"**Gewonnen**: de prospect heeft de offerte bevestigd en ontvangt een "
+"verkooporder. Hij is nu een klant"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
 msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index 4646feeb67..92e96316d2 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dennis Sluijk , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
 msgid "Online Database management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Online database beheer"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
 msgid "Duplicating a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een database dupliceren"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -41,6 +41,10 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
 "the **Manage Your Databases** button."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar de  `database beheer pagina `__ "
+"(u moet zich aanmelden). Zorg er vervolgens voor dat u aangemeld bent als "
+"administrator van de database die u wilt dupliceren. Klik vervolgens op de "
+"**Beheer databases** knop."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -48,6 +52,9 @@ msgid ""
 "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
 " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
 msgstr ""
+"Op de lijn van de database die u wilt dupliceren vind u een paar knoppen. Om"
+" u database te dupliceren klikt u op **Dupliceren**. U moet een naam ingeven"
+" om te dupliceren, klik vervolgens op **Database dupliceren**."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36
 msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
@@ -63,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "Betalingen worden verwerkt (in de online shop bijvoorbeeld)"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afleverorders (leveranciers) zijn verzonden"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44
 msgid "Etc."
@@ -81,6 +88,8 @@ msgid ""
 "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
 "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
 msgstr ""
+"Na een paar seconden wordt u ingelogd in uw gedupliceerde database. Merk op "
+"dat de URL de naam van uw gedupliceerde database gebruikt."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
@@ -88,11 +97,11 @@ msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
 msgid "On-premise Database management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "On site database beheer"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
 msgid "Register a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Registreer een database"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -106,22 +115,24 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
 msgid "Registration Error Message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Registratie Foutmelding"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
 "message:"
 msgstr ""
+"Indien u uw database niet kan registreren krijgt u waarschijnlijk de "
+"volgende melding:"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
 msgid "Solutions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oplossingen"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Heeft u een geldig Enterprise abonnement?"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -132,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Heeft u al een database gelinkt met uw abonnementsnummer?"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -152,10 +163,12 @@ msgid ""
 "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
 "as it will be deactivated shortly:"
 msgstr ""
+"Een bevestigingsbericht zal verschijnen; zorg ervoor dat dit zeker de "
+"correcte database is en ze wordt binnenkort gedeactiveerd:"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Heeft u de geüpdatet versie van Odoo 9?"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
@@ -188,19 +201,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
 msgid "Too much users error message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Te veel gebruikers foutmelding"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
 " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
 msgstr ""
+"Indien u meer gebruikers in uw lokale database heeft dan toegewezen in uw "
+"Odoo Enterprise abonnement kan u deze melding krijgen:"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
 "countdown is updated everyday."
 msgstr ""
+"Wanneer het bericht verschijnt heeft u 30 dagen voordat de database vervalt."
+" De teller wordt elke dag geüpdatet."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
 msgid ""
@@ -231,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
 msgid "Database expired error message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Database vervallen foutmelding"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
 msgid ""
@@ -251,6 +268,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
 "that"
 msgstr ""
+"Vernieuw uw abonnement: volg de link en vernieuw uw abonnement - merk op dat"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
 msgid ""
@@ -261,17 +279,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
 msgid "Contact our `Support `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contacteer onze `support `__"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
 msgid ""
 "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Werkte deze oplossingen niet voor u? Contacteer dan onze `Support "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
 msgid "Force an Update Notification"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Forceer een update notificatie"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
 msgid ""
@@ -286,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
 msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maak connectie met de database met de **Administrator** account"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
 msgid ""
@@ -309,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
 msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vernieuw de pagina, de \"Vervallen\" notificatie zou weg moeten zijn"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
 msgid ""
@@ -322,7 +342,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
 msgid "Duplicate a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dupliceer een database"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
 msgid ""
@@ -351,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
 msgid "Users and Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gebruikers en mogelijkheden"
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -386,6 +406,9 @@ msgid ""
 " ` and :ref:`on premise ` "
 "installations."
 msgstr ""
+"U kan handleidingen vinden over hoe uw database te dupliceren voor beide "
+":ref:`online ` en :ref:`lokale ` "
+"installaties."
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -459,8 +482,8 @@ msgstr "Apps deïnstalleren"
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
-"` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
-"installing/uninstalling apps)."
+"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
+" installing/uninstalling apps)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
index fb4612f4b6..e62f3bd3d3 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ msgstr "Discussieer"
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
+"Hoe mijn eigen mailservers gebruiken om e-mail te ontvangen en verzenden in "
+"Odoo"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6
 msgid "When is it needed"
@@ -37,6 +39,10 @@ msgid ""
 "solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email "
 "servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below."
 msgstr ""
+"Uw eigen e-mail servers gebruiken is vereist om berichten te verzenden en "
+"ontvangen in Odoo community of enterprise. Odoo online biedt out of the box "
+"e-mail oplossingen aan. U kan nog altijd uw eigen e-mailservers gebruiken "
+"met de online versie, indien nodig. Sommige inzichten vind u hieronder."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14
 msgid "How to set it up"
@@ -48,16 +54,23 @@ msgid ""
 "check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after"
 " Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps."
 msgstr ""
+"Als systeembeheerder gaat u naar :menuselection:`Instellingen --> Algemene "
+"instellingen` en vinkt u de optie *Externe e-mail server* aan (opgepast: "
+"deze optie verschijnt enkel sinds Odoo 10). Ga vervolgens door de volgende "
+"stappen."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't "
 "use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
+"Office 365 staat geen externe hosts zoals Odoo toe. Hierdoor kan u office "
+"365 e-mail servers niet gebruiken om e-mails te verzenden of ontvangen in "
+"Odoo."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
 msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stel een uitgaande e-mailserver in voor uitgaande berichten"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -65,10 +78,13 @@ msgid ""
 "etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been "
 "filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
+"U heeft de SMTP data van uw e-mail provider nodig (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, "
+"AOL, enz.) en uw administrator logingegevens. Wanneer alle informatie is "
+"ingegeven klikt u op *Test connectie*."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
 msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stel een inkomende e-mailserver in voor inkomende berichten"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -93,6 +109,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General "
 "Settings."
 msgstr ""
+"Geef de domeinnaam van uw email server in (bijvoorbeeld mijnbedrijf.com) in "
+"de algemene instellingen."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
 msgid "Create a catchall address"
@@ -115,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
 msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkellaarsmodus vanuit uw instellingen dashboard."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -127,10 +145,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
 msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
 msgstr ""
+"U kan de e-mail alias wijzigen op dezelde manier als voor bounced berichten."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
 msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe mijn eigen e-mail servers te gebruiken met Odoo Online"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
 msgid ""
@@ -150,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
 msgid "There are 2 methods:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Er zijn 2 methodes:"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
 msgid ""
@@ -189,28 +208,34 @@ msgid ""
 "To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
 "domain name settings:"
 msgstr ""
+"Om SPF-conform te zijn moet u Odoo authoriseren als een verzend host in uw "
+"domeinnaam instellingen:"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
 msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Meld u aan met uw domeinaccount op uw domein provider."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
 msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Localiseer de pagina voor het updaten van uw domein zijn DNS records."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
 "include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
+"Indien er geen TXT record is ingesteld maakt u er één aan met de volgende "
+"definitie: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
 msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Indien er al een TXT record is ingesteld voegt u \"include:_spf.odoo.com\" "
+"toe."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
 msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "b.v voor een Gmail server moet dit zijn:"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
 msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
@@ -221,12 +246,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to "
 "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
 msgstr ""
+"Vind `hier `__ de exacte procedure om een "
+"TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
 "usually happens more quickly."
 msgstr ""
+"Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar "
+"normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller."
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
 msgid ""
@@ -237,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
 msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe te kiezen tussen Odoo en mijn traditionele e-mail box"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
 msgid ""
@@ -259,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe de Twitter feed volgen vanuit Odoo"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -270,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
 msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De app opzetten aan de Twitter kant"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -281,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
 msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Naam: dit is de naam van de applicatie op Twitter"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -290,6 +319,10 @@ msgid ""
 "\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
 " this field."
 msgstr ""
+"Website: dit is de externe URL van uw Odoo database, met \"/web\" "
+"toegevoegd. Bijvoorbeeld, indien uw Odoo gehost is bij "
+"\"http://www.voorbeeld.com\" moet u \"http://www.voorbeeld.com/web\" ingeven"
+" in dit veld."
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -306,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
 msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De API sleutel en geheim ophalen"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -322,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe de aandacht van andere gebruikers trekken in mijn berichten"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -338,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
 msgid "Direct messaging a user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een gebruiker direct een bericht sturen"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -354,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
 msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bureaublad notificaties vanuit Discussie"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
 msgid ""
@@ -366,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe responsief zijn op het werk dankzij de Odoo inbox"
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -377,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U kan de **Inbox** in het oog houden vanuit elk scherm."
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -405,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe efficiënt communiceren in team met kanalen"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -417,7 +450,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
 msgid "Creating a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maak een kanaal aan"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -444,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
 msgid "Configuring a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een kanaal configureren"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -459,7 +492,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
 msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een mailinglijst op te zetten"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -473,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
 msgid "Locating a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een kanaal localiseren"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -503,7 +536,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
 msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Filters gebruiken om te navigeren binnen Discussieer"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -516,11 +549,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een discussie thread volgen en definiëren wat u erover wilt horen"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een discussie te volgen"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -530,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
 msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe te kiezen welke evenementen te volgen"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -541,7 +574,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
 msgid "How to add other followers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe andere volgers toevoegen"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -555,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
 msgid "How to be a default follower"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een standaard volger te zijn"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index 2980aadb4a..a30c5a86de 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -28,26 +28,30 @@ msgstr "Beginnen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
 msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe mijn catalogus pagina te personaliseren"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
 msgid "Product Catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product catalogus"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
 msgstr ""
+"Al uw gepubliceerde items worden getoond in uw catalogus pagina (of *Shop* "
+"pagina)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
 "website categories, etc."
 msgstr ""
+"De meeste opties zijn beschikbaar in het *Personaliseerd* menu: toon "
+"attributen, website categorieën, enz."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
 msgid "Highlight a product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een product highlighten"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -55,16 +59,22 @@ msgid ""
 "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
 " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
 msgstr ""
+"Verhoog de zichtbaarheid van uw Ster / Promotie artikelen: zet ze bovenaan, "
+"maak ze groter, voeg een lint toe dat u kan wijzigen (Uitverkoop, Nieuw, "
+"enz). Open de shop pagina, wissel naar de bewerkingsmodus en klik op eender "
+"welk item om het raster aan te passen."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "See how to do it: "
 "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
 msgstr ""
+"Zie hoe dit te doen: "
+"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
 msgid "Quick add to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Snel toevoegen aan winkelmandje"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -77,63 +87,65 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
 msgid "How to build a product page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een productpagina bouwen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op de website op **Nieuwe pagina** in de rechterbovenhoek."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik vervolgens op **Nieuw product** en volg de knipperende tips."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hier zijn de belangrijkste elementen van de product pagina:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Veel elementen kunnen zichtbaar gemaakt worden vanuit het *Personaliseer* "
+"menu."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zie hoe u uw producten configureert vanuit onderstaande links."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage my products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Beheer mijn producten"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
 msgid "How to display several images per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe meerdere afbeeldingen per product te tonen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -157,10 +169,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
+"Zo een extra afbeeldingen zijn vaak voorkomend bij alle product varianten "
+"(als er zijn)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
 msgid "How to show product availability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe productbeschikbaarheid tonen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -182,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Deze tool vereist niet dat de voorraad module geïnstalleerd is."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -193,119 +207,127 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage product variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe productvarianten beheren"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
 "customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
-"and then selects its size and color."
+"and then selects its size and color.  In the example below, the customer "
+"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
+"available options."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:13
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
 msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe attributen & varianten aanmaken"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
 "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:18
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer een product vanuit de productenlijst, ga naar het *Varianten* "
+"tabblad."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
 "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
 "are 2 values for 1 attribute."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
 msgid "How to edit variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe productvarianten wijzigen"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zie alle varianten vanuit het productsjabloon formulier."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:38
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
 msgid "You can edit following data:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U kan de volgende data wijzigen:"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Foto (zal updaten in real time op de website)."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
 msgid "Barcode,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Barcode,"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Interne referentie (SKU #),"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
 msgid "Volume,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Volume,"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
 msgid "Weight,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gewicht,"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Actief (beschikbaar in offertes & website)."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
 "to populate them once the variants generated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
 "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe specifieke prijzen per variant instellen"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
 "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:64
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
 "attribute value is selected."
 msgstr ""
+"De extra prijs wordt toegevoegd aan de productprijs wanneer de "
+"overeenkomende attribuut waarde geselecteerd is."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:74
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
 "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
+"Prijslijst formules laten u toe om geavanceerde prijsberekeningen te doen "
+"voor product varianten. Zie :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:78
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
 msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe producten uitschakelen / archiveren"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
 "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
 "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:86
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
 "list. You can reactivate them the same way."
@@ -313,11 +335,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
 msgid "Maximize my revenue"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maximaliseer mijn omzet"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe accessoires en optionele producten verkopen (cross-selling)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -328,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -337,17 +359,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
 msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product accessoires op de check-out pagina"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
 "reviews the cart before paying."
 msgstr ""
+"Accessoires (bijvoorbeeld voor computers: muis, toetsenbord) worden getoond "
+"wanneer de klant het winkelmandje bekijkt voor de betaling."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer optionele items in het *Verkopen* tabblad van de product detail "
+"pagina."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -359,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Optionele producten wanneer u product toevoegt aan winkelmandje"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -370,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
 msgid "To publish optional products:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Om optionele producten te publiceren:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -382,6 +408,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer optionele items vanuit het **Verkopen** tabblad op het product "
+"formulier."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -390,19 +418,20 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe prijzen wijzigen aan de hand van mijn website bezoekers"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
 msgstr ""
+"Deze sectie schijnt licht op de prijs mogelijkheden van de e-commerce app:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
 msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "forceer een prijs gebaseerd op geo lokalisatie,"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
 msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "laat de klant de valuta kiezen."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -412,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Geo-IP om automatisch de juiste prijs toe te passen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -422,11 +451,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Eenmaal aangemeld krijgen ze de prijslijst die bij hun land hoort."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Currency selector"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valuta selector"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -437,19 +466,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe promotiecodes aanmaken & delen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -480,12 +509,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
 "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
 msgstr ""
+"Maak het promotiecode veld beschikbaar op uw *winkelmandje* pagina (optie in"
+" *Personaliseer* menu). Voeg een product aan het winkelmandje toe om het te "
+"zien."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
 "prices get automatically updated in the cart."
 msgstr ""
+"Eenmaal dit geactiveerd is ziet u een nieuwe sectie aan de rechterkant. Na "
+"klikken op *Toepassen* worden de prijzen in het winkelmandje automatisch "
+"geüpdatet."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -495,7 +530,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Toon verkopen per prijslijst..."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
@@ -503,7 +538,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`prijzen`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
 msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe commentaar en beoordelingen inschakelen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -526,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
 msgid "Review the posts in real time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Controleer de berichten in real time"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -539,16 +574,19 @@ msgid ""
 "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
 "follower."
 msgstr ""
+"Standaard wordt de maker van het product automatisch als volger toegevoegd."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
 "the product discussion thread)."
 msgstr ""
+"Klik op de productnaam om het detailscherm te openen en de commentaar te "
+"reviewen (in de product discussie thread)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
 msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modereren & deplubiceren"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
 msgid ""
@@ -564,7 +602,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
 msgid "..tip::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "..tip::"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -574,7 +612,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe duurdere product alternatieven te verkopen (upselling)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -585,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
 msgid "To do so:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Om dit te doen:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -606,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "Overzicht"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Introductie tot Odoo eCommerce"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -616,11 +654,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
 msgid "Product Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product pagina"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
 msgid "Shop Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Winkel pagina"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
 msgid "Pricing"
@@ -632,11 +670,11 @@ msgstr "BTW"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
 msgid "Checkout process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Checkout proces"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Upselling & cross-selling"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
 msgid "Payment"
@@ -644,37 +682,39 @@ msgstr "Betaling"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
 msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verzenden & Traceren"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
 msgid "Launch my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lanceer mijn website"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
 msgid "Get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wordt betaald"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met betalingsverwerkers"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and "
 "Invoicing apps."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo biedt meerdere betaalmogelijkheden aan om betaald te worden in de "
+"webshop, verkopen en facturatie apps."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10
 msgid "What are the payment methods available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wat zijn de beschikbare betaalmethoden"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13
 msgid "Wire transfer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Overschrijving"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -686,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21
 msgid "Payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Betaling verwervers"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -697,7 +737,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27
 msgid "`Paypal `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Paypal `__"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28
 msgid "Ingenico"
@@ -705,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "Ingenico"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29
 msgid "Authorize.net"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Authorize.net"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30
 msgid "Adyen"
@@ -729,7 +769,7 @@ msgstr "Stripe"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38
 msgid "How to go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe live te gaan"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -739,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48
 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe klanten betaalkaarten laten bewaren en hergebruiken"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -766,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66
 msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Deze optie is mogelijk met Ingenico en Authorize.net."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73
 msgid ""
@@ -788,15 +828,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85
 msgid "How to:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe te:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
 msgid "Switch to developer mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Neem de **aangepaste** betaalmethode."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91
 msgid ""
@@ -807,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96
 msgid "Other configurations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Andere configuraties"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98
 msgid ""
@@ -830,16 +870,16 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110
 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe betaalde orders beheren die betaald zijn met betalingsverwerkers"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -850,16 +890,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
 msgid "What are the payment status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wat is de betalingsstatus"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
 msgstr ""
+"Op elk moment kan de verkoper de transactiestatus bekijken vanuit het order."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Concept*: transacties wordt verwerkt."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -879,18 +920,24 @@ msgid ""
 "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
 "confirmed."
 msgstr ""
+"*Voltooid*: de betaling is geautoriseerd en gecapteerd. De order is "
+"bevestigd."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
 "retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
 msgstr ""
+"*Fout*: er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de transactie. De klant moet de "
+"betaling opnieuw proberen. De order bevind zich nog steeds in concept."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
 "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
 msgstr ""
+"*Geannuleerd*: wanneer de klant de betaling annuleert in het betaalscherm. "
+"Ze worden teruggebracht naar Odoo om het order te wijzigen."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -901,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valideer facturen automatisch vanuit order"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -925,7 +972,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ontvang de betaling na de levering"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -948,18 +995,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met Paypal"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
-"only one without any subscription free. We definitely advise it to any "
+"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
 "starter."
 msgstr ""
+"Paypay is de gemakkelijkste online betaalmethode om te configureren. Het is "
+"ook de enige zonder een abonnementskost. We adviseren dit absoluut aan een "
+"starter."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
 msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zet uw Paypal account op"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -972,14 +1022,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Log in to `Paypal `__ and open the settings of your "
 "**Profile**."
 msgstr ""
+"Log in op `Paypal `__ en open de instellingen van uw"
+" **Profiel**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
 msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ga nu naar het menu **Mijn verkooptools**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
 msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Laten we starten met de **Website voorkeuren**."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -1003,6 +1055,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
 msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: /payment/paypal/ipn"
 msgstr ""
+"Geef de **Notificatie URL** in: /payment/paypal/ipn"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -1025,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
 msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stel Paypal's betaalmethode in op Odoo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
 msgid ""
@@ -1039,6 +1092,8 @@ msgid ""
 "They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
 "business info`."
 msgstr ""
+"Ze zijn beide beschikbaar vanuit het Paypal profiel, onder "
+":menuselection:`Mijn bedrijfsinformatie`."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
 msgid ""
@@ -1054,25 +1109,27 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
 msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sleutel: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Waarde: uw Paypal *identiteitstoken*"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
 msgid "Go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ga live"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
 "merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
 msgstr ""
+"Uw configuratie is nu klaar! U kan Paypal zichtbaar maken op uw handelaars "
+"interface en de **Productiemodus** activeren."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
 msgid "Transaction fees"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Transactie kosten"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
 msgid ""
@@ -1095,18 +1152,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
 msgid "Test the payment flow"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Test de betaal flow"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
 msgid ""
 "You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
 msgstr ""
+"U kan de volledige betalingsflow testen dankzij de Paypal Sandbox accounts."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with your"
 " Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
 msgstr ""
+"Login op de `Paypal ontwikkelaarssite `__ met "
+"uwPaypal loginggegevens. Dit maakt twee sandbox accounts aan:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
 msgid ""
@@ -1138,14 +1198,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
 msgstr ""
+"Voer een testtransactie uit vanuit Odoo met de persoonlijke sandbox account."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
 msgid ":doc:`payment`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
 msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe klanten aan hun klantenaccount kunnen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1168,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
 msgid "Customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klant account"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -1181,6 +1242,8 @@ msgid ""
 "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
 "modified."
 msgstr ""
+"Daar vinden ze de hele geschiedenis. Het hoofdadres (facturatie) kan ook "
+"gewijzigd worden."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1190,7 +1253,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe betaald worden met overschrijvingen"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1212,11 +1275,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19
 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ze verschijnen voor de klanten wanneer ze een order plaatsen."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26
 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een order te beheren eenmaal u betaald bent"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -1227,7 +1290,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35
 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe manueel andere betaalmethodes aanmaken"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1238,4 +1301,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Collect taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ontvang belastingen"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index d88ac19169..c6ad568891 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -36,22 +36,27 @@ msgid ""
 "`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
 "`_."
 msgstr ""
+"Connecteer met uw Google account en ga naar "
+"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
+"`_."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
 msgstr ""
-"Klik op ** Creëer Project ** en voer een projectnaam en andere details in"
+"Klik op **Creëer Project** en voer een projectnaam en andere details in"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op **Gebruik Google APIs**"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
 "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer in het linkse submenu **Aanmeldgegevens** (vanuit **API "
+"beheerder**) en selecteer vervolgens **OAuth toestemmingsscherm**."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -64,12 +69,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
 "Client ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"Klik vervolgens op **Aanmeldgegevens toevoegen** en selecteer de tweede "
+"optie (OAuth 2.0 client ID)."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
 " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
 msgstr ""
+"Controleer of het applicatie type is ingesteld op **Web applicatie**. "
+"Configureer nu de toegestane pagina's bij welke u wordt doorverwezen."
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -83,6 +92,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
 "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
 msgstr ""
+"Eenmaal dit klaar is ontvangt u twee stukken informatie (uw cliënt ID en uw "
+"cliënt secret). U moet uw cliënt id ingeven onder **Algemene instellingen**."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
 msgid "Data Import"
@@ -90,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "Data Import"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt an import template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een importeer sjabloon te wijzigen"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -109,12 +120,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
 msgstr ""
+"Verwijder kolommen die u niet nodig heeft. We raden u aan om het veld *ID* "
+"niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
+"Stel een unieke ID in voor elke record door de ID sequentie naar beneden te "
+"slepen."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -145,7 +160,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
 msgstr ""
 "Het instellen van een ID is niet verplicht bij invoer maar is in veel "
-"gevallen handig :"
+"gevallen handig:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -195,6 +210,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
 msgstr ""
+"Open de weergave van het object dat u wilt opvullen en klik op *Importeer*."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -210,10 +226,14 @@ msgstr "Hoe de template wijzigen"
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
 msgstr ""
+"Voeg kolommen toe, verwijder ze en soort ze zodat ze zo goed mogelijk bij uw"
+" datastructuur passen."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
 msgstr ""
+"We adviseren u om het veld **ID** niet weg te halen (waarom ziet u in de "
+"volgende sectie)."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -228,6 +248,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
 "on the very next time."
 msgstr ""
+"Gebruik vervolgens dit veld zijn label in uw bestand om het de volgende keer"
+" direct te doen werken."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
 msgid "How to import from another application"
@@ -319,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voorbeelden van ondersteunde cijfers (gebruikt 32000 als voorbeeld):"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
 msgid "32.000,00"
@@ -339,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "-32000.00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
 msgid "(32000.00)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(32000.00)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
 msgid "$ 32.000,00"
@@ -387,6 +409,8 @@ msgid ""
 "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
 "application?"
 msgstr ""
+"Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen wanneer ik deze bewaar in de "
+"spreadsheet applicatie?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
 msgid ""
@@ -483,6 +507,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
 "party application."
 msgstr ""
+"Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik externe ID wanneer u data importeert vanuit"
+" een externe applicatie."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
 msgid ""
@@ -498,12 +524,16 @@ msgid ""
 "`CSV file for categories "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`CSV bestand voor categorieën "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for Products "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`CSV bestand voor producten "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
@@ -532,6 +562,8 @@ msgid ""
 "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
 "multiple tags)?"
 msgstr ""
+"Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijvoorbeeld een klant met "
+"meerdere labels)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
 msgid ""
@@ -552,6 +584,8 @@ msgid ""
 "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
 "Sales Order)?"
 msgstr ""
+"Hoe kan ik een one2many relatie importeren (bijvoorbeeld verkooporderlijnen "
+"op een verkooporder)?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -569,12 +603,16 @@ msgid ""
 "`File for some Quotations "
 "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Bestand voor offertes "
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
 "respective purchase order lines:"
 msgstr ""
+"Het volgende CSV bestand toont u hoe u aankooporders met hun "
+"respectievelijke aankooporderlijnen importeert:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
 msgid ""
@@ -593,6 +631,8 @@ msgid ""
 "`Customers and their respective contacts "
 "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
 msgstr ""
+"`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contacten "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
@@ -613,10 +653,13 @@ msgid ""
 "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
 "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
 msgstr ""
+"Deze optie geeft u de mogelijkheid om de importeer en exporteer functie van "
+"Odoo te gebruiken voor het bewerken van een hele reeks record in uw "
+"favoriete spreadsheet applicatie."
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wat gebeurd er als ik geen waarde voor een specifiek veld ingeef?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
 msgid ""
@@ -629,6 +672,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
 msgstr ""
+"Hoe verschillende tabellen exporteren/importeren vanuit een SQL applicatie "
+"naar Odoo?"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
 msgid ""
@@ -666,17 +711,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dit SQL commando zal het volgende CSV bestand genereren:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
 "following SQL command in PSQL:"
 msgstr ""
+"Om het CSV bestand aan te maken voor contacten, gekoppeld aan bedrijven, "
+"gebruiken we het volgende SQL commando in PSQL:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Het genereert het volgende CSV bestand:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
 msgid ""
@@ -698,17 +745,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
 msgid "BASICS"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BASIS"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een gebruiker toevoegen"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
 "point."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om op eender welk moment extra gebruikers toe "
+"te voegen."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
 msgid "Add individual users"
@@ -756,30 +805,34 @@ msgid ""
 "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`_"
 msgstr ""
+"`Gebruikers deactiveren <../../db_management/documentation.html"
+"#deactivating-users>`_"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
 msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Beheer Odoo in uw eigen taal"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
 " each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om Odoo in meerdere talen te beheren en elke "
+"gebruiker kan Odoo gebruiken in zijn eigen taal."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
 msgid "Load your desired language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Laad uw gewenste taal"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
 "instance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Het eerste om te doen is uw gewenste taal laden op uw Odoo instantie."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -796,7 +849,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
 msgid "Change your language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wijzig uw taal"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -809,20 +862,24 @@ msgid ""
 "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
 "**SAVE.**"
 msgstr ""
+"Wijzig vervolgens de taal door ze in te stellen op uw geïnstalleerde taal en"
+" klik op **Opslaan**."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Open een nieuw menu om de wijzigingen te bekijken."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
 msgid "Change another user's language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wijzig een andere gebruiker zijn taal"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
 "language."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo geeft u ook de mogelijkheid om de gewenste taal voor elke gebruiker in "
+"te stellen."
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -836,4 +893,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index 6492aef72b..949c8658ef 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
 msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo online implementatie"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -79,6 +79,10 @@ msgid ""
 "someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
 "form `__."
 msgstr ""
+"Indien u deze e-mail niet ontvangen heeft, bijvoorbeeld omdat de betaling "
+"door iemand anders in het bedrijf is gemaakt, contacteert u onze "
+"ondersteuning via het `online ondersteuningsformulier "
+"`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -176,6 +180,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Bekijk de webinars op ons `Youtube kanaal "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
 msgid ""
@@ -238,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
 msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Integreer 90% van uw bedrjif, geen 100%"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
 msgid ""
@@ -561,25 +567,24 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
-" services:"
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"services:"
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u zich geabonneerd heeft op een **Maatwerk App**, profiteert u van de"
-" volgende extra diensten:"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
-msgid "**Customization of screens**"
-msgstr "**Personalisering van schermen**"
+msgid ""
+"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
+"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
+"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
 "developers for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
-"**Aanpassingen van rapporten (PDF):** onze projectleiders hebben toegang tot"
-" ontwikkelaars voor geavanceerde aanpassingen."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
@@ -591,7 +596,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bouwblokken kan gebruiken met de website designer. Deze gespendeerde tijd "
 "gaat van uw succes pakket."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
 msgid ""
 "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
 "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
@@ -602,11 +607,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "enz. Voor elke geavanceerde automatisering heeft onze projectleider toegang "
 "tot Odoo ontwikkelaars."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:302
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
+"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
+"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
+" be deducted from your Success Pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
+msgid ""
+"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
+"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
+"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours "
+"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
+"added to the subscription fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
+"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr "Implementatie methodologie"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
 msgid ""
 "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
 " in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
@@ -615,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "klanten op een korte periode in productie te brengen en dat aan een lage "
 "kostprijs."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
@@ -623,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te "
 "rollen, per groep of app."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
@@ -635,11 +669,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "(fasering). Elke fase is de implementatie van een set applicaties die u "
 "volledig in productie gebruikt aan het einde van de fase."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:319
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr "Voor elke fase zijn de stappen de volgende:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
@@ -649,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "naar gelang uw zaak. Het doel is om u te trainen, de bedrijfsprocessen te "
 "valideren en configureren naar uw specifieke noden."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
 "responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
@@ -659,7 +693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " bent verantwoordelijk om de data van uw huidige systeem te exporteren en de"
 " Odoo projectleider zal deze data importeren in Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
@@ -667,13 +701,13 @@ msgid ""
 "process your feedback."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 "**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het "
 "gebruiken van Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@@ -683,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven "
 "aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
 msgid ""
 "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
@@ -694,11 +728,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "nieuwe noden heeft) en gebruikt u de ondersteuningsdienst als u verder "
 "vragen heeft."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr "Uw databases beheren"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:350
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@@ -706,7 +740,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en "
 "klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@@ -716,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met "
 "test data!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
 msgid ""
 "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
 "for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
@@ -728,17 +762,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "omgevingen. Om dit te doen gaat u naar het Odoo.com account op de **Mijn "
 "Organisaties** pagina en klikt u op **Dupliceren**."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "`."
 msgstr ""
+"U kan :ref:`here ` meer informatie vinden over "
+"hoe uw database te beheren."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr "Klanten succes"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@@ -746,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van "
 "verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:380
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
@@ -754,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en "
 "eventueel het ondersteuningsteam."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -768,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u "
 "werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
@@ -776,10 +812,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een "
 "aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:393
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr "Welkom aan boord en geniet van uw Odoo ervaring!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
index a4d7574615..3871a2951b 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index f117417106..0529fb263b 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Xavier Symons , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -1044,6 +1044,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18
 msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping"
 msgstr ""
+"Punten om rekening mee te houden bij de implementatie van drop-shipping"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -1118,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
 msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe producten direct vanuit de klanten naar de leveranciers te sturen"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
 msgid ""
@@ -1239,7 +1240,7 @@ msgstr "Gelieve de documentatie te lezen op :doc:`three_steps`"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
 msgid "How can I change the label type?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe kan ik het type label wijzigen?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -1256,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kies een levermethode en klik vervolgens op **Wijzigen**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -1270,6 +1271,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
 "you create a new sale order."
 msgstr ""
+"Eenmaal dit gedaan is kan u het resultaat zien wanneer u de Verkoop module "
+"opent en een nieuwe verkooporder aanmaakt."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -1285,7 +1288,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe leverorders in één stap verwerken (verzending)?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -1376,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe kan u het soort verpakking wijzigen voor uw verkooporder?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -1399,15 +1402,16 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24
 msgid "*Sale process*"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Verkoopproces*"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26
 msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar **Verkopen** en klik op **Verkooporder** in de **Verkoop** module."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28
 msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maak uw nieuwe verkooporder en **Bevestig de verkoop**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -1439,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54
 msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Valideren** om de levering te bevestigen."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3
 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?"
@@ -1461,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute "
+"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
 "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
 "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
 msgstr ""
@@ -4356,7 +4360,7 @@ msgstr "Verkooporderregel"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224
 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verkooporderlijn voorbeeld: dropshipping"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
 msgid "Order:"
@@ -4364,7 +4368,7 @@ msgstr "Order:"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
 msgid "Supplier → Customer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Leverancier → Klant"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230
 msgid "Push Rules"
@@ -4661,6 +4665,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for "
 "Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar de **Aankopen** applicatie. Het eerste scherm is de "
+"**Offerteaanvraag** lijst. Klik op de knop **Aanmaken**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -4754,12 +4760,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your"
 " team."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar de **Verkopen** applicatie. Klik op de **Offertes** knop van uw "
+"team."
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111
 msgid ""
 "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** "
 "button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "U krijgt een lijst van al uw offertes. Klik op de **Aanmaken** knop."
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114
 msgid ""
@@ -4788,6 +4796,8 @@ msgid ""
 "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related "
 "**Delivery**:"
 msgstr ""
+"In de rechtse bovenhoek van uw verkooporder ziet u de knop met de "
+"gerelateerde **Levering**:"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141
 msgid ""
@@ -4797,13 +4807,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147
 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik in de lijst op degene gerelateerd aan de verkooporder:"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153
 msgid ""
 "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**"
 " on your dashboard."
 msgstr ""
+"Indien het product niet in stock is zal de verkooporder getoond worden als "
+"**Wachtend** op uw dashboard."
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157
 msgid "Process the delivery"
@@ -4881,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
 msgid "Set up your warehouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zet uw magazijn op"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
 msgid "Import your vendors"
@@ -4893,7 +4905,7 @@ msgstr "Importeer uw producten"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
 msgid "Set up the initial inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zet de initiële voorraad op"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
@@ -5537,6 +5549,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on"
 " the sales order."
 msgstr ""
+"Om dit te doen werken moet ook het gebruik van routes activeren op de "
+"verkooporder."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111
 msgid ""
@@ -5582,7 +5596,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3
 msgid "Product Costing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product kosten"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
 msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
@@ -5625,7 +5639,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
 msgid "Landed Cost Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kostensoorten"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -5727,6 +5741,8 @@ msgid ""
 "We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain "
 "product quality."
 msgstr ""
+"We moeten dit type van product in verschillende locaties opslaan om "
+"productkwaliteit te onderhouden."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -5769,7 +5785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Daar kan u de huidige voorraad zien per locatie."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
@@ -5811,7 +5827,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
 msgid "Types of removal strategy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Soorten verwijder strategieën"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
@@ -5894,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
 msgid ""
@@ -5979,19 +5995,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product gebruiksduur --> Beste voor datum"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product verwijdertijd --> Verwijderdatum"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product levensduur --> Einde levensduur datum"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Product waarschuwingstijd --> Waarschuwingsdatum"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
 msgid ""
@@ -6064,14 +6080,16 @@ msgid ""
 "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
 " the removal dates."
 msgstr ""
+"Het neemt ``10kg`` van ``LOT0002`` en ``5KG`` van ``LOT0003`` gebaseerd op "
+"de verwijderdatums."
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
 msgid "Settings"
@@ -6101,6 +6119,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several "
 "packages when doing your transfers."
 msgstr ""
+"Eenmaal u de optie activeert kan u één of meerdere pakketten beheren wanneer"
+" u mutaties doet."
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -6244,6 +6264,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
 msgstr ""
+"U kan Odoo opzetten om te werken met meerdere maateenheden voor een product."
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -6278,7 +6299,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42
 msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op de wijzigen knop |edit| om nieuwe maateenheden aan te maken."
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46
 msgid "Transfer from one unit to another"
@@ -6301,7 +6322,7 @@ msgstr "In dit voorbeeld zitten we in de eieren markt:"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56
 msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "We kopen eieren per schaal (30 eieren)"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58
 msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)"
@@ -6340,7 +6361,7 @@ msgstr "De maateenheid kan ook gewijzigd worden op de inkooporder:"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90
 msgid "The quality control is done by unit."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "De kwaliteitscontrole is gedaan per eenheid."
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92
 msgid ""
@@ -6427,7 +6448,7 @@ msgstr "Verpakking"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40
 msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Verpakking in de fysieke container die uw product beschermd."
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -6437,7 +6458,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45
 msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "In Odoo worden verpakkingen gebruikt voor indicatieve doeleinden."
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -6447,7 +6468,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55
 msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wilt u pakketten, verpakkingen of maateenheden gebruiken?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57
 msgid ""
@@ -7520,15 +7541,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een DHL.com SiteID"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
 msgid "A DHL Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een DHL wachtwoord"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
 msgid "A DHL Account Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een DHL rekeningnummer"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -7544,7 +7565,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SiteID en wachtwoord ophalen voor verenigde staten"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -7560,15 +7581,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26
 msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**SiteID**: KlantTest"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**Wachtwoord**: alkd89nBV"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**DHL rekeningnummer**: 803921577"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
@@ -7701,23 +7722,23 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe UPS login gegevens krijgen voor integratie met Odoo?"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Om de Odoo UPS API te gebruiken moet u:"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een UPS.com gebruikersid en wachtwoord"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
 msgid "A UPS account number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een UPS rekeningnummer"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
 msgid "An Access Key"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Een toegangssleutel"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -7727,7 +7748,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
 msgid "Create a UPS Account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maak een UPS rekening"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -7775,11 +7796,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op het **Mijn UPS** tabblad."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op de **Rekening samenvatting** link."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47
 msgid ""
@@ -7796,11 +7817,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54
 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op de **Volgende** knop om verder te gaan."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
 msgid "Get an Access Key"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Krijg een toegangssleutel"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -7814,18 +7835,21 @@ msgid ""
 "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"1. Ga naar de **UPS ontwikkelaars kit** webpagina "
+"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65
 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Login bij UPS.com met uw gebruikersid en wachtwoord"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67
 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op de link **Toegangssleutel aanvragen**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69
 msgid "Verify your contact information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Controleer uw contactgegevens"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71
 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a7a5a19df..0000000000
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2021 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
-# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
-# 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2017\n"
-"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: nl\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:5
-msgid "Legal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:15 ../../legal/licenses.rst:5
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:6
-msgid "Licenses"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:17
-msgid ":ref:`licenses`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:20 ../../legal/terms.rst:5
-msgid "Terms and Conditions"
-msgstr "Algemene verkoopvoorwaarden"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:38
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:40
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise_fr|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:47 ../../legal/others.rst:5
-msgid "Other legal references"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Service Level Agreement `_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Acceptable Use Policy `_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:51
-msgid ":ref:`cla`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:11
-msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 "
-"`_  (also known as LGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:22
-msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License v1.0, defined as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:487
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0"
-msgstr "Odoo enterprise licentie editie v1.0"
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") can only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) with a valid Odoo "
-"Enterprise Subscription for the correct number of users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7
-msgid ""
-"With a valid Partnership Agreement with Odoo S.A., the above permissions are"
-" also granted, as long as the usage is limited to a testing or development "
-"environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules based on the Software and distribute them under"
-" the license of your choice, provided that it is compatible with the terms "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or "
-"proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16
-msgid ""
-"You may use Odoo modules published under any license along with the "
-"Software, provided that their license is compatible with the terms of the "
-"Odoo Enterprise License (Including, but not limited to, any module published"
-" on the Odoo Apps Store on odoo.com/apps)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"It is forbidden to publish, distribute, sublicense, or sell copies of the "
-"Software or modified copies of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all  copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE"
-" AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,ARISING FROM,"
-" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN "
-"THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:43
-msgid "Odoo Apps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Unless otherwise stated, Odoo Apps by Odoo SA (including the website themes)"
-" are published under the Odoo Proprietary License v1.0, defined as follows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo Proprietary License v1.0"
-msgstr "Odoo Proprietary Licentie v1.0"
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") may only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) if you have purchased a "
-"valid license from the authors, typically via Odoo Apps, or if you have "
-"received a written agreement from the authors of the Software (see the "
-"COPYRIGHT file)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules that use the Software as a library (typically "
-"by depending on it, importing it and using its resources), but without "
-"copying any source code or material from the Software. You may distribute "
-"those modules under the license of your choice, provided that this license "
-"is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Proprietary License (For example: "
-"LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE "
-"AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING "
-"FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS"
-" IN THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:91
-msgid "Odoo 9"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:93
-msgid ""
-"The licenses for both editions of Odoo 9 were respectively the same as for "
-":ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:100
-msgid "Odoo 8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 8 is licensed under `AGPL version 3 "
-"`_  (also known as AGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ `_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:5
-msgid "Contributor License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"In order to contribute to any of the Odoo projects, companies and "
-"individuals have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the "
-"agreement, and a FAQ can be found on our `GitHub project page "
-"`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:5
-msgid "Privacy Policy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Temporary version at ``__ "
-"(needs cleanup)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5b - Last revision: June 30, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the \"Services\") provided "
-"by Odoo SA and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo SA\") in relation with "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community Edition (the \"Software\"), you "
-"(the \"Customer\") are agreeing to be bound by the following terms and "
-"conditions (the \"Agreement\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:18
-msgid "1 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one year and "
-"as specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the"
-" date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term by registered mail to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:28
-msgid "2 Definitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:34
-msgid "User"
-msgstr "Gebruiker"
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or "
-"edition mode. Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people"
-" (or systems) who only have limited access to the Software through the "
-"portal facilities (known as \"portal Users\") are not counted as Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:42
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:55
-msgid "Bug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete "
-"stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a "
-"defective installation or configuration. Non-compliance with specifications "
-"or requirements will be considered as Bugs at the discretion of Odoo SA "
-"(typically, when the Software does not produce the results or performance it"
-" was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet "
-"legal accounting requirements anymore)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:51
-msgid "Covered Versions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"All Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 (three) most recently "
-"released major versions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"To be covered by the current Agreement, Customer’s installations have to run"
-" the most recent Covered Version at the time of this Agreement’s signature. "
-"When this is not the case, additional costs are applicable, as described in "
-":ref:`charges`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:56 ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:42
-msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-"
-"exclusive, non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after "
-"modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, under the terms set "
-"forth in :ref:`appendix_a`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the "
-"unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and collects statistics for that "
-"purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance and the "
-"number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties"
-" without the consent of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in"
-" compliance with its official Privacy Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's "
-"website `_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked "
-"immediately and the Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to"
-" pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the"
-" actual number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:81
-msgid "4 Included Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:84
-msgid "4.1 Bug Fixing Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable"
-" efforts to remedy any Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through"
-" the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's service desk email address or"
-" website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions within 2 "
-"business days."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension "
-"that is not part of the official Software will not be covered by this "
-"service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to "
-"the Customer. If the bug has been addressed in a more recent revision of the"
-" Covered Version of the Software used by the Customer, the Customer agrees "
-"to update its systems to that revision in order to obtain the correction. "
-"The Customer will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered Version "
-"of the Software as a remedy to a Bug."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:100
-msgid ""
-"When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the "
-"Bug in all more recent Covered Versions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software "
-"and in the :ref:`liability` section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be "
-"held liable for Bugs in the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:108
-msgid "4.2 Security Advisories Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:110
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a \"Security "
-"Advisory\" to the Customer for any security Bug that are discovered in the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, at least 2 weeks before making the "
-"Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly"
-" by a third party. Security Advisories include a complete description of the"
-" Bug, its cause, its possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the "
-"corresponding remedy for each Covered Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security "
-"Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in "
-":ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public "
-"disclosure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:124
-msgid "4.3 Upgrade Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:129
-msgid "Upgrade Service for the Software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests"
-" through the appropriate channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service "
-"website), in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered "
-"Version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the \"Target "
-"Version\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:135
-msgid ""
-"Upgrade requests must include a complete backup copy of the Customer's "
-"database and the associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of"
-" the Software). Where necessary for data security or regulation reasons, the"
-" Upgrade Service includes an optional tool to anonymize identifiable data "
-"inside a database before submitting the upgrade request, and a tool to "
-"restore the anonymized data after the upgrade."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:141
-msgid ""
-"This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the "
-"Customer to perform unattended upgrades once a previous version of the "
-"Customer's database has been successfully upgraded for a Covered Version. "
-"The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and "
-"agrees to submit at least 1 upgrade request for testing purposes before "
-"submitting the final upgrade request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:147
-msgid ""
-"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of"
-" the Customer's database to make it compatible with the Target Version, and "
-"the correction of any Bug directly caused by the upgrade operation and not "
-"normally occurring in the Target Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the "
-"upgraded database in order to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes "
-"and new features implemented in the Target Version, and to convert and adapt"
-" for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that were"
-" installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as "
-"foreseen in section :ref:`upgrade_extra`). The Customer may submit multiple "
-"upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:162
-msgid "Upgrade Service for third-party extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:164
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional "
-"upgrade services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in "
-"addition to the regular Upgrade Services. This optional service is subject "
-"to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the technical "
-"adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and "
-"their corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. "
-"The Customer will receive an upgraded version of all installed third-party "
-"modules along with the upgraded database."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:174
-msgid "5 Charges and Fees"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:179
-msgid "5.1 Standard charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:181
-msgid ""
-"The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing "
-"Service, Security Advisories Service and the Upgrade Service are based on "
-"the number of Users and the Software version used by the Customer, and "
-"specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"When during the Term, the Customer has more Users than specified at the time"
-" of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee "
-"equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of the Term) for "
-"the additional Users, for the remainder of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a "
-"Covered Version that is not the most recent one, the standard charges will "
-"be increased by 50% for the duration of the first Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:196
-msgid "5.2 Renewal charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:198
-msgid ""
-"Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges "
-"applied during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable "
-"per-User list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7%, unless "
-"Odoo SA provides written notice of a new price to the Customer at least 60 "
-"days prior to the end of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:207
-msgid "5.3 Charges for Upgrade Services of third-party modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:211
-msgid ""
-"The additional charge for the Upgrade Service for third-party modules is EUR"
-" (€) 1000.00 (one thousand euros) per 1000 Lines of Code in the third-party "
-"modules, rounded up to the next thousand lines. Lines of Code include all "
-"text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the "
-"programming language (Python, Javascript, etc.) or data format (XML, CSV, "
-"etc.), excluding blank lines and comment lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:217
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA reserves the right to reject an upgrade request for third-party "
-"modules under the above conditions if the quality of the source code of "
-"those modules is too low, or if these modules constitute an interface with "
-"third-party software or systems. The upgrade of such modules will subject to"
-" a separate offer, outside of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:225
-msgid "5.4 Taxes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:229
-msgid ""
-"All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, "
-"state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, "
-"\"Taxes\"). The Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with"
-" purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA is"
-" legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is "
-"responsible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:238
-msgid "6 Conditions of Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:241
-msgid "6.1 Customer Obligations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:245
-msgid "The Customer agrees to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:247
-msgid ""
-"pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present "
-"Agreement, in accordance with the payment conditions specified in the "
-"corresponding invoice ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:249
-msgid ""
-"immediately notify Odoo SA when the actual number of Users exceeds the "
-"number of Users specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this "
-"event, pay the applicable additional fee as described in section "
-":ref:`charges_standard`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the "
-"part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition usage, as described in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:255
-msgid ""
-"grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo "
-"Enterprise Edition usage upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is "
-"found to be inoperant for the Customer);"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:257
-msgid ""
-"appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the "
-"Agreement;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:258
-msgid ""
-"take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and "
-"to ensure Customer’s data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA "
-"cannot be held liable for any data loss;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:265
-msgid "6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:267
-msgid ""
-"Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its "
-"affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to "
-"any employee of the other party who is involved in performing or using the "
-"Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a "
-"period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this "
-"Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that "
-"leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching "
-"party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 "
-"(thirty thousand euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:279
-msgid "6.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:281
-msgid ""
-"Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a "
-"non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to "
-"reproduce and display the other party’s name, logos and trademarks, solely "
-"for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or supplier, "
-"on websites, press releases and other marketing materials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:290
-msgid "6.4 Confidentiality"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:298
-msgid "Definition of \"Confidential Information\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:293
-msgid ""
-"All information disclosed by a party (the \"Disclosing Party\") to the other"
-" party (the \"Receiving Party\"), whether orally or in writing, that is "
-"designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be "
-"confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of "
-"disclosure. In particular any information related to the business, affairs, "
-"products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and "
-"suppliers of either party should be regarded as confidential."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:300
-msgid ""
-"For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement,"
-" the Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to "
-"protect the confidentiality of its own similar Confidential Information, but"
-" not less than reasonable care."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:304
-msgid ""
-"The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing "
-"Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party "
-"gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure, to the "
-"extent permitted by law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:311
-msgid "6.5 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:313
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations "
-"arising herein, and if such breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar "
-"days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be "
-"terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the "
-"Customer fails to pay the applicable fees for the Services within the due "
-"date specified on the corresponding invoice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:324
-msgid "Surviving Provisions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:321
-msgid ""
-"The sections \":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”, "
-"“:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any "
-"termination or expiration of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:329
-msgid "7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:334
-msgid "7.1 Warranties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:338
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially "
-"reasonable efforts to execute the Services in accordance with the generally "
-"accepted industry standards provided that:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the "
-"Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:343
-msgid ""
-"the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so "
-"that Odoo SA can identify, reproduce and address problems;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:345
-msgid "all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for "
-"any breach of this warranty is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the "
-"Services at no additional charge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:353
-msgid "7.2 Disclaimers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:357
-msgid ""
-"Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any"
-" kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party "
-"specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including any implied "
-"warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-"
-"infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:362
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or "
-"international law or regulations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:367
-msgid "7.3 Limitation of Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:369
-msgid ""
-"To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each "
-"party together with its affiliates arising out of or related to this "
-"Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under"
-" this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the "
-"event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this "
-"limitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:374
-msgid ""
-"In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, "
-"special, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, "
-"including but not limited to loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of "
-"business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or "
-"corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement "
-"regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including "
-"strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable theory, even if a party "
-"or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages, or "
-"if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential "
-"purpose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:385
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:418
-msgid "7.4 Force Majeure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:387
-msgid ""
-"Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any "
-"performance or failure to render any performance under this Agreement when "
-"such failure or delay is caused by governmental regulations, fire, strike, "
-"war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or product "
-"in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other "
-"cause or causes, whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable "
-"control of such party as long as such cause or causes exist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:398
-msgid "8 General Provisions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:403
-msgid "8.1 Governing Law"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute "
-"arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice "
-"or conflict of law principles. To the extent that any lawsuit or court "
-"proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both parties agree to submit to the "
-"sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of "
-"litigating all disputes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:414
-msgid "8.2 Severability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:416
-msgid ""
-"In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any "
-"application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any "
-"respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining "
-"provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way "
-"thereby affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid,"
-" illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision "
-"having the same effects and objectives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:427
-msgid "9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription"
-" Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera "
-"sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” "
-"est la :ref:`version originale `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription "
-"Agreement”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate"
-" understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of "
-"the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” is "
-"the :ref:`original english version `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:21
-msgid "Version 5b - Dernière modification: 30 juin 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les \"Services\") fournis "
-"par Odoo SA et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo SA\") en relation avec "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (le \"Logiciel\"), vous "
-"(le \"Client\") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes "
-"(le \"Contrat\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:31
-msgid "1 Durée du Contrat"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"La durée du présent contrat (la \"Durée\") doit être au minimum d'un an et "
-"telle que spécifiée par écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la "
-"date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement reconduit pour une même "
-"durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis "
-"écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la "
-"date d'échéance du contrat ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:41
-msgid "2 Définitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:47
-msgid "Utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Tout compte utilisateur actif donnant accès au Logiciel en mode création "
-"et/ou édition. Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des "
-"personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel "
-"via le portail (\"Utilisateurs Portail\") ne sont pas comptés comme "
-"Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, "
-"un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et "
-"n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une "
-"configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins "
-"sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque "
-"le Logiciel ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il "
-"a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond "
-"plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:65
-msgid "Versions Couvertes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement "
-"aux Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus "
-"récentes versions majeures."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du"
-" client doivent utiliser la Version couverte  la plus récente au moment de "
-"la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas contraire, des frais supplémentaires "
-"sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section :ref:`charges_fr`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:70
-msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une "
-"licence non exclusive, non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, "
-"modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section "
-":ref:`appendix_a_fr`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir "
-"l'exécution sans aucune modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la"
-" validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueille des "
-"statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution du "
-"Logiciel et le nombre d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations "
-"chiffrées personnelles ou spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à "
-"traiter toutes les données recueillies en respectant sa politique officielle"
-" de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur `le site web d'Odoo SA "
-"`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est "
-"immédiatement révoquée et le Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du "
-"logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il "
-"accepte de payer à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du "
-"tarif en vigueur applicable correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:97
-msgid "4 Services inclus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:100
-msgid "4.1 Service de correction de Bugs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts "
-"raisonnables pour corriger tout Bug du Logiciel qui pourrait être signalé "
-"par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais "
-"d'un e-mail adressé au service d'assistance d'Odoo SA ou via le formulaire "
-"correspondant sur le site web), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements "
-"du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension "
-"qui ne fait pas partie de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas "
-"couverts par ce service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au "
-"Client. Si le Bug a été résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version "
-"Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, ce dernier s'engage à "
-"actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir le "
-"correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version "
-"Couverte plus récente pour obtenir un correctif."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le "
-"corriger dans toutes les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:120
-msgid ""
-"Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du "
-"Logiciel et à la section :ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut "
-"être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:125
-msgid "4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une \"alerte de "
-"sécurité\"\" au Client pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui "
-"serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, au moins 2 "
-"semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins "
-"que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers. Les alertes de sécurité "
-"comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences "
-"possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour "
-"chaque Version Couverte."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant"
-" dans l'alerte de sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que"
-" décrites à la section :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période "
-"d'embargo avant la divulgation publique."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:141
-msgid "4.3 Service de migration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:146
-msgid "Service de migration du Logiciel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:148
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de "
-"migration en suivant les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site "
-"du service de migration d'Odoo SA), afin de convertir une base de données du"
-" Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une Version Couverte plus "
-"récente (la \"Version Cible\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:153
-msgid ""
-"Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète "
-"de la base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement "
-"obtenues à partir du menu Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire "
-"pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou de réglementation, le Service de"
-" migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes les données "
-"identifiables figurant dans la base de données, avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration, et un outil pour restaurer les données rendues "
-"anonymes après la migration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de "
-"permettre au Client d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès "
-"lors qu’une version précédente de la base de données du Client a été migrée "
-"avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée. Le client peut soumettre des "
-"demandes de migration successives pour une base de données, et accepte de "
-"soumettre au moins 1 demande de mifration de test avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration finale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:167
-msgid ""
-"Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation "
-"techniques de la base de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la"
-" Version Cible, et à la correction de tout Bug directement causé par "
-"l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans la "
-"Version Cible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:172
-msgid ""
-"Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin "
-"de détecter tout Bug, d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles "
-"fonctionnalités ajoutées dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter "
-"pour la Version Cible les modules tiers du Logiciel qui auraient été "
-"installées dans la base de données avant la migration (sauf le cas échéant, "
-"comme prévu à la section :ref:`upgrade_extra_fr`). Le client peut soumettre "
-"plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce qu'un "
-"résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:183
-msgid "Service de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de"
-" migration pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration "
-"normale du Logiciel. Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires"
-" (décrits dans la section charges_fr_) et comprend l'adaptation technique "
-"des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du Client et de leurs "
-"données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles avec la Version "
-"Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers "
-"installés accompagnée de la base de données migrée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:196
-msgid "5 Tarifs et Frais"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:201
-msgid "5.1 Tarifs standards"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:203
-msgid ""
-"Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le "
-"service de correction de Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le "
-"service de migration sont basés sur le nombre d'Utilisateurs et la version "
-"du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par écrit à la signature du "
-"contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:208
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs que spécifié"
-" au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un"
-" supplément équivalent au tarif en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) "
-"pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires, pour le reste de la durée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:213
-msgid ""
-"Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une "
-"Version Couverte qui n'est pas l'une des plus récentes, les tarifs standards"
-" seront augmentés de 50% pour la première Durée du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:221
-msgid "5.2 Tarifs de reconduction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:223
-msgid ""
-"Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si "
-"les tarifs par Utilisateur qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente"
-" sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur en vigueur les plus récents, les"
-" tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%, à moins "
-"qu'Odoo SA ne notifie par écrit un nouveau tarif au client, au moins 60 "
-"jours avant l’échéance du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:232
-msgid "5.3 Tarifs de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:234
-msgid ""
-"Les frais supplémentaires pour le service de migration des modules tiers "
-"sont de 1000,00- euros (€) (mille euros) pour 1000 lignes de code de modules"
-" tiers, le nombre de lignes étant arrondi au millier de lignes supérieur. "
-"Les lignes de code comprennent toutes les lignes de texte dans le code "
-"source de ces modules, quel que soit le langage de programmation (Python, "
-"Javascript, etc.) ou format de données (XML, CSV, etc.), à l'exclusion des "
-"lignes vides et des lignes de commentaires."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:240
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA se réserve le droit de refuser une demande de migration pour des "
-"modules tiers conformément aux conditions décrites ci-dessus, si la qualité "
-"du code source de ces modules est trop faible, ou si ces modules font partie"
-" d'une interface d'intégration avec des logiciels ou systèmes tiers. La "
-"migration de ces modules sera soumise à une proposition distincte, non "
-"couverte par le présent Contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:250
-msgid "5.4 Taxes et impôts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes et hors impôts, frais et "
-"charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales "
-"applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le Client est responsable du "
-"paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le Client en "
-"vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer"
-" ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:261
-msgid "6 Conditions des Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:264
-msgid "6.1 Obligations du Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:266
-msgid "Le Client accepte de / d':"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:268
-msgid ""
-"Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat, conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture "
-"correspondante ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:270
-msgid ""
-"Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs dépasse le "
-"nombre d'Utilisateurs spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, "
-"de régler les frais supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la "
-"section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:273
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non "
-"modifiée de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation "
-"de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la section "
-":ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:276
-msgid ""
-"Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de "
-"l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la "
-"validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour le Client) ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:279
-msgid ""
-"Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du"
-" contrat ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:280
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les "
-"bases de données du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en "
-"sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue "
-"responsable de toute perte de données ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:288
-msgid "6.2 Non solicitation ou embauche"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"Sauf si l'autre partie donne son consentement par écrit, chaque partie, ses "
-"sociétés affiliées et ses représentants conviennent de ne pas solliciter ou "
-"offrir un emploi à tout employé de l'autre partie qui est impliqué dans "
-"l'exécution ou l'utilisation des Services en vertu du présent Contrat, "
-"pendant la Durée du Contrat et pendant une période de 12 mois à compter de "
-"la date de résiliation ou de l'expiration du présent Contrat. En cas de "
-"violation des conditions de la présente section qui conduirait à la "
-"démission dudit employé à cette fin, la partie ayant enfreint ces "
-"dispositions accepte de payer à l'autre partie un montant forfaitaire de 30 "
-"000,00 euros (€) (trente mille euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:303
-msgid "6.3 Publicité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"Sauf demande contraire par écrit, chaque partie accorde à l'autre partie une"
-" licence mondiale libre de droits, non transférable, non exclusive pour "
-"reproduire et afficher le nom, les logos et les marques de l'autre partie, "
-"dans le seul but de citer l'autre partie en tant que client ou fournisseur, "
-"sur les sites Web, dans des communiqués de presse et autres documents de "
-"marketing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:313
-msgid "6.4 Confidentialité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:324
-msgid "Définition des \"Informations Confidentielles\" :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:316
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toutes les informations divulguées par une partie (la \"Partie "
-"Communicante\") à l'autre partie (la \"Partie Bénéficiaire\"), que ce soit "
-"oralement ou par écrit, qui sont désignées comme confidentielles ou qui "
-"devraient raisonnablement être comprises comme étant confidentielles étant "
-"donné la nature des informations et les circonstances de la divulgation. En "
-"particulier, toute information liée aux activités, aux affaires, aux "
-"produits, aux développements, aux secrets commerciaux, au savoir-faire, au "
-"personnel, aux clients et aux fournisseurs de l'une des parties doit être "
-"considérée comme confidentielle."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:326
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute Information Confidentielle reçue pendant la durée du présent "
-"contrat, la Partie Bénéficiaire utilisera le même degré de précaution "
-"qu'elle utilise pour protéger la confidentialité de ses propres Informations"
-" Confidentielles de même importance. Ce degré de précaution devra "
-"correspondre au minimum à une précaution raisonnable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:331
-msgid ""
-"La Partie Bénéficiaire peut divulguer les Informations Confidentielles de la"
-" Partie Communicante dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la"
-" Partie Bénéficiaire avise au préalable par écrit la Partie Communicante de "
-"son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:339
-msgid "6.5 Résiliation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du"
-" présent contrat, et si une telle violation n’est pas résolue dans les 30 "
-"jours civils à compter de la notification écrite de cette violation, le "
-"présent contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas "
-"commis la violation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le "
-"Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services à la date "
-"d'échéance indiquée sur la facture correspondante."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:354
-msgid "Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:352
-msgid ""
-"Les sections \":ref:`confidentiality_fr`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`\",   "
-"“:ref:`liability_fr`\", et “:ref:`general_provisions_fr`\" survivront la "
-"résiliation ou l'expiration du présent contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:359
-msgid "7 Limitations de garantie et de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:364
-msgid "7.1 Garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:366
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts"
-" raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément"
-" aux normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:370
-msgid ""
-"Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et"
-" que le Logiciel soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:372
-msgid ""
-"Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à"
-" l'accès, de telle sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer "
-"les problèmes ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:374
-msgid "Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais "
-"supplémentaires constitue la seule et unique réparation pour le Client et la"
-" seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour toute violation de cette garantie."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:383
-msgid "7.2 Limitation de garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:385
-msgid ""
-"Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties"
-" ne donne de garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite, légale ou autre, "
-"et chaque partie décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris"
-" toute garantie implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage "
-"particulier ou de non- contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi "
-"en vigueur."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:391
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA ne garantit pas que le Logiciel soit conforme à toute loi ou "
-"réglementation locale ou internationale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:398
-msgid "7.3 Limitation de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:400
-msgid ""
-"Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque "
-"partie, ainsi que de ses filiales, découlant ou liée au présent Contrat ne "
-"dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à"
-" une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette "
-"limite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Les parties et leurs filiales ne pourront en aucun cas être tenues "
-"responsables des dommages indirects, spéciaux, accessoires ou consécutifs de"
-" quelque nature que ce soit, y compris, mais sans s'y limiter, la perte de "
-"revenus, perte de profits, perte d’économies, perte commerciale ou toute "
-"autre perte financière, les coûts relatifs à l'arrêt ou au retard, la perte "
-"ou altération des données, découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat,"
-" quelle que soit la forme de l'action, qu'elle soit fondée sur une "
-"obligation contractuelle, délictuelle (y compris la stricte négligence) ou "
-"fondée sur toute autre règle de droit ou d'équité, même si la partie ou ses "
-"filiales ont été informées du risque de tels dommages, ou si le recours "
-"proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:420
-msgid ""
-"Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de "
-"tout retard ou manquement d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce "
-"manquement ou retard est causé par une règlementation gouvernementale, un "
-"incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation, un accident, une épidémie, "
-"un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité ou en"
-" partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s)"
-" cause (s), qu’elle (s) soit (soient) de nature similaire ou différente, "
-"pour autant que cette cause soit hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie "
-"concernée, et tant qu'une telle cause existe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:431
-msgid "8 Dispositions générales"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:436
-msgid "8.1 Droit applicable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:438
-msgid ""
-"Les parties conviennent que les lois de Belgique seront applicables en cas "
-"de litige découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, sans tenir "
-"compte des règles ou dispositions en matière de compétence législative ou de"
-" conflit de lois. Dans la mesure où une poursuite ou procédure judiciaire ou"
-" administrative serait autorisée ci-avant, les parties conviennent de se "
-"soumettre à la compétence exclusive du tribunal de Nivelles (Belgique) aux "
-"fins de la procédure de tout litige."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:448
-msgid "8.2 Divisibilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:450
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où une ou plusieurs des dispositions du présent contrat ou toute"
-" autre application de celles-ci se trouvent non valables, illégales ou non "
-"exécutoires, la validité, la légalité et le caractère exécutoire des autres "
-"dispositions du présent contrat et toute application de celles-ci ne doivent"
-" en aucun cas en être affectés ou compromis. Les parties s'engagent à "
-"remplacer toute disposition non valable, illégale ou non exécutoire du "
-"présent contrat par une disposition valable ayant les mêmes effets et "
-"objectifs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:460
-msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:462
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-" License v1.0, définie ci-dessous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:466
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa "
-"compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la"
-" :ref:`version originale `."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:472
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. This"
-" translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, "
-"but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms of the "
-"“Odoo Enterprise Edition License” is the :ref:`original english version "
-"`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:489
-msgid ""
-"Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être "
-"utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des "
-"modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de "
-"validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:494
-msgid ""
-"Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes"
-" permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un "
-"environnement de test ou de développement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:498
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à "
-"les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence"
-" soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires "
-"similaires à celle-ci)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:503
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle"
-" licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions "
-"de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules "
-"publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:508
-msgid ""
-"Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou "
-"vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:511
-msgid ""
-"Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit "
-"inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente "
-"licence."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:514
-msgid ""
-"LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE"
-" QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES"
-" GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION "
-"PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:519
-msgid ""
-"EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE "
-"TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES "
-"RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU "
-"LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION "
-"RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/online.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo Online Terms & Conditions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement - Under Revision!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5_work-in-progress - Last revision: March 02, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:11
-msgid "BETWEEN:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"ODOO SA registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under "
-"number RCN 95656, having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40 - "
-"1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"AND ________________________________, a company having its registered office"
-" at _____________________ (Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:22
-msgid "1 Purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which "
-"ODOO provides services to PARTNER, and access to Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"software, and PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts appointment, to be "
-"a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Subscriptions to clients. PARTNER commits to do its best effort to sell Odoo"
-" Enterprise Subscriptions to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will "
-"market in priority the ‘Odoo Enterprise Edition’ version to prospects and "
-"clients. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of "
-"the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:35
-msgid "2 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on "
-"the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:45
-msgid "3.1 Project platform access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"To help PARTNER promoting Odoo Enterprise, ODOO grants access to its Github "
-"code repository to PARTNER for all ‘Enterprise Edition’ modules, under the "
-"terms set forth in Exhibit A and the conditions restricted under  this "
-"agreement. This access will be granted as of the signature of this agreement"
-" and be revoked should the partnership contract be revoked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:50
-msgid "3.2 Restrictions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER commits to keep confidentiality of the source code of Odoo "
-"Enterprise edition modules licensed under restricted rights (labelled as "
-"‘Enterprise Edition’) within its staff. The access to clients is governed by"
-" the Odoo Enterprise Contract (version 4.0 and above). PARTNER agrees to NOT"
-" redistribute this code to 3rd parties without the explicit agreement of "
-"ODOO. Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the "
-"integrity of the Odoo Enterprise edition code that is required to verify the"
-" validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise edition, collects statistics that are "
-"needed for that purpose and enforce the payment of the subscription."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:56
-msgid "4 Partnership Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:59
-msgid "4.1 Partnership levels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"The ODOO partner program consists of three partnership levels; Ready, Silver"
-" and Gold with specific requirements and benefits for each level. "
-"Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo "
-"Enterprise revenues generated for ODOO. Renewals of existing contracts does "
-"not account for the partnership level, but the partner still get his "
-"commission on these contracts as stated in 5.2 The table below summarizes "
-"the requirement for each partnership level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Annual New Net Odoo Enterprise Revenues 1.000 € 12.000 € "
-"25.000 €"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The level of partnerships will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO based on Odoo "
-"Enterprise contracts sold by partners, over the preceeding 12 months. "
-"Partners may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the"
-" requirements for a higher level. Silver and Gold partners which are not "
-"complying with their partnerships requirements will be assigned to a lower "
-"level of partnership if they have not met their requirement at the end of "
-"the annual period. For new partners, the initial partner level is granted "
-"for one year."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:77
-msgid "4.2 Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:78
-msgid ""
-"The details of the benefits for each level of partnership are described in "
-"the table below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Recognition Visibility on odoo.com Ready Partner Silver "
-"Partner Gold Partner Rights to use the Odoo trademark Ready logo Silver logo"
-" Gold logo Learning benefits Yearly upgrades seminars Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"Training Yes Yes Yes Weekly functional training webinars Yes Yes Yes "
-"Software Benefits Access to Odoo Enterprise source code Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"benefits Discount on all ODOO services 10% 15% 20% Discount on ODOO "
-"Enterprise (Minimum 10 users per contract, applied then for all users). 10% "
-"15% 20% Access to an Account Manager Yes Yes Yes Marketing Benefits Access "
-"to marketing materials Yes Yes Yes Partner EVENT – ODOO Support & Promotion "
-"No Yes Yes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:135
-msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:136
-msgid ""
-"ODOO will promote PARTNER as an official partner on its website (odoo.com) "
-"for agreed countries. ODOO grants to PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the "
-"right to use and reproduce only the ODOO Partner’s logo, and the Odoo name "
-"in connection with this Agreement. Each Party undertakes to respect all the "
-"rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous "
-"paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any "
-"analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the "
-"mind of the general public, for any reason whatsoever and by any means "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:141
-msgid "4.4 Learning Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:142
-msgid ""
-"In order to train PARTNER, ODOO will organize online training sessions once "
-"a week. Sessions are organized into discovery and advanced topics. A session"
-" is usually 2 hours and cover an application of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"software: sales and CRM, inventory management, project management, "
-"eCommerce, human resources, manufacturing, advanced customizations, etc. "
-"PARTNER can attend these training sessions at no additional cost and commit "
-"to attend at least 20 sessions per year. ODOO will organize at least four "
-"sales training session per year of a duration of one week. Each sales "
-"training session is organized in one of the ODOO office. PARTNER can send "
-"any employee to these training session. Once a new version of Odoo "
-"Enterprise is released, ODOO must organize upgrade training session for "
-"partners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:148
-msgid "4.5  Commission on Odoo Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:149
-msgid ""
-"For every ODOO services directly purchased by a customer through PARTNER, "
-"PARTNER shall receive retribution as follows For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts"
-" sold to CUSTOMER: ODOO will invoice directly the CUSTOMER based on final "
-"pricing agreed between ODOO, the PARTNER & the CUSTOMER. Then, PARTNER will "
-"invoice his commission to ODOO based on Odoo Enteprise price, net of "
-"possible rebates, and based on his current partnership level at the time of "
-"signature. For Other Services; Partner invoice directly the CLIENT and ODOO "
-"will invoice the PARTNER directly commission included. (as a discount) For "
-"“ODOO Enterprise” contracts; PARTNER get a commission as long as the PARTNER"
-" maintains a contractual relationship with the CUSTOMER."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:156
-msgid "5 Miscellaneous"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:159
-msgid "5.1 Communications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"No communications from either party to the other shall have any validity "
-"under this Agreement unless made in writing by or on behalf of PARTNER or "
-"ODOO, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this "
-"Agreement. Any notice whatsoever which either party hereto is required or "
-"authorised by this Agreement to give or make to the other shall be given or "
-"made either by post in a prepaid letter, or by hand delivery or facsimile "
-"transmission or E-mail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:164
-msgid "5.2 BRAND IMAGE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:165
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of "
-"the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this "
-"Agreement. Non-compliance to this provision shall be a cause for termination"
-" of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:168
-msgid "5.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:169
-msgid ""
-"ODOO shall publish any press release, advertisement or other public "
-"announcement using the PARTNER’s name or trademarks without its prior "
-"written consent. In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that "
-"its logo and trademark is used for this purpose only, in the list of the "
-"partners of ODOO."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:172
-msgid "5.4  No SOLICITING"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:173
-msgid ""
-"Each party, its subsidiaries and any entity controlled indirectly agrees not"
-" to solicit, offer employment to, or use the services of any employee of the"
-" other party who is involved in performing the Services for the duration of "
-"the Agreement and for a period of twenty four (24) Months from the date of "
-"termination of this Agreement, except as expressly provided for in the "
-"Agreement or where the other party gives its consent in writing to this. In "
-"case of any breach of the terms of this article, the defaulting Party shall "
-"pay an indemnity equivalent to 12 months of the gross salary of the employee"
-" sought or dismissed, or to at least a minimum of € 30,000."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:177
-msgid "5.5  Independent Contractor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:178
-msgid ""
-"The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be "
-"construed as constituting either Party as partner, joint venture or "
-"fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of legal association that"
-" would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the "
-"other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority "
-"(express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:181
-msgid "6 FEES AND CHARGES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:182
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER shall pay the charges and the annual fee immediately upon receipt of"
-" the invoice sent by ODOO.The annual partnership fees is 2950€. PARTNER "
-"shall automatically pay a late payment interest at the rate equivalent to "
-"the applicable interest rate of the principal instrument of re-financing of "
-"the European Central Bank increased by 7% per year, which shall accrue on a "
-"daily basis from the due date of payment; it not being necessary for such "
-"accrual that ODOO request or claims the unpaid amount in any manner "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:186
-msgid "7 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:187
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfil one or more of its "
-"obligations arising hereunder, and if such breach has not been remedied "
-"within thirty (30) calendar days from the first presentation of a letter, "
-"sent by the injured Party by registered letter with advice of receipt, "
-"giving notice of the breaches, this Agreement may be terminated immediately "
-"as of right at the request of the injured Party, without prejudice to any "
-"damages that may be claimed from the defaulting Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER: shall not use anymore "
-"the materials and/or the Odoo brand name or claim the existence of any "
-"partnership or link with ODOO, shall during any notice period prior to such "
-"termination comply with its obligations. shall not use Odoo Enterprise "
-"anymore, for development, test or production purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:195
-msgid "8 Liability AND Indemnities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:196
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder. To the "
-"maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, "
-"losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising "
-"under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proven, but will "
-"in no event exceed for all damage causing event or series of connected "
-"events causing damages the total amount for the charges paid by PARTNER in "
-"the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event"
-" giving rise to such claim. In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect"
-" or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or "
-"Customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or "
-"other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data "
-"arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations. "
-"PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectation and has received no "
-"assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the "
-"ODOO Partners Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain "
-"any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement. Partner "
-"waives any commitment whatsoever on behalf of ODOO regarding the evolution "
-"of Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:202
-msgid ""
-"According to the terms of the Software license, ODOO will not be liable for "
-"any bug or for the quality and the performance of the Software, ODOO’s "
-"commitment being limited to the correction of bugs as defined in this "
-"Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:205
-msgid "9  Governing Law and Jurisdiction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:206
-msgid ""
-"This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws"
-" of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which"
-" no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts "
-"of Belgium in Nivelles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:208
-msgid "For Odoo SA,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:213
-msgid "For _____________,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:220
-msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index fa0fc0cbbc..de1891c81e 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -107,18 +107,25 @@ msgid ""
 "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
 "multiple\" fields"
 msgstr ""
+"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* "
+"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
 "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
 msgstr ""
+"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het "
+"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
 "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
 msgstr ""
+"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product "
+"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock "
+"berekening."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
 msgid ""
@@ -557,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "Transcriptie"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
 msgid "Work in progress."
-msgstr "Werk in uitvoering (WIP)"
+msgstr "Werk in uitvoering."
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
 msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index 42a0ba8513..a2a8f1cfc9 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe kassabonnen opnieuw te printen?"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
 msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Deze optie heeft een POSBox en een ticketprinter nodig."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -857,11 +857,11 @@ msgstr "Hoe een kassabon opnieuw te printen?"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op de **Kassabon opnieuw afdrukken** knop in de Kassa interface."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32
 msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Het laatst geprinte ticket wordt opnieuw geprint."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
 msgid "Analyze sales"
@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255
 msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257
 msgid ""
@@ -1613,6 +1613,8 @@ msgid ""
 "``$ ./odoo.py "
 "--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
 msgstr ""
+"``$ ./odoo.py "
+"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275
 msgid "Test the instance"
@@ -2393,6 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "Verkoopkanaal"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
 msgstr ""
+"Deze kassa zijn verkopen zullen gerelateerd zijn aan dit verkoopkanaal."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
index 39c03e98b8..e7b33446cf 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index 36504c3cda..b7687a2094 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -906,6 +906,8 @@ msgid ""
 "With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every "
 "project gets an automatic email address."
 msgstr ""
+"Met Odoo online is de e-mail gateway al geconfigureerd waardoor elk project "
+"automatisch een e-mailadres krijgt."
 
 #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171
 msgid ""
@@ -1905,6 +1907,8 @@ msgid ""
 "When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow "
 "Forecast\" in your project settings."
 msgstr ""
+"Zorg ervoor dat u de optie \"Voorspelling toestaan\" aanvinkt in de "
+"projectinstellingen wanneer u een nieuw project aanmaakt."
 
 #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51
 msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu."
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
index f5e19efa45..ae6340e8d1 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr "569874"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
 msgid "price"
-msgstr "price"
+msgstr "prijs"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
 msgid "Vendor Price -> free text"
@@ -1311,6 +1311,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount"
 " exceeds a certain limit."
 msgstr ""
+"Dubbele validatie op aankopen forceert een validatie wanneer het aangekochte"
+" bedrag boven een bepaalde limiet ligt."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -1488,6 +1490,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** "
 "application."
 msgstr ""
+"Valideer de inkooporder en ontvang producten vanuit de **Magazijn** "
+"applicatie."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89
 msgid "Receiving Products"
@@ -1567,6 +1571,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154
 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
 msgstr ""
+"Uw leverancier stuurt u een gedeeltelijke rekening of vraagt een voorschot."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index 88e7fd49de..0f6629edca 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -39,22 +39,30 @@ msgid ""
 "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to "
 "Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system."
 msgstr ""
+"Portaaltoegang wordt gegeven aan een gebruiker die toegang nodig heeft tot "
+"de Odoo instantie, om bepaalde documenten of informatie in het systeem te "
+"kunnen bekijken."
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "For Example: 1.  A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2."
 "  Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials."
 msgstr ""
+"Bijvoorbeeld: 1. Een klant die al lang bij u is en online zijn offertes moet"
+" kunnen zien. 2. Boekhoudconsultant die de financiële bedrjifsgegevens moet "
+"opvolgen."
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit "
 "any document in the system."
 msgstr ""
+"Een portaalgebruiker heeft alleen lees / kijkrechten. Hij of zij kan geen "
+"document wijzigen in het systeem."
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20
 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?"
-msgstr "Hoe geef ik portaal toegang aan mij gebruikers"
+msgstr "Hoe geef ik portaal toegang aan mijn gebruikers"
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23
 msgid "From Contacts Module"
@@ -66,12 +74,18 @@ msgid ""
 "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. "
 "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer het **Contacten** menu vanuit het hoofdmenu. Indien de "
+"contactpersoon nog niet is aangemaakt klikt u op de knop aanmaken om een "
+"nieuw contact aan te maken. Geef de contactgegevens in en klik op "
+"\"opslaan\"."
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the "
 "interface and from the drop down."
 msgstr ""
+"Kies een contact, klik op het **Actie** menu bovenaan in het midden van de "
+"interface vanuit de dropdown."
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38
 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears."
@@ -90,6 +104,8 @@ msgid ""
 "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the "
 "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance."
 msgstr ""
+"Een e-mail wordt verzonden naar het opgegeven e-mailadres, deze e-mail geeft"
+" aan dat de persoon nu een portaal gebruiker is op de instantie."
 
 #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3
 msgid "How to list a product?"
@@ -1661,11 +1677,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
 msgstr ""
+"Verwijder kolommen die u niet nodig heeft. We raden u aan om het veld *ID* "
+"niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
 msgstr ""
+"Stel een unieke ID in voor elke record door de ID sequentie naar beneden te "
+"slepen."
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index cff9d65410..f31bef0b78 100644
--- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe het verkeer op uw website traceren in Google Analytics"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5
 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Om uw website trafiek te volgen met Google Analytics:"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking "
 "ID."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga door het aanmaak formulier en accepteer de voorwaarden om de tracking id "
+"te krijgen."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15
 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo."
@@ -66,20 +68,25 @@ msgid ""
 "Documentation. "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"Om uw eerste stappen te maken in Google Analytics kijkt u best naar de "
+"`Google documentatie. "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
-msgid "How to track your website's traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgstr "Hoe uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo dashboard"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can follow your traffic's statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
+"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
 "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
 msgstr ""
+"U kan uw website trafiek opvolgen vanuit uw Odoo website dashboard dankzij "
+"Google Analytics."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -92,35 +99,47 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
 "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
+"Ga naar `Google APIs platform `__ om "
+"analytics API inloggegevens te genereren. Log in met uw Google account."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14
 msgid "Select Analytics API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selecteer Analytics API."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo)."
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
+"Maak een nieuw project aan en geef het een naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo). Dit "
+"project is nodig om uw API logingegevens te bewaren."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:24
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Schakel de API in."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:29
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr "Maak inloggegevens aan om te gebruiken in Odoo."
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Create credentials to use in Odoo. Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as "
-"calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
+"Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type "
+"data."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:38
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Then enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on "
-"which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your "
-"Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance "
-"URL followed by /google_account/authentication."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:47
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google "
 "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this "
@@ -128,24 +147,25 @@ msgid ""
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:52
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uiteindelijk krijgt u uw client ID. Kopieer en plak deze in Odoo."
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:57
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:63
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
 msgstr ""
+"Autoriseer Odoo om toegang te krijgen tot de Google API als laatste stap."
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3
 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe zoekmachine optimalisatie doen in Odoo"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6
 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?"
@@ -1467,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "Publiceer"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe mijn eigen domeinnaam gebruiken"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1478,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10
 msgid "What is a good domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wat is een goede domeinnaam"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -1516,23 +1536,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24
 msgid "How to buy a domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe een domeinnaam kopen"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25
 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Koop uw domein bij een populaire registrator:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27
 msgid "`GoDaddy `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy `__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28
 msgid "`Namecheap `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Namecheap `__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29
 msgid "`OVH `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`OVH `__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -1542,12 +1562,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
 msgid "`GoDaddy `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy `__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "`Namecheap `__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap `__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1558,41 +1579,47 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42
 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe mijn domeinnaam koppelen aan mijn Odoo instantie"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
 "yourcompany.odoo.com):"
 msgstr ""
+"Laten we eerste de doorverwijzing authoriseren (uwbedrijf.com -> "
+"uwbedrijf.odoo.com):"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Open uw Odoo.com account vanuit uw homepage."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50
 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ga naar de *Beheer databases** pagina."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klik op *Domeinen* rechts van de database die u wilt doorverwijzen."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. "
 "www.yourcompany.com)."
 msgstr ""
+"Een database domein dialoog verschijnt. Geef uw persoonlijk domein in "
+"(bijvoorbeeld www.uwbedrijf.com)."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:"
 msgstr ""
+"We kunnen nu de doorverwijzing toepassen vanuit uw domeinnaam zijn "
+"beheerders account:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69
 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Log in op uw account en zoek voor de DNS zones beheer pagina."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -1604,10 +1631,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75
 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
 msgstr ""
+"Hier zijn een paar specifieke richtlijnen om een CNAME record aan te maken:"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77
 msgid "`GoDaddy `__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy `__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -1615,30 +1643,37 @@ msgid ""
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "`OVH "
 "`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`OVH "
+"`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe SSL inschakelen (HTTPS) voor mijn Odoo instantie"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as "
 "CloudFlare.com."
 msgstr ""
+"Schakel een externe partij CDN dienst in, zoals CloudFlare.com, om SSL in te"
+" schakelen."
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90
 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca5fbd3cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -0,0 +1,10594 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dimko Pythonic , 2017\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../accounting.rst:5
+msgid "Accounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3
+msgid "Bank & Cash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
+msgid "Bank Feeds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3
+msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as"
+" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your "
+"bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting "
+"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20
+msgid "Install the CODA feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the "
+"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can"
+" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file "
+"`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting "
+"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
+"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements "
+"in .CODA Format** and apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33
+msgid "Import your first CODA file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to "
+"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting "
+"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. "
+"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create "
+"all your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank "
+"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55
+msgid "Importing CODA files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will "
+"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next "
+"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can "
+"directly click on the link **Import Statement**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo "
+"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo "
+"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments"
+" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the "
+"reconciliation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have "
+"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two"
+" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new"
+" bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65
+msgid ":doc:`ofx`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64
+msgid ":doc:`qif`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`synchronize`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68
+msgid ":doc:`manual`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21
+msgid "Register bank statements manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6
+#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank "
+"but also register your bank statements manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to "
+"do is install the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24
+msgid "Create your Bank Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank "
+"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link "
+"will be found underneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank "
+"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it "
+"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be"
+" equal to the computed balance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44
+msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47
+msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button"
+" |manual04|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking"
+" on **Reconcile # Items**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is "
+"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68
+msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71
+msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the "
+"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84
+msgid "Close Bank Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, "
+"then click on Bank Statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92
+msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99
+msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115
+msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3
+msgid "Import OFX statement files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic "
+"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and "
+"consumers via the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting "
+"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all "
+"bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo."
+" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration"
+" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements "
+"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to "
+"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting "
+"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click"
+" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create "
+"all your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46
+msgid "Importing OFX files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will "
+"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next "
+"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly "
+"click on the link **Import Statement**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo "
+"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo "
+"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments"
+" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the "
+"reconciliation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66
+msgid ":doc:`coda`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3
+msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have"
+" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software."
+" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling "
+"PayPal payments in just a click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14
+msgid "Install the account_yodlee module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already "
+"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section "
+"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds "
+"automatically**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25
+msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28
+msgid "Setup your PayPal account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your "
+"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank "
+"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank "
+"field, you can set **PayPal**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard "
+"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as"
+" the online institution and click on the configure button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45
+msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change "
+"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account"
+" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with "
+"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal "
+"account)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in "
+"English or that the site is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next "
+"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a "
+"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must "
+"choose the **Paypal balance** account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in "
+"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually "
+"anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo "
+"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3
+msgid "Import QIF statement files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and "
+"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, "
+"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use"
+" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software"
+" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo."
+" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration"
+" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements "
+"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to "
+"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting "
+"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click"
+" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create "
+"all your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47
+msgid "Importing QIF files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3
+msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank"
+" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving "
+"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You "
+"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the "
+"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully"
+" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, "
+"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially "
+"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19
+msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21
+msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23
+msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29
+msgid "Odoo Online Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should"
+" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the"
+" module **account_yodlee**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36
+msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, "
+"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is "
+"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the "
+"following addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44
+msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45
+msgid "https://api.plaid.com/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49
+msgid "Sync your bank feeds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to "
+"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the"
+" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank"
+" account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to "
+"**Bank Synchronization**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a "
+"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button "
+"and fill in your bank credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized "
+"every 4 hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187
+msgid "Miscellaneous"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they "
+"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this "
+"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must "
+"manually bring the checks to the bank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to"
+" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the "
+"transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the "
+"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on "
+"reconcile them with your bank statement easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24
+msgid "Install the batch deposit feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch "
+"Deposit** to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in"
+" your country."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting "
+"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42
+msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank "
+"deposits on your main bank accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to "
+"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or "
+"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the "
+"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method"
+" to **Batch Deposit**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that "
+"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to "
+"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch "
+"Deposits afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64
+msgid "From checks received to the bank"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67
+msgid "Receive customer checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which "
+"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal"
+" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit."
+" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78
+msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register "
+"Payment** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86
+msgid "Prepare a batch deposit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this "
+"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been "
+"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a "
+"check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare "
+"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106
+msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit "
+"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process "
+"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with "
+"the bank statement line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks "
+"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch "
+"deposit the example below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127
+msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could "
+"be two reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the "
+"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload"
+" button of your browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136
+msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139
+msgid "What happens if a check was refused?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount "
+"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been "
+"refused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the "
+"bank statement matching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3
+msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it"
+" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of "
+"clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank "
+"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts "
+"to the another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17
+msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of "
+"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of"
+" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the "
+"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country "
+"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well "
+"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified "
+"from the same page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39
+msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our"
+" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account."
+" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit "
+"your bank to specify your bank's details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50
+msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56
+msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 "
+"9533 1498** account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62
+msgid "Log an internal transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your "
+"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and "
+"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal"
+" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the "
+"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see "
+"`_)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81
+msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. "
+"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90
+msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last "
+"statement of your bank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the "
+"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank "
+"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. "
+"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of "
+"the corresponding bank to import them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a "
+"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of "
+"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means "
+"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the "
+"**Reconcile** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115
+msgid "The following window will open:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank "
+"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** "
+"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank "
+"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in"
+" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will "
+"happen automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
+msgid "Bank Reconciliation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3
+msgid "Configure model of entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in "
+"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month "
+"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account "
+"current balance. This fee is thus variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16
+msgid "Create Reconciliation Models"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go "
+"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on "
+":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees "
+"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to "
+"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is "
+"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell "
+"Odoo to take the entire fee into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36
+msgid "Save your changes when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** "
+"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to "
+":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49
+msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be "
+"impacted by the payment of the bank fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the "
+"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the"
+" relevant data instantly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61
+msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116
+msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`use_cases`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3
+msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You "
+"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of "
+"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very "
+"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14
+msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16
+msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17
+msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to "
+"do is install the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29
+msgid "Use cases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32
+msgid "Case 1: Payments registration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith "
+"& Co."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the "
+"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant "
+"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the "
+"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our "
+"customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment "
+"and mark the invoice as paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer "
+"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the "
+":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done "
+"automatically.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66
+msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also "
+"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has "
+"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents "
+"from the Bank Feeds section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83
+msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do "
+"the reconciliations **automatically**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94
+msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill "
+"it in :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right "
+"and validate all related payments :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110
+msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a new bank account?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be "
+"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10
+msgid "Edit a bank account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit"
+" it first before filling your own bank information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and "
+"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment "
+"method like SEPA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28
+msgid "Create a bank account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click"
+" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account"
+" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. "
+"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch "
+"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank "
+"accounts from another company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
+msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance "
+"of the previous one within the same journal automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63
+msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from "
+"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action "
+"menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the "
+"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for "
+"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in "
+"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the "
+"transaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction,"
+" Odoo stores two values:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14
+msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16
+msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European "
+"Central bank web-services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25
+msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should "
+"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance "
+"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a "
+"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34
+msgid "Configure currencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should "
+"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are "
+"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. "
+"(to activate a currency, check his active field)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to "
+"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of"
+" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49
+msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52
+msgid "Create a new bank account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
+"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63
+msgid "An account in the trial balance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65
+msgid "A journal in your dashboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked"
+" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71
+msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from "
+"a supplier in China."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could "
+"see:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill "
+"to record a payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange"
+" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, "
+"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice "
+"and the payment date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, "
+"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96
+msgid "Customers Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. "
+"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in "
+"the currency of the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same "
+"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in "
+"the report below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not "
+"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction"
+" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of "
+"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically"
+" be converted in this currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In "
+"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the "
+"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage a cash register?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments "
+"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total "
+"balance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration "
+"--> Journals`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be "
+"configured as well as the currency of the journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor "
+"payments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Company related to this journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Short Code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and"
+" refunds made from this journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Entry Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal "
+"entries of this journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Refund Entry Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund "
+"entries of this journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Default Debit Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Default Credit Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Currency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Debit Methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments "
+"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in "
+"order to manage payments outside of the software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Payment Methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments "
+"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in "
+"order to manage payments outside of the software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
+"when generating them from invoices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Profit Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs"
+" from what the system computes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Loss Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs "
+"from what the system computes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Show journal on dashboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment"
+" method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Checks numbering sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Manual Numbering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Next Check Number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Active in Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a"
+" point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Amount Authorized Difference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance"
+" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If "
+"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing "
+"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом поле указывается максимальная разница между окончательным балансом и "
+"теоретической суммой при закрытии сеанса для менеджеров, не принадлежащих "
+"КПО. Если этот максимум будет достигнут, у пользователя будет сообщение об "
+"ошибке при закрытии его сеанса, заявив, что ему нужно связаться с "
+"менеджером."
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28
+msgid "How to register cash payments?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow "
+"these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register "
+"Transactions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36
+msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the "
+"transaction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41
+msgid "Put money in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your "
+"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to "
+":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51
+msgid "Take money out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending "
+"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to "
+":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3
+msgid "Adviser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3
+msgid "Manage your fixed assets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like "
+"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly "
+"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose "
+"assets and perform reports on your company assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to "
+"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will "
+"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by "
+"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts"
+" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that "
+"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20
+msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21
+msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27
+msgid "Install the Asset module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29
+msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting"
+" application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34
+msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35
+msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types "
+"`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43
+msgid "Defining Asset Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and "
+"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can "
+"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to "
+"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an "
+"asset type on the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy "
+"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other "
+"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the "
+"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63
+msgid "Create assets manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> "
+"Assets`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click "
+"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before "
+"confirming the asset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for"
+" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal "
+"entries, not those related to the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82
+msgid "Explanation of the fields:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation"
+" lines can be posted in the accounting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last "
+"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Category of asset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Date of asset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Gross Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Gross value of asset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Salvage Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Computation Method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Time Method Based On"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of depreciation "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Number of Depreciations: Fix the number of depreciation lines and the time"
+" between 2 depreciations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the "
+"depreciations won't go beyond."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Prorata Temporis"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done "
+"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal "
+"year"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Number of Depreciations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "Number of Months in a Period"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
+msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88
+msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91
+msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do "
+"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate "
+"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of "
+"the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be "
+"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets "
+"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field"
+" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when "
+"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically "
+"be filled in the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
+msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right "
+"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the"
+" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has "
+"been created for this line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking "
+"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal "
+"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal "
+"entries which are already posted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130
+msgid "How to modify an existing asset?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132
+msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133
+msgid "Change the number of depreciation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135
+msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138
+msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset."
+" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the "
+"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that "
+"should be registered through a customer invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage a financial budget?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you "
+"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo "
+"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project "
+"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that "
+"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more "
+"than 700."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module"
+" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting "
+"and Finance** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting"
+" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**"
+" feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to "
+"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't "
+"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40
+msgid "Budgetary Positions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep "
+"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so "
+"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. "
+"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> "
+"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's "
+"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book"
+" our expenses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63
+msgid "Click on *Select*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68
+msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case "
+"select the relevant income accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74
+msgid "Analytical account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you "
+"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or "
+"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our "
+"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical "
+"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking "
+":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a "
+"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88
+msgid "Set a budget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to "
+"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select "
+":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith "
+"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add"
+" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, "
+"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this "
+"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" "
+"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a "
+"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the "
+"corresponding analytic account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position "
+"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117
+msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120
+msgid "Check your budget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some"
+" Invoices and Vendors Bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account"
+" in the invoice and / or purchase line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131
+msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133
+msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134
+msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136
+msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase "
+"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical "
+"Amount** column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically "
+"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your "
+"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of "
+"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual "
+"amount that could have been realised."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3
+msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one "
+"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date,"
+" and accurate:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end "
+"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement "
+"balances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13
+msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15
+msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17
+msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded "
+"accurately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23
+msgid "Year-end checklist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25
+msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27
+msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your "
+"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your "
+"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions "
+"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include "
+"loans and fixed assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown "
+"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer "
+"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist"
+" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are "
+"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and "
+"book entries for:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For"
+" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54
+msgid "**Work in Progress**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56
+msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58
+msgid "**Loans**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60
+msgid "**Tax adjustments**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, "
+"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as "
+"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree "
+"these against your Odoo balances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-"
+"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set "
+"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be "
+"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while "
+"auditing the books."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77
+msgid "Closing the fiscal year"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to"
+" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, "
+"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end"
+" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income "
+"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the "
+"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the"
+" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day"
+" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether "
+"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly "
+"reporting a 0 balance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3
+msgid "Analytic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3
+msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses "
+"and subcontracting in the accounting module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a "
+"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. "
+"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction"
+" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related"
+" to the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app "
+"module and install the following apps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to "
+"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those "
+"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install"
+" the Sales management app as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37
+msgid "Enable Analytical accounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, "
+"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic "
+"accounting box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52
+msgid "Don't forget to save your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55
+msgid "Create an Analytical account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point "
+"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In "
+"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65
+msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68
+msgid "Record an expense"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go "
+"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75
+msgid "Create an expense product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, "
+"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new "
+"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure"
+" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86
+msgid "Book the expense"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. "
+"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account "
+"discussed above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal "
+"entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99
+msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102
+msgid "Purchase Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create"
+" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following "
+"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). "
+"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. "
+"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm "
+"the sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the "
+"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118
+msgid "Subcontracting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle"
+" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re "
+"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct "
+"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128
+msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131
+msgid "Track costs in accounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply "
+"open it to check the costs related to that account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic "
+"Accounts --> Open Charts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button "
+"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the "
+"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same "
+"analytical account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3
+msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a "
+"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to "
+"the invoiced amounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and "
+"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer "
+"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We "
+"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and "
+"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, "
+"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module "
+"name and install them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the "
+"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and "
+"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38
+msgid "Apply your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41
+msgid "Create an employee"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create"
+" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a "
+"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to "
+"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a "
+"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be "
+"related to a User."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to "
+"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62
+msgid "Issue a Sales Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the "
+"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our "
+"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced"
+" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as "
+"unit of measures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and "
+"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in "
+"Progress)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An "
+"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** "
+"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case"
+" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture"
+" below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92
+msgid "Fill in timesheet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and "
+"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter "
+"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical"
+" Account** discussed above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99
+msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 "
+"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on"
+" the **Analytic Account**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is "
+"automatically computed (see picture below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115
+msgid "Analytic accounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and "
+"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been "
+"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121
+msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124
+msgid "Without filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct "
+"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to "
+"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select "
+":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the "
+"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the "
+"credit and debit balance of the account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details "
+"of cost and revenues (see picture below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues "
+"with the corresponding description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148
+msgid "With filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150
+msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> "
+"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human"
+" resource cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of"
+" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** "
+"contains the **Sales Order** number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the "
+"corresponding costs and revenues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their "
+"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the "
+"**Graph view** to have a clear overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3
+msgid "Analytic account use cases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5
+msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7
+msgid "analyse costs of a company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9
+msgid "reinvoice time to a customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11
+msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, "
+"each in one of three different types of company:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22
+msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24
+msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26
+msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29
+msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into"
+" departments and products the company itself is built on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by "
+"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure "
+"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the "
+"product ranges the company makes and sells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41
+msgid "Marketing Department"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43
+msgid "Commercial Department"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45
+msgid "Administration Department"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80
+msgid "Production Range 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82
+msgid "Production Range 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase "
+"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the "
+"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For "
+"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry "
+"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the "
+"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62
+msgid "**General accounts**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62
+msgid "**Analytic accounts**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+msgid "**Title**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98
+msgid "**Account**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Debit**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Credit**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
+msgid "**Value**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+msgid "Purchase of Raw Material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "2122"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+msgid "1500"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66
+msgid "-1 500"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+msgid "Subcontractors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "450"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+msgid "-450"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+msgid "Credit Note for defective materials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70
+msgid "200"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72
+msgid "Transport charges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+msgid "Staff costs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+msgid "2121"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+msgid "10000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "Marketing"
+msgstr "Маркетинг"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82
+msgid "-2 000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76
+msgid "Commercial"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76
+msgid "-3 000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "Administrative"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78
+msgid "-1 000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "PR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
+msgid "-400"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the "
+"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of "
+"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example "
+"above:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not "
+"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole "
+"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic "
+"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. "
+"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the "
+"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading "
+"companies and industries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing "
+"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. "
+"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing "
+"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each "
+"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120
+msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a "
+"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a"
+" given file/analytic account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and"
+" the profitability by case and by employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in "
+"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are "
+"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the "
+"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's "
+"cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the "
+"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any"
+" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales "
+"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not"
+" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the"
+" basis of the hourly cost per employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate "
+"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because "
+"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that "
+"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare "
+"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee "
+"depending on the time actually worked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you "
+"can find for your analytic account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+msgid "**Amount**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+msgid "**General Account**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159
+msgid "Study the file (1 h)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "Case 1.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159
+msgid "-15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161
+msgid "Search for information (3 h)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161
+msgid "-45"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163
+msgid "Consultation (4 h)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163
+msgid "Case 2.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163
+msgid "-60"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+msgid "Service charges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+msgid "280"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165
+msgid "705 – Billing services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "Stationery purchase"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "-42"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "601 – Furniture purchase"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167
+msgid "42"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "-35"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "613 – Transports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169
+msgid "35"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171
+msgid "Staff salaries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171
+msgid "6201 – Salaries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171
+msgid "3 000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of"
+" various transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: "
+":doc:`timesheets`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the "
+"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic"
+" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To "
+"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell "
+"products that manage timesheet or expenses ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187
+msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189
+msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191
+msgid "project planning,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193
+msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195
+msgid "managing support contracts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197
+msgid ""
+"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts "
+"structured by project and by sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that "
+"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are "
+"also similar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a "
+"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows "
+"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would "
+"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to "
+"an analytic account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well "
+"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or "
+"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold "
+"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support "
+"contract remain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217
+msgid "Conclusion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use"
+" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the "
+"production performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo "
+"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3
+msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6
+msgid "What is an account type ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the "
+"account's purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate "
+"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and "
+"generate opening entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific "
+"category according to its behaviour or purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19
+msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account "
+"types. Just pick the one related to your account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25
+msgid "**List of account types**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27
+msgid "Receivable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29
+msgid "Payable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31
+msgid "Bank and Cash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33
+msgid "Current Assets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35
+msgid "Non-current Assets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37
+msgid "Prepayments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
+msgid "Fixed Assets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41
+msgid "Current Liabilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43
+msgid "Non-current Liabilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45
+msgid "Equity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47
+msgid "Current Year Earnings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49
+msgid "Other Income"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76
+msgid "Income"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53
+msgid "Depreciation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55
+msgid "Expenses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57
+msgid "Direct Costs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61
+msgid "How do I configure my accounts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. "
+"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one "
+"related to your country."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, "
+"you can create your own accounts too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu "
+":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific "
+"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening"
+" entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Account Currency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Internal Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of "
+"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is"
+" for vendor/customer accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid "Allow Reconciliation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of "
+"journal items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86
+msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3
+msgid "Inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3
+msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* "
+"`__, one of "
+"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the"
+" average cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that "
+"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its "
+"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document "
+"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed "
+"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to "
+"standard of FIFO)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18
+msgid "Definition of average cost"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of "
+"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following "
+"formula:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed "
+"as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36
+msgid "Defining the purchase price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might "
+"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of "
+"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the "
+"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45
+msgid "Average cost example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+msgid "Delta Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Inventory Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Qty On Hand"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "Avg Cost"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "$0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146
+msgid "0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+msgid "+8\\*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "$80"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+msgid "+4\\*$16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+msgid "$144"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+msgid "12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "$12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+msgid "-10\\*$12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+msgid "$24"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156
+msgid "2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the"
+" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes "
+"logically the purchase price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total "
+"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, "
+"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost."
+" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of"
+" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73
+msgid "Purchase return use case"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory"
+" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price "
+"of these products!)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79
+msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+msgid "-1\\*$12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90
+msgid "Explanation: counter example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update "
+"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule,"
+" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the "
+"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you "
+"purchased it). Here is the operation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121
+msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+msgid "-1\\*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "**$2**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+msgid "**0**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation "
+"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average "
+"cost:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123
+msgid "**$0**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a "
+"correct inventory value at all times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130
+msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is "
+"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the "
+"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to "
+"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming "
+"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average "
+"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase"
+" price:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "stock input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
+msgid "price diff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148
+msgid "($80)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150
+msgid "Receive vendor bill $80"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152
+msgid "($64)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154
+msgid "Receive vendor bill $64"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "**$10**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158
+msgid "**$12**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "Receive vendor refund $10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160
+msgid "$2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase "
+"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last "
+"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account"
+" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the "
+"average cost and the original purchase price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3
+msgid "Record exchange rates at payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are "
+"in a different currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount "
+"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates "
+"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19
+msgid "Enable multi-currencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments "
+"in **Dollars**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central "
+"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31
+msgid "Configure your journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the "
+"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, "
+"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which"
+" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that "
+"you can register payments only in this currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62
+msgid "Record a payment in a different currency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign"
+" currency. Then click on **confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83
+msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and "
+"click on **Add** to allocate the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80
+msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in "
+"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount "
+"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** "
+"in which it was paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right "
+"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the "
+"amount in your company currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97
+msgid "Check the exchange rate differences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the "
+"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences "
+"are recorded in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153
+msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103
+msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111
+msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send "
+"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in "
+"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up "
+"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency "
+"activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18
+msgid "Turn on multi-currency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109
+msgid "Exchange Rate Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment "
+"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 "
+"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. "
+"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35
+msgid "You can change it in the settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41
+msgid "View or edit rate being used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"You can manually configure the currency rates in "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want "
+"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50
+msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on"
+" **Save** when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62
+msgid "Live Currency Rate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can "
+"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. "
+"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency "
+"Rate** section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always "
+"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you"
+" are set !"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78
+msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81
+msgid "Configure your charts of account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of "
+"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves "
+"for this account to have the account currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are "
+"Active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94
+msgid "Configure your journals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the "
+"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click "
+"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you"
+" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you "
+"can register payments only in this currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable "
+"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117
+msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your "
+"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127
+msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your "
+"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137
+msgid "Payment Registrations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the "
+"payment and set the currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146
+msgid "Bank Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company "
+"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was "
+"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right "
+"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the "
+"amount in your company currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange"
+" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded"
+" in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170
+msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120
+msgid ":doc:`exchange`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss "
+"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's "
+"life."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. "
+"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary "
+"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of "
+"force a specific currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however "
+"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all"
+" the amounts automatically using that currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25
+msgid "Enable Multi-Currency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: "
+":doc:`how_it_works`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the "
+"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the"
+" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48
+msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54
+msgid "Invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64
+msgid "Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74
+msgid "Multi-currency Payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. "
+"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. "
+"Then click on **Confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92
+msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right "
+"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the "
+"amount in your company currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the "
+"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences "
+"are recorded in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119
+msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106
+msgid "Reporting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating "
+"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)"
+" to suit your needs is now easier than ever."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13
+msgid "Activate the developer mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the "
+"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the "
+"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22
+msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28
+msgid "Create your financial report"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be "
+"configured:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39
+msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41
+msgid "**Analysis Period** :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43
+msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45
+msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg."
+" Aged Partner Balances)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50
+msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54
+msgid "Add lines in your custom reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all "
+"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a "
+"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value"
+" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – "
+"separated by ;)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67
+msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a "
+"date range)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance "
+"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected "
+"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain "
+"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the "
+"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the "
+"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines "
+"by one of their columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83
+msgid "Other useful fields :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85
+msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison "
+"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the"
+" same dates as the rest of the report."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable "
+"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always "
+"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`main_reports`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3
+msgid "What are the main reports available?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few "
+"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all "
+"countries :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9
+msgid "**Balance Sheet**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10
+msgid "**Profit and Loss**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11
+msgid "**Chart of Account**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12
+msgid "**Executive Summary**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13
+msgid "**General Ledger**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14
+msgid "**Aged Payable**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15
+msgid "**Aged Receivable**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16
+msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17
+msgid "**Tax Report**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18
+msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. "
+"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see "
+"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you"
+" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 "
+"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the "
+"default **Previous 1 Period** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30
+msgid "Balance Sheet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity"
+" of your organisation as at a particular date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39
+msgid "Profit and Loss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your "
+"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report"
+" period."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49
+msgid "Chart of account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51
+msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57
+msgid "Executive Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important "
+"figures you need to run your company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is "
+"reporting :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
+msgid "**Performance:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68
+msgid "**Gross profit margin:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct "
+"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74
+msgid "**Net profit margin:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct "
+"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your "
+"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a "
+"result of those sales)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
+msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to "
+"make those profits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97
+msgid "**Position:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81
+msgid "**Average debtor days:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), "
+"across all your customer invoices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84
+msgid "**Average creditor days:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across"
+" all your bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89
+msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month "
+"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of "
+"your **Purchases account** for the month."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97
+msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets "
+"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current "
+"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is "
+"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103
+msgid "General Ledger"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a"
+" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each "
+"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any "
+"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that "
+"occurred during a certain period of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115
+msgid "Aged Payable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual"
+" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have "
+"gone unpaid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125
+msgid "Aged Receivable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting "
+"payment during a selected month and several months prior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134
+msgid "Cash Flow Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and "
+"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to "
+"operating, investing and financing activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144
+msgid "Tax Report"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the "
+"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111
+msgid "Taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes "
+"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B"
+" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on "
+"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you "
+"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still "
+"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): "
+"that's easy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have "
+"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same "
+"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical "
+"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use "
+"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21
+msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23
+msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the "
+"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29
+msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will "
+"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding"
+" taxes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35
+msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37
+msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You "
+"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** "
+"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where "
+"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product"
+" form within the same company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ "
+"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the "
+"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in "
+"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of "
+"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates,"
+" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage "
+"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your "
+"salespeople."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing "
+"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes "
+"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the"
+" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one "
+"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your "
+"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box "
+"and you have no specific configuration to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax "
+"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you "
+"must:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a"
+" tax (price included on the product form)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80
+msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to "
+"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89
+msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce "
+"website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
+msgid "Setting your products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is "
+"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale "
+"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the "
+"Accounting application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the "
+"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration "
+"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices "
+"per customer segment**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the "
+"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not "
+"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€,"
+" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125
+msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this "
+"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal "
+"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax "
+"included in price)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136
+msgid "Test by creating a quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following "
+"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal "
+"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should "
+"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: "
+"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153
+msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156
+msgid "Avoid changing every sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price "
+"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal "
+"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at "
+"every sale of this customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and "
+"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax "
+"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have "
+"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies "
+"to only work with one price reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. "
+"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9
+msgid "Create tax mapping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined"
+" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign "
+"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and "
+"purchases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your "
+"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use "
+"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal "
+"Positions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts "
+"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues "
+"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in "
+"foreign countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29
+msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-"
+"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded "
+"for the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it "
+"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the "
+"same customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44
+msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or "
+"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at "
+"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others "
+"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. "
+"your office or warehouse)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per "
+"tax-mapping to apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53
+msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the "
+"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically "
+"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in "
+"his shipping address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68
+msgid "Specific use cases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of "
+"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes,"
+" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70
+msgid ":doc:`create`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29
+msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31
+msgid ":doc:`tax_included`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30
+msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the "
+"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting"
+" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis "
+"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and "
+"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash "
+"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the "
+"2nd quarter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to "
+"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax "
+"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash "
+"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. "
+"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in "
+"your accounting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr "Журнал Банка"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе "
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are"
+" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
+msgid "How to create new taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:"
+" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, "
+"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured "
+"with the right taxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this "
+"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18
+msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20
+msgid "Select a computation method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22
+msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24
+msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26
+msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28
+msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal "
+"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo "
+"posts the tax journal item in the income account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is "
+"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue "
+"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module "
+"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49
+msgid "Advanced configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed "
+"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the "
+"following label on invoice \"15%\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All "
+"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice "
+"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, "
+"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field "
+"empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87
+msgid ":doc:`application`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to set default taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most "
+"localizations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing "
+"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same "
+"country/state than you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to "
+":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes "
+"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can "
+"login into two different companies and change this field for each company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement "
+"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the "
+"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, "
+"withholding tax applies to employment income."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to"
+" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the "
+"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14
+msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to "
+"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the "
+"**government**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a "
+"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a "
+"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** "
+"tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or "
+"invoices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax"
+" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group "
+"(normal tax and retention)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48
+msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or "
+"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes "
+"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you "
+"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the "
+"taxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63
+msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3
+msgid "How to set tax-included prices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check "
+"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, "
+"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the"
+" product form is $100."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16
+msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18
+msgid "Price without tax: $100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20
+msgid "Taxes: $10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22
+msgid "Total to pay: $110"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24
+msgid "If the tax is included in the price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26
+msgid "Price without tax: 90.91"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28
+msgid "Taxes: $9.09"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30
+msgid "Total to pay: $100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) "
+"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36
+msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To "
+"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included "
+"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax "
+"Display)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3
+msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every"
+" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are "
+"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud "
+"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special "
+"jurisdiction in the United States."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15
+msgid "In Tax Cloud"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18
+msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24
+msgid "In Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31
+msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from "
+"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific "
+"rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product "
+"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in "
+"*Sales* tab)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the"
+" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click "
+"*Configure your company data*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51
+msgid "How it works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see "
+":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing "
+"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when "
+"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated "
+"tax computation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a "
+"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer "
+"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax "
+"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return"
+" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75
+msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud "
+"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their "
+"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86
+msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should "
+"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the "
+"different screens you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Once you have `installed the Accounting application "
+"`__, you "
+"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the "
+"implementation guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17
+msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19
+msgid "Completing your company settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20
+msgid "Entering in your bank accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21
+msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22
+msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23
+msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24
+msgid "Importing your customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25
+msgid "Importing your suppliers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26
+msgid "Importing your products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27
+msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28
+msgid "Importing your starting balances"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29
+msgid "Define the users for accounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the "
+"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall "
+"configuration of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Main Concepts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3
+msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and "
+"transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9
+msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for "
+"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale "
+"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries "
+"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23
+msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to "
+"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual "
+"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
+msgid "Multi-companies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each "
+"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation "
+"reports following your consolidation rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40
+msgid "Multi-currencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For "
+"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in "
+"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the "
+"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the "
+"reconciliation of the journal items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52
+msgid "International Standards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting "
+"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific "
+"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the "
+"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
+msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries "
+"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good "
+"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
+msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit "
+"instead of a reverting the original journal items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71
+msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74
+msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries "
+"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts "
+"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to"
+" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, "
+"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86
+msgid "Wide range of financial reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports "
+"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's "
+"reports include:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92
+msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95
+msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96
+msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97
+msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your "
+"own formulae."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103
+msgid "Import bank feeds automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as "
+"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger."
+" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement "
+"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can "
+"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online "
+"banking or wait for your paper bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank "
+"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how "
+"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general "
+"ledger transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
+msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses "
+"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales"
+" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126
+msgid "Inventory Valuation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory "
+"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO "
+"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137
+msgid "Easy retained earnings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo "
+"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-"
+"end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the "
+"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
+msgid "Transcript"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st "
+"century."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are "
+"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20
+msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22
+msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, "
+"inventory and subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select "
+"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33
+msgid "It's that easy with Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements "
+"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business "
+"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the "
+"go."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41
+msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5
+msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company "
+"over a specific period (usually the current year)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods "
+"sold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries"
+" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything "
+"beyond the costs of products sold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific "
+"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets "
+"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and "
+"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have "
+"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or"
+" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48
+msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse "
+"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses"
+" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses "
+"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64
+msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67
+msgid "Chart of Accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance "
+"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment,"
+" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to "
+"an other account (debit)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76
+msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84
+msgid "Journal Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, "
+"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, "
+"impacting several accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be "
+"equal to the sum of all its credits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95
+msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97
+msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117
+msgid "Explanation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101
+msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102
+msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103
+msgid "The customer owes $1,090"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122
+msgid "Configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107
+msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125
+msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109
+msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
+"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115
+msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119
+msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120
+msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124
+msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26
+msgid "Reconciliation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific "
+"account, matching credits and debits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order "
+"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is "
+"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are "
+"reconciled with the related payment journal items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142
+msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144
+msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank "
+"matching process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0
+msgid "Customer Statement Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132
+msgid "Accounts Receivable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Debit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Credit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158
+msgid "Invoice 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76
+msgid "100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160
+msgid "Payment 1.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160
+msgid "70"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162
+msgid "Invoice 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166
+msgid "65"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164
+msgid "Payment 1.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164
+msgid "30"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166
+msgid "Payment 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168
+msgid "Invoice 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172
+msgid "50"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172
+msgid "Total To Pay"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by "
+"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or "
+"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184
+msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then "
+"matched when checking the bank statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188
+msgid "recorded as a new payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled "
+"` with the related invoice when processing the "
+"bank statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191
+msgid "recorded as another transaction:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191
+msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them "
+"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished,"
+" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's "
+"balance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201
+msgid "Checks Handling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203
+msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205
+msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206
+msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the "
+"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143
+msgid "Account Receivable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
+msgid "Invoice ABC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228
+msgid "Undeposited funds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228
+msgid "Check 0123"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145
+msgid "Bank"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When "
+"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing"
+" journal entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
+msgid "Bank Statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246
+msgid "Statement XYZ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
+msgid "Accounting Terminologies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
+msgid "Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same "
+"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all "
+"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
+msgid "Payment Terms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) "
+"should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in "
+"two months."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank "
+"records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the "
+"fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your "
+"records in Odoo say the same thing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items"
+" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as"
+" paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not "
+"invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33
+msgid "Deposit Ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are "
+"deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy "
+"reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per "
+"deposit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40
+msgid "Journal Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial"
+" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists "
+"of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or "
+"debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a "
+"journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be "
+"valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50
+msgid "Journal Item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a"
+" specific account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55
+msgid "Analytic Accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the "
+"chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic "
+"accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of "
+"a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account "
+"in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the "
+"purpose of reporting or analysis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
+msgid "Analytic Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal "
+"entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70
+msgid "Sales Receipt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor "
+"describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales"
+" receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in"
+" a store."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one "
+"reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation /"
+" amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital "
+"equipment, vehicles, and real estate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84
+msgid "Deferred Revenues"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over "
+"a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can "
+"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every "
+"month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at "
+"the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93
+msgid "Fiscal Position"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or "
+"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government,"
+" construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can "
+"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected "
+"according to the products they buy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3
+msgid "Process overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3
+msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose "
+"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept "
+"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning "
+"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so "
+"efficiently and accurately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12
+msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the "
+"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; "
+"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; "
+"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the "
+"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet "
+"report."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If "
+"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can"
+" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms "
+"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is "
+"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo "
+"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30
+msgid "Invoice creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales "
+"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice "
+"directly if you would like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information "
+"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. "
+"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely"
+" and precise manner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42
+msgid "Draft invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. "
+"While these invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There "
+"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50
+msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52
+msgid "Customer: Agrolait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53
+msgid "Product: iMac"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54
+msgid "Quantity: 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55
+msgid "Unit Price: 100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56
+msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64
+msgid "The document is composed of three parts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66
+msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67
+msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68
+msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71
+msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or "
+"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any"
+" tax information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then "
+"moves from the Draft state to the Open state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a "
+"defined, and modifiable, sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated"
+" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the "
+"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95
+msgid "Send the invoice to customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the "
+"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as"
+" follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Partner**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
+msgid "**Due date**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132
+msgid "Agrolait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+msgid "01/07/2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132
+msgid "115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111
+msgid "15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr "Продажи"
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89
+msgid "Payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting "
+"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a "
+"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have "
+"entered the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136
+msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them "
+"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to "
+"your accounting localisation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related "
+"journal and enter an amount of $100 ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149
+msgid "Reconcile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151
+msgid "Now let's reconcile!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass "
+"reconcile with instructions at the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now "
+"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile"
+" them to pay this invoice. \""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the"
+" invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175
+msgid "Payment Followup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. "
+"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it"
+" faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to "
+"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending "
+"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into "
+"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has "
+"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the"
+" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you"
+" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199
+msgid "Customer aging report:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector "
+"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your"
+" collection efforts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212
+msgid "Profit and loss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. "
+"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is "
+"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues"
+" and Expenses.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223
+msgid "Balance sheet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and "
+"equity at a specific moment in time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting "
+"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the "
+"material has been shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3
+msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the"
+" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; "
+"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your "
+"aged payable balances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use "
+"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete "
+"them automatically based on past purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15
+msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18
+msgid "Record a new vendor bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from "
+":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. "
+"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting "
+"dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting "
+"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product "
+"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the "
+"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products "
+"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the "
+"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round "
+"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method "
+"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different "
+"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has "
+"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the "
+"bottom left table to adjust and match."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48
+msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based "
+"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending"
+" on the the accounting package you choose to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following "
+"accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66
+msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68
+msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61
+msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following "
+"accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70
+msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having "
+"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77
+msgid "Pay a bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on "
+"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit "
+"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will "
+"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo "
+"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo "
+"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it "
+"correctly)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to "
+"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, "
+"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with "
+"directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99
+msgid "Printing vendor Checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do "
+"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a "
+"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in "
+"checks in batches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do "
+"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a "
+"list of all payments that are ready to be processed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select "
+"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set "
+"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at "
+"once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127
+msgid "Aged payable balance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you"
+" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in "
+":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a"
+" visual of all of your outstanding bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details "
+"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line "
+"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking "
+"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly "
+"what you see on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144
+msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3
+msgid "Account Payables"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3
+msgid "Misc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3
+msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company"
+" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered "
+"most frequently are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9
+msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11
+msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but "
+"carried out by the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application "
+"from the Apps module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to "
+"re-invoice your expenses to your customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different "
+"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts "
+"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses "
+"Products` in the **Expenses** application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30
+msgid "Some examples of products can be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32
+msgid "**Travel (car)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50
+msgid "Product Type: Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52
+msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38
+msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40
+msgid "Sale Price: 0.32"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of "
+"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48
+msgid "**Hotel**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54
+msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56
+msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the "
+"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a "
+"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the"
+" hotel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** "
+"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and "
+"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a"
+" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the "
+"customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69
+msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71
+msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73
+msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76
+msgid "The expenses workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79
+msgid "Record a new expense"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from "
+":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for "
+"personal expenses work that way:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85
+msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87
+msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89
+msgid "the accountant post journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, "
+"with a payable account)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice "
+"the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97
+msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99
+msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101
+msgid "a product: the expense type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own"
+" car)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a "
+"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of "
+"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set"
+" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you "
+"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get "
+"this feature)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button "
+"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their "
+"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses "
+"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128
+msgid "Validation by the manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the "
+"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the "
+"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135
+msgid "The manager can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the "
+"bill is missing);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140
+msgid "reject an expense;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142
+msgid "approve an expense."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145
+msgid "Control by the accountant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted "
+"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is "
+"created and posted in your accounting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of "
+"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156
+msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, "
+"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not "
+"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that "
+"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer"
+" project)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order."
+" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you "
+"invoice all your orders in batch)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176
+msgid "Reimburse the employee"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should "
+"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged"
+" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount "
+"due."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190
+msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two "
+"options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the "
+"invoicing policy on the product:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198
+msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200
+msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be "
+"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this"
+" invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208
+msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3
+msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having "
+"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay "
+"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash "
+"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to "
+"vendors efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14
+msgid "Configuration: payment terms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. "
+"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date "
+"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20
+msgid "50% within 30 days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22
+msgid "50% within 45 days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the "
+"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%"
+" directly and the balance after 30 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by "
+"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor"
+" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will "
+"propose you automatically the right payment term."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be "
+"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46
+msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable "
+"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. "
+"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared "
+"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the "
+"payment term)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61
+msgid "Select bills to pay"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a "
+"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills"
+" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the "
+"payment)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view "
+"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by "
+"\"Due Date\" feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3
+msgid "Pay supplier bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3
+msgid "Pay by Checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. "
+"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. "
+"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to "
+"suppliers with actual bank statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29
+msgid "Install the required module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check "
+"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in "
+"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the "
+"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to "
+"print U.S. checks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules "
+"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to "
+"install, it's configured by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29
+msgid "Activate checks payment methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method "
+"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get "
+"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on "
+":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, "
+"set **Check**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41
+msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44
+msgid "United States"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46
+msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48
+msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49
+msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50
+msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to customize your own check format through "
+"customizations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55
+msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57
+msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59
+msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60
+msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61
+msgid "reconcile bank statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64
+msgid "Register a payment by check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is "
+"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to "
+"**Check** and validate the payment dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74
+msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80
+msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85
+msgid "Print checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link "
+"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all "
+"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks "
+"in batch or review them one by one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, "
+"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog "
+"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next"
+" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and "
+"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107
+msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your "
+"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the "
+"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and "
+"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2"
+" weeks ago."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120
+msgid "Pay anything with a check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so,"
+" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your "
+"payment and select a payment method by check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the "
+"**Memo** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. "
+"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding"
+" flow to print checks in batch:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136
+msgid "`Print checks `_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138
+msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3
+msgid "How to pay several bills at once?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, "
+"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is "
+"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10
+msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13
+msgid "Record several payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the "
+"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you "
+"open the accounting application)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In "
+"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on "
+"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then "
+"**Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33
+msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on"
+" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click"
+" on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile"
+" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will "
+"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the "
+"expense transaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51
+msgid "Pay several bills altogether"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills "
+"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same"
+" vendor.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking"
+" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of "
+"the page, click on **Register Payment**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount "
+"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71
+msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been "
+"recorded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76
+msgid "First, we need to create a payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More "
+"Option --> Send Money`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor "
+"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm "
+"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is "
+"remaining to reconcile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can "
+"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the "
+"transaction amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101
+msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106
+msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109
+msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial "
+"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for "
+"various bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor "
+"offer us early payment discount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment"
+" term."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130
+msgid "We have created the following bills:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the"
+" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement "
+"model for cash discount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147
+msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151
+msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67
+msgid "Pay with SEPA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of "
+"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO."
+" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire "
+"transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as "
+"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill "
+"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA "
+"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file "
+"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a"
+" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the "
+"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will "
+"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank "
+"statements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** "
+"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on "
+"Odoo payments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may "
+"be installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41
+msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on "
+"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get "
+"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank "
+"account and select the \"Settings\" option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment "
+"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit"
+" Transfer**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't "
+"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as "
+"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank "
+"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your "
+"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70
+msgid "Register your payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so,"
+" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your "
+"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the "
+"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC "
+"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the "
+"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the "
+"**memo** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also "
+"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on"
+" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly "
+"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96
+msgid "Generate SEPA files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to "
+"generate for every bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via "
+"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box "
+"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> "
+"Download SEPA Payments`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116
+msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If "
+"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the "
+"error message to your Odoo partner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123
+msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid"
+" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account "
+"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129
+msgid ":doc:`check`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3
+msgid "Supplier Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3
+msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests"
+" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business "
+"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a "
+"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are "
+"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill "
+"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. "
+"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which "
+"means no debt account is necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line,"
+" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase "
+"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to "
+"handle them in accounting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from "
+"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros "
+"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be "
+"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for"
+" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45
+msgid "Register a receipt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase "
+"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting "
+"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. "
+"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or "
+"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt"
+" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly "
+"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For "
+"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to "
+":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to "
+"completely close the transaction in your accounting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
+"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
+"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
+" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
+"management processes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13
+msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
+"vendor(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
+"Order (PO)**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
+"stockable products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
+"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
+"only one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34
+msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
+"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will "
+"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41
+msgid "Creating products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
+"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and "
+"click create."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
+"it is important:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep "
+"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and "
+"will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will "
+"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
+"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
+"of these designations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
+"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
+"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
+" type to **Service**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70
+msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73
+msgid "Purchasing products or services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
+"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
+"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
+"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
+"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
+"Reference)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89
+msgid "Receiving Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
+"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after "
+"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should "
+"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button "
+"is outlined in red below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
+"received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
+" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor "
+"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference "
+"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by "
+"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will"
+" open the following screen where you then will receive the products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117
+msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120
+msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it"
+" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create"
+" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select"
+" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting "
+"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or "
+"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a"
+" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products "
+"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that "
+"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
+"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
+"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
+" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150
+msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
+"products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153
+msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
+"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
+"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
+" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
+" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
+" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164
+msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167
+msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
+"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
+"reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
+" have not ordered,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
+" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180
+msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
+"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
+"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
+"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
+" not going to appear anywhere in the selection,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195
+msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200
+msgid "How product quantities are managed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
+"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
+"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask "
+"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings"
+" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct "
+"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new "
+"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
+"to be based on either:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218
+msgid "Ordered quantities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220
+msgid "or Received quantities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223
+msgid "Batch Billing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
+"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
+"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the"
+" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked "
+"to all the appropriate purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3
+msgid "Account Receivables"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3
+msgid "Customer Invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup cash discounts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer "
+"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date."
+" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect "
+"of a business's cash conversion cycle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an"
+" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days "
+"of receiving the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18
+msgid "Payment terms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of "
+"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 "
+"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance "
+"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure "
+"the payment term with two installments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31
+msgid "98% within 5 days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32
+msgid "balance within 30 days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't "
+"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice "
+"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you "
+"pay within 5 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43
+msgid "Bank reconciliation model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model "
+"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application"
+" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option "
+"\"Reconciliation Models\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53
+msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55
+msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56
+msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57
+msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58
+msgid "**Amount**: 100%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60
+msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60
+msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation "
+"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the "
+"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a "
+"model per payment term."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73
+msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%"
+" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account "
+"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a "
+"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92
+msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank "
+"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the "
+"journal entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you "
+"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if"
+" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, "
+"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation "
+"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the "
+"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid"
+" on time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113
+msgid "Paying the invoice in full"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash "
+"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from "
+"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the"
+" payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86
+msgid ":doc:`overview`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3
+msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's "
+"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been "
+"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a "
+"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned,"
+" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the "
+"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and "
+"posted on the income statement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that "
+"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer "
+"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This"
+" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account "
+"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as "
+"revenue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27
+msgid "Module installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the "
+"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the "
+"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the "
+"**Revenue Recognition Management** module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install"
+" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you"
+" might check if the module is correctly installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41
+msgid "Define deferred revenue types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. "
+"From the Accounting application, go to the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51
+msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53
+msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55
+msgid "1 year service contract"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73
+msgid "3 years service contracts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59
+msgid "Set deferred revenues on products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related "
+"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred"
+" revenue type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69
+msgid "Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69
+msgid "Deferred Revenue Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71
+msgid "Support Contract: 3 years"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73
+msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75
+msgid "Flowers every month"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75
+msgid "1 year product contract"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79
+msgid "Sell and invoice products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using "
+"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will "
+"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal "
+"entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98
+msgid "**Dr**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98
+msgid "**Cr**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89
+msgid "Accounts receivable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91
+msgid "24000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100
+msgid "Deferred revenue account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue "
+"recognition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102
+msgid "1000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102
+msgid "Service revenue account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use"
+" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3
+msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use "
+"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier "
+"bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8
+msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10
+msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12
+msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, "
+"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a "
+"payment term but an invoice policy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Configure your usual installment plans from the application "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within "
+"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with "
+"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in "
+"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute "
+"exactly 100%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38
+msgid "Payment terms for customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41
+msgid "You can set payment terms on:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders "
+"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant "
+"this payment term for all future orders for this customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from "
+"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51
+msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the "
+"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce "
+"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set "
+"any tax on the invoice):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
+msgid "Due date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 "
+"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72
+msgid "Jan 03"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72
+msgid "10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74
+msgid "Jan 30"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74
+msgid "90"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. "
+"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87
+msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3
+msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an "
+"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes "
+"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the "
+"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10
+msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12
+msgid "Refund the original invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13
+msgid "Create a new invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few "
+"clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19
+msgid "Modify an invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. "
+"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you"
+" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25
+msgid "Refund the original invoice;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26
+msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27
+msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28
+msgid "Validate the new invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the"
+" Refund button on an invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile"
+" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" "
+"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice "
+"that is a duplicate of the original one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41
+msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send "
+"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the "
+"documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`refund`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different "
+"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft "
+"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other "
+"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to "
+"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or "
+"email)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to "
+"create draft invoices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19
+msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order "
+"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales"
+" order. You have different options like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft "
+"invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the "
+"delivery order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31
+msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when "
+"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows "
+"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the "
+"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a "
+"fixed advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42
+msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47
+msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of"
+" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities "
+"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on"
+" actual Kg)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you "
+"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest "
+"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62
+msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is "
+"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only "
+"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is "
+"received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70
+msgid "Contracts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73
+msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material "
+"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the "
+"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79
+msgid "Activities can be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83
+msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85
+msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices."
+" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on "
+"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they "
+"use a regular sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99
+msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The "
+"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on"
+" the contract."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111
+msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales "
+"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales "
+"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create "
+"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121
+msgid "if you need to create a refund"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123
+msgid "If you need to give a discount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125
+msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127
+msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130
+msgid "Specific modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132
+msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134
+msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136
+msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup and use payment terms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both "
+"customer invoices and supplier bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a "
+"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment "
+"term but invoice conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the "
+"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that "
+"appear on the invoice or the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within "
+"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with "
+"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10"
+" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly "
+"100%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35
+msgid "Using Payment Terms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40
+msgid "Payment terms can be set on:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders "
+"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant "
+"this payment term for all future orders of this customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from "
+"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51
+msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice "
+"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce "
+"this journal entry:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83
+msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due "
+"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date"
+" is enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can "
+"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a "
+"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact"
+" due date for all installments will be automatically created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96
+msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3
+msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and "
+"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the "
+"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the "
+"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10
+msgid "Modifying a validated invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on "
+"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, "
+"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37
+msgid "Odoo will automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39
+msgid "Create a refund for your invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as "
+"Paid)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23
+msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28
+msgid "Cancelling an invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on "
+"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund "
+"and reconcile\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or "
+"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46
+msgid "Refunding part of an invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice "
+"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft "
+"refund\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund "
+"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then,"
+" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a "
+"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the "
+"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer "
+"payment refund."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3
+msgid "Customer Payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3
+msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both "
+"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by "
+"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited "
+"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money "
+"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a "
+"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited"
+" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with "
+"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal "
+"entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account "
+"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed "
+"yet). Both approaches require the same effort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach "
+"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several "
+"checks to your bank accounts in batch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37
+msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41
+msgid "Create a journal **Checks**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43
+msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109
+msgid "From check payments to bank statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks "
+"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on "
+"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit"
+" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60
+msgid "Memo: write the Check number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74
+msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
+msgid "Statement Match"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145
+msgid "100.00"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83
+msgid "Undeposited Funds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121
+msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with "
+"the check that is in Undeposited Funds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143
+msgid "X"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of "
+"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account "
+"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the"
+" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is "
+"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110
+msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114
+msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116
+msgid "Memo: write the check number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the"
+" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and "
+"relate it to the statement line)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer "
+"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may"
+" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you"
+" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report "
+"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or "
+"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from "
+"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3
+msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support"
+" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive "
+"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card "
+"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited "
+"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank "
+"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the "
+"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card,"
+" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank "
+"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card "
+"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account "
+"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been "
+"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to"
+" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be "
+"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second "
+"approach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach "
+"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* "
+"users)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals "
+"--> Create`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46
+msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47
+msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48
+msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to "
+"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119
+msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. "
+"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two"
+" transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice "
+"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67
+msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69
+msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81
+msgid "Credit Cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with "
+"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93
+msgid "Credit cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list "
+"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" "
+"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the"
+" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one "
+"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your "
+"bank account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using "
+"this method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125
+msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127
+msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been "
+"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching "
+"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment "
+"and relate it to the statement line)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer "
+"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method"
+" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a "
+"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments "
+"with invoices)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the "
+"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been"
+" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" "
+"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167
+msgid ":doc:`recording`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130
+msgid ":doc:`followup`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, "
+"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about "
+"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track"
+" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12
+msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15
+msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will "
+"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers "
+"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer "
+"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding "
+"balances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27
+msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate "
+"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will "
+"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open "
+"invoices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a "
+"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long "
+"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus "
+"your efforts on the appropriate customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up "
+"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also "
+"known as the **Customer Statement**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49
+msgid "From the customer statement, you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51
+msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53
+msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55
+msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57
+msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60
+msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62
+msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64
+msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. "
+"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular"
+" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, "
+"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the "
+"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice."
+" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define "
+"automated actions and intervals to send reminders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a "
+"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you"
+" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent "
+"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next "
+"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next "
+"reminder button at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, "
+"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92
+msgid "Sending customer statements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales "
+"--> Customer Statements`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is "
+"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process "
+"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next "
+"action date for the next time they'll be contacted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at "
+"particular customer based after their next action date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only "
+"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based "
+"on:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111
+msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being "
+"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then "
+"the next action date set at every reminder)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118
+msgid "Setting up your dunning process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder "
+"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up "
+"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125
+msgid "Some Examples are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127
+msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129
+msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131
+msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133
+msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for "
+"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed"
+" based on your configured follow-up plan."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow "
+"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good "
+"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150
+msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of "
+"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO"
+" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given "
+"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and "
+"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under "
+"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3
+msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand"
+" alone record for use on a later date:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the "
+"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding "
+"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a "
+"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or "
+"bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18
+msgid "Paying an invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the "
+"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount "
+"due."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the"
+" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile "
+"the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not "
+"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a"
+" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the "
+"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39
+msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42
+msgid "Registering a payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales "
+"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If "
+"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily"
+" be reconciled on an invoice later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the "
+"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the "
+"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a "
+"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this "
+"document in the memo field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction "
+"just made in the accounting application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62
+msgid "Reconciling invoice payments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the "
+"invoice directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding "
+"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can "
+"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under "
+"\"Outstanding Payments\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76
+msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once "
+"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation "
+"feature within Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the "
+"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts "
+"Receivable and Payable, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors "
+"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the "
+"matching of all their payments and invoices at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not "
+"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be "
+"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101
+msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally "
+"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making "
+"payments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select "
+"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the "
+"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go "
+"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up"
+" with two journal entries for the same transaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127
+msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3
+msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable "
+"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection "
+"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the "
+"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer "
+"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway "
+"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14
+msgid "Here is an example of a plan:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17
+msgid "When?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17
+msgid "What?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17
+msgid "Who?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19
+msgid "3 days before due date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19
+msgid "Email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21
+msgid "automated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21
+msgid "1 day after due date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21
+msgid "Email + Regular Letter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23
+msgid "15 days after due date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23
+msgid "Call the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25
+msgid "John Mac Gregor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25
+msgid "35 days after due date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25
+msgid "Email + Letter + Call"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27
+msgid "60 days after due date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27
+msgid "Formal notice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27
+msgid "Bailiff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34
+msgid "Install Reminder Module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. "
+"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up "
+"management**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44
+msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels "
+"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment "
+"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term "
+"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which"
+" will automatically be added into the reminder letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59
+msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62
+msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can "
+"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January "
+"1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the "
+"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76
+msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails "
+"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you "
+"defined, invoices to pay and payment received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not "
+"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only "
+"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will "
+"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have "
+"much more work once you do it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good "
+"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. "
+"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a "
+"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99
+msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101
+msgid "Get the customer information to contact him"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103
+msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105
+msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad "
+"debtor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110
+msgid "Log a note is you called the customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112
+msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114
+msgid "Send an email with the statement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway "
+"integration)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that "
+"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122
+msgid "Drill down to an invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next "
+"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do "
+"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the "
+"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). "
+"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer "
+"statement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135
+msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137
+msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145
+msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by "
+"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one "
+"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the "
+"required date according to the current date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, "
+"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment "
+"date and note."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162
+msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the "
+"checkbox **Excluded**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168
+msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fee96b0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../applications.rst:3
+msgid "Applications"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0af009b15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2527 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../crm.rst:5
+msgid "CRM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3
+msgid "Calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
+"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
+" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
+"the first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
+msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
+"credentials in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
+msgid "Leads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3
+msgid "Generate leads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3
+msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo "
+"CRM `. One of them is using your company's generic email address as "
+"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your "
+"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can "
+"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team "
+"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically "
+"create a new opportunity into the sales team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email "
+"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings "
+"module --> General Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on "
+"**Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26
+msgid "Set up team alias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the "
+"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your"
+" existing sales teams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More "
+"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access "
+"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias "
+"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead "
+"into the related sales team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48
+msgid "Set up catch-all email domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email"
+" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact "
+"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email "
+"domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email "
+"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the "
+"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not "
+"activated in Odoo CRM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194
+msgid ":doc:`manual`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
+msgid ":doc:`import`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
+msgid ":doc:`website`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3
+msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance "
+"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be"
+" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or "
+"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all "
+"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely"
+" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start "
+"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship "
+"management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If "
+"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to "
+"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your "
+"database as leads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62
+msgid "Activate the lead stage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to "
+"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
+"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` "
+"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** "
+"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41
+msgid "Import your CSV file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and"
+" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure"
+" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File "
+"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings"
+" and display your columns properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can "
+"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / "
+"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58
+msgid "Select rows to import"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the "
+"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the "
+"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the "
+"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to "
+"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, "
+"Email, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make"
+" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate "
+"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an "
+"opportunity (type = Opportunity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything"
+" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import "
+"button: the same validations will be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo "
+"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the "
+"Import tool on the same window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
+msgid ":doc:`emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be "
+"either a lead or an opportunity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go "
+"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option "
+"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
+"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to "
+"create a new contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26
+msgid "Create a new lead"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
+"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
+" the **Internal notes** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
+" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
+"screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
+msgid "Create a new opportunity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
+"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
+"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't"
+" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
+"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in "
+"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created "
+"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
+"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
+"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details"
+" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of"
+" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to"
+" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the "
+"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking"
+" on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3
+msgid "How to generate leads from my website?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your "
+"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will "
+"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect "
+"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order"
+" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales"
+" funnel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12
+msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your "
+"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a "
+"blog post)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to "
+"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his "
+"phone number)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo "
+"CRM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead"
+" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize "
+"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party "
+"applications. Learn more `here `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you "
+"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, "
+"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to"
+" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new "
+"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option"
+" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads "
+"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads "
+"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is"
+" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities "
+"dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55
+msgid "From an Odoo Website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your"
+" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants "
+"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving "
+"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and "
+"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process "
+"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting "
+"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup "
+"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's "
+"mailing list. Learn more `here `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, "
+"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on "
+"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you "
+"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be "
+"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89
+msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact "
+"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It "
+"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically "
+"generate a lead from forms submissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-"
+"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact "
+"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag "
+"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to "
+"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all "
+"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a "
+"new lead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales "
+"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the "
+"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the "
+"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a"
+" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an "
+"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123
+msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your "
+"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the "
+"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has "
+"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form "
+"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you "
+"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your "
+"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The"
+" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on"
+" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** "
+"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in "
+"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to"
+" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any "
+"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the "
+"submission)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on "
+"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 "
+"options will appear:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and"
+" change the configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo "
+"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, "
+"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the "
+"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by "
+"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within"
+" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, "
+"decimal number, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172
+msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175
+msgid "From another CMS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online"
+" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" "
+"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to "
+"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here "
+"`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add"
+" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)"
+" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3
+msgid "Manage leads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3
+msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your"
+" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. "
+"Here are a few example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. "
+"You will want to assign leads based on the region;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large "
+"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign"
+" leads based on the company size;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages"
+" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to "
+"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking "
+"countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can"
+" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high"
+" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the"
+" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, "
+"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you"
+" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the "
+"right sales teams and/or salesman."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team "
+"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first "
+"<../../overview/started/setup>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`"
+" and install it if it's not the case already."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40
+msgid "Define rules for a sales team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button"
+" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any "
+"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first "
+"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
+"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
+"tutorial "
+"`__ or "
+"`Syntax reference guide "
+"`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads "
+"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59
+msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your "
+"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score "
+"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and "
+"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how "
+"to score leads here `."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72
+msgid "Define rules for a salesperson"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign "
+"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want "
+"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from"
+" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from "
+"that country."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of"
+" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the "
+"*Domain* field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to "
+"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of "
+"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67
+msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3
+msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on"
+" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is "
+"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to"
+" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality "
+"opportunities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management "
+"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to "
+"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion"
+" rate and your sales team's efficiency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22
+msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24
+msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33
+msgid "Create scoring rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your "
+"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set "
+"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so "
+"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given "
+"criteria."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these "
+"two methods:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to "
+"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in "
+"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score "
+"than a prospect coming from New York."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed "
+"opportunities and most important clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and "
+"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until "
+"getting the desired result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the "
+"`official python documentation `__ for "
+"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the "
+"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and "
+"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68
+msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70
+msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72
+msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :"
+" ``'email_from'``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76
+msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78
+msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new "
+"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88
+msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into "
+"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum "
+"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your"
+" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales "
+"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive "
+"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower "
+"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team"
+" which has set up a different minimum score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order "
+"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready"
+" lead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110
+msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3
+msgid "Odoo VOIP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Installation and Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9
+msgid "Dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13
+msgid "wget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14
+msgid "gcc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15
+msgid "g++"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16
+msgid "ncurses-devel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17
+msgid "libxml2-devel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18
+msgid "sqlite-devel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19
+msgid "libsrtp-devel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20
+msgid "libuuid-devel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21
+msgid "openssl-devel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22
+msgid "pkg-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24
+msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
+"`_. Once the source directory is "
+"extracted:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
+msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43
+msgid "**run:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49
+msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57
+msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63
+msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69
+msgid "**The result should be:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86
+msgid "Asterisk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
+"`there `_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90
+msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96
+msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102
+msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
+msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
+"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
+"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
+"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116
+msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
+"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
+"run 'make config'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125
+msgid "DTLS Certificates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127
+msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133
+msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
+" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146
+msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
+"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
+"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start"
+" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
+"uncommented:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
+"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
+"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to "
+"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the "
+"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
+"lines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193
+msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202
+msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204
+msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206
+msgid ""
+"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
+" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you"
+" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a "
+"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to"
+" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title "
+"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf "
+"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part "
+"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the "
+"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Main Concepts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
+msgid "Transcript"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I "
+"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good "
+"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and "
+"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well "
+"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log "
+"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But "
+"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. "
+"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of"
+" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions "
+"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once "
+"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the"
+" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before "
+"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a "
+"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation"
+" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business "
+"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. "
+"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a "
+"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact."
+" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a "
+"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will "
+"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership "
+"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as "
+"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from "
+"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that "
+"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system "
+"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a "
+"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to"
+" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. "
+"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the "
+"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities "
+"for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me"
+" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales "
+"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I "
+"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as"
+" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a"
+" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my "
+"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them "
+"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that "
+"simple."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or "
+"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view "
+"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports"
+" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of"
+" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues "
+"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from "
+"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear "
+"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can "
+"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the "
+"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with "
+"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but"
+" also allows me to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have "
+"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those "
+"leads can then be converted into opportunities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, "
+"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and "
+"turn them into sales orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile "
+"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to "
+"quotes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales "
+"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you "
+"getting started quickly too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
+msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10
+msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
+msgid ""
+"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future "
+"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and "
+"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
+msgid "**Sales cycle** :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20
+msgid "**Pipeline :**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the "
+"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and "
+"close leads through your sales cycle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24
+msgid "**Sales stage** :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and"
+" its probability to close a sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29
+msgid "**Lead :**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to "
+"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
+msgid "**Opportunity :**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your "
+"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales "
+"representative"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
+msgid "**Customer :**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether "
+"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45
+msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is "
+"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their "
+"success at reaching targets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51
+msgid "**Lead scoring** :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to "
+"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether "
+"they are \"ready for sales\" or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62
+msgid "**Kanban view :**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
+"`list view `__ and a non-editable `form view "
+"`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped "
+"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or "
+"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
+msgid "**List view :**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) "
+"listed in a table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71
+msgid "**Lead generation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers"
+" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales "
+"cycle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76
+msgid "**Campaign:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience "
+"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the"
+" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3
+msgid "Process Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3
+msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6
+msgid "What is lead generation?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and "
+"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a "
+"relationship and to turn them into customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more "
+"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically,"
+" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to "
+"centralize, track and manage leads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18
+msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most "
+"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead "
+"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver "
+"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring"
+" revenue and more work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27
+msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, "
+"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common "
+"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead "
+"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will"
+" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead"
+" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your "
+"sales processes easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37
+msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39
+msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can "
+"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44
+msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an "
+"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new "
+"lead and enter all the needed information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50
+msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an "
+"opportunity in Odoo CRM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55
+msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold"
+" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3
+msgid "Getting started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you "
+"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from"
+" lead to customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start "
+"`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install,"
+" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be "
+"directed to the module when the database is ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the "
+"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every "
+"feature of the app is running smoothly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27
+msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you "
+"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We "
+"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time "
+"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly "
+"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it "
+"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail "
+"whenever you feel it is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by "
+"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen."
+" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46
+msgid "Set up your first sales team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49
+msgid "Create a new team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either "
+"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page "
+":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56
+msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople"
+" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are "
+"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling "
+"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to"
+" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to "
+"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your "
+"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** "
+"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can "
+"assign someone on your team:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need "
+"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system "
+"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. "
+"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) "
+"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. "
+"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into "
+"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for "
+"more information about that process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90
+msgid "Set up your pipeline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, "
+"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team"
+" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. "
+"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to "
+"define the stages of your pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99
+msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to "
+"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal "
+"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com "
+"`__\\, every email sent will "
+"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108
+msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111
+msgid "Automate lead assignation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be "
+"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your "
+"opportunities automatically to the right department."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for "
+"more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3
+msgid "Reporting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3
+msgid ""
+"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in "
+"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. "
+"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very "
+"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your "
+"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends "
+"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their "
+"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales "
+"cycle for a given product or service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other "
+"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging "
+"sales funnel success."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19
+msgid "Review pipelines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** "
+"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline "
+"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage "
+"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading "
+":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the "
+"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to "
+"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply"
+" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual"
+" sales performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the "
+"**measures** icon, such as :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33
+msgid "Expected revenue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35
+msgid "overpassed deadline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead "
+"assignment)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40
+msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42
+msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44
+msgid "etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
+"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
+"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team,"
+" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales "
+"Team**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
+"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your "
+"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar "
+"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons "
+"highlighted on the screenshot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65
+msgid "Customize reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** "
+"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To "
+"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
+"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
+"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
+"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
+"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the"
+" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can "
+"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your "
+"customization very flexible and powerful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
+"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
+"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor "
+"your sales' performances :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91
+msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
+"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, "
+"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your "
+"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the "
+"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople "
+"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales "
+"activities of your salespeople."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105
+msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term "
+"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : "
+"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected "
+"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then "
+"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. "
+"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected "
+"closing.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your "
+"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue "
+"for each one of their opportunities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126
+msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3
+msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow "
+"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics "
+"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily "
+"work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized "
+"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their "
+"monthly targets and last month activities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26
+msgid "Install the CRM application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need "
+"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35
+msgid "Create opportunities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the "
+"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate "
+"your dashboard (read the related documentation "
+":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will "
+"log into the CRM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your "
+"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to "
+"excel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54
+msgid "Daily tasks to process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the "
+"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a "
+"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64
+msgid "Meetings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today "
+"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the "
+"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming "
+"appointments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75
+msgid "Next actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If"
+" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the "
+"contact form of the corresponding opportunity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a "
+"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click "
+"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next"
+" actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in "
+"your dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94
+msgid "Performances"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I "
+"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which "
+"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105
+msgid "Activities done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been "
+"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next "
+"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting "
+"regarding the activities that I have completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116
+msgid "Won in opportunities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities "
+"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125
+msgid "Quantity invoiced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more "
+"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:"
+" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132
+msgid ":doc:`analysis`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Sales Team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3
+msgid "Manage salespeople"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a new salesperson?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6
+msgid "Create a new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
+" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his"
+" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo "
+"instance - and a picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can "
+"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the "
+"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20
+msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every "
+"salesman in the sales module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well"
+" as the statistics reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an "
+"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will "
+"be able to log into his personal account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36
+msgid "Register your user into his sales team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You "
+"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go"
+" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales "
+"team, then on **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page "
+":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your "
+"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your "
+"sales team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even "
+"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on"
+" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. "
+"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to "
+"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under "
+"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69
+msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3
+msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards "
+"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople "
+"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative"
+" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and"
+" badges inspired by game mechanics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You "
+"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful "
+"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the "
+"**CRM/Sale** modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23
+msgid "Create a challenge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to "
+"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In "
+"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app "
+"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer "
+"mode**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can "
+"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. "
+"Configure your challenge as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42
+msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44
+msgid "Assign a responsible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46
+msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48
+msgid "Select your goals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50
+msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end "
+"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the "
+"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is "
+"manually closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a "
+"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total "
+"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the "
+"month, the winner will be granted with a badge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67
+msgid "Set up goals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. "
+"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) "
+"and compare members of a team with each others and through time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on "
+"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a "
+"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78
+msgid "number of new leads,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80
+msgid "time to qualify a lead or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame "
+"based on your management preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data "
+"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93
+msgid "Set up rewards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a "
+"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to "
+"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their "
+"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106
+msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a new channel?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
+"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
+"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
+" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
+"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
+"new one from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
+"Channels` and click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
+msgid "Fill in the fields :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
+msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
+msgid "Select your channel leader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
+msgid "Select your team members"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
+"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
+"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, "
+"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3
+msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your"
+" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities "
+"and customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from "
+"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you "
+"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, "
+"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban "
+"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the "
+"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales"
+" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel "
+"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor,"
+" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their "
+"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30
+msgid "Create and organize your stages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33
+msgid "Add/ rearrange stages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** "
+"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you "
+"need to create one first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on "
+"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically "
+"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you "
+"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging"
+" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having "
+"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to "
+"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as "
+"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that "
+"gives you access to a listview of all your leads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74
+msgid "Set up stage probabilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77
+msgid "What is a stage probability?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given "
+"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for "
+"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing "
+"the deal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the "
+"expected revenues of your sales cycle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, "
+"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your "
+"workflow could look like this :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created "
+"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96
+msgid "*Success rate : 5%*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are "
+"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101
+msgid "*Success rate : 15%*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106
+msgid "*Success rate : 25%*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108
+msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110
+msgid "*Success rate : 50%*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112
+msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114
+msgid "*Success rate : 75%*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. "
+"He is now a customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
+msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121
+msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123
+msgid "*Success rate : 0%*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a "
+"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next "
+"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is "
+"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135
+msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired "
+"stage then on EDIT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the "
+"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For "
+"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will "
+"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or "
+"Won."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for "
+"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the "
+"name of a stage."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be4f2e0174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
+msgid "Online Database management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
+msgid "Duplicating a database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
+"customers of our Online platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Access the `database management page `__ "
+"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
+"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
+"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
+"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
+" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36
+msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38
+msgid "Emails are sent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
+msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
+msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44
+msgid "Etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
+" (with a `disposable e-mail `__ address, for "
+"example)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
+"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
+msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
+msgid "On-premise Database management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
+msgid "Register a database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
+"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
+" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
+" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
+"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
+"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
+msgid "Registration Error Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
+"message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
+msgid "Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
+msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
+" Account `__ or with your Account "
+"Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
+msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
+"development database? `Find a partner `__)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
+"`__ with the button \"Unlink "
+"database\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
+"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
+msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
+"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
+" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
+"`__, a short message will appear "
+"specifying which database is problematic:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
+"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
+"`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
+"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
+"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
+msgid "Error message due to too many users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
+" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
+"countdown is updated everyday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
+"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
+msgid "or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
+"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
+"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
+"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
+" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification `  to make the "
+"message disappear right away."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
+msgid "Database expired error message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
+"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
+" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
+"database is expired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
+"that"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
+"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
+"card payments are processed immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
+msgid "Contact our `Support `__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
+msgid "Force an Update Notification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
+"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
+" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
+"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
+"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
+"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
+" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
+msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
+"menu (in V9) /  in **Settings**  (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
+" mode**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
+"\"Scheduled Actions\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
+"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
+msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
+"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
+"documentation ` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
+" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
+"database will then be correctly identified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
+msgid "Duplicate a database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
+"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
+"duplicate your database (among other things)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
+"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
+"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
+"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
+"registration problems down the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
+"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
+"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
+" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
+"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
+msgid "Users and Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
+"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
+"in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
+"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
+"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
+"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
+"paying one on our online platform)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
+"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
+"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
+"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
+" ` and :ref:`on premise ` "
+"installations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
+"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
+"`support form `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
+msgid "Deactivating Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
+"change the status of any of your users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
+"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
+"rights.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
+msgid "|settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
+msgid "|browse_users|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
+msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
+"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
+"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
+"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
+"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change"
+" to **Inactive** immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
+msgid "The user is now deactivated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
+msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
+msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
+"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
+" installing/uninstalling apps)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
+"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
+" access the list of your installed applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
+msgid "|browse_apps|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
+"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
+"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
+"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
+"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
+"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
+"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
+" click **Confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
+msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
+msgid "Good to know"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
+"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
+"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
+"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
+"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
+"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
+"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
+"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
+"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
+"to work properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
+"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
+"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f1aa1b7f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../discuss.rst:5
+msgid "Discuss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
+msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6
+msgid "When is it needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in "
+"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email "
+"solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email "
+"servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14
+msgid "How to set it up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
+"check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after"
+" Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts like"
+" Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming "
+"messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, "
+"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been "
+"filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
+msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the "
+"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has "
+"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this"
+" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
+"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
+msgid "Set the domain name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General "
+"Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
+msgid "Create a catchall address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address is"
+" a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in"
+" Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its "
+"followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to "
+"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to"
+" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
+msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
+"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in "
+"*mail.catchall.alias*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
+msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
+msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with "
+"*@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup "
+"as it is really convenient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
+"your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for "
+"both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to "
+"exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching "
+"incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive "
+"emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your "
+"server -> Odoo server). To do so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to "
+"Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> "
+"General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
+msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
+msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that"
+" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's "
+"administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you "
+"don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as "
+"spam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
+"domain name settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
+msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119
+msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
+"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
+msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124
+msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126
+msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to "
+"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
+"usually happens more quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
+"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
+"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
+msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
+" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution"
+" (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of "
+"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects"
+" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your "
+"external email box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
+" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
+"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both "
+"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
+msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
+"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
+"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
+msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
+" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
+" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
+msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
+"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
+"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
+" this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
+"the previous example you should write "
+"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
+"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
+msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
+"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
+msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
+" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
+"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item "
+"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a "
+"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a "
+"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
+"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
+"another channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
+msgid "Direct messaging a user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
+"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
+"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one "
+"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using "
+"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is "
+"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
+"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
+"they are offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
+msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
+"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
+" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
+"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
+msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
+"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
+"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
+msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
+"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
+"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
+"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
+"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
+"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
+"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
+"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
+"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
+"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
+"simple and searchable interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
+msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
+"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
+"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
+" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
+msgid "Creating a channel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
+"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
+"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
+"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
+" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
+" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
+"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
+"information)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
+msgid "Configuring a channel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
+"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
+" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
+"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
+" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
+"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
+" a public channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
+msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
+":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
+" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
+"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
+"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
+"messages by email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
+msgid "Locating a channel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
+"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
+" clicking the plus icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
+"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
+"channels from a single screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
+"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
+msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
+"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
+"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
+"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
+"character wildcard.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
+msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
+msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
+" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
+msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
+"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
+"**Project** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
+msgid "How to add other followers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
+"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
+" link back to the original document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
+msgid "How to be a default follower"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
+"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
+" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
+"created, an opportunity won)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
+" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
+"about."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe7b103a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1352 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
+msgid "eCommerce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
+msgid "Get started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
+msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
+msgid "Product Catalog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
+"website categories, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
+msgid "Highlight a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make "
+"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
+" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"See how to do it: "
+"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
+msgid "Quick add to cart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by "
+"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description "
+"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu:  "
+"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
+"better)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
+msgid "How to build a product page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
+msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
+msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
+msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
+msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
+msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
+msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
+msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
+msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
+msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
+msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
+msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
+msgid "Manage my products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
+msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"the image into a carrousel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
+msgid "How to show product availability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
+"your customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
+"an option in *Availability*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
+"delay, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
+msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it "
+"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
+"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage product variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
+"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
+"and then selects its size and color.  In the example below, the customer "
+"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
+"available options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
+msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
+"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
+msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
+"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
+"are 2 values for 1 attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
+msgid "How to edit variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
+msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
+msgid "You can edit following data:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
+msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
+msgid "Barcode,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
+msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
+msgid "Volume,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
+msgid "Weight,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
+msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
+"to populate them once the variants generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
+"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
+"variants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
+msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
+"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
+"attribute value is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
+"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
+msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
+"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
+"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
+"list. You can reactivate them the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
+msgid "Maximize my revenue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
+msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch "
+"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
+"functionalities:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
+msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
+msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
+"reviews the cart before paying."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
+msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case "
+"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several "
+"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
+"suggested accessories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
+msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for "
+"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
+"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
+msgid "To publish optional products:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the "
+"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
+"up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
+msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
+msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
+msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
+msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
+":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
+msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
+"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
+msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
+msgid "Currency selector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose "
+"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
+"drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
+msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
+msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
+"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
+" on formula* for *Sale Price*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a"
+" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
+"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
+"prices get automatically updated in the cart."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
+"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
+msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
+msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
+msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust "
+"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
+"your customer to share their feedback!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
+"so (see Portal documentation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
+msgid "Review the posts in real time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
+"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
+"follower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
+"the product discussion thread)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
+msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
+"form or on the web page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
+"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
+msgid "..tip::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
+" smart button (and vice versa)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
+msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products "
+"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
+" time browsing your catalog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
+msgid "To do so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail "
+"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
+"customers will be confused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
+"time. The topics follow the buying process:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
+msgid "Product Page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
+msgid "Shop Page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
+msgid "Pricing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
+msgid "Taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
+msgid "Checkout process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
+msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
+msgid "Payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
+msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
+msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
+msgid "Launch my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
+msgid "Get paid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
+"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
+"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
+"`__ "
+"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
+"`__ that "
+"you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
+msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking "
+"'Get Started'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
+" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
+"press the related option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
+msgid "Go through the registration steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
+"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
+msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
+msgid "Set up Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
+"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
+msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
+" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
+"`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
+" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
+msgid "Go live"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
+"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
+"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
+"production mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
+msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
+"account `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
+" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
+"`__ to configure your sandbox account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
+" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
+"`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
+msgid ":doc:`payment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
+msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and "
+"Invoicing apps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10
+msgid "What are the payment methods available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13
+msgid "Wire transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing "
+"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their"
+" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-"
+"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21
+msgid "Payment acquirers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and"
+" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms"
+" over time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27
+msgid "`Paypal `__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28
+msgid "Ingenico"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29
+msgid "Authorize.net"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30
+msgid "Adyen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31
+msgid "Buckaroo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32
+msgid "PayUmoney"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33
+msgid "Sips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34
+msgid "Stripe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38
+msgid "How to go live"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and "
+"activate the **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48
+msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse "
+"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo."
+" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68
+msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61
+msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to "
+"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can "
+"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66
+msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the "
+"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued"
+" from the subscription."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79
+msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment "
+"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction"
+" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85
+msgid "How to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
+msgid "Switch to developer mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
+msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment "
+"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can "
+"duplicate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96
+msgid "Other configurations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment "
+"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans "
+"`__)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts "
+"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for "
+"such matter. `Contact us. `__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109
+msgid ":doc:`paypal`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110
+msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a"
+" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
+"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
+msgid "What are the payment status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
+msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
+"to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo,"
+" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
+" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
+"confirmed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
+"retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
+"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, "
+"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
+"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
+msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically "
+"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
+"orders straight on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in "
+"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically "
+"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank "
+"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you"
+" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That "
+"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books "
+"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card "
+"payments "
+"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
+msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
+"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
+"only available with Authorize.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
+"*Capture Transaction*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
+"interfaces, not from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
+"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
+"starter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
+msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Create a `Paypal Business Account `__ or upgrade "
+"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Log in to `Paypal `__ and open the settings of your "
+"**Profile**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
+msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
+msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: "
+"/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the "
+"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is "
+"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment "
+"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
+msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: /payment/paypal/ipn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo "
+"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal "
+"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
+"**UTF-8**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, "
+"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
+" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your "
+"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
+"business info`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so,"
+" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System"
+" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
+msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
+msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
+"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
+msgid "Transaction fees"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal"
+" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied"
+" to the order amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in "
+"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees "
+"`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
+msgid "Test the payment flow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with your"
+" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
+"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
+"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox `__ with the "
+"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on "
+"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not "
+"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the "
+"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be "
+"automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
+msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
+msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer "
+"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are"
+" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and "
+"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
+"process before buying something."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
+msgid "Sign up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
+"order from order confirmation email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
+msgid "Customer account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
+" in the login dropdown menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
+"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is "
+"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their "
+"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. "
+"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13
+msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19
+msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26
+msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an "
+"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get "
+"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35
+msgid "How to create other manual payment methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed "
+"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* "
+"or duplicate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
+msgid "Collect taxes"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a82aae0703
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../expenses.rst:5
+msgid "Expenses"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ccca54a69c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -0,0 +1,831 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../general.rst:5
+msgid "General"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
+msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Connect to your Google account and go to "
+"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
+"`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
+msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
+"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
+" save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
+"Client ID)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
+" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
+" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
+"Then click on **Create**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
+"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
+msgid "Data Import"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt an import template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
+"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
+"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
+"etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
+msgid "How to customize the file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
+" here below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
+" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
+"corresponding field using the search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
+"work straight away the very next time you try to import."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
+msgid "Why an “ID” column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
+"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
+"Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
+"duplicates;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
+msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
+msgid "How to import relation fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
+"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
+"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
+"their own list menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
+"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
+"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
+"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
+msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
+msgid "How to start"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)"
+" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
+" and even orders!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
+msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
+"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
+"already done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
+msgid "How to adapt the template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
+msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
+msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
+" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
+"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
+"corresponding field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
+"on the very next time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
+msgid "How to import from another application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
+"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
+"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that "
+"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
+"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
+" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
+"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
+"whenever possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
+msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
+"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
+"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
+"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior "
+"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes "
+"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
+" default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
+"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
+"complete list of fields for each column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
+msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
+" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
+" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
+"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
+"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
+" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
+"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
+"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
+" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
+"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
+" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
+"whatever your locale date format is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
+msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
+" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
+"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
+"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
+"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
+"crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
+msgid "32.000,00"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
+msgid "32000,00"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
+msgid "32,000.00"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
+msgid "-32000.00"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
+msgid "(32000.00)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
+msgid "$ 32.000,00"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
+msgid "(32000.00 €)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
+msgid "Example that will not work:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
+msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
+msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
+msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
+"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
+"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
+" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
+"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
+"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
+"application?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
+"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
+"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
+"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
+"filter settings' > Save)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
+"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
+msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
+"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
+" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
+"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
+"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
+"import."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
+"different fields to import:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
+msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
+"postgresql column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
+" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
+msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
+msgid "Country: Belgium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
+msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
+msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
+"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
+"according to your need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
+" have been created manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
+"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
+"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
+"Database ID)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
+"party application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
+" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
+"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
+"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
+"Products and their Categories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"`CSV file for categories "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"`CSV file for Products "
+"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
+msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
+"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
+"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
+"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
+"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
+"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
+"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
+"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
+"'Category'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
+"multiple tags)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
+" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
+"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
+" of your CSV file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
+"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
+"Sales Order)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
+" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
+"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
+"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
+"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
+"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
+"you can import, based on demo data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"`File for some Quotations "
+"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
+"respective purchase order lines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
+"contacts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"`Customers and their respective contacts "
+"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
+msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
+"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
+"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
+"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
+"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
+"depending if it's new or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
+"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
+msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
+msgid ""
+"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
+"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
+"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
+"assigning the default value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
+msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
+"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
+" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
+"person and the company they work for)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
+msgid ""
+"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
+"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
+" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
+"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
+"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
+"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
+"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
+"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
+" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a "
+"PostgreSQL database)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
+" the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
+msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
+"following SQL command in PSQL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
+msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
+"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
+" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
+"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
+"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
+" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
+msgid ""
+"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
+"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
+"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
+"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
+msgid "Basics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
+msgid "How to add a user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
+msgid "Add individual users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
+" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
+"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
+" and a picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
+"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
+"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
+" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
+"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
+"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
+"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
+" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
+"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"users>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
+msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
+msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
+" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
+msgid "Load your desired language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
+"instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
+" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
+"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
+" to change the navigation language on your website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
+msgid "Change your language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
+"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
+"**SAVE.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
+msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
+msgid "Change another user's language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
+"language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
+"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
+"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
+"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
+" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
+"**SAVE.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
+msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..807d4855a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
+msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack "
+"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with"
+" our product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
+"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
+"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
+"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
+" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
+"the implementation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
+" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
+"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
+"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
+"form `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
+"database ready to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
+" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
+"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
+"interface as shown in the picture below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
+msgid "|left_pic|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
+msgid "|right_pic|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
+"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
+"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
+msgid "These implementation planners will:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
+msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
+msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
+msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
+"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
+"implementation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
+"through all the steps. But you can also:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Read the documentation on our website: "
+"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success "
+"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support "
+"form `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
+msgid "What do we expect from you?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
+"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
+" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
+"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
+"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
+msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
+"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure"
+" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
+"person must:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
+"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
+"implementations having a full time project manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
+"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
+"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much "
+"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
+"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
+"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
+"management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
+msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
+"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
+"extremist.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
+" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and "
+"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
+" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
+"costs of customization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
+"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
+"system(s) works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to "
+"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
+"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
+"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
+"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is "
+"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing "
+"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and "
+"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
+" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your "
+"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with "
+"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
+"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
+msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
+" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and"
+" easier your training phases will be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
+"resources:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
+msgid "Get things done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-"
+"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
+"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
+"install the Notes application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
+msgid "This module allows you to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
+msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
+msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
+"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
+msgid ""
+"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
+"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
+"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
+msgid "What should you expect from us?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
+msgid "Subscription Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
+msgid "Cloud Hosting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
+"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
+"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
+"`__\\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
+msgid "Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
+msgid ""
+"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
+"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
+"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
+"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
+"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form "
+"`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
+"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
+"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
+msgid "Upgrades"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
+"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
+"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
+"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill "
+"our `online support form `__ to make this "
+"request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
+msgid "Success Pack Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
+msgid ""
+"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
+"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
+"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
+"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
+"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
+"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
+"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
+"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
+"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
+msgid ""
+"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
+"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
+"your success pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
+msgid "His/her role includes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
+" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
+msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
+"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
+"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
+"consultant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
+"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
+"structures, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
+msgid ""
+"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
+"prepared by the project manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"services:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
+msgid ""
+"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
+"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+msgid ""
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
+"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
+"developers for advanced customizations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
+msgid ""
+"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
+"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
+"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
+"of your success pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
+msgid ""
+"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
+"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
+"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
+msgid ""
+"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
+"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
+"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
+msgid ""
+"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
+" be deducted from your Success Pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
+msgid ""
+"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
+" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
+"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
+"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
+" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
+" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
+" subscription fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
+"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+msgid "Implementation Methodology"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
+msgid ""
+"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
+" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+msgid ""
+"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
+"progressively, by groups of apps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
+"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
+"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
+"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
+msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
+msgid ""
+"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
+"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
+" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
+msgid ""
+"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
+"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
+"manager will import them in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
+msgid ""
+"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
+" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
+"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
+"process your feedback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
+msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
+"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
+" and reports**)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
+msgid ""
+"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
+"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
+"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
+msgid "Managing your databases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
+" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
+"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
+" with test data!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
+msgid ""
+"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
+"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
+"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
+"page and click **Duplicate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
+msgid ""
+"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
+"`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
+msgid "Customer Success"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
+"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
+msgid ""
+"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
+"manager and eventually the support team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
+msgid ""
+"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
+"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
+"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
+" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
+"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
+msgid ""
+"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
+"a solution that grows with their needs!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
+msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
+msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24de57a835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../index.rst:3
+msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..087a7df2c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -0,0 +1,7673 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
+msgid "Inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3
+msgid "Barcodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
+msgid "Daily Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
+msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
+msgid "From the Barcode application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7
+msgid "Click on **Inventory**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or"
+" use the keyboard to set the quantity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the "
+"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; "
+"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
+"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on "
+"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
+"scan products directly)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10
+msgid "Process printed delivery orders:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
+"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the "
+"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the "
+"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily "
+"accessible, visible or is missing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to "
+"finish the operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30
+msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33
+msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
+"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right "
+"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
+msgid "How to do an internal transfer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5
+msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area "
+"of the dashboard)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13
+msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15
+msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17
+msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19
+msgid "Scan the **destination location**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21
+msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
+msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and "
+"outgoing deliveries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan "
+"the lots/serial numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate"
+" one automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16
+msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18
+msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time "
+"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one "
+"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept "
+"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32
+msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each"
+" product (you can also use the keyboard)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43
+msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3
+msgid "How to process incoming receipts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work "
+"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and "
+"scan products directly)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10
+msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To "
+"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the "
+"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product "
+"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, "
+"visible or is missing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28
+msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the "
+"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right "
+"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44
+msgid "Open operation interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49
+msgid "Scan."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse "
+"and keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
+msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
+"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
+"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
+msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
+"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
+"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
+"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
+" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
+"be configured to be so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
+" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
+"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
+"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to"
+" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
+"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
+"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
+"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using "
+"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
+"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
+" it is essential to test it first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
+msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
+msgid "Keyboard layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
+"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
+"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
+" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
+msgid "Automatic carriage return"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
+"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
+"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
+" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
+"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
+" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
+msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost "
+"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
+"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
+"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
+"the barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
+"actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
+msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
+msgid "Set products barcodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure"
+" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
+"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
+"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
+"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes.  This "
+"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
+"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
+"them)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
+msgid "Set locations barcodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
+"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
+" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
+"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu "
+"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 "
+"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
+"paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
+"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
+msgid "Barcode formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
+"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
+"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two "
+"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
+"your own barcode format for internal use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3
+msgid "Warehouse Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3
+msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3
+msgid "How to make the initial inventory?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to "
+"keep the inventory right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial "
+"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in "
+"the right locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
+msgid "Product Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
+"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the "
+"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23
+msgid "Start the initial inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26
+msgid "Update the product quantity for one product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have"
+" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity"
+" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to "
+"set the location of your product from this screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**"
+" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" "
+"has automatically been created and validated by the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55
+msgid "Multiple products at once"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable"
+" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an "
+"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by"
+" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory "
+"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location"
+" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as "
+"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub"
+" (or child) locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or "
+"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the "
+"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, "
+"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period "
+"field. The accounting module needs to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you"
+" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products "
+"manually by clicking on **Add an item**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"additional information will be available according to the options you "
+"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102
+msgid "Reporting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
+"Products`, and click on the **list button**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
+msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but "
+"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
+"delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
+msgid "Terminology"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
+msgid "Minimum stock rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
+"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
+"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
+" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the "
+"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
+msgid "Make to Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the "
+"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will "
+"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase "
+"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
+msgid "Minimum stock rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the "
+"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock "
+"values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the "
+"orderpoint without removing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Product Unit of Measure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Procurement Group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group."
+" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped "
+"into one big picking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Minimum Quantity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field,"
+" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max "
+"Quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Maximum Quantity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a "
+"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as "
+"Max Quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Quantity Multiple"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple.  If it is 0, "
+"the exact quantity will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid "Lead Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or "
+"to order to the vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
+"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A "
+"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the "
+"stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
+"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` "
+"(or any other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
+msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
+msgid "Choice between the two options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
+"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
+"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
+"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3
+msgid "Delivery Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3
+msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has "
+"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your "
+"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have "
+"any bad surprise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
+msgid "Sale process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. "
+"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the "
+"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to"
+" cancel the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will"
+" receive the confirmation of the cancellation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3
+msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can "
+"limit them to a certain number of countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on "
+"**Delivery Methods**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply "
+"this delivery method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28
+msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered "
+"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you "
+"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale "
+"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
+msgid ""
+"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
+msgid "What is drop-shipping?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
+"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
+"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
+"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-"
+"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, "
+"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore,"
+" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18
+msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
+"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that "
+"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of"
+" space in your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are"
+" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the "
+"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't"
+" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes "
+"sense!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies"
+" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable "
+"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it"
+" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a"
+" tracking number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the "
+"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that "
+"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and"
+" that it's subject to availability from a third party."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What "
+"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50
+msgid "Configuring drop-shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go "
+"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the"
+" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click "
+"on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
+"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales "
+"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a "
+"supplier to the products you want to dropship."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
+msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products"
+" that the route is **Dropshipping**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for "
+"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the "
+"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you "
+"will see that one shipment has been created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to "
+"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the "
+"dropship card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once"
+" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to "
+"the customer without transiting to your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103
+msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
+msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
+"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
+"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
+msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
+"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
+"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
+"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
+"to handle orders very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
+" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
+"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
+"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
+"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
+"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
+"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
+"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
+msgid "One step flow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
+msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
+msgid "Two steps flow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
+msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
+msgid "Three steps flow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
+msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
+msgid "How can I change the label type?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
+"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
+"delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
+" methods**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
+msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
+" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
+"carrier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
+"you create a new sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
+" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
+"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
+"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
+"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are "
+"configured to be directly delivered from the stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping "
+"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
+"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` "
+"and edit the concerned warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship "
+"Only)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68
+msgid "Create a Sales Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to "
+"deliver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in "
+"the **stat button** above the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your "
+"picking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88
+msgid "Process a Delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery "
+"Orders** kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99
+msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
+"**customer**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the "
+"product has been shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3
+msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and "
+"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on "
+"**Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used "
+"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24
+msgid "*Sale process*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26
+msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28
+msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be "
+"redirected to the Delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36
+msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the "
+"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in "
+"Pack**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight"
+" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you "
+"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52
+msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54
+msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3
+msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
+"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo "
+"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
+"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
+"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
+"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13
+msgid "Configuring lead times"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
+"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
+"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
+msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22
+msgid "At a product level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24
+msgid "**Supplier lead time**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To "
+"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the "
+"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to"
+" select a supplier lead time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus "
+"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead "
+"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery"
+" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead "
+"Time**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46
+msgid "**Customer lead time**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / "
+"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply "
+"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead "
+"time**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56
+msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**"
+" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to "
+"create manufacturing routes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67
+msgid "At the company level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to "
+"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
+"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case "
+"of delays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74
+msgid "**Sales Safety days**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
+" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery "
+"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
+"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
+"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
+"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to "
+"keep your commitment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
+"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number "
+"of safety days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93
+msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95
+msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
+"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many "
+"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can "
+"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from "
+"here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110
+msgid "At route level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks"
+" can also influence the computed date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** "
+"app when creating a new push rule in a route."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118
+msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124
+msgid "At sale order level:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126
+msgid "**Requested date**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by "
+"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this"
+" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically"
+" display a warning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
+"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
+" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
+"on your configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144
+msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
+"lead time)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
+"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
+"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available,"
+" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that "
+"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps "
+"before shipping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are "
+"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of "
+"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the "
+"customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack"
+" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by "
+"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's "
+"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called "
+"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. "
+"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be"
+" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the "
+"correct method for your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37
+msgid "Install the Inventory module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39
+msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48
+msgid "Allow managing routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a"
+" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link "
+"the picking step to the shipping step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio "
+"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the "
+"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64
+msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse "
+"that will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated "
+"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + "
+"Ship).**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77
+msgid "Create a Sale Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to "
+"deliver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
+"the **stat button** above the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87
+msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89
+msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93
+msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91
+msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and "
+"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101
+msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing"
+" Zone**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the "
+"product available for the next step (Packing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122
+msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**"
+" kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to "
+"**WH/Output**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the "
+"product available for the next step (Shipping)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111
+msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
+"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the "
+"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show "
+"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
+"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are "
+"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
+"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen "
+"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order"
+" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for "
+"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few "
+"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, "
+"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is "
+"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. "
+"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step "
+"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the "
+"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32
+msgid "Allow management of routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes "
+"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we "
+"will chain the picking step to the shipping step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is"
+" checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to "
+"check the radio button above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may "
+"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't "
+"activated beforehand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55
+msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
+" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location "
+"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with "
+"some products to deliver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in "
+"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two "
+"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking "
+"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and "
+"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to "
+"**WH/Output**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show"
+" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product "
+"**available for the next step** (Shipping)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the "
+"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities "
+"listed in the **To Do** column)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show"
+" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been "
+"shipped to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3
+msgid "Incoming Shipments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
+msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
+" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
+"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
+msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
+msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
+"before being admitted in stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
+"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
+"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
+"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
+msgid "The principles are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
+msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
+"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
+"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
+"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
+"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
+" goods receipt process can become essential."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
+" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
+"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
+"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
+"return the quantity that is not good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
+msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97
+msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is "
+"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed "
+"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods "
+"receipt process can become essential."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
+" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default,"
+" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can "
+"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then"
+" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check"
+" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you"
+" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is "
+"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18
+msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24
+msgid "Use advanced routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is "
+"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46
+msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` "
+"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive "
+"goods directly into stock**)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick "
+"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being "
+"admitted in stock (3 steps)**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
+msgid "How to control a receipt?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65
+msgid "How to process the receipt step ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the "
+"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related"
+" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. "
+"This is the receipt step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the "
+"**Receipts** card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to "
+"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the "
+"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from"
+" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product "
+"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer "
+"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to "
+"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the "
+"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality"
+" Control**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the "
+"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now "
+"ready to be controlled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109
+msgid "How to to process the quality control ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
+"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to "
+"process the quality control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the "
+"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top"
+" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been "
+"controlled and has moved to your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127
+msgid ":doc:`two_steps`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
+msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area "
+"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are "
+"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further "
+"processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also "
+"ticked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39
+msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
+"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception "
+"methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option "
+"**Receive goods directly into stock**)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2"
+" steps)**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
+msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57
+msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on "
+"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** "
+"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order "
+"form view. This is the receipt step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the "
+"**Receipts** card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to"
+" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The"
+" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, "
+"which makes the product available for the next step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
+msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. "
+"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the "
+"quality control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete "
+"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with "
+"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98
+msgid ":doc:`three_steps`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3
+msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
+msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
+"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
+" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
+"altogether in one single pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
+"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
+"delivery and after-sales."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
+msgid "When to use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
+"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
+"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
+"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
+"food."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
+"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
+"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
+" way you manage these products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
+msgid "When not to use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
+"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
+"chances that you can return them for production fault."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
+"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
+"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
+"for instance, makes no sense at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135
+msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129
+msgid ":doc:`lots`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
+"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots"
+" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production "
+"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the "
+"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
+"traceability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19
+msgid "Setting up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
+msgid "Application configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**"
+" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select "
+"**Track lots or serial numbers**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select "
+"**Manage several locations per warehouse**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
+msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42
+msgid "Operation types configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the"
+" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Operation Types`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if"
+" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
+"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
+"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
+msgid "Manage lots"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49
+msgid "Transfers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to "
+"input the lot number(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
+msgid "Click on the lot icon :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number "
+"and the quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in "
+"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90
+msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
+msgid "Inventory adjustment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
+msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83
+msgid "Classic inventory by products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
+msgid "Inventory of a lot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the "
+"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
+"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to "
+"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just "
+"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
+msgid "Lots traceability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122
+msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`differences`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
+msgid "How to work with serial numbers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on "
+"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with "
+"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another "
+"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the"
+" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last "
+"location where the products are moved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the "
+"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the "
+"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
+"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46
+msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you "
+"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to"
+" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your "
+"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot "
+"Split icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
+msgid "Click on the serial number icon :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial "
+"numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will "
+"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are "
+"moving those serial numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
+msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
+msgid "Inventory of a serial number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You "
+"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98
+msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you "
+"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from "
+"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109
+msgid "Serial Number traceability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they"
+" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
+"shipped to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the "
+"serial number corresponding to your search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
+msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without "
+"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
+" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are "
+"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an "
+"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
+" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks "
+"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32
+msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new "
+"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** "
+"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave"
+" it blank if you are the owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3
+msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6
+msgid "What is a scheduler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises "
+"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on "
+"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo "
+"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14
+msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet "
+"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, "
+"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations "
+"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or "
+"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case "
+"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can "
+"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29
+msgid "Configure and run the scheduler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32
+msgid "Run the scheduler manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
+" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and "
+"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler "
+"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the "
+"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders,"
+" deliveries and supplier purchases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48
+msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to"
+" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and "
+"click on **Activate the developer mode**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the "
+"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
+"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63
+msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3
+msgid "How to scrap products?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its"
+" basic material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11
+msgid "content recoverable through recycling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are "
+"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this "
+"during picking or physical inventory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of "
+"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one "
+"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
+"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a "
+"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management"
+" --> Locations.`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on "
+"location form view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47
+msgid "Different ways to scrap product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49
+msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52
+msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
+" Dashboard --> Receipts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
+"scrap products button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67
+msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
+" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
+"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82
+msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
+" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the "
+"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the "
+"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on "
+"**Scrap**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
+"several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
+msgid "Valuation Methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5
+msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance "
+"sheet. This implies two main choices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. "
+"Real Price);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. "
+"Perpetual)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17
+msgid "Costing Method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64
+msgid "Standard Price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182
+msgid "Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183
+msgid "Unit Cost"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184
+msgid "Qty On Hand"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185
+msgid "Delta Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186
+msgid "Inventory Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202
+msgid "$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189
+msgid "0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190
+msgid "$0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191
+msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194
+msgid "8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194
+msgid "+8*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195
+msgid "$80"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196
+msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199
+msgid "12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46
+msgid "+4*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47
+msgid "$120"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202
+msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204
+msgid "2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-10*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
+msgid "$20"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210
+msgid "4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57
+msgid "+2*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58
+msgid "$40"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct "
+"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific "
+"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119
+msgid "Average Price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197
+msgid "$12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199
+msgid "+4*$16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200
+msgid "$144"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-10*$12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98
+msgid "$24"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100
+msgid "$9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210
+msgid "+2*$6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103
+msgid "$36"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order "
+"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA"
+" (see here attached)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110
+msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of"
+" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational "
+"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost"
+" up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established "
+"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders "
+"matters in the cost computation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172
+msgid "FIFO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149
+msgid "$16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-8*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-2*$16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211
+msgid "$32"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155
+msgid "$11"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158
+msgid "$44"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined "
+"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal "
+"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory "
+"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. "
+"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product "
+"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the "
+"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not "
+"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases,"
+" Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
+msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-4*$16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0
+msgid "-6*$10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208
+msgid "$8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224
+msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it,"
+" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in "
+"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal "
+"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current"
+" quantity in stock * cost price)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237
+msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments "
+"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, "
+"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the "
+"physical inventory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
+" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
+"postings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
+msgid "Vendor Bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
+msgid "\\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
+msgid "Debit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
+msgid "Credit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
+msgid "Assets: Inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
+msgid "50"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
+msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257
+msgid "4.68"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
+msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258
+msgid "54.68"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
+msgid "Configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262
+msgid ""
+"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
+"related product (Expense Account field)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264
+msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265
+msgid "Goods Receptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
+msgid "No Journal Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
+msgid "Customer Invoice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
+msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
+msgid "100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
+msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274
+msgid "9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
+msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275
+msgid "109"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
+"product (Income Account field)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280
+msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281
+msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
+"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285
+msgid "Customer Shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288
+msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
+" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298
+msgid ""
+"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
+" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301
+msgid ""
+"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
+"inventory value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303
+msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
+msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
+msgid "X"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313
+msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314
+msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315
+msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319
+msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321
+msgid ""
+"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments "
+"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-"
+"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. "
+"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & "
+"testing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328
+msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340
+msgid "**Configuration:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342
+msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344
+msgid ""
+"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
+msgid ""
+"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
+" specific product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
+msgid ""
+"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
+"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
+"product form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
+msgid ""
+"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
+"internal category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
+"internal category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
+msgid ""
+"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
+msgid ""
+"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
+"as a specific replacement value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
+msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
+msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
+msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5
+msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203
+msgid "€10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191
+msgid "€0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192
+msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195
+msgid "+8*€10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196
+msgid "€80"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197
+msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47
+msgid "+4*€10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48
+msgid "€120"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-10*€10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207
+msgid "€20"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58
+msgid "+2*€10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59
+msgid "€40"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198
+msgid "€12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200
+msgid "+4*€16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201
+msgid "€144"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-10*€12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99
+msgid "€24"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208
+msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101
+msgid "€9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211
+msgid "+2*€6"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104
+msgid "€36"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150
+msgid "€16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-8*€10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-2*€16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212
+msgid "€32"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156
+msgid "€11"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159
+msgid "€44"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-4*€16"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0
+msgid "-6*€10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209
+msgid "€8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
+"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308
+msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
+"**Inventory Variations** debited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346
+msgid ""
+"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
+" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349
+msgid ""
+"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
+"internal category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Main Concepts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
+msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of "
+"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between"
+" locations (possibly virtual)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16
+msgid "Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30
+msgid "Production Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24
+msgid "Consume:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26
+msgid "Produce:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
+msgid "Drop-shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36
+msgid "Configurarion:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Supplier: on the product form"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45
+msgid "Client Delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39
+msgid "Pick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41
+msgid "Pack"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
+msgid "Shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52
+msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49
+msgid "Transfer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57
+msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58
+msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60
+msgid "Missing products in inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62
+msgid "Extra products in inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65
+msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72
+msgid "Reception"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
+msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75
+msgid "Analysis"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of "
+"products * product cost)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80
+msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148
+msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific"
+" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159
+msgid "New sale orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
+msgid "Effect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered "
+"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" "
+"(property)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
+msgid "Minimum Stock Rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163
+msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165
+msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
+msgid "Procurement rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168
+msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should "
+"be fulfilled e.g.:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173
+msgid "where the product should come from (source location)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made "
+"To Stock)`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182
+msgid "Routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product "
+"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, "
+"sales order lines, warehouse,..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
+"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3
+msgid "Warehouses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194
+msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196
+msgid "Picking List:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197
+msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198
+msgid "Pack List:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199
+msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
+msgid "Delivery Order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
+msgid "Gate A → Customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on "
+"the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
+msgid "A Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205
+msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217
+msgid "Reception:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218
+msgid "Supplier → Input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209
+msgid "Confirmation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210
+msgid "Input → Quality Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
+msgid "Storage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
+msgid "Quality Control → Stock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
+msgid "Product Category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215
+msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219
+msgid "Cross-Docks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220
+msgid "Input → Output"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
+msgid "Delivery:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222
+msgid "Output → Customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
+msgid "Sale Order Line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224
+msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
+msgid "Order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
+msgid "Supplier → Customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230
+msgid "Push Rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They "
+"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be"
+" used depends on applicable routes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88
+msgid "Quality Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239
+msgid "Product lands in Input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
+msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241
+msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
+msgid "Warehouse Transit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243
+msgid "Product lands in Transit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
+msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247
+msgid "Procurement Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is "
+"provided:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252
+msgid "Picking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253
+msgid "Packing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254
+msgid "Delivery Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255
+msgid "Purchase Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256
+msgid "..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group "
+"and locations are the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery "
+"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on "
+"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products "
+"together)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3
+msgid "Terminologies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. "
+"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a "
+"repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a "
+"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has "
+"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or "
+"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of "
+"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or "
+"procurements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific "
+"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique"
+" item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. "
+"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category"
+" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory "
+"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and "
+"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have "
+"enough stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial"
+" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of "
+"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by "
+"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. "
+"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered "
+"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a "
+"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be "
+"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…"
+" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to "
+"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. "
+"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule "
+"can be used depends on applicable routes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how "
+"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the "
+"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO "
+"or MTS,..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every "
+"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, "
+"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their "
+"procurement group and locations are the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials "
+"between locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently "
+"in a warehouse or location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a "
+"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - "
+"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured "
+"units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically "
+"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a "
+"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the"
+" minimum stock rule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading "
+"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading "
+"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with "
+"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to "
+"packing zone)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to "
+"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual"
+" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the "
+"customer, without passing through your own warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick "
+"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a "
+"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables "
+"goes in rack 3, storage A)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes"
+" it from the stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3
+msgid "Process Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3
+msgid "From procurement to delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but "
+"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show"
+" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the"
+" delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as "
+"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those "
+"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, "
+"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19
+msgid "How to process a receipt ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22
+msgid "Install Purchase application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go "
+"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31
+msgid "Make a purchase order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for "
+"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some "
+"products to your request for quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and "
+"quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46
+msgid "Retrieve the Receipt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48
+msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51
+msgid "From the purchase order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the "
+"related **Receipt**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136
+msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139
+msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see"
+" the list of your deliveries to process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70
+msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76
+msgid "Process the Receipt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the "
+"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole "
+"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document "
+":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91
+msgid "How to process a delivery order ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94
+msgid "Install Sales application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps` and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103
+msgid "Place a sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your"
+" team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add "
+"some products to your quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120
+msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123
+msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125
+msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128
+msgid "From the sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related "
+"**Delivery**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the "
+"list of your receipts to process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147
+msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**"
+" on your dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157
+msgid "Process the delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167
+msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery "
+"methods. Please read the document "
+":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175
+msgid "Advanced flows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. "
+"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can "
+"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal "
+"transfers**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184
+msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each "
+"warehouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-"
+"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, "
+"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should "
+"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the "
+"different screens you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-"
+"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15
+msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
+msgid "Set up your warehouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
+msgid "Import your vendors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21
+msgid "Import your products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
+msgid "Set up the initial inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
+msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27
+msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory"
+" valuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you"
+" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the"
+" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure "
+"and use your scanner optimally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Concepts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
+msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product "
+"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This"
+" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We "
+"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place "
+"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross "
+"docking and is it for me? `_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
+msgid "Warehouse and routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings"
+" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of"
+" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`,"
+" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
+msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41
+msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
+msgid "then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52
+msgid "Cross Docking Route"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route "
+"for the remaining part:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is "
+"created as an internal physical location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67
+msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73
+msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79
+msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82
+msgid "Product with cross dock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created"
+" above as well as the **Buy** route."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed "
+"for replenishment of a stockable product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95
+msgid ":doc:`use_routes`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96
+msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
+msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one "
+"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory "
+"application in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory "
+"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
+"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations "
+"and routes in your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9
+msgid "Creating a new warehouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application "
+"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
+"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 "
+"characters maximum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on "
+"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use"
+" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have "
+"been generated for your new warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
+msgid "Creating a new inventory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical "
+"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not"
+" you can skip this step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control "
+"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking "
+"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
+"select the right warehouse and location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be"
+" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the "
+"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can "
+"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales "
+"orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of "
+"all yours product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80
+msgid "Create an internal transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2"
+" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, "
+"proceed as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two "
+"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More  --> Transfer`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location "
+"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone "
+"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and "
+"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting "
+"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of "
+"products in your source warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108
+msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110
+msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115
+msgid "Select the right transfer order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to "
+"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually "
+"indicate how much products you process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the "
+"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will "
+"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder "
+"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a "
+"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3
+msgid "What is a procurement rule?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. "
+"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's"
+" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of "
+"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the "
+"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the "
+"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, "
+"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves"
+" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer "
+"dissatisfaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal"
+" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, "
+"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste "
+"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs "
+"of storing goods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory "
+"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products "
+"using rules\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35
+msgid "Procurement rules settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, "
+"go to Configuration > Routes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40
+msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action "
+"possibles :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48
+msgid "Move from another location rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53
+msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger "
+"manufacturing rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** "
+"rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68
+msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
+"defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
+msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
+msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
+msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3
+msgid "What is a push rule?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to"
+" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will "
+"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. "
+"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand "
+"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push "
+"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales "
+"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem "
+"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in "
+"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An "
+"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will "
+"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the "
+"inability to meet customer demand for the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon"
+" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained "
+"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow "
+"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can "
+"be triggered automatically or manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using"
+" rules**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39
+msgid "Push rules settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
+"--> Routes`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44
+msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good "
+"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In "
+"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the "
+"quality control location move to the stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59
+msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66
+msgid "Stock transfers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
+" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
+"waiting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
+"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
+"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
+" the main stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
+msgid "How to use routes?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage"
+" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
+msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13
+msgid "Manage default locations per product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
+"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented "
+"products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** "
+"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance "
+"routing of products using rules**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
+msgid "Pre-configured routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
+msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Warehouses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and "
+"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46
+msgid "Custom Routes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Routes`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You "
+"can combine several choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58
+msgid "Routes applied on warehouses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be"
+" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that "
+"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68
+msgid "Routes applied on products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will "
+"be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
+"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
+" select the route(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
+msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which "
+"categories it will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
+"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)"
+" under the **Logistics** section :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
+msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every "
+"time you make a sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on"
+" the sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
+"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118
+msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
+msgid "Procurement and push rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
+msgid "Please refer to the documents:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133
+msgid "Procurement configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. "
+"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on "
+"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to "
+"**Preferred Routes**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
+msgid "Make-to-Order Route"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use "
+"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or "
+"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the "
+"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3
+msgid "Product Costing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3
+msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8
+msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10
+msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but "
+"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have"
+" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will "
+"impact on company profits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21
+msgid "Applications configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check "
+"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
+"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> "
+"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
+"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
+msgid "Landed Cost Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed "
+"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
+"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
+"on the product category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
+msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
+"Control --> Landed Costs`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
+"attribute landed costs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
+"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
+"easier to keep track of your postings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
+"across the picking lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
+msgid "What is a putaway strategy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move "
+"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking "
+"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most "
+"appropriate location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to"
+" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because "
+"of a potential chemical reaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but "
+"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the "
+"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product "
+"level)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check "
+"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products"
+" using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
+msgid "Setting up a strategy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain "
+"product quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub "
+"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
+"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a "
+"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away "
+"Strategy**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a "
+"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the "
+"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will "
+"automatically be transferred to the correct location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
+"Control --> Current Inventory`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
+msgid "There you can see current inventory by location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
+msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
+"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
+"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
+"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
+"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
+"on the **location**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
+"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
+"**Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
+"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
+msgid "Types of removal strategy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
+msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
+"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
+"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
+"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
+"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
+"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
+msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
+"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
+msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
+"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
+msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
+"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
+"shelf life."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
+"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
+" ``WH/Stock`` location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
+msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
+"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
+msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
+" according to their expiration date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
+"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
+" to save changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
+"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
+"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
+"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
+"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
+"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
+"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
+"goods with this serial/lot number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
+"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
+"removal dates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
+"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
+"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
+"lots pass their **alert date**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
+"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
+" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
+"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
+"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
+" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
+"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
+"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
+"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
+"after the lot has been created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
+"expiration date fields as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
+msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
+msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
+msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
+msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
+" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
+"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
+"expiration date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
+msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
+msgid "**Product**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
+msgid "**Expiration Date**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
+msgid "LOT0001"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
+msgid "Ice Cream"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
+msgid "08/20/2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
+msgid "LOT0002"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
+msgid "08/10/2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
+msgid "LOT0003"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
+msgid "08/15/2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
+"removal strategy **FEFO**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
+" the removal dates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
+msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
+msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
+msgid "Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3
+msgid "How to use packages?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11
+msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several "
+"packages when doing your transfers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
+"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
+msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30
+msgid "Pack products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses "
+"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be "
+"**Available**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple "
+"packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
+"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
+msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
+msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
+msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60
+msgid "Whole packages transfers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to "
+"transfer packages with its contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to"
+" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving "
+"packs**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75
+msgid "Transfer packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, "
+"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial "
+"Demand** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**"
+" section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87
+msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92
+msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95
+msgid "Packages traceability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"Control --> Packages`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103
+msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70
+msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107
+msgid ":doc:`usage`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71
+msgid ":doc:`uom`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
+msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary."
+" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
+" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, "
+"you will need to convert the units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be "
+"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on "
+"**Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27
+msgid "Setting up units on your products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
+"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
+"**Edit**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product "
+"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you "
+"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42
+msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46
+msgid "Transfer from one unit to another"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only "
+"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54
+msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56
+msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58
+msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60
+msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The "
+"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74
+msgid "Procurement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of "
+"measure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82
+msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90
+msgid "The quality control is done by unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality "
+"check is done by unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is "
+"**Draft**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
+msgid "Delivery process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the "
+"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from"
+" the unit to the dozen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of"
+" measure :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is "
+"converted automatically :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3
+msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6
+msgid "Unit of measures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product."
+" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your"
+" warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The conversion between the different units of measures is done "
+"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
+"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29
+msgid "Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38
+msgid "Packaging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40
+msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the "
+"notice and the power plug."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45
+msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is "
+"only for indicative purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55
+msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs "
+"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit"
+" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the"
+" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the "
+"**packaging**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a "
+"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72
+msgid ":doc:`packages`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3
+msgid "Using product variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, "
+"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level "
+"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13
+msgid "B&C T-shirt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15
+msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16
+msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C "
+"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)."
+" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26
+msgid "Impact of variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the "
+"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed "
+"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant "
+"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on "
+"the template or the variant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own "
+"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For "
+"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory "
+"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by "
+"variant)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a "
+"product may have its own primary picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. "
+"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: "
+"Income Account, Taxes)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50
+msgid "Should you use variants?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53
+msgid "When should you use variants?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55
+msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product "
+"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he "
+"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material"
+" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. "
+"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you"
+" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are "
+"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of "
+"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of "
+"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't"
+" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create "
+"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77
+msgid "When should you avoid using variants?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You "
+"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity "
+"of managing lots of products that are similars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you"
+" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import "
+"product templates and all their related variations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that "
+"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an "
+"example, a company having these products:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91
+msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110
+msgid "Color: Red, Blue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111
+msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of "
+"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two "
+"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or "
+"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the "
+"e-Commerce:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103
+msgid "Product Template: T-shirt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108
+msgid "Product Template: Polos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117
+msgid "Activate the variant feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product "
+"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the "
+"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products "
+"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several "
+"attributes**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129
+msgid "Creating products with variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
+"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135
+msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in "
+"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. "
+"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of "
+"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create "
+"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the "
+"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the "
+"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the "
+"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on "
+"**Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on "
+"**Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167
+msgid "Managing Product Variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two "
+"variant attributes :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175
+msgid "T-Shirt B&C"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177
+msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179
+msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182
+msgid "Managing combination possibilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products "
+"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, "
+"you can deactivate the white product variant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt."
+" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, "
+"XXL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197
+msgid ""
+"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200
+msgid "Setting a price per variant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your "
+"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the "
+"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields "
+"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the "
+"variant that will be added to the original price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220
+msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
+msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
+"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
+"warehouses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
+"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
+"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
+"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
+"as much locations as you need under one warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15
+msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
+"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
+"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
+"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
+"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
+"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
+"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
+"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
+"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
+"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
+"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
+"organization of your warehouses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44
+msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48
+msgid ":doc:`location_creation`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a new location?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9
+msgid "Creating a new location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to "
+"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
+" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
+"click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the"
+" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, "
+"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed"
+" to a location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to"
+" describe your location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35
+msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are "
+"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, "
+"containing all the sublocations in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47
+msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a new warehouse?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to "
+"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**"
+" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
+"click on **apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
+"Warehouses`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 "
+"fields :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25
+msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. "
+"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so "
+"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one "
+"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the "
+"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and "
+"edit it afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40
+msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking "
+"types and main child locations for this main location in the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3
+msgid "Shipping Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
+msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
+"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
+"destination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
+msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
+msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
+"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
+"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
+" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
+"Tracking Ref**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
+msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
+msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
+msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
+"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
+"get a new tracking number and a new label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
+msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
+msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
+msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
+msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
+msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
+msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
+"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
+"Methods`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
+"rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
+"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
+msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
+msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
+"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
+"**Set price**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
+"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
+"product. It may vary from the real price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
+msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
+"order and proceed to deliver the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
+"add a line to the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
+msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
+msgid ":doc:`labels`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
+msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
+"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
+"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
+"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
+msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
+"you want to integrate :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
+msgid "Configure the delivery method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
+" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
+"created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
+"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
+msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
+" more information, please refer to the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
+"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
+msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
+msgid "Company configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
+"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
+"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
+"data**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
+msgid "Product configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
+"computation cannot be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
+"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
+" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
+msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
+"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
+" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
+msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
+"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
+"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
+"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
+"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
+msgid "Sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
+msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
+msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
+"from it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
+msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
+msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
+"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
+"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
+"underneath:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Shipping Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
+"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
+"but also on your e-commerce."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
+"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
+"compute the real price and the packagings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
+msgid "Install the inventory module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
+"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
+" order to see it :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
+" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
+msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
+"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
+"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
+"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
+"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
+"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
+"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
+"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
+":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
+"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
+"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
+msgid "Delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
+msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
+"chosen delivery method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
+msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
+msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
+msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
+msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
+msgid "A DHL Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
+msgid "A DHL Account Number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
+"Rest of the world)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
+"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
+msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
+"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as "
+"given in the demo data:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26
+msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28
+msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
+msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
+"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
+"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
+"destination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
+"you want to integrate :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
+"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
+" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
+" shipping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
+"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
+"will appear on your ecommerce."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
+msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
+"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
+msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
+"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
+"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
+"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
+"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
+"United States."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
+" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
+"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
+"method** to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
+"**Set price**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
+"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
+"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
+"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
+" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
+"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
+" be computed once the transfer is validated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
+" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
+"to check your delivery on the provider website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
+msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
+msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
+msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
+msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
+msgid "A UPS account number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
+msgid "An Access Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the"
+" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
+msgid "Create a UPS Account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
+" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
+"Service in order to to open an account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
+" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
+"`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
+"online profile by following these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and"
+" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
+"complete the registration process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)"
+" using your UPS.com User ID and Password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
+msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
+msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
+"Details** section of the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
+"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
+" States.q"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54
+msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
+msgid "Get an Access Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
+"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page "
+"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65
+msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67
+msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69
+msgid "Verify your contact information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71
+msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
+"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
+"contact."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7aa53a793d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -0,0 +1,728 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
+msgid "Manufacturing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
+msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
+"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
+"delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
+msgid "Terminology"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
+msgid "Minimum stock rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
+"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
+"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
+" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
+" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
+msgid "Make to Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
+"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
+"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
+"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
+msgid "Minimum stock rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
+"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
+" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
+"values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
+"multiple\" fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
+"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
+"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
+"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
+"other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
+msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
+msgid "Choice between the two options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
+"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
+"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
+"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
+msgid "Bill of Materials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
+"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
+"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
+"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
+"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
+msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
+"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
+"step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
+"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
+"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
+"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
+"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
+"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
+"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
+"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
+" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
+"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
+"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
+"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
+"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
+"their default values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
+msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
+" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
+" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
+"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
+"will appear in your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
+"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
+"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
+"stock management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
+"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
+" order rather than a packing operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
+"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
+" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
+"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
+"variants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
+"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
+"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
+"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
+"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
+"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
+"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
+"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
+"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
+" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
+"subassembly is created as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
+msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
+"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
+"subassembly as you would for any product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
+msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
+"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
+"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
+"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
+"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
+msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
+"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
+"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
+"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
+"describe multiple variants of the same product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
+msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
+"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
+"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
+"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
+"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
+"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
+"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
+"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
+"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
+"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
+"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
+"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
+"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
+"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
+"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
+msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
+"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
+"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
+"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
+"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
+"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
+"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
+" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
+"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
+"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
+"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
+msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
+"primary product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
+"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
+"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
+"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
+msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
+msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
+msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
+msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
+"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
+"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
+"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
+"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
+"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
+msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
+"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
+"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
+"work orders and routings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
+"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
+msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
+msgid "Record Production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
+msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
+" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
+"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
+"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
+"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
+"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
+"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
+"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
+" step of scheduling work orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
+msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
+msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
+msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Main Concepts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
+msgid "Transcript"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
+msgid "Work in progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
+"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
+"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
+"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
+"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
+msgid "Cycle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
+"process can be fulfilled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
+msgid "Downtime or Leave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
+"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
+"time is called a Leave."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
+msgid "Finished products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
+"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
+"of the company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
+msgid "Kit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
+"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
+msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
+"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
+"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
+"intermediate products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
+"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
+msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
+"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
+"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
+"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
+"were direct components of the parent BOM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
+"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
+"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
+msgid "Raw Materials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
+"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
+"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
+msgid "Routing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
+"Centers at which they will be carried out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
+msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
+" another manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
+msgid "Work Order Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
+"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
+" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
+"called work center)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
+msgid "Work Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
+"execution on a given date and a given duration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
+msgid "Work Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
+" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
+"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
+msgid "Resources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
+"available in a work center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
+msgid "Working Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
+" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fbd38e566a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2948 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dimko Pythonic , 2017\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5
+msgid "Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced topics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
+msgid "How to use discount tags on products?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5
+msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
+msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode "
+"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13
+msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
+"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a "
+"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the "
+"percentage you want to set for the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you"
+" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the"
+" barcode will be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34
+msgid "Scanning your products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36
+msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41
+msgid "You have to scan:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43
+msgid "the product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45
+msgid "the discount tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47
+msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the "
+"product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58
+msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35
+msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36
+msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37
+msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38
+msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3
+msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
+"--> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21
+msgid "Create a loyalty program"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` "
+"and click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by "
+"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra "
+"points** on a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33
+msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38
+msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40
+msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41
+msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42
+msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43
+msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to "
+"other rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product "
+"ordered"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value "
+"sold"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add "
+"an Item** under **Rewards**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57
+msgid "Three types of reward can be given:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents "
+"the value of 1 point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a "
+"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69
+msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77
+msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79
+msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84
+msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90
+msgid "Gathering and consuming points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92
+msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94
+msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96
+msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a"
+" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3
+msgid "How to apply manual discounts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a"
+" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13
+msgid "Discount on the product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8
+msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20
+msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
+"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
+"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the "
+"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a "
+"specific product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38
+msgid "Global discount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global "
+"discounts**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50
+msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be "
+"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do "
+"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68
+msgid "Set a global discount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a "
+"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a "
+"**discount**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now "
+"process to the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3
+msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website "
+"`__.) is required to accept credit card payments"
+" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with"
+" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North "
+"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work "
+"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS "
+"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18
+msgid "Module installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26
+msgid "Mercury Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration"
+" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35
+msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on "
+"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury "
+"configuration** to the **Payment method**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a "
+"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60
+msgid "Save the modifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48
+msgid "Register a sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New "
+"Session**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114
+msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82
+msgid "Payment with credit cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit"
+" card **Payment Method**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe "
+"the card and validate the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four "
+"differents ways to manage several cashiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9
+msgid "Switch cashier without any security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of "
+"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` "
+"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123
+msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23
+msgid "And switch to another cashier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34
+msgid "Switch cashier with pin code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can "
+"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45
+msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** "
+"tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57
+msgid "Change cashier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118
+msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69
+msgid "Choose your **cashier**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79
+msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85
+msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by "
+"clicking on **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96
+msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of "
+"Sale** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a "
+"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116
+msgid "Change Cashier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the "
+"cashier has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132
+msgid "Assign session to a user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to "
+"the point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145
+msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151
+msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to "
+":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159
+msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point "
+"of Sale** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3
+msgid "How to register customers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78
+msgid "Register an order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13
+msgid "You arrive now on the main view :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
+"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can "
+"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23
+msgid "Record a customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25
+msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30
+msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35
+msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40
+msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current "
+"order, just tap on **Set Customer**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51
+msgid "The customer is now set on the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3
+msgid "How to reprint receipts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8
+msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow "
+"cashier to reprint receipts**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to "
+"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25
+msgid "How to reprint a receipt?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32
+msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3
+msgid "Analyze sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3
+msgid "Getting daily sales statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7
+msgid "Point of Sale statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you "
+"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15
+msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21
+msgid "Global statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25
+msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31
+msgid "Cashier statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then "
+"click on **Print Report**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41
+msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3
+msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-"
+"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a "
+"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs "
+"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be "
+"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by"
+" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application "
+"`_. More "
+"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official "
+"website `_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20
+msgid "Required hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module "
+"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the "
+"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example "
+"`__)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32
+msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38
+msgid "POSBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. "
+"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are "
+"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting "
+"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You "
+"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going "
+"to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52
+msgid "Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the "
+"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: "
+"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this"
+" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that "
+"each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated with it "
+"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and "
+"ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your POSBox is set)."
+" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, "
+"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing "
+"card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69
+msgid "Certification & On-premise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on "
+"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a "
+"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also "
+"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction "
+"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` "
+"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79
+msgid "Restrictions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must "
+"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo "
+"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86
+msgid "Refunding is disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87
+msgid "Modifying orderline prices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88
+msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89
+msgid "Selling products without a valid tax"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90
+msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91
+msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92
+msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6
+msgid "POSBox Setup Guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:206
+msgid "Prerequisites"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You "
+"will need :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16
+msgid "The POSBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17
+msgid "A 2A Power adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18
+msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19
+msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20
+msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21
+msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer "
+"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
+"`_)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25
+msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26
+msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214
+msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32
+msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36
+msgid "Connect peripheral devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page "
+"`_, but other hardware "
+"might work as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42
+msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
+"RJ25 cable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
+" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be "
+"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter "
+"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of "
+"your barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54
+msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. "
+"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS "
+"device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible "
+"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux "
+"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 "
+"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi "
+"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68
+msgid "Power the POSBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light"
+" up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74
+msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it"
+" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, "
+"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:293
+msgid "Setup the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down "
+"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the "
+"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox"
+" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after "
+"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will "
+"attempt to find it on the local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure "
+"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your "
+"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101
+msgid "Launch the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS "
+"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is "
+"only done once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be"
+" ready to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111
+msgid "Wi-Fi configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux "
+"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are"
+" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink "
+"5370 chipset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related "
+"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi "
+"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets "
+"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the "
+"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of "
+"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration "
+"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only "
+"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured "
+"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to "
+"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it "
+"has connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the"
+" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to "
+"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This "
+"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always "
+"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting "
+"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network"
+" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:146
+msgid "Multi-POS Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox "
+"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP "
+"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your "
+"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to"
+" your router documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:155
+msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, "
+"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the "
+"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to "
+"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your "
+"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo "
+"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale"
+" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very "
+"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* "
+"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the "
+"Point of Sale and the hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that "
+"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177
+msgid "Image building process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in "
+"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
+"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh "
+"`_."
+" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to "
+"`nightly.odoo.com `_ for users to download."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get "
+"stuck or want more detail about something."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191
+msgid "Summary of the image creation process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian "
+"`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian "
+"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian "
+"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update "
+"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In "
+"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM "
+"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We "
+"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used "
+"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration "
+"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208
+msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209
+msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with "
+"Odoo's built-in driver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:217
+msgid "Extra dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you "
+"need to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:222
+msgid "``# pip --version``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:224
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:230
+msgid "If it returns something like::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228
+msgid "You need to try pip2 instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234
+msgid "You can use pip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:236
+msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238
+msgid "``# pip install pyserial``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240
+msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242
+msgid "``# pip install qrcode``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:245
+msgid "Access Rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. "
+"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create "
+"a group that has access to USB devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251
+msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:253
+msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255
+msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257
+msgid ""
+"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of "
+"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called "
+"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the "
+"following content::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265
+msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:268
+msgid "Start the local Odoo instance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:270
+msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"``$ ./odoo.py "
+"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275
+msgid "Test the instance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to "
+"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and "
+"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of "
+"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by "
+"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, "
+"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:285
+msgid "Automatically start Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:287
+msgid ""
+"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after"
+" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your "
+"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is "
+"probably the easiest way to accomplish this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:295
+msgid ""
+"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` "
+"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine "
+"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301
+msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304
+msgid "Technical Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:307
+msgid "The POSBox Hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:309
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 "
+"`_, a popular "
+"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb "
+"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. "
+"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this "
+"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:318
+msgid "Compatible Peripherals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:320
+msgid ""
+"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page "
+"`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324
+msgid "The POSBox Software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian "
+"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of "
+"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are "
+"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` "
+"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only "
+"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored "
+"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` "
+"branch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335
+msgid ""
+"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we "
+"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that "
+"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux"
+" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So "
+"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one "
+"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run "
+"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The "
+"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc "
+"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of"
+" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related "
+"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an "
+"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to "
+"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able "
+"to get to the real /etc and /var during development."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:351
+msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:353
+msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the "
+"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with "
+"``posbox_*``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360
+msgid "Accessing the POSBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:363
+msgid "Local Access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:365
+msgid ""
+"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if"
+" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can "
+"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration "
+"tasks, like viewing some logs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370
+msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:373
+msgid "Remote Access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:375
+msgid ""
+"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the "
+"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:380
+msgid "Updating The POSBox Software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly "
+"implemented features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:385
+msgid ""
+"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of "
+"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in "
+"detail in `this tutorial `_, just "
+"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the "
+"official POSBox image page `_. This "
+"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of "
+"the POSBox software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:394
+msgid ""
+"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that "
+"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading "
+"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method "
+"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed "
+"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401
+msgid "The internal Odoo application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:402
+msgid ""
+"Scripts in the folder "
+"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404
+msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407
+msgid "Troubleshoot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:410
+msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:412
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on "
+"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error "
+"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt "
+"is printed, check the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status "
+"LED."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green "
+"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready"
+" ~2 minutes after it is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. "
+"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected "
+"devices on your network router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:424
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the "
+"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that "
+"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428
+msgid ""
+"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make "
+"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431
+msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:432
+msgid ""
+"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from "
+"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's"
+" IP address in the POS configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437
+msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:439
+msgid ""
+"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after "
+"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. "
+"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If "
+"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has "
+"enough power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446
+msgid ""
+"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work"
+" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug"
+" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:449
+msgid ""
+"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
+"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
+"POSBox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454
+msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:456
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
+"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461
+msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:463
+msgid ""
+"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some"
+" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays "
+"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
+"and the POSBox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:469
+msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:471
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
+"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476
+msgid "The printer is offline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:478
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its "
+"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please "
+"contact support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483
+msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:485
+msgid ""
+"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in"
+" the POS configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490
+msgid ""
+"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind "
+"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del "
+"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494
+msgid ""
+"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign"
+" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who "
+"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498
+msgid "Camptocamp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499
+msgid "BHC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500
+msgid "openBig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501
+msgid "Eeezee-IT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502
+msgid "Solarsis LDA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503
+msgid "ACSONE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504
+msgid "Vauxoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505
+msgid "Ekomurz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506
+msgid "Datalp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507
+msgid "Dao Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508
+msgid "Eggs Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509
+msgid "OpusVL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511
+msgid ""
+"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox"
+" Bundle:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514
+msgid "Willow IT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515
+msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516
+msgid "Multibase"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517
+msgid "Mindesa"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518
+msgid "bpso.biz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519
+msgid "Shine IT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3
+msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user "
+"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or "
+"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the "
+"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will "
+"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and,"
+" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all "
+"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25
+msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not "
+"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse "
+"available countries**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40
+msgid "Then choose the one you want to install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42
+msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45
+msgid "Adding Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to "
+":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the "
+"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can "
+"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not "
+"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the"
+" database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62
+msgid "How to easily manage categories?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a "
+"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the "
+"products by **Point of Sale Category**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72
+msgid "Configuring a payment method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Payment methods` and click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the "
+"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for"
+" the point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86
+msgid "Configuring your points of sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the "
+"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment "
+"method into the available payment methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, "
+"location,..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Point of Sale Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Sales Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Invoice Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Group Journal Items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
+" Session"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Barcodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
+"products, customers and cashiers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to "
+"customize the reference numbers of your orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Sales Channel"
+msgstr "Канал продаж"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgstr "Продажи этой точки продажи будут связаны с этим каналом продаж."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Invoicing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
+"prefilled with the exact due amount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Start Category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
+"category is specified, all available products will be shown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Tip Product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not "
+"accept tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Include Taxes in Prices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have "
+"been setup differently"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Large Scrollbars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Display Category Pictures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "IP Address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
+"left empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Barcode Scanner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Electronic Scale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cashdrawer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt Printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Skip Receipt Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Header"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Footer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cash Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Bill Splitting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Bill Printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Orderline Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Restaurant Floors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
+msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103
+msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106
+msgid "Your first order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
+"session**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. "
+"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly "
+"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59
+msgid "Payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
+"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
+"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71
+msgid "Closing a session"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button "
+"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On "
+"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears "
+"containing all the transactions performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152
+msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3
+msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6
+msgid "Register simultaneous orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to "
+"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment "
+"is done or the order is cancelled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16
+msgid "Switch from one order to another"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18
+msgid "Simply click on the number of the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24
+msgid "Cancel an order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** "
+"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115
+msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35
+msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36
+msgid ":doc:`transfer`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3
+msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
+msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13
+msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18
+msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product "
+"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to "
+"print the order for the kitchen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30
+msgid "Several printers can be added this way"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on "
+"the correct printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39
+msgid "Print a bill before the payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41
+msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46
+msgid "Finally click on **Print**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51
+msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54
+msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the "
+"items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59
+msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set"
+" on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on "
+"**Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in "
+"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert "
+"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29
+msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point "
+"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you "
+"will arrive on an empty map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40
+msgid ":doc:`table`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3
+msgid "How to handle split bills?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15
+msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8
+msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28
+msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve"
+" this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36
+msgid "based on the total"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38
+msgid "based on products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44
+msgid "Splitting based on the total"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by "
+"each customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. "
+"Repeat it for each customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on "
+"the total amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59
+msgid "Split the bill based on products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61
+msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71
+msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76
+msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78
+msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3
+msgid "How to configure your table map?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6
+msgid "Make your table map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on "
+"**New Session**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add"
+" a table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you "
+"can edit it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23
+msgid "Click on the corners to change the size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28
+msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33
+msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38
+msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43
+msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48
+msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53
+msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan "
+"is automatically saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65
+msgid "Register your orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a "
+"table to start registering an order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76
+msgid "Edit a table map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78
+msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
+msgid "How to handle tips?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63
+msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13
+msgid "Add a product for the tip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove"
+" all the taxes in the accounting tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25
+msgid "Adding a tip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27
+msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32
+msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3
+msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. "
+"Click on **Transfer**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24
+msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29
+msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Shop Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3
+msgid "How to set up cash control?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening "
+"and closing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9
+msgid "Configuring cash control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17
+msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23
+msgid "Starting a session"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25
+msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view."
+" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in"
+" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have "
+"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on "
+"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
+"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` "
+"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top"
+" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale "
+"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this"
+" moment you can take the money out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it"
+" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93
+msgid "You can now validate the closing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92
+msgid ":doc:`invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93
+msgid ":doc:`refund`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21
+msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3
+msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New "
+"session**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14
+msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on "
+"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly "
+"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26
+msgid "Add a customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29
+msgid "By selecting in the customer list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54
+msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36
+msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking "
+"on the icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document "
+":doc:`../advanced/register`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52
+msgid "By using a barcode for customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59
+msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64
+msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is "
+"assigned to the order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' "
+"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, "
+"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode "
+"Nomenclatures`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82
+msgid "Payment and invoicing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the "
+"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` "
+"and pays with by a ``VISA``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order "
+"to create an invoice from this order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94
+msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97
+msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click "
+"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102
+msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91
+msgid ":doc:`cash_control`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3
+msgid "How to return and refund products?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative "
+"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and "
+"you have to pay back one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to "
+"process the payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3
+msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8
+msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10
+msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13
+msgid "Sales application configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23
+msgid "Creating a pricelist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under "
+"the configuration menu on the sales application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31
+msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain "
+"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on "
+"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
+msgid "Selectable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
+msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want"
+" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a "
+"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55
+msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61
+msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68
+msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically "
+"been updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87
+msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7f4c744b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../practical.rst:3
+msgid "Practical Information"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f31ddddcfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1696 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../project.rst:5
+msgid "Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
+msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
+" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
+"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
+" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
+"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
+"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
+"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
+" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
+" closed more quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
+"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
+"**Issue Tracking** modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
+msgid "Create a project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
+"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
+"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
+"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
+" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
+"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
+" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
+"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
+"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
+msgid "Invite followers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
+"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
+"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
+" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
+"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
+msgid "Set up your workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
+"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
+"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
+"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
+"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
+"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
+"your desired stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
+msgid "Generate issues from emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
+"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
+"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
+"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
+"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
+"new issue will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
+msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
+msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. "
+"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the "
+"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your "
+"customers using Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He "
+"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or "
+"Sad)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18
+msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's "
+"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the "
+"apps module and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** "
+"module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the "
+"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. "
+"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue "
+"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42
+msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50
+msgid "Project configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the "
+"**Customer satisfaction** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59
+msgid "Email Template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage "
+"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used."
+" You can directly edit it from there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68
+msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess"
+" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It "
+"will be added to the chatter of the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79
+msgid "Reporting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of "
+"the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88
+msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. "
+"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project"
+" Issue** module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on"
+" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front"
+" end of the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111
+msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
+msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project "
+"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks "
+"from sales order lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished "
+"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task "
+"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that"
+" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a "
+"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales "
+"and Services departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at "
+"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep "
+"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, "
+"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant "
+"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the"
+" overtime spent on the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
+msgid "Install the required applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to "
+"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into"
+" the application module and install the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time "
+"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module."
+" Simply go into the application module and install the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47
+msgid "Create and set up a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to "
+"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use "
+"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with "
+"the`following setup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54
+msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56
+msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be "
+"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered "
+"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours"
+" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a "
+"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the "
+"product to hours as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the "
+"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo "
+"will then create a project per SO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81
+msgid "Create the Sales Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with "
+"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a "
+"sale order, the task will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91
+msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93
+msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title "
+"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on "
+":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice"
+" your customers based on your invoicing policy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the "
+"source document of the task is the related sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115
+msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application.rst:3
+msgid "Awesome Timesheet App"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3
+msgid "Demonstration Video"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
+msgid "Transcript"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time"
+" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at "
+"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It"
+" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go"
+" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets"
+" per user, drill-down per project, and much more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer "
+"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-"
+"saving!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28
+msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3
+msgid "Configuration and basic usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6
+msgid "Responsibilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8
+msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change "
+"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the "
+"suggestions in the drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In "
+"order to do so, you need the administrator rights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19
+msgid "Followers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means"
+" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the "
+"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can "
+"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments."
+" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be "
+"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to "
+"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the "
+"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32
+msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of"
+" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to "
+"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information "
+"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to "
+"see the big picture all the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41
+msgid "Task: follow a specific task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are "
+"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in "
+"that task also appear in your inbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48
+msgid "Choose which action to follow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the "
+"Following button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be "
+"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready "
+"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61
+msgid "Time management: analytic accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing "
+"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can "
+"help you track time easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically "
+"available in projects and on tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic "
+"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project"
+" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is "
+"automatically created under the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79
+msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81
+msgid "Click on the settings of a project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86
+msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with "
+"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the "
+"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for "
+"it, or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other"
+" timesheets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103
+msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105
+msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on "
+"Add an item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the "
+"Analytic account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on"
+" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124
+msgid "Document Management in tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of"
+" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand"
+" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment "
+"tab on the top of the form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can "
+"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an "
+"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the "
+"task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can "
+"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152
+msgid "Collaborate on tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your"
+" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate "
+"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task"
+" delegation and the Chatter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162
+msgid "Create a task from an email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is "
+"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of "
+"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every "
+"project gets an automatic email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the "
+"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project "
+"Dashboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"This email address create by default following the project name can be "
+"changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181
+msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183
+msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185
+msgid "You can directly edit your project email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191
+msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the "
+"history of the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196
+msgid ""
+"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has "
+"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are "
+"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the "
+"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All "
+"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader "
+"to remember past interactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)"
+" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important "
+"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that"
+" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For "
+"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214
+msgid "The description of the task, the Pad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad "
+"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can "
+"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the "
+"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole "
+"creation of the content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222
+msgid ""
+"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, "
+"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229
+msgid ""
+"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the "
+"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. "
+"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: "
+"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a "
+"follower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239
+msgid "Tasks states"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242
+msgid "Set the state of a task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you"
+" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a "
+"visual indicator that is seen in a glance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from "
+"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258
+msgid "Custom states"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260
+msgid ""
+"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your "
+"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage,"
+" then click on edit:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267
+msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272
+msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278
+msgid "Color Tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280
+msgid ""
+"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the "
+"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find "
+"them thanks to the filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the"
+" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific "
+"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on "
+"the tag, directly from the task:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to set up & configure a project?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, "
+"and to communicate with any member for each project and task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A "
+"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform"
+" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several "
+"employees working on this project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17
+msgid "Installing the Project module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on "
+"**Install**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26
+msgid "Creating a new project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window,"
+" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32
+msgid "The privacy setting works as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34
+msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37
+msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the "
+"**Customer** field empty if not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48
+msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51
+msgid "Manage your project's stages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54
+msgid "Add your project's stages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56
+msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage"
+" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, "
+"that you can personalize to fit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing "
+"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to "
+"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task "
+"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84
+msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87
+msgid "Rearrange stages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by "
+"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
+"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order"
+" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column "
+"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your "
+"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100
+msgid ":doc:`visualization`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101
+msgid ":doc:`collaboration`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102
+msgid ":doc:`time_record`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3
+msgid "How to record time spent?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for "
+"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the "
+"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section "
+"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, "
+"Employee and Timesheet apps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27
+msgid "Recording timesheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects "
+"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34
+msgid "Recording in a project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the "
+"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then"
+" click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49
+msgid "Recording in a task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, "
+"and open the task on which you have been working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on "
+"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
+msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
+msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
+"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
+"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
+"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
+"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
+"different tasks you have to cope with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
+" application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
+msgid "Creating Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
+"open the project and click on create a task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
+"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
+"deadline if there is one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
+msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
+"to the Kanban view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
+"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
+"one have the higher priorities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
+" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view"
+" logo in the upper right corner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
+msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
+msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
+"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
+"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
+"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
+"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
+"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
+msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
+"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
+"single window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
+" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
+"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
+"dropping the task to another case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. "
+"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the"
+" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by "
+"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of "
+"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other "
+"project manager too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify"
+" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project "
+"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo "
+"projects is designed to work for any kind of business."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status."
+" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the "
+"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I "
+"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time"
+" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit "
+"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any "
+"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent "
+"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team "
+"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours "
+"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to"
+" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on"
+" the progress of each task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is "
+"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the"
+" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have"
+" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until "
+"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation "
+"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will "
+"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the "
+"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive "
+"planning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. "
+"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison "
+"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any "
+"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to"
+" each team member."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is"
+" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple "
+"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very "
+"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is "
+"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my"
+" team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo "
+"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, "
+"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. "
+"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or "
+"issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the "
+"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this "
+"app, it will help you get started quickly too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88
+msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91
+msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
+msgid "Planning your project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3
+msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge "
+"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you "
+"can handle it in only a couple of clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** "
+"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and "
+"install the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on"
+" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, "
+"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on "
+"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. "
+"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar "
+"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36
+msgid "Manage tasks with views"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views"
+" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up "
+"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) "
+"and the calendar view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to "
+"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
+"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the "
+"ones having the higher priorities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61
+msgid "Add/rearrange stages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by "
+"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
+"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
+"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
+"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
+"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired "
+"stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a "
+"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, "
+"Done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
+"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the "
+"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
+"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
+"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list "
+"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97
+msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100
+msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will "
+"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu "
+"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated"
+" each time the employee will add an activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all "
+"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your "
+"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will "
+"show you the progression of each task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
+"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a "
+"single window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
+msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3
+msgid "How to forecast tasks?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction to forecast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo,"
+" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the "
+"progress of a project and its related tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. "
+"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps "
+"team members to collaborate better."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the "
+"workload and human resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22
+msgid "How to configure the projects?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25
+msgid "Configure the project application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect"
+" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each"
+" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your "
+"employee should complete it!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project "
+"application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the "
+"Forecast option and click **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option "
+"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for "
+"all the projects that you manage)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46
+msgid "Configure a specific project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow "
+"Forecast\" in your project settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51
+msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are "
+"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59
+msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62
+msgid "How to create a forecast?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the "
+"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the "
+"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left "
+"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty "
+"space in the Gantt chart calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task "
+"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should "
+"take."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app"
+" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a "
+"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name "
+"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours "
+"in the Effective hours field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96
+msgid "What are the difference between the views?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu "
+"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or "
+"by projects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103
+msgid "By users : people management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt "
+"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project."
+" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, "
+"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the "
+"third, you see which tasks they're on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects "
+"the duration of the task in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled "
+"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated "
+"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is "
+"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126
+msgid "Plan the workload"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend "
+"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those "
+"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%"
+" how your users should organize their time between different tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For "
+"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another "
+"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects "
+"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is "
+"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too "
+"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. "
+"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure "
+"that this is feasible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191
+msgid "Gantt view advantages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You"
+" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The "
+"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different "
+"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This "
+"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193
+msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in "
+"the future or in the past"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198
+msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200
+msgid "modify an existing forecast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202
+msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170
+msgid "By projects: project management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the "
+"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting "
+"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and "
+"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first "
+"level of hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second"
+" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks "
+"they're on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By "
+"Users** section)"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2eec2d8fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2922 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../purchase.rst:5
+msgid "Purchase"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3
+msgid "Process Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3
+msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase "
+"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some "
+"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, "
+"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to "
+"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose "
+"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive "
+"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a "
+"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to "
+"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that "
+"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to "
+"better offers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the "
+"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply "
+"when you already know which supplier to order from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27
+msgid "When to use?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with "
+"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful"
+" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established "
+"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project "
+"and see if it makes it feasible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open "
+"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a "
+"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no "
+"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been "
+"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a "
+"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43
+msgid "When not to use?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite "
+"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of "
+"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight "
+"from a Purchase Order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take "
+"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, "
+"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship"
+" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it "
+"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are "
+"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual "
+"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am"
+" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo "
+"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive,"
+" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the "
+"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the "
+"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on "
+":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the "
+"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3
+msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to "
+"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) "
+"will allow you to handle the whole process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result "
+"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every "
+"purchase made in Odoo has a PO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your "
+"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18
+msgid "Install the Purchase Management application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase "
+"Management** application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27
+msgid "Creating a Purchase Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase"
+" Orders**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32
+msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40
+msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45
+msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47
+msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and "
+"on **Confirm Order**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for "
+"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on "
+":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63
+msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay "
+"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered "
+"after payment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70
+msgid "Payment upon or after reception"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72
+msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to "
+"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on "
+"**Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have "
+"appeared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is"
+" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the "
+"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is "
+"marked as paid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98
+msgid "Upfront payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in "
+"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment,"
+" and click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have"
+" appeared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. "
+"Click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3
+msgid "Purchases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3
+msgid "Master Data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3
+msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices "
+"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high"
+" number of products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document "
+"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16
+msgid "Required configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18
+msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20
+msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22
+msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24
+msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30
+msgid "Import vendor pricelists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or "
+"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your "
+"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price "
+"list of vendors for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get"
+" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50
+msgid "Import the list for the first time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53
+msgid "Prepare the document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a "
+"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right "
+"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it "
+"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63
+msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66
+msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66
+msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66
+msgid "**Example**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68
+msgid "name_id"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68
+msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68
+msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
+msgid "product_code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
+msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
+msgid "569874"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
+msgid "price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
+msgid "Vendor Price -> free text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
+msgid "1500"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74
+msgid "product_tmpl_id.id"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74
+msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74
+msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76
+msgid "currency_id.id"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76
+msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78
+msgid "date_end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78
+msgid "End date of the price validity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78
+msgid "2015-10-22"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80
+msgid "min_qty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80
+msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80
+msgid "2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82
+msgid "product_id.id"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82
+msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82
+msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84
+msgid "date_start"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84
+msgid "Start date of price validity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84
+msgid "2015-12-31"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87
+msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and "
+"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system "
+"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the "
+"product form is filled in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106
+msgid "Update the vendor pricelist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update "
+"existing prices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data "
+"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select "
+"everything, and export from the **Action** menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport"
+" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is "
+"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it "
+"will create a new pricelist line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the "
+"product form is updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3
+msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business "
+"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one "
+"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with "
+"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time "
+"you purchase them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found "
+"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for "
+"quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19
+msgid "Install the purchase module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the "
+"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** "
+"module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will "
+"be installed as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33
+msgid "Create a Vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor "
+"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase "
+"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic "
+"information such as address, phone, email,..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to "
+"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact "
+"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the "
+"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51
+msgid "Create a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of "
+"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for "
+"Quotation**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"To create a product enter your purchase module select "
+":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be "
+"sold and purchased."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67
+msgid "Add Vendors to the product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to "
+"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will "
+"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add"
+" vendors manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75
+msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will "
+"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say "
+"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` "
+"at ``12.35 euros / piece``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see "
+"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more "
+"information)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically "
+"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase "
+"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt"
+" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its"
+" price has automatically been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo "
+"will automatically link the contact and price with the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103
+msgid "By adding manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the "
+"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an "
+"item** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such"
+" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the "
+"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and "
+"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3
+msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different "
+"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales"
+" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting"
+" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures "
+"between sales and purchase very easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11
+msgid "Let's take the following examples:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water "
+"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to "
+"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold "
+"quantities in **Liters**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the"
+" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25
+msgid "Install purchase and sales modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are "
+"correctly installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
+msgid "|uom01|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31
+msgid "|uom02|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36
+msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different "
+"unit of measures (advanced)** box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46
+msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49
+msgid "Standard units of measures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. "
+"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase"
+" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, "
+"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not "
+"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our "
+"customers in **Liters**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
+"Products`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general "
+"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will"
+" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for "
+"purchase)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for "
+"**Purchase Unit of Measure**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77
+msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the "
+"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the "
+"curtains in **square meters**)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot "
+"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of "
+"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**"
+" where both units have a conversion relationship."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
+" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by"
+" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called "
+"**Inter-Category-Computation**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of "
+"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your "
+"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units "
+"of Measure`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106
+msgid "Create two new units:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and"
+" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type"
+" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other "
+"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square"
+" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``"
+" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square "
+"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as "
+"``one Roll = 10 square meters``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a "
+"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3
+msgid "Request for Quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
+msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be "
+"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to "
+"track and analyze your vendor's performance :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9
+msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11
+msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13
+msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15
+msgid "Etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders "
+"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the "
+"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights "
+"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan "
+"their future orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17
+msgid "Install the Purchase Management module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** "
+"module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36
+msgid "Issue some purchase orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue "
+"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. "
+"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the "
+"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44
+msgid "Analyzing your vendors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47
+msgid "Generate flexible reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By "
+"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by "
+"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each "
+"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, "
+"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot "
+"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your "
+"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For "
+"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I "
+"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on "
+"\"Products\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your "
+"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click"
+" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: "
+"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot "
+"below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one "
+"dependent and one independent measure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81
+msgid "Customize reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To "
+"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of "
+"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the "
+"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data "
+"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display "
+"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the "
+"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any "
+"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** "
+"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The "
+"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6
+msgid "Two level approval setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount"
+" exceeds a certain limit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** "
+"to configure the company data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager "
+"side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47
+msgid "Process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount "
+"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To "
+"Approve**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29
+msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34
+msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3
+msgid "How to control supplier bills?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
+"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
+"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
+" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
+"management processes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13
+msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
+"vendor(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
+"Order (PO)**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
+"stockable products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
+"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
+"only one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34
+msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
+"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will "
+"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41
+msgid "Creating products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
+"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**,"
+" and click **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as "
+"it is important:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to "
+"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management "
+"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** "
+"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
+"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
+"of these designations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
+"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
+"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product"
+" type to **Service**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70
+msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73
+msgid "Purchasing products or services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
+"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
+"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
+"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
+"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
+"Reference)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89
+msgid "Receiving Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
+"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application "
+"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you "
+"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This "
+"button is outlined in red below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be "
+"received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
+" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the "
+"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known"
+" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to "
+"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item"
+" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive "
+"the products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117
+msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120
+msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to "
+"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You "
+"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to "
+"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated "
+"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
+"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When "
+"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
+"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that "
+"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
+"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
+"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need"
+" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149
+msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
+"products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154
+msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
+"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
+"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
+" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
+" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
+" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165
+msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168
+msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what "
+"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several "
+"reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
+" have not ordered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
+" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181
+msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
+"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
+"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
+"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is"
+" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196
+msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199
+msgid "How product quantities are managed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
+"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
+"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** "
+"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to"
+" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase "
+"Bills**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
+"to be based on either:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216
+msgid "Ordered quantities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218
+msgid "Received quantities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221
+msgid "Batch Billing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
+"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the "
+"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the "
+"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to"
+" all the appropriate purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3
+msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes "
+"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do"
+" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your "
+"warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that "
+"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory "
+"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also "
+"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to "
+"cancel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17
+msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for "
+"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> "
+"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30
+msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33
+msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, "
+"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO "
+"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48
+msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to "
+"cancel the PO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54
+msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel "
+"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped."
+" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order "
+"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66
+msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed "
+"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will "
+"ask you the permission to create a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You"
+" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, "
+"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83
+msgid "Create reverse transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor"
+" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document."
+" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the"
+" corresponding location and click on **Return**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your "
+"stock to your vendor location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be"
+" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely "
+"cancelled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120
+msgid ":doc:`bills`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105
+msgid ":doc:`reception`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3
+msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some "
+"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, "
+"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to "
+"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose "
+"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19
+msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for "
+"Quotation` and click on **Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by "
+"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the "
+"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Shipment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Incoming Shipments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Vendor Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the "
+"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written "
+"on the delivery order sent by your vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Order Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into "
+"a purchase order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Source Document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a"
+" sales order or an internal procurement request)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Deliver To"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Drop Ship Address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the "
+"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Destination Location Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid "Incoterm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms "
+"used in international transactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35
+msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
+"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
+"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the "
+"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if "
+"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery "
+"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or "
+"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this "
+"supplier or enter a new one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
+" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
+"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
+"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
+"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
+" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3
+msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control "
+"products to receive and to control supplier bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first"
+" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been "
+"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17
+msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This "
+"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among "
+"others), which is required with **Purchase**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27
+msgid "Create products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the "
+"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on "
+"**Create**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36
+msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is "
+"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products "
+"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or "
+"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to"
+" set his product type field as **Service**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52
+msgid "Control products receptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55
+msgid "Purchase products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. "
+"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the"
+" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching "
+"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably "
+"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` "
+"for a full overview of the purchase process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71
+msgid "Receive Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can "
+"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the "
+"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the "
+"receipt box of the related warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this "
+"warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search "
+"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the "
+"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open"
+" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all "
+"the lines within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** "
+"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the "
+"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, "
+"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed "
+"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record "
+"the quantity received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the"
+" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create "
+"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If "
+"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121
+msgid ":doc:`cancel`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3
+msgid "Purchase Tenders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for "
+"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17
+msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you"
+" must first activate the option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
+"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the"
+" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31
+msgid "Create a Purchase Tender"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
+"Agreements (PA)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
+"Agreement window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
+msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
+msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
+"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
+"you wish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53
+msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the "
+"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
+"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62
+msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. "
+"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
+" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
+msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"View `Purchase Tenders "
+"`__"
+" in our Online Demonstration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77
+msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
+msgid ""
+"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to "
+"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made"
+" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the "
+"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19
+msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25
+msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the "
+"advanced mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu "
+"and click on **Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for"
+" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced"
+" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender "
+"(...)** then click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42
+msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase "
+"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the "
+"way to the **Bid Selection** status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the "
+"list of products and the bids received for all of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the "
+"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. "
+"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're "
+"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each "
+"product and supplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has "
+"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have"
+" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"From there, follow the documentation "
+":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the "
+"delivery and invoicing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76
+msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3
+msgid "Replenishment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3
+msgid "Replenishment Flows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3
+msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, "
+"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo "
+"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo "
+"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, "
+"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are "
+"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13
+msgid "Configuring lead times"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute "
+"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
+"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. "
+"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21
+msgid "On a product level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24
+msgid "Supplier lead time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your "
+"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product "
+"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and"
+" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your "
+"product in order to select a supplier lead time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different "
+"delivery lead times depending on the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its "
+"delivery lead time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days "
+"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50
+msgid "Customer lead time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your "
+"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. "
+"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to "
+"indicate your customer lead time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62
+msgid "On the company level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to "
+"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea "
+"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of "
+"delays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70
+msgid "Sales Safety days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver"
+" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery "
+"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in "
+"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security "
+"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than "
+"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to "
+"keep your commitment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> "
+"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87
+msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97
+msgid "Purchase days"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99
+msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates "
+"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to "
+"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the "
+"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108
+msgid "On route level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the "
+"computed date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** "
+"module when creating a new push rule for a new route."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Read the documentation "
+":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125
+msgid "On document level:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128
+msgid "Requested date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client "
+"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this "
+"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will "
+"automatically display a warning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on "
+"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)."
+" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based "
+"on your configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146
+msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery "
+"lead time)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team "
+"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the "
+"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced "
+"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow "
+"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the "
+"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick "
+"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32
+msgid "How to use drop-shipping?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the "
+"concerned order lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. "
+"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy"
+" of your product on **Ordered quantities**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3
+msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order "
+"the product you need from your vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11
+msgid "The usual flow is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13
+msgid "Create a sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15
+msgid "Purchase the product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17
+msgid "Receive and pay the bill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19
+msgid "Deliver your product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21
+msgid "Invoice your customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24
+msgid "Product configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on "
+"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based "
+"on sales."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. "
+"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the "
+"same quantity through procurement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37
+msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase "
+"orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document "
+":doc:`setup_stock_rule`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50
+msgid "Sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale"
+" order on the **button** on the top of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of "
+"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done "
+"until the purchase order is confirmed and received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69
+msgid "Purchase order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** "
+"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source "
+"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it"
+" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, "
+"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85
+msgid "Receipt and delivery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the "
+"**Receipts** tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93
+msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# "
+"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to "
+"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111
+msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112
+msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making "
+"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, "
+"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to "
+"stock)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those"
+" items is made, based on minimum stocks available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14
+msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. "
+"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your "
+"activities knowing that stocks will always be right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep"
+" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in "
+"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the "
+"item in stock is sold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26
+msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, "
+"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a "
+"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, "
+"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant "
+"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated "
+"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that"
+" will not allow you to break even."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that "
+"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them "
+"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always "
+"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for "
+"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no "
+"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while "
+"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my "
+"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will "
+"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61
+msgid "Set up your product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open "
+"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a "
+"new one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67
+msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product "
+"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick "
+"the Make To Order box)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76
+msgid "Create a reordering rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78
+msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are "
+"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86
+msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the "
+"**Warehouse** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the "
+"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system "
+"will trigger a new order for replenishment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to "
+"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to "
+"reorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered "
+"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a "
+"set of 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate"
+" the rule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116
+msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the "
+"supplier to receive the order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120
+msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in "
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock "
+"Rules`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125
+msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum"
+" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on "
+"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory "
+"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at "
+"12:00PM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document "
+"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140
+msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69
+msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on "
+"the customers and vendors or products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings"
+" for purchases and sales:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but "
+"allows the user to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user "
+"cannot continue the process further."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24
+msgid "Module Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to"
+" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33
+msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->"
+" Customers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37
+msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62
+msgid "The available warnings are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44
+msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46
+msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48
+msgid "Warning on the **Picking**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50
+msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53
+msgid "Product Warnings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales "
+"--> Products`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57
+msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64
+msgid "Warning when selling this product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66
+msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
+"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your "
+"warning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
+"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a"
+" warning was set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84
+msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be "
+"able to choose the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3
+msgid "Multi-Companies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their "
+"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational "
+"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products "
+"and services between different branches within your conglomerate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your "
+"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is "
+"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that "
+"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation "
+"on your sales and purchase orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24
+msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27
+msgid "Manage intercompany rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple"
+" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32
+msgid "Click on **Apply**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37
+msgid "New options will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps "
+"for the other companies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your "
+"user has the rights to manage the companies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3
+msgid "Trouble-Shooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3
+msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6
+msgid "Vendor Bills"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can "
+"still control the vendor bills."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor "
+"Bills`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17
+msgid "Incoming Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can "
+"still control the incoming products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming "
+"Products`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28
+msgid "Procurements exceptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30
+msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement"
+" Exceptions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and "
+"check the message in the chatter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are "
+"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c85b53bd85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
+msgid "Recruitment"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5f580b732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1880 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Denis Baranov , 2017\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../sales.rst:5
+msgid "Sales"
+msgstr "Продажи"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3
+msgid "Advanced Topics"
+msgstr "Дополнительные разделы"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3
+msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?"
+msgstr "Как предоставить  доступ к порталу моим клиентам?"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6
+msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?"
+msgstr "Что такое Портал/Кто такой портальный пользователь?"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to "
+"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к порталу Odoo предоставляется пользователям для просмотра документов"
+" или информации в системе."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"For Example: 1.  A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2."
+"  Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials."
+msgstr ""
+"Например: 1.  Клиент, которому необходимо просмотреть on-line коммерческое "
+"предложение. 2.  Бухгалтер, которому необходимо отслеживать финансовую "
+"информацию компании."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit "
+"any document in the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Портальный пользователь имеет доступ только на чтение. Он или она не может "
+"редактировать любой документ в системе."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20
+msgid "How to give portal access to customers?"
+msgstr "Как предоставить доступ к порталу клиентам?"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23
+msgid "From Contacts Module"
+msgstr "Из модуля Контакты"
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet "
+"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. "
+"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"."
+msgstr ""
+"На главной странице выберите меню **Контакты**. Если контакт ещё не создан в"
+" системе, то нажмите на кнопку Создать. Введите информацию о контакте и "
+"нажмите \"Сохранить\"."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the "
+"interface and from the drop down."
+msgstr "Выберите контакт, нажмите меню **Действие** в центре интерфейса."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38
+msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears."
+msgstr ""
+"И из выпадающего списка выберите **Доступ к порталу**. Появится всплывающее "
+"окно."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the "
+"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on "
+"**Apply** when you're done."
+msgstr ""
+"Введите логин **email ID**, установите галочку **В портале** и напишите "
+"сопровождающее письмо, которое будет включено в письмо новому пользователю. "
+"По окончанию нажмите **Применить**."
+
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the "
+"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance."
+msgstr ""
+"Письмо будет отправлено на указанную электронную почту с инструкцией по "
+"доступу к порталу новому пользователю."
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3
+msgid "How to list a product?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6
+msgid "Listing without variation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a "
+"product form. The eBay tab will be available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay "
+"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. "
+"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product."
+" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay "
+"Description**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on "
+"the product template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24
+msgid "Listing with variations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with "
+"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In"
+" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as "
+"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35
+msgid "Listing with item specifics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with "
+"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44
+msgid "Product Identifiers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of "
+"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the "
+"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty "
+"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not "
+"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item "
+"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. "
+"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay "
+"listing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3
+msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6
+msgid "Create eBay tokens"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on "
+"the `developer portal `_. Once you are "
+"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by "
+"clicking on the adequate buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click "
+"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the "
+"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token "
+"needed to configure the module in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22
+msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. "
+"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert "
+"Key**. Apply the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. "
+"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the "
+"other fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and "
+"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3
+msgid "Invoicing Method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3
+msgid "Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3
+msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
+"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
+"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with "
+"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
+" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency"
+" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the "
+"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed "
+"price on the sale order :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19
+msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21
+msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23
+msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone "
+"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for "
+"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the "
+"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress "
+"and pay in several times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. "
+"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% "
+"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract "
+"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42
+msgid "Install the Sales application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the "
+"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51
+msgid "Create products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the"
+" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, "
+"create a new product with the following setup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57
+msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50
+msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your "
+"milestone after it has been delivered"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each "
+"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** "
+"tab on your sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72
+msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75
+msgid "Managing your project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78
+msgid "Quotations and sale orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a "
+"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For"
+" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is "
+"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale "
+"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the "
+"corresponding milestone has been achieved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91
+msgid "Invoice milestones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been "
+"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the "
+"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the "
+"related product to ``1``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the "
+"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be "
+"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from "
+"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select "
+"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft "
+"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the "
+"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a "
+"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: "
+":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of "
+"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**"
+" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121
+msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124
+msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185
+msgid ":doc:`support`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3
+msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money "
+"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an "
+"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company,"
+" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, "
+"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for "
+"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses "
+"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18
+msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign "
+"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of "
+"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to "
+"invoice them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35
+msgid "Create product to be expensed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37
+msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and "
+"create a product as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42
+msgid "**Product type**: consumable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the "
+"quantities to invoice on the sale order)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51
+msgid "Create a sale order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for "
+"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with "
+"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the"
+" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered "
+"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177
+msgid "Invoice expense to your client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your "
+"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click "
+"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and"
+" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready"
+" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the "
+"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount"
+" due by your customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities "
+"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be "
+"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84
+msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87
+msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some "
+"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed "
+"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97
+msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99
+msgid "Expense Tracker"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the"
+" settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108
+msgid "Create a product to be expensed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110
+msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115
+msgid "Product can be expensed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117
+msgid "Product type: Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119
+msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121
+msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123
+msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129
+msgid "Create a sales order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` "
+"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the "
+"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and "
+"edit** to configure it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have "
+"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to "
+"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` "
+"to learn more about that concept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152
+msgid "Create expense and link it to SO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of "
+"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the "
+"related sales order thanks to the analytic account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense "
+"as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161
+msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163
+msgid "**Product**: Kilometers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165
+msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167
+msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated "
+"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense "
+"will automatically be generated on the sale order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179
+msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186
+msgid ":doc:`milestones`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3
+msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days "
+"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing "
+"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-"
+"paid support contract."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at "
+"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep "
+"track of the support service you did for the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20
+msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, "
+"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you "
+"want to track support services you worked on every contract."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33
+msgid "Create Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services "
+"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the "
+"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every "
+"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu "
+":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following"
+" setup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48
+msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52
+msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we "
+"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on "
+"delivered quantities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will "
+"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you"
+" can track hours in the related account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or "
+"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support "
+"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on "
+"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: "
+"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the"
+" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to "
+"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78
+msgid "Managing support contract"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81
+msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order "
+"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed "
+"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to "
+"this support contract using the timesheet application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93
+msgid "Timesheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the "
+"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has "
+"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here "
+"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104
+msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales"
+" Orders`  to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line "
+"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**"
+" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the "
+"timesheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116
+msgid "Upselling and renewal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or "
+"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to "
+"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of "
+"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the "
+"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales "
+"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every "
+"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your "
+"upselling effort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the "
+"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or "
+"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new "
+"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales"
+" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138
+msgid "Special Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track "
+"the service:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every "
+"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on "
+"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the "
+"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several "
+"service contracts within the same sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. "
+"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded "
+"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156
+msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
+msgid "Main Concepts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
+msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
+msgid "Transcript"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The "
+"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can"
+" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases "
+"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within "
+"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my "
+"opportunities more easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
+"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
+"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
+"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
+"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
+"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
+"delivery order automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
+msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. "
+"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And "
+"any information related to the transaction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, "
+"something like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45
+msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47
+msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
+msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51
+msgid "Click on customer statement letter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by "
+"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to "
+"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it "
+"to my dashboard in just a click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales "
+"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and "
+"increase your success rate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3
+msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different "
+"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft "
+"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other "
+"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to "
+"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or "
+"email)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to "
+"create draft invoices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16
+msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order "
+"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales"
+" order. You have different options like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the "
+"delivery order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25
+msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when "
+"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows "
+"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready"
+" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36
+msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41
+msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , "
+"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the "
+"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods "
+"(invoice based on actual Kg)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you "
+"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest "
+"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57
+msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The "
+"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on"
+" the contract."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67
+msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is "
+"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only "
+"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is "
+"received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75
+msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales "
+"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales "
+"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create "
+"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85
+msgid "if you need to create a refund"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87
+msgid "If you need to give a discount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89
+msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91
+msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96
+msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98
+msgid "membership: invoice your members every year"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100
+msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
+msgid "Products & Prices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3
+msgid "Manage your pricing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3
+msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5
+msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> "
+"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on "
+"Invoicing/Accounting apps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in "
+"pricelist setup form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in"
+" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17
+msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20
+msgid "Automatic conversion from public price"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The public price is in your company's main currency (see "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the "
+"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See"
+" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40
+msgid "Set your own prices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency"
+" rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
+msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
+msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored"
+" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo "
+"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to "
+"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order "
+"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, "
+"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing"
+" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16
+msgid "Several prices per product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer "
+"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
+"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23
+msgid "Prices per customer segment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
+"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
+"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
+msgid "Temporary prices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40
+msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
+"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50
+msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
+"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60
+msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative "
+"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another "
+"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be "
+"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). "
+"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either "
+"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`"
+" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
+"e-Commerce)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
+"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
+" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
+"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86
+msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88
+msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93
+msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
+msgid "Discounts with roundings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98
+msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
+msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
+msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
+msgid "Prices per country"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo "
+"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the "
+"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first "
+"pricelist without any country group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116
+msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118
+msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121
+msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
+" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
+msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
+msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
+msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3
+msgid "Manage your products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3
+msgid "How to import products with categories and variants"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
+"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
+"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
+"etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11
+msgid "How to customize the file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
+" here below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't "
+"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the "
+"import screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist"
+" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can "
+"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
+msgid "Why an “ID” column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one "
+"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
+"duplicates;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32
+msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35
+msgid "How to import relation fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
+"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
+"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
+"their own list menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
+"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
+"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
+"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3
+msgid "Set taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3
+msgid "Quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3
+msgid "Online Quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3
+msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9
+msgid "Enable Online Quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the "
+"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will "
+"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling "
+"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25
+msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the "
+"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From "
+"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the "
+"corresponding page of your website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by "
+"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A "
+"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you "
+"add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the "
+"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product "
+"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through "
+"the inline text editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the"
+" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web"
+" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only "
+"affect the individual quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52
+msgid "Using Online Quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online "
+"quotation, then share it with customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging "
+"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or "
+"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You "
+"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the "
+"customer views the quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
+msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. "
+"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple"
+" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"First, go to the Sales application, then click on "
+":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable"
+" the multiple address configuration from menu**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24
+msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the "
+"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer "
+"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & "
+"addresses** tab with distinctive logos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46
+msgid "On the quotations and sales orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and"
+" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be "
+"filled in when selecting the customer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by "
+"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59
+msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3
+msgid "How to create my first quotation?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a "
+"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, "
+"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait "
+"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I "
+"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of "
+"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18
+msgid "This section will show you how to proceed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24
+msgid "Install the Sales Management module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install "
+"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34
+msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the "
+"chances to convert the prospect into a client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on "
+"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, "
+"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations "
+"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture "
+"below) and apply your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49
+msgid "Create your quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55
+msgid "Customer and Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you "
+"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the "
+"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and"
+" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do"
+" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** "
+"and the discount if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment "
+"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on"
+" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the"
+" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of "
+"contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on "
+"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your"
+" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, "
+"etc.) along with a picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
+msgid "Taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and "
+"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are "
+"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in "
+"percentage) and save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93
+msgid "Terms and conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's "
+"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103
+msgid "Preview and send quotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click "
+"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable "
+"PDF version with all your quotation details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on "
+"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on "
+"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> "
+"Configure company data`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer "
+"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before "
+"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127
+msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128
+msgid ":doc:`optional`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129
+msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3
+msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to "
+"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. "
+"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories "
+"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can"
+" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen "
+"purchase in one of several locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce "
+"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will"
+" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online "
+"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you "
+"haven't already."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual "
+"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a"
+" quotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39
+msgid "Website Sales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the "
+"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on "
+"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* "
+"page prior to checkout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3
+msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship "
+"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal "
+"information which include products and company policy so customer can read "
+"all those terms before committing to anything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on "
+"every quotation, sales order and invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to "
+"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and "
+"conditions on all your quotations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure "
+"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe "
+"storage of the products.*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25
+msgid "General terms and conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They "
+"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to"
+" the invoice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, "
+"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed "
+"documents)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
+msgid "eBay"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90e9fd7d51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1390 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Эдуард Манятовский , 2017\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n"
+
+#: ../../website.rst:5
+msgid "Website"
+msgstr "Веб-сайт"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3
+msgid "Optimize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3
+msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5
+msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if"
+" you don't have any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking "
+"ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15
+msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, "
+"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google "
+"Documentation. "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31
+msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
+"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the "
+"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to "
+"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14
+msgid "Select Analytics API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google "
+"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this "
+"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the "
+"Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
+" your Client ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
+msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3
+msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6
+msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your"
+" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In "
+"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page "
+"should have one and only one title ``
    ``, your website should have a "
+"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We "
+"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce "
+"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO"
+" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23
+msgid "Page speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster "
+"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a "
+"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some "
+"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two "
+"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also "
+"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost "
+"$1.6b to Amazon in sales `__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the "
+"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how "
+"your website ranks using these two tools:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"`Google Page Speed "
+"`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46
+msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49
+msgid "Static resources: CSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and "
+"cached (server side and browser side). The result:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54
+msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor "
+"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS "
+"resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60
+msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although"
+" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes "
+"`__ extend and customize bootstrap "
+"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, "
+"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70
+msgid "**Both files in the **"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70
+msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72
+msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121
+msgid ".text-muted {"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122
+msgid "color: #666;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74
+msgid "color: #777;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74
+msgid "background: yellow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75
+msgid "background: yellow;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123
+msgid "}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78
+msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own "
+"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several"
+" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance "
+"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in "
+"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file"
+" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files "
+"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the "
+"number of requests to be done than the actual file size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a "
+"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS "
+"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is "
+"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the "
+"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. "
+"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to "
+"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript "
+"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they "
+"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle "
+"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this "
+"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the"
+" backend (/web)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to "
+"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most "
+"themes fit below this limit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS "
+"is minified to reduce its size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118
+msgid "**Before minification**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118
+msgid "**After minification**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120
+msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120
+msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to "
+"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so "
+"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor "
+"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140
+msgid "Static resources: Javascript"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified,"
+" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145
+msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form "
+"validation, …)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your"
+" employees using Odoo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, "
+"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. "
+"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same "
+"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, "
+"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
+" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
+"from their original versions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168
+msgid "Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically "
+"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and "
+".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image "
+"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than "
+"performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when "
+"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party"
+" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all "
+"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of "
+"the ```` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt "
+"attributes for the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195
+msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome "
+"`__ in most Odoo themes)."
+" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will "
+"not result in extra requests to load the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209
+msgid "CDN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, "
+"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery"
+" Network has three advantages:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries"
+" around the globe)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own "
+"server)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more "
+"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by "
+"domain)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the"
+" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232
+msgid "HTML Pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the "
+":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra "
+"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
+msgid ""
+"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually "
+"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
+"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
+"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
+"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
+"following code:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
+msgid "``
    My Text
    ``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
+msgid ""
+"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
+"code:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
+msgid "``
    My Text
    ``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
+msgid "Responsive Design"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
+msgid ""
+"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
+" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
+"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
+"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
+"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed "
+"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
+msgid "Browser caching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
+"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
+"this URL: "
+"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css "
+"`__. "
+"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of "
+"your website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
+msgid ""
+"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
+"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
+msgid "Scalability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
+msgid ""
+"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
+"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
+"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to "
+"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
+msgid ""
+"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* `__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
+" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
+msgid "URLs handling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
+msgid "URLs Structure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
+msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
+msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
+msgid "With the following components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
+msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
+msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
+"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
+"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version"
+" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
+msgid ""
+"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
+" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
+" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
+msgid ""
+"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
+"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
+"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending "
+"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, "
+"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
+msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
+"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
+msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
+msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
+msgid ""
+"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
+"name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
+"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
+msgid ""
+"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
+"post):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
+msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
+msgid "In the above example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
+msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
+msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
+msgid ""
+"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
+"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
+"search engines. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
+msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
+msgid ""
+"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
+" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
+"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
+msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
+"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
+msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
+msgid ""
+"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
+"done to route visitors to the new website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
+msgid "As an example, this URL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
+msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
+msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
+msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
+" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
+"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 "
+"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
+msgid "HTTPS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
+msgid ""
+"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
+" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
+"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets"
+" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
+msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
+msgid ""
+"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
+"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
+"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
+msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
+msgid ""
+"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
+"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
+msgid ""
+"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
+"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
+msgid ""
+"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
+"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
+"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
+msgid ""
+"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
+"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
+"attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
+msgid "Multi-language support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
+msgid "Multi-language URLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
+msgid ""
+"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
+"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
+msgid ""
+"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
+"default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
+msgid ""
+"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
+"version)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
+msgid ""
+"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
+"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
+"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
+msgid "Language annotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
+msgid ""
+"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
+"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML  "
+"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element "
+"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
+msgid ""
+""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
+msgid "With this approach:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
+msgid ""
+"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
+" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
+msgid ""
+"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
+" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
+"content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
+msgid "Language detection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
+msgid ""
+"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
+"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
+"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. "
+"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
+msgid ""
+"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
+"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
+"language to avoid any redirection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
+msgid ""
+"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
+" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
+"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without "
+"using the browser language preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
+msgid "Meta Tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
+msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
+msgid ""
+"Every web page should define the ````, ``<description>`` and "
+"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
+"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search "
+"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what "
+"people search in Google."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
+msgid ""
+"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
+"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
+"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your "
+"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
+msgid ""
+"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
+"every language of a single page;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
+msgid ""
+"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
+" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
+"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your "
+"blog posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
+"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
+msgid "Sitemap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
+msgid ""
+"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
+"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
+msgid ""
+"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
+"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
+"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol "
+"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 "
+"chunks per file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
+msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
+msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
+msgid ""
+"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
+"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
+" could be the last modification date of the product or the page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
+msgid ""
+"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
+" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
+" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by "
+"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
+msgid "Structured Data Markup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
+msgid ""
+"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
+"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
+"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-"
+"presented search results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
+msgid ""
+"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
+"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
+msgid ""
+"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
+"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
+"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed "
+"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
+msgid "robots.txt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
+msgid ""
+"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
+"content is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
+msgid "User-agent: \\*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
+msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
+msgid "Content is king"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
+msgid ""
+"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
+" to help you build your contents on your website:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
+"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
+"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
+"/public-channel-1>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
+"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
+" Odoo.com landing pages)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
+msgid ""
+"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
+"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
+msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
+msgid ""
+"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
+"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
+"content of your website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
+msgid "Social Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
+msgid "Twitter Cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
+msgid ""
+"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
+"version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
+msgid "Social Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
+"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
+" **Website Admin** application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
+msgid "Test Your Website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
+msgid ""
+"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
+"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish.rst:3
+msgid "Publish"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3
+msgid "How to use my own domain name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain "
+"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one "
+"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10
+msgid "What is a good domain name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your "
+"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper "
+"domain. Here are some tips:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15
+msgid "Simple and obvious"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16
+msgid "Easy to remember and spell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17
+msgid "The shorter the better"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18
+msgid "Avoid special characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19
+msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO "
+"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
+"seo/158951/>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24
+msgid "How to buy a domain name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25
+msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27
+msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28
+msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29
+msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of "
+"issue, check out those easy tutorials:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
+msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain "
+"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. "
+"This is Odoo's job!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42
+msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
+"yourcompany.odoo.com):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
+msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50
+msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. "
+"www.yourcompany.com)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69
+msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*."
+" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
+"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75
+msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77
+msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"`Namecheap "
+"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
+"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"`OVH "
+"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
+msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as "
+"CloudFlare.com."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90
+msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
+msgid "How to translate my website"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the "
+"possibility to translate it in different languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12
+msgid "Process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as"
+" many different languages as you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or "
+"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to "
+"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** "
+"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't "
+"install anything, and follow the next step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on "
+"**Add a language**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then "
+"click on **Load.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means "
+"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that "
+"some of the text has been translated automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here "
+"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to"
+" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate "
+"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some "
+"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to "
+"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* "
+"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to "
+"ask for a public key and a private key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in "
+"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by "
+"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/accounting.pot b/locale/sources/accounting.pot
index 3a97ce2c26..4b6921eb8e 100644
--- a/locale/sources/accounting.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/accounting.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 15:12+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need t
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29
-msgid "User cases"
+msgid "Use cases"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32
@@ -917,6 +917,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank accounts from another company."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "ABA/Routing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0
+msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49
 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1065,6 +1073,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be configured as well as the currency of the journal"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Type"
@@ -1086,6 +1102,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Use in Point of Sale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Company"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1103,11 +1127,11 @@ msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence"
+msgid "Next Number"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and refunds made from this journal"
+msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1119,11 +1143,27 @@ msgid "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journ
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Refund Entry Sequence"
+msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and credit notes made from this journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund entries of this journal."
+msgid "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit note entries of this journal."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1155,7 +1195,17 @@ msgid "Debit Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in order to manage payments outside of the software."
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing online (payment token)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable this option from the settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1163,7 +1213,15 @@ msgid "Payment Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in order to manage payments outside of the software."
+msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. Enable this option from the settings."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1233,11 +1291,19 @@ msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Active in Point of Sale"
+msgid "Creation of bank statement"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-msgid "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a point of sale."
+msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
+msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
@@ -1454,11 +1520,11 @@ msgid "Time Method Based On"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of depreciation lines."
+msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
-msgid "* Number of Depreciations: Fix the number of depreciation lines and the time between 2 depreciations."
+msgid "* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 depreciations."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
@@ -1510,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automaticall
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
-msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
+msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
@@ -1569,111 +1635,107 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management** feature"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34
-msgid "If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35
 msgid "Budgetary Positions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37
 msgid "Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43
 msgid "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46
 msgid "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52
 msgid "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book our expenses."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58
 msgid "Click on *Select*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63
 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65
 msgid "Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case select the relevant income accounts."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69
 msgid "Analytical account"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76
-msgid "If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner."
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71
+msgid "Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82
 msgid "Set a budget"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84
 msgid "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88
 msgid "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91
 msgid "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98
 msgid "Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the corresponding analytic account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108
 msgid "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111
 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114
 msgid "Check your budget"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116
 msgid "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some Invoices and Vendors Bills."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121
 msgid "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account in the invoice and / or purchase line."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125
 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127
 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:128
 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130
 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132
 msgid "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical Amount** column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147
+#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141
 msgid "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual amount that could have been realised."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2160,6 +2222,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Debit**"
@@ -2167,6 +2232,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Credit**"
@@ -3706,11 +3774,11 @@ msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
-msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
+msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
-msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce website"
+msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
@@ -3718,7 +3786,7 @@ msgid "Setting your products"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
-msgid "Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application."
+msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
@@ -3762,7 +3830,7 @@ msgid "Avoid changing every sale order"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
-msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer."
+msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
@@ -3875,6 +3943,86 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid "The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid "Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the 2nd quarter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid "Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in your accounting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid "The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
 msgid "How to create new taxes"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4030,7 +4178,7 @@ msgid "How to set tax-included prices"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
-msgid "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check *Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`."
+msgid "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check *Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12
@@ -4258,7 +4406,7 @@ msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
-msgid "Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
+msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
@@ -4266,7 +4414,7 @@ msgid "Multi-companies"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
-msgid "Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules."
+msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36
@@ -4290,7 +4438,7 @@ msgid "International Standards"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
+msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
@@ -4298,7 +4446,7 @@ msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
-msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
+msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
@@ -4370,7 +4518,7 @@ msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
-msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
+msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
@@ -4394,7 +4542,7 @@ msgid "Easy retained earnings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
-msgid "Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
+msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required.  This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
@@ -5745,6 +5893,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has only one available which is 'manual'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
+msgid "SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Code"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7265,7 +7425,7 @@ msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
-msgid "Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
+msgid "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot
index 0c57ced064..42b33aed28 100644
--- a/locale/sources/applications.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/business.pot b/locale/sources/business.pot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50112919c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locale/sources/business.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../../business.rst:3
+msgid "Business Mementoes"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/locale/sources/crm.pot b/locale/sources/crm.pot
index 9b8c981b5f..ee97892b81 100644
--- a/locale/sources/crm.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/crm.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -25,35 +25,71 @@ msgid "Calendar"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your calendar with Google Calendar"
+msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
-msgid "Connect on your google account and go to `https://console.developers.google.com/ <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
+msgid "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both directions)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:7
-msgid "Click on **Create a project...** and enter a project name and change your id if you want. Don't forget to accept the Terms of Services"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:13
-msgid "In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth) and click on 'Calendar API'. Activate the Calendar API by clicking on the blue button 'Enable API'. When it's done, the Calendar API overview will be available"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
+msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:26
-msgid "In the menu on left side, select the sub menu 'Credentials' (from menu APIs and auth) and click on button 'Create new Client ID'"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
-msgid "Check that the Application type is set on 'Web Application', then click on 'Configure consent screen'. Specify an email address and a product name, then save."
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
+msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed to store your API credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
-msgid "You should now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. To do it, you need to complete the field \"Authorized redirect URI\" and set as value (your own domain followed by '/google_account/authentication'): ==> http://mydomain.odoo.com/google_account/authentication You can now click on 'Create Client ID'"
+msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
+msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
+msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:48
-msgid "Once done, you will have the both informations (Client ID and Client Secret) that you need to insert in the 2 fields below!"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
+msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your credentials in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
@@ -125,14 +161,14 @@ msgid ":doc:`manual`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
 msgid ":doc:`import`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
 msgid ":doc:`website`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -200,7 +236,7 @@ msgid "For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
 msgid ":doc:`emails`"
 msgstr ""
@@ -230,22 +266,22 @@ msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
-msgid "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will be visible as a lead in your pipeline ."
+msgid "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in the **Internal notes** field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
 msgid "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
 msgid "Create a new opportunity"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
 msgid "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
 msgid "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking on it."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1480,15 +1516,15 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new team?"
+msgid "How to create a new channel?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
-msgid "In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
+msgid "In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the **Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
-msgid "To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` and click on **Create**."
+msgid "To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels` and click on **Create**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
@@ -1496,11 +1532,11 @@ msgid "Fill in the fields :"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
-msgid "Enter the name of your team"
+msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
-msgid "Select your team leader"
+msgid "Select your channel leader"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
@@ -1508,7 +1544,7 @@ msgid "Select your team members"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26
-msgid "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now access your new team from your Dashboard."
+msgid "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now access your new channel from your Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
diff --git a/locale/sources/db_management.pot b/locale/sources/db_management.pot
index 6baf2ec4fa..725e9599bd 100644
--- a/locale/sources/db_management.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/db_management.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgid "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each dat
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
-msgid "Too much users error message"
+msgid "Error message due to too many users"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
-msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)."
+msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
diff --git a/locale/sources/discuss.pot b/locale/sources/discuss.pot
index b0aa8fdb1b..b07ea5cf5b 100644
--- a/locale/sources/discuss.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/discuss.pot
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
 # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 15:12+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -41,142 +41,150 @@ msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` a
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
-msgid "Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
+msgid "Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Office 365 documentation`_ to make it working."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27
 msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:28
 msgid "You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:37
 msgid "Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:44
 msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
 msgid "Set the domain name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51
 msgid "Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General Settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58
 msgid "Create a catchall address"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:59
 msgid "When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address is a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:64
 msgid "Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:68
 msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
 msgid "Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in *mail.catchall.alias*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
 msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
 msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
-msgid "Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server (*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages."
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
+msgid "Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with *@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup as it is really convenient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
+msgid "Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
-msgid "You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself."
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:93
+msgid "However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server). To do so:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
-msgid "There are 2 methods:"
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
+msgid "Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
-msgid "[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. That's it you're ready to go!"
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100
+msgid "Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
-msgid "**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of above section."
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
+msgid "In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
+msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
 msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
 msgid "Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as spam."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
 msgid "To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119
 msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120
 msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
 msgid "If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
 msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
 msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
 msgid "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
 msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:135
 msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
 msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:141
 msgid "Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your external email box."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:148
 msgid "To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both systems. This will negatively impact your productivity."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot
index b97aa19c09..9712040a04 100644
--- a/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/ecommerce.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -537,6 +537,99 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Get paid"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
+msgid "Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway <https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant <https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
+msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
+msgid "Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking 'Get Started'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
+msgid "In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, press the related option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
+msgid "Go through the registration steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
+msgid "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
+msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
+msgid "Set up Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
+msgid "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
+msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
+msgid "To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
+msgid "Go live"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
+msgid "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
+msgid "Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the production mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
+msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
+msgid "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
+msgid "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
+msgid "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform <https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
+msgid "To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide <https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
+msgid ":doc:`payment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
+msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
 msgstr ""
@@ -678,11 +771,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
-msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
 msgstr ""
@@ -760,7 +848,7 @@ msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
-msgid "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the only one without any subscription free. We definitely advise it to any starter."
+msgid "Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any starter."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
@@ -811,10 +899,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, **Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
-msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
 msgid "Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your **Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
 msgstr ""
@@ -839,10 +923,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
-msgid "Go live"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
 msgid "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
 msgstr ""
@@ -895,10 +975,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
-msgid ":doc:`payment`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
 msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/expense.pot b/locale/sources/expense.pot
index 93fbbb0e91..ecbfe1cc2c 100644
--- a/locale/sources/expense.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/expense.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot
index d1493a6105..4c9d83a782 100644
--- a/locale/sources/general.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/general.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgid "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any modif
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
-msgid "BASICS"
+msgid "Basics"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
diff --git a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot
index 2946fb2053..7dad55c8b4 100644
--- a/locale/sources/getting_started.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/getting_started.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgid "Support"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
-msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
+msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
@@ -281,146 +281,166 @@ msgid "Success Pack Services"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
-msgid "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
+msgid "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
+msgid "The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
 msgid "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in your success pack."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
 msgid "His/her role includes:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
 msgid "**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo features."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
 msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
 msgid "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your consultant."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid "**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing structures, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
 msgid "**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template prepared by the project manager."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
-msgid "If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra services:"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
+msgid "If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra services:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
-msgid "**Customization of screens**"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
+msgid "**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to customize most screens in any way you see fit."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288
-msgid "**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to developers for advanced customizations."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+msgid "**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
 msgid "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours of your success pack."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
 msgid "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:302
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
+msgid "If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
+msgid "All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will be deducted from your Success Pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
+msgid "In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the subscription fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
+msgid "**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * $5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
 msgid "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo progressively, by groups of apps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
 msgid "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan (phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:319
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the business process and configure according to your specific needs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid "**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project manager will import them in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
 msgid "**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and process your feedback."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
 msgid "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and **automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens and reports**)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
 msgid "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:350
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
 msgid "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases** in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
 msgid "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment with test data!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
 msgid "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
 msgid "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they have all the resources needed to complete their project."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:380
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
 msgid "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project manager and eventually the support team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
 msgid "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
 msgid "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them a solution that grows with their needs!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:393
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/sources/index.pot b/locale/sources/index.pot
index ba8a88c2e1..f657a1074a 100644
--- a/locale/sources/index.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/index.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory.pot b/locale/sources/inventory.pot
index 62a45ff798..24ed518ea7 100644
--- a/locale/sources/inventory.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/inventory.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -317,34 +317,34 @@ msgid "Set products barcodes"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28
-msgid "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also be accessed via the planner."
+msgid "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes.  This interface can also be accessed via the planner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
 msgid "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate them)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
 msgid "Set locations barcodes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
 msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker paper."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
 msgid "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
 msgid "Barcode formats"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
 msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
 msgid "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define your own barcode format for internal use."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ msgid "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**.
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
-msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
+msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
@@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ msgid "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one def
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
-msgid "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
+msgid "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
@@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
-msgid "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Receipts`"
+msgid "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ msgid "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the quan
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104
-msgid "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage several location per warehouse** in the settings at :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
+msgid "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage several location per warehouse** in the settings at :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
@@ -2723,37 +2723,41 @@ msgid "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice l
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
-msgid "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value"
+msgid "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a specific product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351
-msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category"
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
+msgid "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
-msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category"
+msgid "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
+msgid "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's internal category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
 msgid "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
 msgid "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form as a specific replacement value"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
 msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/sources/legal.pot b/locale/sources/legal.pot
deleted file mode 100644
index 4811ec7943..0000000000
--- a/locale/sources/legal.pot
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1352 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
-# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-#
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:5
-msgid "Legal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:15
-#: ../../legal/licenses.rst:5
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:6
-msgid "Licenses"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:17
-msgid ":ref:`licenses`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:20
-#: ../../legal/terms.rst:5
-msgid "Terms and Conditions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:46
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:48
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise_fr|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:50
-msgid ":ref:`terms_of_sale` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_terms_of_sale|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:51
-msgid ":ref:`terms_of_sale_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_terms_of_sale_fr|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:58
-#: ../../legal/others.rst:5
-msgid "Other legal references"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:60
-msgid "`Odoo Online Service Level Agreement <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:61
-msgid "`Odoo Online Acceptable Use Policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-acceptable-use-policy>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:62
-msgid ":ref:`cla`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:11
-msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:13
-msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.en.html>`_  (also known as LGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html>`_ and the `compatibility matrix <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html#AllCompatibility>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:22
-msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:24
-msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:487
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3
-msgid "This software and associated files (the \"Software\") can only be used (executed, modified, executed after modifications) with a valid Odoo Enterprise Subscription for the correct number of users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7
-msgid "With a valid Partnership Agreement with Odoo S.A., the above permissions are also granted, as long as the usage is limited to a testing or development environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11
-msgid "You may develop Odoo modules based on the Software and distribute them under the license of your choice, provided that it is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16
-msgid "You may use Odoo modules published under any license along with the Software, provided that their license is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Enterprise License (Including, but not limited to, any module published on the Odoo Apps Store on odoo.com/apps)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:69
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21
-msgid "It is forbidden to publish, distribute, sublicense, or sell copies of the Software or modified copies of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24
-msgid "The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in all  copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27
-msgid "THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:43
-msgid "Odoo Apps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:45
-msgid "Unless otherwise stated, Odoo Apps by Odoo SA (including the website themes) are published under the Odoo Proprietary License v1.0, defined as follows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo Proprietary License v1.0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:56
-msgid "This software and associated files (the \"Software\") may only be used (executed, modified, executed after modifications) if you have purchased a valid license from the authors, typically via Odoo Apps, or if you have received a written agreement from the authors of the Software (see the COPYRIGHT file)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:62
-msgid "You may develop Odoo modules that use the Software as a library (typically by depending on it, importing it and using its resources), but without copying any source code or material from the Software. You may distribute those modules under the license of your choice, provided that this license is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Proprietary License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:72
-msgid "The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:75
-msgid "THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:91
-msgid "Odoo 9"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:93
-msgid "The licenses for both editions of Odoo 9 were respectively the same as for :ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:100
-msgid "Odoo 8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:102
-msgid "Odoo 8 is licensed under `AGPL version 3 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.en.html>`_  (also known as AGPLv3). See also the `GPL FAQ <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html>`_ and the `compatibility matrix <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html#AllCompatibility>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:5
-msgid "Contributor License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:7
-msgid "In order to contribute to any of the Odoo projects, companies and individuals have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:10
-msgid "More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the agreement, and a FAQ can be found on our `GitHub project page <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/doc/cla/sign-cla.md>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:5
-msgid "Privacy Policy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:7
-msgid "Temporary version at `<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__ (needs cleanup)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5b - Last revision: June 30, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:10
-msgid "By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the \"Services\") provided by Odoo SA and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo SA\") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community Edition (the \"Software\"), you (the \"Customer\") are agreeing to be bound by the following terms and conditions (the \"Agreement\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:18
-msgid "1 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:20
-msgid "The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one year and as specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term by registered mail to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:28
-msgid "2 Definitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:34
-msgid "User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:31
-msgid "Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or edition mode. Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people (or systems) who only have limited access to the Software through the portal facilities (known as \"portal Users\") are not counted as Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:42
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:55
-msgid "Bug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:37
-msgid "Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a defective installation or configuration. Non-compliance with specifications or requirements will be considered as Bugs at the discretion of Odoo SA (typically, when the Software does not produce the results or performance it was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet legal accounting requirements anymore)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:51
-msgid "Covered Versions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:45
-msgid "All Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 (three) most recently released major versions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:48
-msgid "To be covered by the current Agreement, Customer’s installations have to run the most recent Covered Version at the time of this Agreement’s signature. When this is not the case, additional costs are applicable, as described in :ref:`charges`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:56
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:42
-msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:58
-msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:62
-msgid "The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and collects statistics for that purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance and the number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:67
-msgid "Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties without the consent of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in compliance with its official Privacy Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's website <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:71
-msgid "Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked immediately and the Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise Edition software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:74
-msgid "Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the actual number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:81
-msgid "4 Included Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:84
-msgid "4.1 Bug Fixing Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:86
-msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable efforts to remedy any Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's service desk email address or website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions within 2 business days."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:91
-msgid "The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension that is not part of the official Software will not be covered by this service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:94
-msgid "As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to the Customer. If the bug has been addressed in a more recent revision of the Covered Version of the Software used by the Customer, the Customer agrees to update its systems to that revision in order to obtain the correction. The Customer will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered Version of the Software as a remedy to a Bug."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:100
-msgid "When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the Bug in all more recent Covered Versions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:103
-msgid "Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability` section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:108
-msgid "4.2 Security Advisories Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:110
-msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a \"Security Advisory\" to the Customer for any security Bug that are discovered in the Covered Versions of the Software, at least 2 weeks before making the Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly by a third party. Security Advisories include a complete description of the Bug, its cause, its possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the corresponding remedy for each Covered Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:117
-msgid "The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in :ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public disclosure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:124
-msgid "4.3 Upgrade Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:129
-msgid "Upgrade Service for the Software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:131
-msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests through the appropriate channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service website), in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered Version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the \"Target Version\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:135
-msgid "Upgrade requests must include a complete backup copy of the Customer's database and the associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of the Software). Where necessary for data security or regulation reasons, the Upgrade Service includes an optional tool to anonymize identifiable data inside a database before submitting the upgrade request, and a tool to restore the anonymized data after the upgrade."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:141
-msgid "This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the Customer to perform unattended upgrades once a previous version of the Customer's database has been successfully upgraded for a Covered Version. The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and agrees to submit at least 1 upgrade request for testing purposes before submitting the final upgrade request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:147
-msgid "The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of the Customer's database to make it compatible with the Target Version, and the correction of any Bug directly caused by the upgrade operation and not normally occurring in the Target Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:151
-msgid "It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgraded database in order to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes and new features implemented in the Target Version, and to convert and adapt for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that were installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as foreseen in section :ref:`upgrade_extra`). The Customer may submit multiple upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:162
-msgid "Upgrade Service for third-party extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:164
-msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional upgrade services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in addition to the regular Upgrade Services. This optional service is subject to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the technical adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and their corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. The Customer will receive an upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded database."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:174
-msgid "5 Charges and Fees"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:179
-msgid "5.1 Standard charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:181
-msgid "The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing Service, Security Advisories Service and the Upgrade Service are based on the number of Users and the Software version used by the Customer, and specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:185
-msgid "When during the Term, the Customer has more Users than specified at the time of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of the Term) for the additional Users, for the remainder of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:189
-msgid "If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a Covered Version that is not the most recent one, the standard charges will be increased by 50% for the duration of the first Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:196
-msgid "5.2 Renewal charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:198
-msgid "Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges applied during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable per-User list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7%, unless Odoo SA provides written notice of a new price to the Customer at least 60 days prior to the end of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:207
-msgid "5.3 Charges for Upgrade Services of third-party modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:211
-msgid "The additional charge for the Upgrade Service for third-party modules is EUR (€) 1000.00 (one thousand euros) per 1000 Lines of Code in the third-party modules, rounded up to the next thousand lines. Lines of Code include all text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the programming language (Python, Javascript, etc.) or data format (XML, CSV, etc.), excluding blank lines and comment lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:217
-msgid "Odoo SA reserves the right to reject an upgrade request for third-party modules under the above conditions if the quality of the source code of those modules is too low, or if these modules constitute an interface with third-party software or systems. The upgrade of such modules will subject to a separate offer, outside of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:225
-msgid "5.4 Taxes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:229
-msgid "All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, \"Taxes\"). The Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is responsible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:238
-msgid "6 Conditions of Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:241
-msgid "6.1 Customer Obligations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:245
-msgid "The Customer agrees to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:247
-msgid "pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present Agreement, in accordance with the payment conditions specified in the corresponding invoice ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:249
-msgid "immediately notify Odoo SA when the actual number of Users exceeds the number of Users specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this event, pay the applicable additional fee as described in section :ref:`charges_standard`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:252
-msgid "take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage, as described in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:255
-msgid "grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is found to be inoperant for the Customer);"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:257
-msgid "appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the Agreement;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:258
-msgid "take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and to ensure Customer’s data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA cannot be held liable for any data loss;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:265
-msgid "6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:267
-msgid "Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to any employee of the other party who is involved in performing or using the Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:279
-msgid "6.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:281
-msgid "Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to reproduce and display the other party’s name, logos and trademarks, solely for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or supplier, on websites, press releases and other marketing materials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:290
-msgid "6.4 Confidentiality"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:298
-msgid "Definition of \"Confidential Information\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:293
-msgid "All information disclosed by a party (the \"Disclosing Party\") to the other party (the \"Receiving Party\"), whether orally or in writing, that is designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of disclosure. In particular any information related to the business, affairs, products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and suppliers of either party should be regarded as confidential."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:300
-msgid "For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to protect the confidentiality of its own similar Confidential Information, but not less than reasonable care."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:304
-msgid "The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure, to the extent permitted by law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:311
-msgid "6.5 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:313
-msgid "In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations arising herein, and if such breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:317
-msgid "Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the Customer fails to pay the applicable fees for the Services within the due date specified on the corresponding invoice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:324
-msgid "Surviving Provisions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:321
-msgid "The sections \":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”, “:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:329
-msgid "7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:334
-msgid "7.1 Warranties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:338
-msgid "For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially reasonable efforts to execute the Services in accordance with the generally accepted industry standards provided that:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:341
-msgid "the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:343
-msgid "the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so that Odoo SA can identify, reproduce and address problems;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:345
-msgid "all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:347
-msgid "The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for any breach of this warranty is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the Services at no additional charge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:353
-msgid "7.2 Disclaimers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:357
-msgid "Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:362
-msgid "Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or international law or regulations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:367
-msgid "7.3 Limitation of Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:369
-msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its affiliates arising out of or related to this Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:374
-msgid "In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, special, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable theory, even if a party or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages, or if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential purpose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:385
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:418
-msgid "7.4 Force Majeure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:387
-msgid "Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any performance or failure to render any performance under this Agreement when such failure or delay is caused by governmental regulations, fire, strike, war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or product in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other cause or causes, whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable control of such party as long as such cause or causes exist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:398
-msgid "8 General Provisions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:403
-msgid "8.1 Governing Law"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:405
-msgid "Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice or conflict of law principles. To the extent that any lawsuit or court proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both parties agree to submit to the sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of litigating all disputes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:414
-msgid "8.2 Severability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:416
-msgid "In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way thereby affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision having the same effects and objectives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:427
-msgid "9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:431
-msgid "Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, defined as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:439
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:228
-msgid "See :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:450
-msgid "Agreement Registration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:453
-msgid "Customer contact information"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:455
-msgid "Company name: Company address: VAT number (if applicable): Contact name: Email: Phone:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:463
-msgid "Technical contact information (can be an Odoo partner):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:464
-msgid "Company name: Contact name: Email: Phone:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:470
-msgid "By signing this Agreement I confirm I am a legal representative of Customer as stated in the resent section and approve all provisions and conditions of the present Agreement:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:473
-msgid "For and on behalf of (company name): Last name, first name: Title: Date:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:478
-msgid "Signature:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:9
-msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” est la :ref:`version originale <enterprise_agreement>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:15
-msgid "This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” is the :ref:`original english version <enterprise_agreement>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:21
-msgid "Version 5b - Dernière modification: 30 juin 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:23
-msgid "En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les \"Services\") fournis par Odoo SA et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo SA\") en relation avec Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (le \"Logiciel\"), vous (le \"Client\") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes (le \"Contrat\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:31
-msgid "1 Durée du Contrat"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:33
-msgid "La durée du présent contrat (la \"Durée\") doit être au minimum d'un an et telle que spécifiée par écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement reconduit pour une même durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la date d'échéance du contrat ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:41
-msgid "2 Définitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:47
-msgid "Utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:44
-msgid "Tout compte utilisateur actif donnant accès au Logiciel en mode création et/ou édition. Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel via le portail (\"Utilisateurs Portail\") ne sont pas comptés comme Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:50
-msgid "Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque le Logiciel ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:65
-msgid "Versions Couvertes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:58
-msgid "Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement aux Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus récentes versions majeures."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:61
-msgid "Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du client doivent utiliser la Version couverte  la plus récente au moment de la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas contraire, des frais supplémentaires sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section :ref:`charges_fr`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:70
-msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:72
-msgid "Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une licence non exclusive, non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section :ref:`appendix_a_fr`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:76
-msgid "Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution sans aucune modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueille des statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution du Logiciel et le nombre d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:81
-msgid "Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations chiffrées personnelles ou spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à traiter toutes les données recueillies en respectant sa politique officielle de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur `le site web d'Odoo SA <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:86
-msgid "À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est immédiatement révoquée et le Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:89
-msgid "Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il accepte de payer à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du tarif en vigueur applicable correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:97
-msgid "4 Services inclus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:100
-msgid "4.1 Service de correction de Bugs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:102
-msgid "Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts raisonnables pour corriger tout Bug du Logiciel qui pourrait être signalé par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais d'un e-mail adressé au service d'assistance d'Odoo SA ou via le formulaire correspondant sur le site web), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:108
-msgid "Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension qui ne fait pas partie de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas couverts par ce service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:111
-msgid "Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au Client. Si le Bug a été résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, ce dernier s'engage à actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir le correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version Couverte plus récente pour obtenir un correctif."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:117
-msgid "Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le corriger dans toutes les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:120
-msgid "Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du Logiciel et à la section :ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:125
-msgid "4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:127
-msgid "Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une \"alerte de sécurité\"\" au Client pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, au moins 2 semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers. Les alertes de sécurité comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour chaque Version Couverte."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:134
-msgid "Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant dans l'alerte de sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que décrites à la section :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période d'embargo avant la divulgation publique."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:141
-msgid "4.3 Service de migration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:146
-msgid "Service de migration du Logiciel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:148
-msgid "Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de migration en suivant les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site du service de migration d'Odoo SA), afin de convertir une base de données du Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une Version Couverte plus récente (la \"Version Cible\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:153
-msgid "Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète de la base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement obtenues à partir du menu Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou de réglementation, le Service de migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes les données identifiables figurant dans la base de données, avant de soumettre la demande de migration, et un outil pour restaurer les données rendues anonymes après la migration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:160
-msgid "Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de permettre au Client d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès lors qu’une version précédente de la base de données du Client a été migrée avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée. Le client peut soumettre des demandes de migration successives pour une base de données, et accepte de soumettre au moins 1 demande de mifration de test avant de soumettre la demande de migration finale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:167
-msgid "Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation techniques de la base de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la Version Cible, et à la correction de tout Bug directement causé par l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans la Version Cible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:172
-msgid "Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin de détecter tout Bug, d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles fonctionnalités ajoutées dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter pour la Version Cible les modules tiers du Logiciel qui auraient été installées dans la base de données avant la migration (sauf le cas échéant, comme prévu à la section :ref:`upgrade_extra_fr`). Le client peut soumettre plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce qu'un résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:183
-msgid "Service de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:185
-msgid "Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de migration pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration normale du Logiciel. Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires (décrits dans la section charges_fr_) et comprend l'adaptation technique des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du Client et de leurs données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles avec la Version Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers installés accompagnée de la base de données migrée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:196
-msgid "5 Tarifs et Frais"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:201
-msgid "5.1 Tarifs standards"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:203
-msgid "Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le service de correction de Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le service de migration sont basés sur le nombre d'Utilisateurs et la version du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par écrit à la signature du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:208
-msgid "Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs que spécifié au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un supplément équivalent au tarif en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires, pour le reste de la durée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:213
-msgid "Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une Version Couverte qui n'est pas l'une des plus récentes, les tarifs standards seront augmentés de 50% pour la première Durée du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:221
-msgid "5.2 Tarifs de reconduction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:223
-msgid "Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si les tarifs par Utilisateur qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur en vigueur les plus récents, les tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%, à moins qu'Odoo SA ne notifie par écrit un nouveau tarif au client, au moins 60 jours avant l’échéance du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:232
-msgid "5.3 Tarifs de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:234
-msgid "Les frais supplémentaires pour le service de migration des modules tiers sont de 1000,00- euros (€) (mille euros) pour 1000 lignes de code de modules tiers, le nombre de lignes étant arrondi au millier de lignes supérieur. Les lignes de code comprennent toutes les lignes de texte dans le code source de ces modules, quel que soit le langage de programmation (Python, Javascript, etc.) ou format de données (XML, CSV, etc.), à l'exclusion des lignes vides et des lignes de commentaires."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:240
-msgid "Odoo SA se réserve le droit de refuser une demande de migration pour des modules tiers conformément aux conditions décrites ci-dessus, si la qualité du code source de ces modules est trop faible, ou si ces modules font partie d'une interface d'intégration avec des logiciels ou systèmes tiers. La migration de ces modules sera soumise à une proposition distincte, non couverte par le présent Contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:250
-msgid "5.4 Taxes et impôts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:252
-msgid "Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes et hors impôts, frais et charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le Client est responsable du paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le Client en vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:261
-msgid "6 Conditions des Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:264
-msgid "6.1 Obligations du Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:266
-msgid "Le Client accepte de / d':"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:268
-msgid "Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent Contrat, conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture correspondante ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:270
-msgid "Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs dépasse le nombre d'Utilisateurs spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, de régler les frais supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:273
-msgid "Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non modifiée de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la section :ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:276
-msgid "Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour le Client) ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:279
-msgid "Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du contrat ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:280
-msgid "Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les bases de données du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable de toute perte de données ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:288
-msgid "6.2 Non solicitation ou embauche"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:290
-msgid "Sauf si l'autre partie donne son consentement par écrit, chaque partie, ses sociétés affiliées et ses représentants conviennent de ne pas solliciter ou offrir un emploi à tout employé de l'autre partie qui est impliqué dans l'exécution ou l'utilisation des Services en vertu du présent Contrat, pendant la Durée du Contrat et pendant une période de 12 mois à compter de la date de résiliation ou de l'expiration du présent Contrat. En cas de violation des conditions de la présente section qui conduirait à la démission dudit employé à cette fin, la partie ayant enfreint ces dispositions accepte de payer à l'autre partie un montant forfaitaire de 30 000,00 euros (€) (trente mille euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:303
-msgid "6.3 Publicité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:305
-msgid "Sauf demande contraire par écrit, chaque partie accorde à l'autre partie une licence mondiale libre de droits, non transférable, non exclusive pour reproduire et afficher le nom, les logos et les marques de l'autre partie, dans le seul but de citer l'autre partie en tant que client ou fournisseur, sur les sites Web, dans des communiqués de presse et autres documents de marketing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:313
-msgid "6.4 Confidentialité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:324
-msgid "Définition des \"Informations Confidentielles\" :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:316
-msgid "Désigne toutes les informations divulguées par une partie (la \"Partie Communicante\") à l'autre partie (la \"Partie Bénéficiaire\"), que ce soit oralement ou par écrit, qui sont désignées comme confidentielles ou qui devraient raisonnablement être comprises comme étant confidentielles étant donné la nature des informations et les circonstances de la divulgation. En particulier, toute information liée aux activités, aux affaires, aux produits, aux développements, aux secrets commerciaux, au savoir-faire, au personnel, aux clients et aux fournisseurs de l'une des parties doit être considérée comme confidentielle."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:326
-msgid "Pour toute Information Confidentielle reçue pendant la durée du présent contrat, la Partie Bénéficiaire utilisera le même degré de précaution qu'elle utilise pour protéger la confidentialité de ses propres Informations Confidentielles de même importance. Ce degré de précaution devra correspondre au minimum à une précaution raisonnable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:331
-msgid "La Partie Bénéficiaire peut divulguer les Informations Confidentielles de la Partie Communicante dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la Partie Bénéficiaire avise au préalable par écrit la Partie Communicante de son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:339
-msgid "6.5 Résiliation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:341
-msgid "Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du présent contrat, et si une telle violation n’est pas résolue dans les 30 jours civils à compter de la notification écrite de cette violation, le présent contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas commis la violation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:347
-msgid "En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services à la date d'échéance indiquée sur la facture correspondante."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:354
-msgid "Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:352
-msgid "Les sections \":ref:`confidentiality_fr`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`\",   “:ref:`liability_fr`\", et “:ref:`general_provisions_fr`\" survivront la résiliation ou l'expiration du présent contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:359
-msgid "7 Limitations de garantie et de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:364
-msgid "7.1 Garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:366
-msgid "Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément aux normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:370
-msgid "Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et que le Logiciel soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:372
-msgid "Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à l'accès, de telle sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer les problèmes ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:374
-msgid "Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:376
-msgid "La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais supplémentaires constitue la seule et unique réparation pour le Client et la seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour toute violation de cette garantie."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:383
-msgid "7.2 Limitation de garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:385
-msgid "Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties ne donne de garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite, légale ou autre, et chaque partie décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris toute garantie implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage particulier ou de non- contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi en vigueur."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:391
-msgid "Odoo SA ne garantit pas que le Logiciel soit conforme à toute loi ou réglementation locale ou internationale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:398
-msgid "7.3 Limitation de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:400
-msgid "Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque partie, ainsi que de ses filiales, découlant ou liée au présent Contrat ne dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu du présent Contrat au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette limite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:405
-msgid "Les parties et leurs filiales ne pourront en aucun cas être tenues responsables des dommages indirects, spéciaux, accessoires ou consécutifs de quelque nature que ce soit, y compris, mais sans s'y limiter, la perte de revenus, perte de profits, perte d’économies, perte commerciale ou toute autre perte financière, les coûts relatifs à l'arrêt ou au retard, la perte ou altération des données, découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, quelle que soit la forme de l'action, qu'elle soit fondée sur une obligation contractuelle, délictuelle (y compris la stricte négligence) ou fondée sur toute autre règle de droit ou d'équité, même si la partie ou ses filiales ont été informées du risque de tels dommages, ou si le recours proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:420
-msgid "Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de tout retard ou manquement d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce manquement ou retard est causé par une règlementation gouvernementale, un incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation, un accident, une épidémie, un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité ou en partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s) cause (s), qu’elle (s) soit (soient) de nature similaire ou différente, pour autant que cette cause soit hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie concernée, et tant qu'une telle cause existe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:431
-msgid "8 Dispositions générales"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:436
-msgid "8.1 Droit applicable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:438
-msgid "Les parties conviennent que les lois de Belgique seront applicables en cas de litige découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, sans tenir compte des règles ou dispositions en matière de compétence législative ou de conflit de lois. Dans la mesure où une poursuite ou procédure judiciaire ou administrative serait autorisée ci-avant, les parties conviennent de se soumettre à la compétence exclusive du tribunal de Nivelles (Belgique) aux fins de la procédure de tout litige."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:448
-msgid "8.2 Divisibilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:450
-msgid "Dans le cas où une ou plusieurs des dispositions du présent contrat ou toute autre application de celles-ci se trouvent non valables, illégales ou non exécutoires, la validité, la légalité et le caractère exécutoire des autres dispositions du présent contrat et toute application de celles-ci ne doivent en aucun cas en être affectés ou compromis. Les parties s'engagent à remplacer toute disposition non valable, illégale ou non exécutoire du présent contrat par une disposition valable ayant les mêmes effets et objectifs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:460
-msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:462
-msgid "Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, définie ci-dessous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:466
-msgid "Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la :ref:`version originale <odoo_enterprise_license>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:472
-msgid "This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms of the “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” is the :ref:`original english version <odoo_enterprise_license>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:489
-msgid "Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:494
-msgid "Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un environnement de test ou de développement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:498
-msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires similaires à celle-ci)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:503
-msgid "Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:508
-msgid "Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:511
-msgid "Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente licence."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:514
-msgid "LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:519
-msgid "EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:5
-msgid "Conditions Générales de Vente"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:7
-msgid "Dernière modification: 5 mai 2017."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:9
-msgid "Ces conditions régissent la vente de produits et services entre Odoo S.A. et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo S.A.\") et le client. Des conditions supplémentaires peuvent s'appliquer pour d'autres services offerts par Odoo S.A. (par exemple, l'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement). Si ces conditions supplémentaires entrent en contradiction avec les Conditions Générales de Vente, les conditions supplémentaires prévaudront."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:16
-msgid "Veuillez lire ces conditions attentivement avant de faire une commande auprès d'Odoo S.A. En commandant auprès d'Odoo S.A., le client marque son accord avec les présentes conditions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:20
-msgid "Le client renonce explicitement à ses propres conditions générales, même dans le cas où celles-ci seraient postérieures aux présentes conditions générales. Toute dérogation doit, pour être valable, être convenue de manière expresse, préalable et par écrit. Les présentes conditions sont une prolongation du contrat signé entre parties et font en tant que telles partie intégrante de la relation contractuelle entre parties."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:27
-msgid "Toutes les offres, tarifs ou listes de prix d’Odoo S.A. s’entendent, sauf stipulation contraire, sans engagement. Sauf stipulation contraire, toutes les factures sont payables à Odoo S.A. au comptant, au moment de la livraison. L'endroit de paiement est le siège social de Odoo S.A. peut envoyer des factures pour des marchandises déjà livrées même avant la livraison complète des marchandises. Le Client ne peut en aucun cas compenser une quelconque créance sur Odoo S.A. avec son obligation de paiement, sauf stipulation contraire."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:35
-msgid "Si la facture n’est pas payée à son échéance, elle sera, à titre d’indemnité forfaitaire, majorée de 15% et majorée d'autres indemnités, éventuellement dues pour tout préjudice, à démontrer par Odoo S.A.. Le non-paiement de tout ou partie d’une facture à son échéance rend immédiatement exigibles toutes sommes ou toutes factures dues non-encore échue. En cas de non-paiement d’une facture, Odoo S.A.  a le droit de rompre toutes les conventions de vente qui restent encore à exécuter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:43
-msgid "Si le Client est autorisé à effectuer des paiements à terme, l’absence de paiement d’un seul terme entraînera de plein droit et sans mise en demeure l’exigibilité de toute la dette, nonobstant toute indemnité supplémentaire."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:47
-msgid "Certains pays appliquent une retenue à la source sur le montant de la facture, conformément à leur législation interne. La retenue à la source sera réglée par le client, auprès de l'administration fiscale. En aucun cas, Odoo S.A. ne sera impliquée dans les coûts liés à la législation du pays. Le montant de la facture est donc dû à Odoo S.A. dans son intégralité et n’inclus pas les coûts relatifs à la législation du pays où se trouve le client."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo S.A. s'engage à faire ses meilleurs efforts en vue de fournir en temps utile des services performants. Toutefois, aucune de ses obligations ne peut être considérée comme étant une obligation de résultat. Odoo S.A. ne peut, en aucun cas, être appelée en garantie par le client dans le cadre de demandes en dommages et intérêts formulée par le consommateur final à l'encontre du client."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:60
-msgid "Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque partie, ainsi que de ses filiales ne dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu des présentes conditions au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette limite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:66
-msgid "Toute réclamation doit, pour être recevable, être notifiée à Odoo S.A., à son siège social, par courrier recommandé dans les 8 jours suivant la livraison des marchandises ou la prestation des services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:70
-msgid "Odoo S.A. se réserve le droit de modifier ces conditions à n'importe quel moment et sans notification préalable. Le client est soumis aux conditions en application au moment de son acceptation de ces conditions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_fr.rst:74
-msgid "Tout litige résultant de la présente convention ressort de l’application du droit belge et est de la compétence des Tribunaux de l’arrondissement du siège social d’Odoo S.A. hormis le droit d’Odoo S.A. de porter le litige devant une autre juridiction compétente."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/online.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo Online Terms & Conditions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement - Under Revision!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5_work-in-progress - Last revision: March 02, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:11
-msgid "BETWEEN:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:13
-msgid "ODOO SA registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under number RCN 95656, having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40 - 1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:16
-msgid "AND ________________________________, a company having its registered office at _____________________ (Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:22
-msgid "1 Purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:23
-msgid "The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which ODOO provides services to PARTNER, and access to Odoo Enterprise Edition software, and PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:27
-msgid "ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts appointment, to be a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling the Odoo Enterprise Subscriptions to clients. PARTNER commits to do its best effort to sell Odoo Enterprise Subscriptions to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will market in priority the ‘Odoo Enterprise Edition’ version to prospects and clients. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:35
-msgid "2 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:36
-msgid "The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end of the Term to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:45
-msgid "3.1 Project platform access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:46
-msgid "To help PARTNER promoting Odoo Enterprise, ODOO grants access to its Github code repository to PARTNER for all ‘Enterprise Edition’ modules, under the terms set forth in Exhibit A and the conditions restricted under  this agreement. This access will be granted as of the signature of this agreement and be revoked should the partnership contract be revoked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:50
-msgid "3.2 Restrictions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:51
-msgid "PARTNER commits to keep confidentiality of the source code of Odoo Enterprise edition modules licensed under restricted rights (labelled as ‘Enterprise Edition’) within its staff. The access to clients is governed by the Odoo Enterprise Contract (version 4.0 and above). PARTNER agrees to NOT redistribute this code to 3rd parties without the explicit agreement of ODOO. Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the integrity of the Odoo Enterprise edition code that is required to verify the validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise edition, collects statistics that are needed for that purpose and enforce the payment of the subscription."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:56
-msgid "4 Partnership Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:59
-msgid "4.1 Partnership levels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:60
-msgid "The ODOO partner program consists of three partnership levels; Ready, Silver and Gold with specific requirements and benefits for each level. Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo Enterprise revenues generated for ODOO. Renewals of existing contracts does not account for the partnership level, but the partner still get his commission on these contracts as stated in 5.2 The table below summarizes the requirement for each partnership level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:64
-msgid "Ready Silver Gold Annual New Net Odoo Enterprise Revenues 1.000 € 12.000 € 25.000 €"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:72
-msgid "The level of partnerships will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO based on Odoo Enterprise contracts sold by partners, over the preceeding 12 months. Partners may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the requirements for a higher level. Silver and Gold partners which are not complying with their partnerships requirements will be assigned to a lower level of partnership if they have not met their requirement at the end of the annual period. For new partners, the initial partner level is granted for one year."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:77
-msgid "4.2 Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:78
-msgid "The details of the benefits for each level of partnership are described in the table below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:81
-msgid "Ready Silver Gold Recognition Visibility on odoo.com Ready Partner Silver Partner Gold Partner Rights to use the Odoo trademark Ready logo Silver logo Gold logo Learning benefits Yearly upgrades seminars Yes Yes Yes Sales Training Yes Yes Yes Weekly functional training webinars Yes Yes Yes Software Benefits Access to Odoo Enterprise source code Yes Yes Yes Sales benefits Discount on all ODOO services 10% 15% 20% Discount on ODOO Enterprise (Minimum 10 users per contract, applied then for all users). 10% 15% 20% Access to an Account Manager Yes Yes Yes Marketing Benefits Access to marketing materials Yes Yes Yes Partner EVENT – ODOO Support & Promotion No Yes Yes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:135
-msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:136
-msgid "ODOO will promote PARTNER as an official partner on its website (odoo.com) for agreed countries. ODOO grants to PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the right to use and reproduce only the ODOO Partner’s logo, and the Odoo name in connection with this Agreement. Each Party undertakes to respect all the rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the mind of the general public, for any reason whatsoever and by any means whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:141
-msgid "4.4 Learning Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:142
-msgid "In order to train PARTNER, ODOO will organize online training sessions once a week. Sessions are organized into discovery and advanced topics. A session is usually 2 hours and cover an application of the Odoo Enterprise software: sales and CRM, inventory management, project management, eCommerce, human resources, manufacturing, advanced customizations, etc. PARTNER can attend these training sessions at no additional cost and commit to attend at least 20 sessions per year. ODOO will organize at least four sales training session per year of a duration of one week. Each sales training session is organized in one of the ODOO office. PARTNER can send any employee to these training session. Once a new version of Odoo Enterprise is released, ODOO must organize upgrade training session for partners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:148
-msgid "4.5  Commission on Odoo Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:149
-msgid "For every ODOO services directly purchased by a customer through PARTNER, PARTNER shall receive retribution as follows For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts sold to CUSTOMER: ODOO will invoice directly the CUSTOMER based on final pricing agreed between ODOO, the PARTNER & the CUSTOMER. Then, PARTNER will invoice his commission to ODOO based on Odoo Enteprise price, net of possible rebates, and based on his current partnership level at the time of signature. For Other Services; Partner invoice directly the CLIENT and ODOO will invoice the PARTNER directly commission included. (as a discount) For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts; PARTNER get a commission as long as the PARTNER maintains a contractual relationship with the CUSTOMER."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:156
-msgid "5 Miscellaneous"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:159
-msgid "5.1 Communications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:160
-msgid "No communications from either party to the other shall have any validity under this Agreement unless made in writing by or on behalf of PARTNER or ODOO, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any notice whatsoever which either party hereto is required or authorised by this Agreement to give or make to the other shall be given or made either by post in a prepaid letter, or by hand delivery or facsimile transmission or E-mail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:164
-msgid "5.2 BRAND IMAGE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:165
-msgid "Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this Agreement. Non-compliance to this provision shall be a cause for termination of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:168
-msgid "5.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:169
-msgid "ODOO shall publish any press release, advertisement or other public announcement using the PARTNER’s name or trademarks without its prior written consent. In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that its logo and trademark is used for this purpose only, in the list of the partners of ODOO."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:172
-msgid "5.4  No SOLICITING"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:173
-msgid "Each party, its subsidiaries and any entity controlled indirectly agrees not to solicit, offer employment to, or use the services of any employee of the other party who is involved in performing the Services for the duration of the Agreement and for a period of twenty four (24) Months from the date of termination of this Agreement, except as expressly provided for in the Agreement or where the other party gives its consent in writing to this. In case of any breach of the terms of this article, the defaulting Party shall pay an indemnity equivalent to 12 months of the gross salary of the employee sought or dismissed, or to at least a minimum of € 30,000."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:177
-msgid "5.5  Independent Contractor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:178
-msgid "The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be construed as constituting either Party as partner, joint venture or fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of legal association that would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority (express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:181
-msgid "6 FEES AND CHARGES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:182
-msgid "PARTNER shall pay the charges and the annual fee immediately upon receipt of the invoice sent by ODOO.The annual partnership fees is 2950€. PARTNER shall automatically pay a late payment interest at the rate equivalent to the applicable interest rate of the principal instrument of re-financing of the European Central Bank increased by 7% per year, which shall accrue on a daily basis from the due date of payment; it not being necessary for such accrual that ODOO request or claims the unpaid amount in any manner whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:186
-msgid "7 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:187
-msgid "In the event that either Party fails to fulfil one or more of its obligations arising hereunder, and if such breach has not been remedied within thirty (30) calendar days from the first presentation of a letter, sent by the injured Party by registered letter with advice of receipt, giving notice of the breaches, this Agreement may be terminated immediately as of right at the request of the injured Party, without prejudice to any damages that may be claimed from the defaulting Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:189
-msgid "On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER: shall not use anymore the materials and/or the Odoo brand name or claim the existence of any partnership or link with ODOO, shall during any notice period prior to such termination comply with its obligations. shall not use Odoo Enterprise anymore, for development, test or production purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:195
-msgid "8 Liability AND Indemnities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:196
-msgid "Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder. To the maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proven, but will in no event exceed for all damage causing event or series of connected events causing damages the total amount for the charges paid by PARTNER in the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or Customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations. PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectation and has received no assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the ODOO Partners Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement. Partner waives any commitment whatsoever on behalf of ODOO regarding the evolution of Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:202
-msgid "According to the terms of the Software license, ODOO will not be liable for any bug or for the quality and the performance of the Software, ODOO’s commitment being limited to the correction of bugs as defined in this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:205
-msgid "9  Governing Law and Jurisdiction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:206
-msgid "This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts of Belgium in Nivelles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:208
-msgid "For Odoo SA,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:213
-msgid "For _____________,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:220
-msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:5
-msgid "General Terms of Sale"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:7
-msgid "Last revision: May 5, 2017."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:9
-msgid "These General Terms of Sale govern the sale of products and services by Odoo S.A. and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo S.A.\") to the client. Additional terms may apply for services provided by Odoo S.A. (for example, the Enterprise Subscription Agreement). If these additional terms are inconsistent with the General Terms of Sale, the additional terms will prevail over these General Terms of Sale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:16
-msgid "Please read these terms carefully before placing an order with Odoo S.A. By accepting an order with Odoo S.A., the client marks his acceptance with these terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:20
-msgid "The client explicitly waives its own standard terms and conditions, even if these were drawn up after these standard terms and conditions of sale. In order to be valid, any derogation must be expressly agreed to in advance in writing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:25
-msgid "Our invoices are payable within 21 working days, unless another payment timeframe is indicated on either the invoice or the order. In the event of non-payment by the due date, Odoo S.A. reserves the right to request a fixed interest payment amounting to 15% of the sum remaining due. Odoo S.A. will be authorised to suspend any provision of services without prior warning in the event of late payment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:32
-msgid "If a payment is still outstanding more than sixty (60) days after the due payment date, Odoo S.A. reserves the right to call on the services of a debt recovery company. All legal expenses will be payable by the client."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:36
-msgid "Certain countries apply withholding at source on the amount of invoices, in accordance with their internal legislation. Any withholding at source will be paid by the client to the tax authorities. Under no circumstances can Odoo S.A. become involved in costs related to a country's legislation. The amount of the invoice will therefore be due to Odoo S.A. in its entirety and does not include any costs relating to the legislation of the country in which the client is located."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:44
-msgid "Odoo S.A. undertakes to do its best to supply services in due time in accordance with the agreed timeframes. However, none of its obligations can be considered as being an obligation to achieve results. Odoo S.A. cannot, under any circumstances, be required by the client to appear as a third party in the context of any claim for damages filed against the client by an end consumer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:50
-msgid "In order for it to be admissible, Odoo S.A. must be notified of any claim by means of a letter sent by recorded delivery to its registered office within 8 days of the delivery of the goods or the provision of the services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:54
-msgid "To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each party together with its affiliates arising will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under these terms during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this limitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:60
-msgid "Odoo S.A. reserves the right to modify these terms at any time without prior notice. The client will be subject to the terms in force at the time of acceptation of those terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/terms_of_sale.rst:64
-msgid "All our contractual relations will be governed exclusively by Belgian law. Moreover, any dispute that may arise will be subject exclusively to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Nivelles arrondissement (Belgium)."
-msgstr ""
-
diff --git a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot b/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot
index 127673b189..a3a87ac670 100644
--- a/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/manufacturing.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
index 0285a70c88..3b63bb97e0 100644
--- a/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-09 09:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1460,159 +1461,191 @@ msgid "Point of Sale Name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale"
+msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
+msgid "Sales Channel"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
+msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
+msgid "Restaurant Floors"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
+msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
+msgid "Orderline Notes"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a Session"
+msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcodes"
+msgid "Display Category Pictures"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to products, customers and cashiers"
+msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
+msgid "Initial Category"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to customize the reference numbers of your orders."
+msgid "The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no category is specified, all available products will be shown."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
+msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgid "Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
+msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Large Scrollbars"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard"
+msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
+msgid "IP Address"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale"
+msgid "The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if left empty."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
+msgid "Scan via Proxy"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be prefilled with the exact due amount"
+msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Start Category"
+msgid "Electronic Scale"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no category is specified, all available products will be shown"
+msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
+msgid "Cashdrawer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not accept tips."
+msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Include Taxes in Prices"
+msgid "Print via Proxy"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have been setup differently"
+msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
+msgid "Customer Facing Display"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens"
+msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
+msgid "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to products, customers and cashiers."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
+msgid "Fiscal Positions"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
+msgid "This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply specific tax rates."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if left empty"
+msgid "Available Pricelists"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Scanner"
+msgid "Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner"
+msgid "Default Pricelist"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
+msgid "The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale Pricelist configured."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration"
+msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
+msgid "Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product prices on orders."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer"
+msgid "Cash Control"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Printer"
+msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy"
+msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be prefilled with the exact due amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to customize the reference numbers of your orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt Header"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt Footer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
@@ -1620,11 +1653,11 @@ msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order"
+msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Receipt Screen"
+msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
@@ -1632,59 +1665,59 @@ msgid "The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed automati
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Header"
+msgid "Bill Printing"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt"
+msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Footer"
+msgid "Bill Splitting"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt"
+msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
+msgid "Tip Product"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
+msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Splitting"
+msgid "Invoicing"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale"
+msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
+msgid "Invoice Journal"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment"
+msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
+msgid "Sales Journal"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines"
+msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
+msgid "Group Journal Items"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale"
+msgid "Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a Session."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
diff --git a/locale/sources/practical.pot b/locale/sources/practical.pot
index e3f63683e7..cf53b4973f 100644
--- a/locale/sources/practical.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/practical.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/project.pot b/locale/sources/project.pot
index 4d52409298..952a1628bb 100644
--- a/locale/sources/project.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/project.pot
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
diff --git a/locale/sources/purchase.pot b/locale/sources/purchase.pot
index d936fbb920..bbf074dc1d 100644
--- a/locale/sources/purchase.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/purchase.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-09 09:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ msgid "Source Document"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a sales order or an internal procurement request)"
+msgid "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a sales order)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ msgid "Deliver To"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment"
+msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot
index 4539214c5d..d4c648526f 100644
--- a/locale/sources/sales.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-09 09:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -37,38 +37,38 @@ msgid "A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access t
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12
-msgid "For Example: 1.  A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2.  Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials."
+msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14
 msgid "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit any document in the system."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18
 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21
 msgid "From Contacts Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:25
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23
 msgid "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33
 msgid "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the interface and from the drop down."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36
 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41
 msgid "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on **Apply** when you're done."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49
+#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47
 msgid "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the contact is now a portal user of the respective instance."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -633,11 +633,11 @@ msgid "The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
-msgid "Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically."
+msgid "Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
-msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
+msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
diff --git a/locale/sources/website.pot b/locale/sources/website.pot
index a87694c9ea..fe33ce568d 100644
--- a/locale/sources/website.pot
+++ b/locale/sources/website.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
-msgid "How to track your website's traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
-msgid "You can follow your traffic's statistics straight from your Odoo Website Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
+msgid "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8
@@ -77,34 +77,38 @@ msgid "Select Analytics API."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
-msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo)."
+msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:24
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:29
-msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo. Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:38
-msgid "Then enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by /google_account/authentication."
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
+msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:47
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
+msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
 msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:52
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:57
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:63
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
 msgstr ""
 
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index f993cd799e..50c48216d0 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Banka & Nakit"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3
 msgid "Bank Feeds"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Banka Bilgi Akışı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3
 msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)"
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6
 #: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muhtelif"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?"
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
 msgid "Bank Reconciliation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Banka Uzlaştırma"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3
 msgid "Configure model of entries"
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29
-msgid "User cases"
+msgid "Use cases"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayarlar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3
 msgid "How to setup a new bank account?"
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Türü"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
@@ -1514,77 +1514,84 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Company"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Firma"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Company related to this journal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bu yevmiyeyle ilişkili firma"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Short Code"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kısa Kod"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu yevmiyenin kayıt girişleri bu önek kullanılarak isimlendirilecektir."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Atanmış İade Sırası"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and"
 " refunds made from this journal"
 msgstr ""
+"Bu yevmiyeden gelen fatura ve iadeler için aynı sıralamayı paylaşmak "
+"istemiyorsanız bu kutuyu işaretleyin"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Entry Sequence"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kayıt Sırası"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal "
 "entries of this journal."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye giriş numaralarının verilmesiyle ilgili "
+"bilgi içerir."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Refund Entry Sequence"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İade Giriş Srradüzeni"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund "
 "entries of this journal."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu alan, bu yevmiyeye ait yevmiye girişleri numaralarının verilmesiyle "
+"ilgili bilgi içerir."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Default Debit Account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varsayılan Borç Hesabı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Borç tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Default Credit Account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varsayılan Alacak Hesabı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alacak tutarı için varsayılan hesap olarak davranır"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Currency"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para Birimi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "The currency used to enter statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hesap özetine girilecek para birimi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Debit Methods"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Borç Metodu"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1592,10 +1599,13 @@ msgid ""
 "handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in "
 "order to manage payments outside of the software."
 msgstr ""
+"Para alma için ödeme araçları. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri işleme "
+"olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için daima "
+"'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Payment Methods"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ödeme Yöntemleri"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1603,80 +1613,90 @@ msgid ""
 "handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in "
 "order to manage payments outside of the software."
 msgstr ""
+"Para göndermek için ödeme yöntemleri. Odoo modülleri çeşitli ödemeleri "
+"işleme olanakları sunar, ancak ödemeleri yazılımın dışında yönetmek için "
+"daima 'Manuel' ödeme yöntemini kullanabilirsiniz."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Group Invoice Lines"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fatura Kalemlerini Grupla"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines "
 "when generating them from invoices."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu kutu işaretlenirse, faturalardan muhasebe kalemleri oluşturulurken onları"
+" gruplandırmaya çalışacaktır."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Profit Account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kar Hesabı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs"
 " from what the system computes"
 msgstr ""
+"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda kar "
+"kaydetmek için kullanılır"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Loss Account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zarar Hesabı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs "
 "from what the system computes"
 msgstr ""
+"Kasa biten bakiyesi sistemin hesapladığı değerden farklı olduğunda zarar "
+"kaydetmek için kullanılır"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Show journal on dashboard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gösterge Panosunda Yevmiyeyi göster"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bu yevmiyenin gösterge tablosunda gösterilip gösterilmemesi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Çek Yazdırma Ödeme Metodu Seçildi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment"
 " method."
 msgstr ""
+"Ödeme metodu olarak çek baskı işleminin etkin olup olmadığını bilmek için "
+"kullanılan teknik özellik."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Sequence"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Çek Sırano"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Checks numbering sequence."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Çek Sıralama numarası"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Manual Numbering"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Elle Numaralandırma"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered."
 msgstr ""
+"Numara verilmeden önce çekleri ön çıktı olarak izlemek isterseniz bunu seçin"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Next Check Number"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sonraki Çek No"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bir sonraki basılan kontrolün sıra numarası."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Active in Point of Sale"
@@ -1687,10 +1707,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a"
 " point of sale."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu yevmiye satış noktasında ödeme yöntemi olarak kullanılacaksa bu kutuyu "
+"işaretleyiniz."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İzin Verilen Fark Tutarı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1699,10 +1721,14 @@ msgid ""
 "this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing "
 "of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu alan oturum kapatılırken satış noktası yöneticisi olmayanlar için bitiş "
+"bakiyesi ile teorik nakit arasında izin verilen en fazla farktır. Eğer bu "
+"değer aşılırsa kullanıcı oturumu kapatırken yöneticisiyle iletişime geçmesi "
+"gerektiğini söyleyen bir hata mesajı alacaktır."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25
 msgid "Usage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kullanımı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28
 msgid "How to register cash payments?"
@@ -1764,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3
 msgid "Adviser"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Müşavir"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your fixed assets"
@@ -1885,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Durumu"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'."
@@ -1905,19 +1931,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Category"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kategori"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Category of asset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Demirbaş Kategorisi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tarih"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Date of asset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Varlık Tarihi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Gross Value"
@@ -1925,7 +1951,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Gross value of asset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Demirbaşın brüt değeri"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Salvage Value"
@@ -1955,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Time Method Based On"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaman Metodu"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1985,6 +2011,8 @@ msgid ""
 "from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal "
 "year"
 msgstr ""
+"Bu demirbaş için ilk amortisman kaydının ilk Ocak ayı yerine alış tarihinden"
+" yapılacağını belirtir."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0
 msgid "Number of Depreciations"
@@ -2423,7 +2451,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3
 msgid "Analytic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Analitik"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3
 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?"
@@ -2737,7 +2765,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115
 msgid "Analytic accounting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Analitik Muhasebe"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117
 msgid ""
@@ -2949,6 +2977,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Debit**"
@@ -2956,6 +2987,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Credit**"
@@ -3028,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84
 msgid "Marketing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pazarlama"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80
@@ -3393,52 +3427,52 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27
 msgid "Receivable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alacak"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29
 msgid "Payable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Borç"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31
 msgid "Bank and Cash"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Banka ve Kasa"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33
 msgid "Current Assets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dönen Varlıklar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35
 msgid "Non-current Assets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Duran Varlıklar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37
 msgid "Prepayments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ön ödemeler"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
 msgid "Fixed Assets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Duran Varlıklar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41
 msgid "Current Liabilities"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kısa Vadeli Borçlar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43
 msgid "Non-current Liabilities"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uzun Vadeli Borçlar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45
 msgid "Equity"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Özsermaye"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47
 msgid "Current Year Earnings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cari Yıldaki Kazanç"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49
 msgid "Other Income"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Diğer Gelirler"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63
@@ -3446,15 +3480,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76
 msgid "Income"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gelir"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53
 msgid "Depreciation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amortisman"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55
 msgid "Expenses"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Giderler"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57
 msgid "Direct Costs"
@@ -3496,26 +3530,30 @@ msgid ""
 "legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening"
 " entries."
 msgstr ""
+"Hesap Tipi bilgi amaçlıdır, ülkeye özgü yasal raporlar oluşturmak ve mali "
+"yıl kapanış kurallarını ayarlamak ve devir kayıtlarını oluşturmak için "
+"kullanılabilir. Sistem iç tipi esas alır."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Tags"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Etiketler"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Özel raporlama için atamak isteyebileceğiniz isteğe bağlı etiketler"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Account Currency"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hesap Para Birimi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu hesap için bütün hareketlerin ikincil para biriminde olmasına zorlar."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Internal Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İç Tip"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -3523,16 +3561,21 @@ msgid ""
 "accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is"
 " for vendor/customer accounts."
 msgstr ""
+"'İçsel Tür', farklı hesap türlerinde bulunan özellikler için kullanılır: "
+"likidite türü nakit veya banka hesapları için, borçlu / alacak satıcı / "
+"müşteri hesapları içindir."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid "Allow Reconciliation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uzlaştırmaya İzin Ver"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of "
 "journal items."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu hesap için, yevmiye öğelerini fatura ve ödemelerde eşleştirmeye izin "
+"vermek istiyorsanız bu kutuyu işaretleyin."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86
 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration"
@@ -3540,7 +3583,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3
 msgid "Inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stok"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3
 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods"
@@ -3613,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117
 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144
 msgid "Operation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Operasyon"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48
 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82
@@ -4241,7 +4284,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146
 msgid "Bank Statements"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Banka Hesap Özetleri"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94
@@ -4323,11 +4366,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54
 msgid "Invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faturalar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64
 msgid "Vendor Bills"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tedarikçi  Faturaları"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74
 msgid "Multi-currency Payments"
@@ -4366,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106
 msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Raporlama"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?"
@@ -4579,7 +4622,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30
 msgid "Balance Sheet"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bilanço"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -4589,7 +4632,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39
 msgid "Profit and Loss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kar ve Zarar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -4608,7 +4651,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57
 msgid "Executive Summary"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yönetici Özeti"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -4707,7 +4750,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103
 msgid "General Ledger"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Büyük Defter"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105
 msgid ""
@@ -4720,7 +4763,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115
 msgid "Aged Payable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yaşlandırılmış Borç"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117
 msgid ""
@@ -4731,7 +4774,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125
 msgid "Aged Receivable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alacak Yaşlandırma"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127
 msgid ""
@@ -4741,7 +4784,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134
 msgid "Cash Flow Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nakit Akış"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136
 msgid ""
@@ -4752,7 +4795,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144
 msgid "Tax Report"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vergi Öngörüsü"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146
 msgid ""
@@ -4763,7 +4806,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111
 msgid "Taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vergiler"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?"
@@ -5146,6 +5189,107 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the "
+"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting"
+" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis "
+"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and "
+"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash "
+"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the "
+"2nd quarter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to "
+"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax "
+"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash "
+"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. "
+"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in "
+"your accounting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr "Banka Fişi"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr "Gerçekleşme Esasına Göre Vergi Yevmiyesi"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are"
+" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
 msgid "How to create new taxes"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5367,8 +5511,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check "
-"*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
-"Configuration --> Taxes`."
+"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12
@@ -5539,7 +5683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Başlarken"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3
 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?"
@@ -5825,7 +5969,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126
 msgid "Inventory Valuation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Envanter Değerleme"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128
 msgid ""
@@ -5995,7 +6139,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67
 msgid "Chart of Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hesap Planı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -6011,7 +6155,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84
 msgid "Journal Entries"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yevmiye Kayıtları"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -6097,7 +6241,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26
 msgid "Reconciliation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uzlaştırma"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132
 msgid ""
@@ -6157,7 +6301,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
 msgid "Debit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Borç"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216
@@ -6174,7 +6318,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
 msgid "Credit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alacak"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158
 msgid "Invoice 1"
@@ -6319,7 +6463,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141
 msgid "Account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hesap"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
@@ -6334,7 +6478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143
 msgid "Account Receivable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alacak Hesabı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244
@@ -6359,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145
 msgid "Bank"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Banka"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235
 msgid ""
@@ -6370,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242
 msgid "Bank Statement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Banka Hesap Özeti"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246
 msgid "Statement XYZ"
@@ -6382,7 +6526,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
 msgid "Journal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yevmiye"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -6393,7 +6537,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13
 msgid "Payment Terms"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ödeme Koşulları"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -6432,7 +6576,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40
 msgid "Journal Entry"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yevmiye Kaydı"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43
 msgid ""
@@ -6446,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50
 msgid "Journal Item"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yevmiye Kalemleri"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -6456,7 +6600,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55
 msgid "Analytic Accounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Analitik Hesaplar"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
 msgid ""
@@ -6470,7 +6614,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65
 msgid "Analytic Entries"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Analitik Kayıtları"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68
 msgid ""
@@ -6513,7 +6657,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93
 msgid "Fiscal Position"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mali Koşul"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96
 msgid ""
@@ -6720,7 +6864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16
 msgid "Sales"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satış"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89
@@ -6759,7 +6903,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149
 msgid "Reconcile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uzlaştır"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151
 msgid "Now let's reconcile!"
@@ -7054,7 +7198,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3
 msgid "Misc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Diğer"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3
 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?"
@@ -7589,44 +7733,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Has Invoices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Hide Payment Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has "
-"only one available which is 'manual'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Code"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid "Check Number"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-"
-"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is "
-"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80
 msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8480,7 +8586,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3
 msgid "Customer Invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Müşteri Faturaları"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3
 msgid "How to setup cash discounts?"
@@ -8747,11 +8853,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69
 msgid "Product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ürün"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69
 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ertelenmiş Gelir Türü"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71
 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years"
@@ -8919,7 +9025,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70
 msgid "Due date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vade Tarihi"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65
@@ -9142,7 +9248,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70
 msgid "Contracts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sözleşmeler"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73
 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices"
@@ -9432,7 +9538,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3
 msgid "Customer Payments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Müşteri Ödemeleri"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3
 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?"
@@ -9716,8 +9822,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow "
-"Reconciliation\"."
+"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to "
+"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
@@ -10267,7 +10373,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19
 msgid "Email"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "E-Posta"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
index 2b91ef614a..3c43e518c8 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
@@ -6,10 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../applications.rst:3
 msgid "Applications"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uygulamalar"
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index 8d8e13e043..66a4eab376 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
@@ -20,68 +20,109 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm.rst:5
 msgid "CRM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CRM"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3
 msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Takvim"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your calendar with Google Calendar"
+msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect on your google account and go to "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
-"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Create a project...** and enter a project name and change your id"
-" if you want. Don't forget to accept the Terms of Services"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)"
-" and click on 'Calendar API'. Activate the Calendar API by clicking on the "
-"blue button 'Enable API'. When it's done, the Calendar API overview will be "
-"available"
+"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
+msgstr "'Takvim API' Seç"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu 'Credentials' (from menu APIs "
-"and auth) and click on button 'Create new Client ID'"
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Check that the Application type is set on 'Web Application', then click on "
-"'Configure consent screen'. Specify an email address and a product name, "
-"then save."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"You should now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. "
-"To do it, you need to complete the field \"Authorized redirect URI\" and set"
-" as value (your own domain followed by '/google_account/authentication'): "
-"==> http://mydomain.odoo.com/google_account/authentication You can now click"
-" on 'Create Client ID'"
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
+"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
+" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
+"the first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
+msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
+"credentials in Google Calendar option."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:48
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
-"Once done, you will have the both informations (Client ID and Client Secret)"
-" that you need to insert in the 2 fields below!"
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
 msgid "Leads"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adaylar"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3
 msgid "Generate leads"
@@ -177,14 +218,14 @@ msgid ":doc:`manual`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:67
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195
 msgid ":doc:`import`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
 msgid ":doc:`website`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -296,7 +337,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196
 msgid ":doc:`emails`"
 msgstr ""
@@ -338,23 +379,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
 "name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing "
-"company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will"
-" be visible as a lead in your pipeline ."
+" the **Internal notes** field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
 " by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
 "screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
 msgid "Create a new opportunity"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
 "having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
@@ -365,7 +404,7 @@ msgid ""
 "opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
 "stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
@@ -1117,7 +1156,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
 msgid "Main Concepts"
@@ -1410,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3
 msgid "Process Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3
 msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM"
@@ -1669,7 +1708,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3
 msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Raporlama"
 
 #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3
 msgid ""
@@ -1916,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64
 msgid "Meetings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Toplantılar"
 
 #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66
 msgid ""
@@ -2235,22 +2274,23 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3
-msgid "How to create a new team?"
+msgid "How to create a new channel?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** "
-"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed"
-" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales "
-"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* "
-"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch."
+"In the Sales module, your sales channels are accessible from the "
+"**Dashboard** menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales "
+"channel installed by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that"
+" default sales channel and edit it (refer to the section *Create and "
+"Organize your stages* from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a "
+"new one from scratch."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` "
-"and click on **Create**."
+"To create a new channel, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales "
+"Channels` and click on **Create**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
@@ -2258,11 +2298,11 @@ msgid "Fill in the fields :"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20
-msgid "Enter the name of your team"
+msgid "Enter the name of your channel"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22
-msgid "Select your team leader"
+msgid "Select your channel leader"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24
@@ -2273,7 +2313,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage "
 "opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now "
-"access your new team from your Dashboard."
+"access your new channel from your Dashboard."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index 6133aaa341..b52b398b8e 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -6,10 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
 msgid "Online Database management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Online Veritabanı Yönetimi"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
 msgid "Duplicating a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Veritabanı Kopyası Oluşturma"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38
 msgid "Emails are sent"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gönderilen E-postalar"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
 msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
@@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44
 msgid "Etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "vb.."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
-msgid "Too much users error message"
+msgid "Error message due to too many users"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
 msgid "or"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "veya"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -448,8 +449,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
-"<duplicate>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
-"installing/uninstalling apps)."
+"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
+" installing/uninstalling apps)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
index 14b2a2347d..fbb2f2c4f5 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss.rst:5
 msgid "Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mesajlaşma"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo"
@@ -50,8 +51,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't "
-"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
+"Office 365 email servers don't allow to send external emails from hosts like"
+" Odoo. Consequently you can only use such email servers for incoming "
+"messages."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
@@ -133,48 +135,53 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
 msgid ""
-"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server "
-"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it "
-"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source "
-"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo"
-" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages."
+"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email solution with "
+"*@yourcompany.odoo.com* as domain. We recommend to keep this default setup "
+"as it is really convenient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
+"your email server's reputation (blacklisting, etc). The configuration for "
+"both incoming and outgoing mail servers is given here above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
 msgid ""
-"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see "
-"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want "
-"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself."
+"However when it comes to incoming messages, we don't recommend to "
+"exclusively use your own email server. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching "
+"incoming messages from the email server once every hour only. To receive "
+"emails in real time, you should rather use a **catchall redirection** (your "
+"server -> Odoo server). To do so:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
-msgid "There are 2 methods:"
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Create a catchall address in your email server settings (e.g. catchall)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
 msgid ""
-"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to"
-" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create"
-" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following "
-"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. "
-"That's it you're ready to go!"
+"Still from such settings, set a redirection from this catchall address to "
+"Odoo's one: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
 msgid ""
-"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That "
-"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). "
-"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a "
-"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online "
-"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of "
-"above section."
+"In Odoo check *External Email Servers* in :menuselection:`Settings --> "
+"General Settings` and enter your email domain name (i.e. yourdomain.ext)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
+msgid "No need to set up an incoming email server in such a case."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
 msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
 msgid ""
 "Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that"
 " incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's "
@@ -183,62 +190,62 @@ msgid ""
 "spam."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
 "domain name settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
 msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:119
 msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:120
 msgid ""
 "If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
 "include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
 msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124
 msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126
 msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128
 msgid ""
 "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
 "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
 msgid ""
 "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
 "usually happens more quickly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
 "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
 "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
 msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
 msgid ""
 "Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
 " documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution"
@@ -248,7 +255,7 @@ msgid ""
 "external email box."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150
+#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
 msgid ""
 "To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
 " opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index 0d6ca95785..c2961b9dd9 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
 msgid "eCommerce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "e-Ticaret"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Get started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Başla"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
 msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
@@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
 msgid "Product Catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ürünler"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -198,113 +199,115 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
 "customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
-"and then selects its size and color."
+"and then selects its size and color.  In the example below, the customer "
+"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
+"available options."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:13
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
 msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
 "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:18
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
 "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
 "are 2 values for 1 attribute."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
 msgid "How to edit variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:38
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
 msgid "You can edit following data:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
 msgid "Barcode,"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
 msgid "Volume,"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
 msgid "Weight,"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
 "to populate them once the variants generated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
 "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
 "variants."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
 "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:64
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
 "attribute value is selected."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:74
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
 "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:78
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
 msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
 "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
 "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:86
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
 "list. You can reactivate them the same way."
@@ -459,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayarlar"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -601,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
@@ -627,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
 msgid "Taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vergiler"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
 msgid "Checkout process"
@@ -657,6 +660,133 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Get paid"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
+msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
+msgstr "Authorize.Net ile nasıl ödeme yapılır?"
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
+"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
+"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
+"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
+"you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
+msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
+"'Get Started'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
+" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
+"press the related option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
+msgid "Go through the registration steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
+"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
+msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
+msgid "Set up Odoo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
+"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
+msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
+" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
+"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
+" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
+msgid "Go live"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
+"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
+"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
+"production mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
+msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
+"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
+" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
+"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
+" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
+"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
+msgid ":doc:`payment`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
+#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
+msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
 msgstr ""
@@ -831,11 +961,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
-msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
 msgstr ""
@@ -951,8 +1076,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
-"only one without any subscription free. We definitely advise it to any "
+"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the "
+"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
 "starter."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1022,10 +1147,6 @@ msgid ""
 "**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
-msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
 msgid ""
 "Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->"
@@ -1059,10 +1180,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
-msgid "Go live"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
@@ -1138,10 +1255,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
-msgid ":doc:`payment`"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
 msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
index df7b00e8d2..db13b47b9c 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../expenses.rst:5
 msgid "Expenses"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Giderler"
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index b3a1fa64ea..c0c530b5a4 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general.rst:5
 msgid "General"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel"
 
 #: ../../general/auth.rst:3
 msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kimlik Doğrulama"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
@@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
 msgid "Data Import"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İçe Aktar"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt an import template"
@@ -689,7 +690,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
-msgid "BASICS"
+msgid "Basics"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index 2814b333be..6cc111857b 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
 msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo Implementasyonu"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
 msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Başlarken"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -374,8 +375,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
 "extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
 "San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
-"subscription issues."
+"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
+"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
@@ -417,34 +418,44 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
-"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
-"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
+"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
+"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
+"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
+"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
+"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
+"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
+"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
+"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
 "defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
 "your success pack."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
 msgid "His/her role includes:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
 msgid ""
 "**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
 " the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
 "features."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
 msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
 msgid ""
 "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
 "sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
@@ -452,36 +463,39 @@ msgid ""
 "consultant."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
 "**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
 "and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
 "structures, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
 msgid ""
 "**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
 "prepared by the project manager."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
-" services:"
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"services:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
-msgid "**Customization of screens**"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
+msgid ""
+"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
+"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
+"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
 "developers for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
@@ -489,30 +503,61 @@ msgid ""
 "of your success pack."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
 msgid ""
 "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
 "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
 "automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:302
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
+msgid ""
+"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
+"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
+"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
+msgid ""
+"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
+" be deducted from your Success Pack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
+msgid ""
+"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
+" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
+"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
+"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
+" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
+" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
+" subscription fee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
+"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
 " in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
@@ -520,25 +565,25 @@ msgid ""
 "fully use in production at the end of the phase."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:319
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
 " business process and configure according to your specific needs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid ""
 "**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
 "responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
 "manager will import them in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
 msgid ""
 "**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
@@ -546,42 +591,42 @@ msgid ""
 "process your feedback."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
 " and reports**)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
 msgid ""
 "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
 "needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:350
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
 " with test data!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
 msgid ""
 "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
 "for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
@@ -589,29 +634,29 @@ msgid ""
 "page and click **Duplicate**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "<db_management/documentation>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:380
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -620,16 +665,16 @@ msgid ""
 "way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:393
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
index 0c04197434..f6bf1d9fa9 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -6,10 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../index.rst:3
 msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo Kullanıcı Dokümanı"
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index e1aea4c825..741bead039 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64
 msgid "Inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stok"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3
 msgid "Barcodes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Barkodlar"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3
 msgid "Daily Operations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Günlük Operasyonlar"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
 msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?"
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayarlar"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
@@ -421,22 +421,23 @@ msgid ""
 " that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this "
 "is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy "
 "interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` "
-"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also"
-" be accessed via the planner."
+"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and "
+"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes.  This "
+"interface can also be accessed via the planner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
 "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
 "them)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44
 msgid "Set locations barcodes"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
 "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
@@ -447,17 +448,17 @@ msgid ""
 "paper."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short "
 "name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
 msgid "Barcode formats"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
 "proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering "
@@ -465,7 +466,7 @@ msgid ""
 "products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define "
 "your own barcode format for internal use."
@@ -477,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3
 msgid "Inventory Adjustment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sayım Farkı"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3
 msgid "How to make the initial inventory?"
@@ -608,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102
 msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Raporlama"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -629,11 +630,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
 msgid "Terminology"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Terminoloji"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
 msgid "Minimum stock rule"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -647,7 +648,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
 msgid "Make to Order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "MTO"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -696,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
 msgid "Minimum stock rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -708,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Active"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Etkin"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -734,10 +735,13 @@ msgid ""
 " If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped "
 "into one big picking."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu sipariş noktası üzerinden yaratılan hareketler bu satın alma grubuna "
+"konacaktır. Hiçbir şey verilmezse, satın alma kuralları tarafından üretilen "
+"hareketler büyük bir toplama olarak gruplandırılacaktır."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Minimum Quantity"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Min. Miktar"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -748,7 +752,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Maximum Quantity"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Max. Miktar"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -766,6 +770,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple.  If it is 0, "
 "the exact quantity will be used."
 msgstr ""
+"Tedarik miktarı bu çoklu sayıya yuvarlanacak. 0 ise, tam miktar kullanılır."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Lead Time"
@@ -776,6 +781,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or "
 "to order to the vendor"
 msgstr ""
+"Sipariş noktasının ürünleri almak veya tedarikçiye sipariş vermek için "
+"tetiklenen gün sayısı"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45
 msgid ""
@@ -849,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -1379,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute "
+"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
 "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
 "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2248,7 +2255,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81
-msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
+msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83
@@ -2451,7 +2458,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49
 msgid "Transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Havaleler"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -2482,7 +2489,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
 msgid "Inventory adjustment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sayım Farkı"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
 msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:"
@@ -2646,7 +2653,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Muhtelif İşlemler"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?"
@@ -2816,7 +2823,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
-"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per "
+"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per "
 "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2880,7 +2887,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
-" Dashboard --> Receipts`"
+" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
@@ -2900,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage "
 "several location per warehouse** in the settings at "
-":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
+":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
@@ -2951,7 +2958,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182
 msgid "Operation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Operasyon"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74
@@ -2962,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183
 msgid "Unit Cost"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Birim Maliyeti"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75
@@ -3117,7 +3124,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206
 msgid "$20"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "18:39"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54
 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9"
@@ -3153,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119
 msgid "Average Price"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ortalama Fiyat"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94
@@ -3348,7 +3355,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263
 msgid "Vendor Bill"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tedarikçi Faturası"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
@@ -3366,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
 msgid "Debit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Borç"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271
@@ -3375,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305
 msgid "Credit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alacak"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256
@@ -3456,7 +3463,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283
 msgid "Customer Invoice"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Müşteri Faturası"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273
@@ -3608,45 +3615,52 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347
 msgid ""
-"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can"
-" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value"
+"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
+" specific product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350
+msgid ""
+"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
+"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
+"product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
 msgid ""
 "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
 "internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
 "internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352
 msgid ""
 "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362
 msgid ""
 "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
 "as a specific replacement value"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356
 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357
 msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366
+#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358
 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3928,7 +3942,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39
 msgid "Pick"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Toplama"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40
 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone"
@@ -4033,7 +4047,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75
 msgid "Analysis"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Analiz"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77
 msgid ""
@@ -4079,7 +4093,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164
 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Min. Stok Kuralları"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163
 msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location."
@@ -4205,7 +4219,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
 msgid "Product Category"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ürün Kategorisi"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215
 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock"
@@ -4295,7 +4309,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252
 msgid "Picking"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Toplama Listesi"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253
 msgid "Packing"
@@ -4493,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3
 msgid "Process Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3
 msgid "From procurement to delivery"
@@ -4733,7 +4747,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Başlarken"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3
 msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?"
@@ -5289,11 +5303,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ürün üretim zincirlerini yönetin"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13
 msgid "Manage default locations per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ürün tek tek varsayılan konumları yönetin"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -5306,6 +5320,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented "
 "products"
 msgstr ""
+"Kiralanan ürünler için otomatik iade hareketleri oluşturarak kiralama "
+"yönetimine yardımcı olun"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -5498,7 +5514,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
 msgid "Landed Cost Types"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maliyet Yükleme Tipi"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -5945,11 +5961,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3
 msgid "Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayarlar"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3
 msgid "Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ürünler"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3
 msgid "How to use packages?"
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index 4940e73401..3247aa2f55 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
 msgid "Manufacturing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Üretim"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
 msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Üretim Operasyonları"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
 msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
 msgid "Terminology"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Terminoloji"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
 msgid "Minimum stock rule"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralı"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
 msgid "Make to Order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "MTO"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
 msgid "Minimum stock rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Minimum Stok Kuralları"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Başlarken"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
 msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
 msgid "Kit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kit"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
 msgid ""
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
 msgid "Raw Materials"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alt Bileşenler"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
 msgid ""
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
 msgid "Work Order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İş Emri"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
 msgid ""
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
 msgid "Work Center"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İş Merkezi"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
 msgid ""
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
 msgid "Working Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Çalışma Süresi"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index 2fac8f4f78..5e4e64b6f1 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Levent Karakaş <levent@mektup.at>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5
 msgid "Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satış Noktası"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced topics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3
 msgid "How to use discount tags on products?"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Barkodun Adlandırılması"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayarlar"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38
 msgid "POSBox"
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52
 msgid "Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -1906,35 +1906,39 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satış fişleri için kullanılacak muhasebe yevmiyesi"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fatura Yevmiyesi"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faturalar oluşurken kullanılacak muhasebe yevmiyesi"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yevmiye Kalemlerini Grupla"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
 " Session"
 msgstr ""
+"Bir Oturum kapatırken yevmiye öğelerini ürüne göre gruplandırmak "
+"istiyorsanız bunu işaretleyiniz"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Barcodes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Barkodlar"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
 "products, customers and cashiers"
 msgstr ""
+"Hangi barkodların kullanılabileceğini ve ürün, müşteri ve kasiyerlere nasıl "
+"ilişkilendirieceğini tanımlar"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
@@ -1945,14 +1949,18 @@ msgid ""
 "This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to "
 "customize the reference numbers of your orders."
 msgstr ""
+"Sıralama Odoo tarafından otomatik olarak oluşturulmaktadır ancak "
+"siparişlerinizin referans numaralarını özelleştirmek için "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satış Ekibi"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
 msgstr ""
+"Bu Satış Noktasının satışları, bu Satış Kanalı ile ilişkilendirilecektir."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
@@ -1960,15 +1968,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Entegre Sanal Klavye Etkinleştirir"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faturalama"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satış Noktasında fatura oluşturmayı etkinleştir"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
@@ -1979,16 +1987,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
 "prefilled with the exact due amount"
 msgstr ""
+"Ödeme girişi banka ödeme girişine benzer davranır ve geri ödenecek tutar "
+"otomatik doldurulur"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Start Category"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Başlangıç Kategorisi"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
 "category is specified, all available products will be shown"
 msgstr ""
+"Varsayılan olarak bu ürün kategorisi gösterilecek. Eğer ürün kategorisi "
+"seçilmemişse tüm ürünler gösterilecektir."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Tip Product"
@@ -1999,6 +2011,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not "
 "accept tips."
 msgstr ""
+"Müşteri Tarafından bahşiş bırakıldığında kullanılmak için açılmış bir "
+"üründür. Eğer kasada bahşiş kabul etmek istemiyorsanız boş bırakın."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Include Taxes in Prices"
@@ -2009,6 +2023,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have "
 "been setup differently"
 msgstr ""
+"Gösterilen fiyatlar vergiler farklı ayarlanmış olsa bile her zaman KDV dahil"
+" fiyat olacaktır"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Large Scrollbars"
@@ -2024,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ürün kategorileri görsellerle beraber görünecektir."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "IP Address"
@@ -2035,10 +2051,12 @@ msgid ""
 "The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
 "left empty"
 msgstr ""
+"Donanım proxy veya sunucu adı veya IP adresi. Boş bırakılırsa otomatik "
+"algılanacaktır"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Barcode Scanner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Barkod Tarayıcı"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner"
@@ -2050,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Elektronik Tartı Entegrasyonu Etkinleştirir"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Cashdrawer"
@@ -2058,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nakit kasasını otomatik aç"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Receipt Printer"
@@ -2074,7 +2092,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sipariş sonunda fiş otomatik yazdırılacaktır."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Skip Receipt Screen"
@@ -2096,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Footer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Footer"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt"
@@ -2104,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kasa Kontrolü"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
@@ -2893,7 +2911,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
 msgid "Active"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Etkin"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
index 90aa147064..e91464ae19 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -6,10 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../practical.rst:3
 msgid "Practical Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pratik Bilgiler"
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index 596a011ec2..52c0a249ac 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project.rst:5
 msgid "Project"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proje"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İleri Düzey"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
 msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
 msgid "Create a project"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Proje Oluştur"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
 msgid "Invite followers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Takipçi Davet Edin"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3
 #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59
 msgid "Email Template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "E-posta Şablonu"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61
 msgid ""
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79
 msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Raporlama"
 
 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
index 9deaf8ad3d..769de5c0c9 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase.rst:5
 msgid "Purchase"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satınalma"
 
 #: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6
@@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3
 msgid "Process Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3
 msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?"
@@ -345,11 +345,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3
 msgid "Purchases"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satınalma"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3
 msgid "Master Data"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ana Veri"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3
 msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?"
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30
 msgid "Import vendor pricelists"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tedarikçi fiyat listelerini içe aktar"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15
 msgid "Etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "vb.."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Vendor Reference"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tedarikçi Referansı"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Source Document"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kaynak Belge"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ msgid "Deliver To"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
-msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment"
+msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Destination Location Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hedef Konum Türü"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address"
@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Incoterm"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Teslimat Koşulu"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3
 msgid "Multi-Companies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Çoklu Firmalar (Grup Şirketleriniz İçin)"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3
 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?"
@@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6
 msgid "Vendor Bills"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tedarikçi  Faturaları"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
index 8a20bf397a..f1f411377a 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../recruitment.rst:5
 msgid "Recruitment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İşe Alım Süreci"
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index ef4a15e258..78ad542bec 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:35+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Güven YILMAZ <guvenyilmaz@outlook.com.tr>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales.rst:5
 msgid "Sales"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Satış"
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3
 msgid "Advanced Topics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "İleri Düzey Konular"
 
 #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3
 msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?"
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3
 msgid "Services"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hizmetler"
 
 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3
 msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?"
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
 msgid "Main Concepts"
@@ -886,14 +886,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The "
 "customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate "
 "easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by "
-"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to "
+"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to "
 "sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major "
 "shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a "
 "delivery order automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
-msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
+msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ayarlar"
 
 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
 msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
@@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
 msgid "Taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vergiler"
 
 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index cd6813831c..e52cb058f4 100644
--- a/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Murat Kaplan <muratk@projetgrup.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/tr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website.rst:5
 msgid "Website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Websitesi"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3
 msgid "Optimize"
@@ -67,12 +68,12 @@ msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
-msgid "How to track your website's traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can follow your traffic's statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
+"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
 "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -94,28 +95,34 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo)."
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:24
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:29
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Create credentials to use in Odoo. Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as "
-"calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:38
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Then enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on "
-"which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your "
-"Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance "
-"URL followed by /google_account/authentication."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:47
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google "
 "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this "
@@ -123,18 +130,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:52
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:57
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:63
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -412,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168
 msgid "Images"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Görseller"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170
 msgid ""
@@ -1127,7 +1134,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish.rst:3
 msgid "Publish"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yayınla"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own domain name"
@@ -1306,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Genel Bakış"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
index 31977eaaa6..a4706c1dc2 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yaorong Li <55yaorong.li@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-"
 "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__"
 msgstr ""
-"现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件 <https ://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-"
+"现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件<https ://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-"
 "q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>` __"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgid ""
 "in .CODA Format** and apply."
 msgstr ""
 "如果CODA没激活, 你首先激活它。在会计应用中, 去菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> "
-"设置(Settings)` 。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。"
+"设置(Settings)`。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33
 msgid "Import your first CODA file"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgid ""
 "**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. "
 "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file."
 msgstr ""
-"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。 要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 "
+"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 "
 "**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__"
 msgstr ""
 "Odoo能够每4小时直接获得所有银行对账单并自动导入Odoo, 与你的银行同步。在做这步之前, "
-"你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 <https ://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-"
+"你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能<https ://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-"
 "features> `__"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13
@@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ msgid ""
 "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> "
 "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**."
 msgstr ""
-"从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection : menuselection :`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , "
-"并创建一个新的 **Batch Deposit** ."
+"从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , 并创建一个新的 **Batch "
+"Deposit** ."
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94
 msgid ""
@@ -1251,8 +1251,7 @@ msgstr "通过点击 **付款登记(register payment)** , 我们告诉Odoo, 客
 msgid ""
 "We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the "
 ":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`."
-msgstr ""
-"我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) --> 开启付款(Open Payment)` 。"
+msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) -->开启付款(Open Payment)` 。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -1440,10 +1439,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a "
 "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection: menuselection "
-":`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow"
-" Multi-currencies** 已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 "
-"**应用** 。"
+"为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow Multi-currencies** "
+"已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34
 msgid "Configure currencies"
@@ -1457,9 +1455,8 @@ msgid ""
 "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. "
 "(to activate a currency, check his active field)"
 msgstr ""
-"一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单 :menuselection: menuselection "
-":`Configuration --> Currencies` . 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. "
-"但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)"
+"一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Currencies` . 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. 但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -1605,21 +1602,21 @@ msgstr "类型"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在客户发票日记账中选择‘销售’。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在供应商账单日记账中选择‘购买’。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor "
 "payments."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在客户或供应商的日记账中选择‘现金’或‘银行’。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在杂项业务日记账中选择‘通用’。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Company"
@@ -1753,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "不管这个日记账是否显示在仪表板"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "检查已选择的打印付款方式"
 
 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -1937,11 +1934,11 @@ msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34
 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)` "
+msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) -->资产(Assets)` "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35
 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)` "
+msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->资产类型(Asset Types)` "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1962,8 +1959,8 @@ msgid ""
 "provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an "
 "asset type on the supplier bill."
 msgstr ""
-"资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、 摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, "
-"而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案 》。"
+"资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, "
+"而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案》。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -1978,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`"
-msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置--> 资产类型` "
+msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置-->资产类型` "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63
 msgid "Create assets manually"
@@ -1988,7 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "手动创建资产"
 msgid ""
 "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> "
 "Assets`."
-msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问--> 资产` 。"
+msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问-->资产` 。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -2172,7 +2169,7 @@ msgid ""
 " depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has "
 "been created for this line."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。 （不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。"
+"Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。（不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118
 msgid ""
@@ -2346,7 +2343,7 @@ msgid ""
 "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith "
 "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add"
 " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line."
-msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做“史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 "
+msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做 \"史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104
 msgid ""
@@ -2561,7 +2558,7 @@ msgid ""
 "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0."
 msgstr ""
 "在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** "
-"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且 科目余额将全部为0。"
+"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -2571,8 +2568,8 @@ msgid ""
 "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly "
 "reporting a 0 balance."
 msgstr ""
-"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天 。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表**"
-" 中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。"
+"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** "
+"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3
 msgid "Analytic"
@@ -3142,6 +3139,9 @@ msgstr " **科目** "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Debit**"
@@ -3149,6 +3149,9 @@ msgstr " **借方** "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64
 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107
 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128
 msgid "**Credit**"
@@ -5191,7 +5194,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Accounting application."
 msgstr ""
 "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置, 但是你可以会计模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) "
-"--> 设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。"
+"-->设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
 msgid ""
@@ -5201,7 +5204,7 @@ msgid ""
 "per customer segment**."
 msgstr ""
 "一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) "
-"--> 设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。"
+"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112
 msgid ""
@@ -5219,7 +5222,7 @@ msgid ""
 " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:"
 msgstr ""
 "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 "
-":menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` "
+":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125
 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position"
@@ -5232,7 +5235,7 @@ msgid ""
 "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax "
 "included in price)"
 msgstr ""
-"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) --> 财务结构(Fiscal "
+"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal "
 "Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136
@@ -5245,7 +5248,7 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following "
 "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€."
 msgstr ""
-"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` "
+"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` "
 "菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145
@@ -5279,7 +5282,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and "
 "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab."
-msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售 & 采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面"
+msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166
 msgid ""
@@ -5292,17 +5295,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何适应税务对我的客户状态或定位"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. "
 "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9
 msgid "Create tax mapping"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建税务映射"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -5310,7 +5313,7 @@ msgid ""
 " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign "
 "customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and "
 "purchases."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -5319,7 +5322,7 @@ msgid ""
 "cases. To define fiscal positions, go to "
 ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal "
 "Positions`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -5327,34 +5330,34 @@ msgid ""
 "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues "
 "from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in "
 "foreign countries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29
 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "调整客户的对应税率"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-"
 "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded "
 "for the customer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it "
 "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the "
 "same customer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44
 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -5364,34 +5367,35 @@ msgid ""
 "require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. "
 "your office or warehouse)."
 msgstr ""
+"依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per "
 "tax-mapping to apply."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53
 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the "
 "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically "
 "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in "
 "his shipping address."
-msgstr "电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 客人购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。"
+msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68
 msgid "Specific use cases"
@@ -5401,13 +5405,13 @@ msgstr "特殊使用案例"
 msgid ""
 "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of "
 "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes,"
 " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27
@@ -5418,22 +5422,125 @@ msgstr ":doc:`create` "
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes"
+msgstr "如何管理现金基本税"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the "
+"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting"
+" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis "
+"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions."
+msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and "
+"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash "
+"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the "
+"2nd quarter."
+msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16
+msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?"
+msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to "
+"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal."
+msgstr ""
+"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in "
+":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax "
+"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash "
+"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*."
 msgstr ""
+"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种：menuselection:会计->配置->税种，然后在*高级选项*页签下打开“税种”，勾选*使用收付实现税*，然后定义*税收接收帐户*。"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39
+msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?"
+msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. "
+"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in "
+"your accounting:"
+msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中："
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46
+msgid "Customer Invoices Journal"
+msgstr "客户发票日记账"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66
+msgid "Receivables $115"
+msgstr "应收15美元"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76
+msgid "Tax Account $15"
+msgstr "税款帐户15美元"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82
+msgid "Income Account $100"
+msgstr "收入帐户100美元"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57
+msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:"
+msgstr "几天后，你收到付款："
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60
+msgid "Bank Journal"
+msgstr "银行日记账"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64
+msgid "Bank $115"
+msgstr "银行115美元"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:"
+msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目："
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72
+msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal"
+msgstr "税金现金收付制日记账"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78
+msgid "Tax Received Account $15"
+msgstr "税收帐户15美元"
+
+#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are"
+" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo."
+msgstr "在收入帐户下创建的两个日记帐项目为中性，但必需使用它们来确保Odoo中的税收报告准确无误。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3
 msgid "How to create new taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何创建新税收"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -5442,6 +5549,7 @@ msgid ""
 "withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured "
 "with the right taxes."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -5452,27 +5560,27 @@ msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。"
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this "
 "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18
 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20
 msgid "Select a computation method:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "选择一种计算方法："
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22
 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24
 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26
 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28
 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax"
@@ -5483,39 +5591,39 @@ msgid ""
 "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal "
 "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo "
 "posts the tax journal item in the income account."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is "
 "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue "
 "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44
 msgid ""
 "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module "
 "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python "
 "code."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49
 msgid "Advanced configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "高级配置"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed "
 "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the "
 "following label on invoice \"15%\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\"15%服务费\"的税种可以显示为。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55
 msgid ""
 "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All "
 "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice "
 "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention."
-msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税务组: 增值税、保留税。"
+msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -5527,7 +5635,7 @@ msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * :  税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票
 msgid ""
 "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field "
 "empty."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28
@@ -5537,33 +5645,33 @@ msgstr ":doc:`application` "
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3
 msgid "How to set default taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何设置欠税"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most "
 "localizations."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing "
 "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same "
 "country/state than you."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to "
 ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes "
 "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can "
 "login into two different companies and change this field for each company."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?"
@@ -5650,21 +5758,21 @@ msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3
 msgid "How to set tax-included prices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何设置含税价"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check "
 "*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
 "Configuration --> Taxes`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12
 msgid ""
 "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, "
 "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the"
 " product form is $100."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16
 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:"
@@ -5702,11 +5810,11 @@ msgstr "总计待支付 :$100"
 msgid ""
 "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) "
 "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`."
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36
 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -5715,10 +5823,12 @@ msgid ""
 "(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax "
 "Display)."
 msgstr ""
+"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 "
+":menuselection:`销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3
 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "怎样通过TaxCloud获得美国正确的税率"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -5728,78 +5838,79 @@ msgid ""
 "calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special "
 "jurisdiction in the United States."
 msgstr ""
+"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，跟踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15
 msgid "In Tax Cloud"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在TaxCloud税收云上"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ "
 "website."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__地址下创建一个帐户"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18
 msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在该网址上注册TaxCloud，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24
 msgid "In Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Odoo上"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` "
 "and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`发票/会计->配置->设置，勾选*使用TaxCloud自动计算销售税，点击*应用*。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31
 msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "继续在设置中输入你的TaxCloud证书。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from "
 "TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific "
 "rates."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击*同步TaxCloud目录(TIC)*，从TaxCloud中导入TIC（征税信息代码）产品目录。有些目录可能表示特定的税率。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product "
 "created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*和税率。这适用于创建的任一新产品。默认税率用于触发税款的计算。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in "
 "*Sales* tab)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "对于一个特定目录下的产品，请从详情表中进行选择（位于*销售*页签下）。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the"
 " zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click "
 "*Configure your company data*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "确保你的公司地址是正确的（尤其是邮政编码）。到以下路径进行设置 :menuselection:`设置->通用设置，点击*配置公司信息*。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51
 msgid "How it works"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工作方式"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see "
 ":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing "
 "*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "由财务状况而定的自动税收分配工作（见doc:’应用’）。安装*TaxCloud*时，特定的财务状况同时被创建。一切工作方式都非常新颖。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when "
 "the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated "
 "tax computation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "任何来自*美国*的销售订单、网页订单或发票都可设置这一财务状况，并触发自动税收计算。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -5809,10 +5920,11 @@ msgid ""
 "rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return"
 " it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)."
 msgstr ""
+"为产品添加一个默认销售税。Odoo会自动发送请求给TaxCloud，获取基于客户位置（州和城市邮编）和产品TIC目录的准确税率。如果系统中没有合适的税率，则会创建一个税率（例如7.0%）并返回到订单项目行。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75
 msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何使用TaxCloud创建一个特定的税收映射"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77
 msgid ""
@@ -5820,10 +5932,12 @@ msgid ""
 "API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their "
 "detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something."
 msgstr ""
+"勾选*使用TaxCloud "
+"API*，可以用TaxCloud创建多种财务状况。这些状况可以在详细表中分配给不同的顾客。每次顾客向你购买商品时都可默认取得。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86
 msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
@@ -5941,7 +6055,7 @@ msgid ""
 "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document "
 "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__"
 msgstr ""
-" `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易 <https "
+" `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易<https "
 "://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>` __"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23
@@ -6124,7 +6238,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses "
 "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales"
 " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report."
-msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易， 并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。"
+msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126
 msgid "Inventory Valuation"
@@ -6143,7 +6257,7 @@ msgid ""
 "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions "
 "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__"
 msgstr ""
-" `查看计价方法对交易的影响 <https ://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>` "
+" `查看计价方法对交易的影响<https ://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>` "
 "__"
 
 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137
@@ -7469,7 +7583,7 @@ msgstr "销售价 : 0.32"
 msgid ""
 "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of "
 "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)"
-msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或 英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \""
+msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \""
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48
 msgid "**Hotel**"
@@ -7547,7 +7661,7 @@ msgstr "会计登录日记账分录"
 msgid ""
 "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, "
 "with a payable account)"
-msgstr "公司报销员工费用 （员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）"
+msgstr "公司报销员工费用（员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94
 msgid ""
@@ -7571,7 +7685,7 @@ msgstr "一个产品 :费用类型"
 msgid ""
 "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own"
 " car)"
-msgstr "价格 （例如酒店） 或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)"
+msgstr "价格（例如酒店）或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106
 msgid ""
@@ -7620,7 +7734,7 @@ msgstr "经理能 :"
 msgid ""
 "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the "
 "bill is missing);"
-msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息 （例如, 单据复印件丢失）;"
+msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息（例如, 单据复印件丢失）;"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140
 msgid "reject an expense;"
@@ -7693,7 +7807,7 @@ msgstr "未重开票给客户的费用"
 msgid ""
 "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two "
 "options:"
-msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项 ︰"
+msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项︰"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195
 msgid ""
@@ -7946,7 +8060,7 @@ msgstr "付款界面字段的解释 :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Has Invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "有发票"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes"
@@ -7954,7 +8068,7 @@ msgstr "技术字段可使用"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid "Hide Payment Method"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "隐藏付款方式"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -8058,11 +8172,11 @@ msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136
 msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_"
-msgstr " `打印支票 <PrintChecks_>` _"
+msgstr " `打印支票<PrintChecks_>` _"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138
 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_"
-msgstr " `银行对账 <ReconicleBankStatements_>` _"
+msgstr " `银行对账<ReconicleBankStatements_>` _"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3
 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?"
@@ -8144,7 +8258,7 @@ msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。
 msgid ""
 "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount "
 "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**."
-msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个 账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。"
+msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71
 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards"
@@ -8164,7 +8278,7 @@ msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款"
 msgid ""
 "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More "
 "Option --> Send Money`"
-msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` "
+msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 -->银行分类账 -->更多选项 -->付款` "
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84
 msgid ""
@@ -8650,7 +8764,7 @@ msgid ""
 "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
 "Reference)"
 msgstr ""
-"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** "
+"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** "
 "字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85
@@ -8671,7 +8785,7 @@ msgid ""
 "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button "
 "is outlined in red below:"
 msgstr ""
-"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品, 在采购单被确认后你需要从 **库存** 中接收产品。 在 **库存** 仪表盘, "
+"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品, 在采购单被确认后你需要从 **库存** 中接收产品。在 **库存** 仪表盘, "
 "你可以看到一个按钮直接链接你到产品的转移, 这个按钮在以下红色处概述 :"
 
 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100
@@ -9527,7 +9641,7 @@ msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47
 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice"
-msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣ 提货单(Delivery Order) ‣ 发票(Invoice)"
+msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -9548,7 +9662,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62
 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice"
-msgstr "电子商务订单 ‣ 发票"
+msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64
 msgid ""
@@ -9679,7 +9793,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a "
 "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment "
 "term but invoice conditions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "各地发票系统中的付款条件是有差别的。如你将某一笔订单分成两部分向顾客开发票，则这不是一个付款条件，而是一个开发票的条件。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -10132,7 +10246,7 @@ msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一
 msgid ""
 "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals "
 "--> Create`"
-msgstr "在会计模块，转到  :menuselection:`配置 --> 分类账 --> 创建`"
+msgstr "在会计模块，转到  :menuselection:`配置 -->分类账 -->创建`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -10153,9 +10267,9 @@ msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow "
-"Reconciliation\"."
-msgstr "完成后, 请别忘了将\"信用卡\"科目设为\"允许调节\"。"
+"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to "
+"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"."
+msgstr "帐户类别可以是\"信用卡\"。完成设置后，请记得将\"信用卡\"帐户设为\"允许对账\"。"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119
@@ -10268,7 +10382,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`recording` "
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128
 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`"
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130
@@ -10407,7 +10521,7 @@ msgstr "发送客户对账单"
 msgid ""
 "Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales "
 "--> Customer Statements`."
-msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售--> 客户报表` ."
+msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售-->客户报表` ."
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97
 msgid ""
@@ -10943,7 +11057,7 @@ msgstr "查看所有 **逾期发票** 或 **需要的行动** "
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139
 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`"
 msgstr ""
-"转到 :menuselection:`会计(Accounting) --> 销售(Sales) --> 客户对账单(Customers "
+"转到 :menuselection:`会计(Accounting) -->销售(Sales) -->客户对账单(Customers "
 "Statement)` "
 
 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
index 6ef2827356..385f4fd655 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
index 8d64af24d5..e154d4decf 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: zhangpeiqing <zpq001@live.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -27,57 +27,103 @@ msgid "Calendar"
 msgstr "日历"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
-msgid "How to synchronize your calendar with Google Calendar"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar"
+msgstr "如何同步你的Odoo日历和Google Calendar？"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Connect on your google account and go to "
-"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
-"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
-msgstr ""
+"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
+"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
+"directions)."
+msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Click on **Create a project...** and enter a project name and change your id"
-" if you want. Don't forget to accept the Terms of Services"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
+msgid "Setup in Google"
+msgstr "在Google中设定"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:13
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)"
-" and click on 'Calendar API'. Activate the Calendar API by clicking on the "
-"blue button 'Enable API'. When it's done, the Calendar API overview will be "
-"available"
+"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
+"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
+"打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar "
+"API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
+msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
+msgstr "选择*Calendar API*。"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:26
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu 'Credentials' (from menu APIs "
-"and auth) and click on button 'Create new Client ID'"
-msgstr ""
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
+msgstr "创建一个新项目并取名（例如Odoo）。项目用于存贮API证书。"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+msgid "Enable the API."
+msgstr "启用API。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr "创建用于Odoo的证书。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Check that the Application type is set on 'Web Application', then click on "
-"'Configure consent screen'. Specify an email address and a product name, "
-"then save."
-msgstr ""
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
+msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。"
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"You should now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. "
-"To do it, you need to complete the field \"Authorized redirect URI\" and set"
-" as value (your own domain followed by '/google_account/authentication'): "
-"==> http://mydomain.odoo.com/google_account/authentication You can now click"
-" on 'Create Client ID'"
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
+"然后创建一个客户端ID。输入应用名称（例如Odoo）及你被许可重定向的页面。*授权JavaScript原点*是你的Odoo实例URL。*授权的重定向URL*是Odoo实例的URL,后接'/google_account/authentication'。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
+"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
+" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
+"the first time."
+msgstr "输入产品名（如Odoo）进入用户许可屏。自行勾选用户自定义选项（非必须）。只有在首次输入客户端ID时才会显示用户许可屏。"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:48
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"Once done, you will have the both informations (Client ID and Client Secret)"
-" that you need to insert in the 2 fields below!"
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+msgstr "最后，你将获得一个**客户端ID**。进入*证书*窗口同时获取**客户端机密**。在Odoo应用中两者都是必需的。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+msgid "Setup in Odoo"
+msgstr "设置Odoo"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
+msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
+msgstr "安装**Google Calendar**应用程序。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
+"credentials in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 通用设置，在Google Calender选项中输入你的证书号。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
+"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
+"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
+" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
+"设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与Google "
+"Calendar同步。首次同步时会转到Google，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。"
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
+msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3
 msgid "Leads"
@@ -121,7 +167,7 @@ msgid ""
 "module --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的 **发送电子邮件服务器** 和 **接收电子邮件网关** , 从 "
-":menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) --> 常规设置(General Settings)` 。"
+":menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) -->常规设置(General Settings)` 。"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -158,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "从那里, 发送到这个电子邮件地址的每个电子邮件将生
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48
 msgid "Set up catch-all email domain"
-msgstr "设置 获取-所有 邮件域名"
+msgstr "设置获取-所有邮件域名"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -169,7 +215,7 @@ msgid ""
 "domain."
 msgstr ""
 "此外, 以您的销售团队的别名, 你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如 *@联系人* 或 *信息@* ), 也将产生Odoo "
-"CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` "
+"CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` "
 "并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57
@@ -202,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`website` "
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3
 msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?"
-msgstr "如何导入联系人到CRM?"
+msgstr "如何将联系人导入CRM?"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -249,7 +295,7 @@ msgid ""
 "if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
 "默认情况下, 线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系做为线索而不是机会, 如下所示去到 "
-":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 "
+":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 "
 "**应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33
@@ -258,7 +304,7 @@ msgid ""
 "from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** "
 "button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)"
 msgstr ""
-"这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - > 线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, "
+"这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - >线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, "
 "导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索, : doc :`点击这里<手册>` )"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41
@@ -273,7 +319,7 @@ msgid ""
 "format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings"
 " and display your columns properly."
 msgstr ""
-"在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 "
+"在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 "
 "**选择文件** 按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是 **.csv** 文件, 不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项( **编码** 和 **分离器** ), "
 "以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。"
 
@@ -348,7 +394,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option "
 "\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`, "
+"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置`, "
 "如下所示选择选项 **选择线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18
@@ -365,31 +411,27 @@ msgstr "创建新线索"
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button."
-msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮."
+msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮."
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact "
 "name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in"
-" the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing "
-"company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will"
-" be visible as a lead in your pipeline ."
-msgstr ""
-"从联系人界面, 提供您所拥有的所有的细节(联系人姓名, 电子邮件, 电话, 地址等), 以及在 **内部票据** 字段的一些附加信息。您也可以通过编辑 "
-"**客户** 链接到现有的公司。点击保存, 联系情况将在您的管道中的线索中可见。"
+" the **Internal notes** field."
+msgstr "从联系人表格中，提供你所拥有的全部详细信息（包括联系人姓名、电邮、电话、地址等），在**互联网笔记**栏提供其他信息。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson"
 " by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the "
 "screen."
 msgstr "你的线索可以直接交给指定的销售团队和销售人员通过点击在屏幕左上角的 **转换成机会** "
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43
 msgid "Create a new opportunity"
 msgstr "创建新商机"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without "
 "having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard "
@@ -403,7 +445,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "按钮。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC:'你需要先创建一个<../../销售组/设置/ 创建_队伍> `。然后, 点击 **创建** "
 "并如上图所示的方法填写联系情况。默认情况下, 新创建的机会将出现在您的销售管道的第一个阶段。"
 
-#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55
+#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53
 msgid ""
 "Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific "
 "stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and "
@@ -490,7 +532,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是, "
 "新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会, 从销售模块的 "
-":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** "
+":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** "
 "的选项并点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50
@@ -875,8 +917,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu "
 ":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`"
 msgstr ""
-"一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索管理(Leads Management) "
-"--> 评分规则(Scoring Rules)` "
+"一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索管理(Leads Management) "
+"-->评分规则(Scoring Rules)` "
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33
 msgid "Create scoring rules"
@@ -983,7 +1025,7 @@ msgid ""
 "field."
 msgstr ""
 "现在下一步是自动将您的最佳线索转化为机遇。为了做到这一点, 你需要决定什么是最低分数线索应该被移交给一个指定的销售团队。去你 **的销售仪表板** , "
-"然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。 在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。"
+"然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100
 msgid ""
@@ -1077,7 +1119,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
 "extracted:"
 msgstr ""
-"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载 <http ://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_.一旦资源目录被提取。"
+"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载<http ://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_.一旦资源目录被提取。"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37
 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
@@ -1130,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108
 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
-msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择 工具"
+msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具"
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114
 msgid ""
@@ -1891,8 +1933,8 @@ msgid ""
 " by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual"
 " sales performance."
 msgstr ""
-"您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会,"
-" 通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC:'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** "
+"您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售- >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会, "
+"通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC:'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** "
 "定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告, 你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。"
 
 #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30
@@ -2340,7 +2382,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个挑战"
 msgid ""
 "You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu "
 ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
-msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - > 挑战` 。"
+msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - >挑战` 。"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -2407,7 +2449,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. "
 "**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) "
 "and compare members of a team with each others and through time."
-msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。 分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。"
+msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74
 msgid ""
@@ -2436,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "发票总量在特定的一周, 一个月或根据您的喜好管理其
 msgid ""
 "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data "
 "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
-msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如 设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)"
+msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93
 msgid "Set up rewards"
@@ -2453,7 +2495,7 @@ msgstr "对于非数值的成绩, **徽章** 可以授给用户。从一个简
 msgid ""
 "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their "
 "performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
-msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - > 徽章 `。"
+msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - >徽章 `。"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106
 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`"
@@ -2480,8 +2522,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` "
 "and click on **Create**."
 msgstr ""
-"建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 "
-"**创建** 。"
+"建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 **创建**"
+" 。"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18
 msgid "Fill in the fields :"
@@ -2621,7 +2663,7 @@ msgid ""
 "For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, "
 "Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your "
 "workflow could look like this :"
-msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得 和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :"
+msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92
 msgid ""
@@ -2672,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 75%*"
 msgid ""
 "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. "
 "He is now a customer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**赢了**：潜在客户确认了他的报价，收到销售订单。现在他已成为真正的顾客了。"
 
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119
 msgid "*Success rate : 100%*"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
index dfe5476c9e..8561bd2e88 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
 msgid "Online Database management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在线数据库管理"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
 msgid "Duplicating a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "复制数据库"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
 "the **Manage Your Databases** button."
 msgstr ""
-"访问`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, "
+"访问`数据库管理页面<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, "
 "在复制数据库前先确保你拥有管理员权限. 然后, 点击**管理你的数据库** 按钮."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期."
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
 msgid "On-premise Database management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "预置数据库管理"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
 msgid "Register a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "注册一个数据库"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -104,25 +104,28 @@ msgid ""
 "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
 "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
 msgstr ""
+"要激活你的数据库，只需在应用切换器 (App "
+"Switch）标题中输入订阅码。注意订阅码前后不可有空格。注册成功后，空格会变为绿色，并会显示数据库的到期时间。可以在“关于”菜单（Odoo "
+"9）或“设置”仪表板（Odoo 10）中查看这个过期时间。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
 msgid "Registration Error Message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "注册错误消息"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
 "message:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你无法注册数据库，可能会被提示以下的消息："
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
 msgid "Solutions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "解决方案"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -133,30 +136,31 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你是否已经将数据库绑定到你的订阅号码？"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
 "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
 msgstr ""
+"你只可以绑定一个数据库到你的订阅号码。（需要测试或开发数据库吗？请到以下地址寻找合作伙伴：<https://www.odoo.com/partners>）"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
 "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
 "database\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "按\\Unlink database（取消数据库绑定）\\按钮可自行在Odoo合约（Odoo Contract）中取消旧数据的绑定。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
 "as it will be deactivated shortly:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "出现确认消息时，请确保这是正确的数据库，该数据库会冻结。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你有Odoo9的升级版吗？"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
@@ -172,42 +176,43 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
 "specifying which database is problematic:"
 msgstr ""
+"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>中勾选“Odoo合约”，然后会出现以下提示：请指出有问题的数据库"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
 "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
 "<duplicate_premise>`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这种情况你需要更改测试用数据库的UUID。可在以下位置查找详细信息： :ref:`本节 <duplicate_premise>`"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
 "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
 "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID，确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
 msgid "Too much users error message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用户量超标的错误消息"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
 " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你本地数据库的用户数高于Odoo企业订阅的购买量，可能会收到以下提示："
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
 "countdown is updated everyday."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
 msgid ""
 "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
 "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在订阅中**添加用户**：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
 msgid "or"
@@ -219,7 +224,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.odoo.com "
 "/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "按照文献要求**冻结用户**"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
 msgid ""
@@ -229,50 +234,51 @@ msgid ""
 " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>`  to make the "
 "message disappear right away."
 msgstr ""
+"数据库得到准确的用户数量后，过期消息会在Odoo自动验证后消失，会是几天的时间。我们理解看到倒计时界面会有一点吓人，所以可以:ref:`force升级通知<force_ping>`立即移除倒计时。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
 msgid "Database expired error message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "数据库已过期错误消息"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
 "subscription, you will encounter this message:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果在更新订阅之前数据库临近过期日期，你会收到以下消息提示："
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
 msgid ""
 "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
 " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
 "database is expired."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在非屏蔽消息出现至少30天后，**屏蔽**消息出现。如果倒计时结束前仍未采取任何行动，数据库过期而冻结。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
 "that"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "更新你的订阅：按照以下链接更新你的订阅-注意"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
 msgid ""
 "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
 "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
 "card payments are processed immediately."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如通过电汇付款，只有当汇款到账后订阅方才生效，可能会耽误几天时间。信用卡付款可以立即处理。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "联系我们的支持部门：<https://www.odoo.com/help>"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
 msgid ""
 "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "以上订阅均不适用？请联系我们的支持部门<https://www.odoo.com/help>"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
 msgid "Force an Update Notification"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "强制升级通知"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
 msgid ""
@@ -284,33 +290,34 @@ msgid ""
 "in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
 " can force an Update using the following procedure:"
 msgstr ""
+"升级通知每7天出现一次，使数据库与您订阅的Odoo企业版保持一致。如果修改了订阅（即添加了用户、续订一年等情形），你的本地数据库只能识别到每7天一次的更改，这可能会造成实际的订阅状态与App切换器通知之间的差异。在对订阅进行这种操作时，可以通过以下步骤强制升级："
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
 msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用**管理员**帐号连接数据"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
 "menu (in V9) /  in **Settings**  (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
 " mode**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "切换到菜单右上方（V9版本）或**设置**（V10版本）的**关于**选项，选择开发者模式，点击**激活开发者模式**"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
 "\"Scheduled Actions\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "导航到\"设置\"菜单，选择\"技术\" > \"自动\" > \"预设动作\""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
 msgid ""
 "Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
 "the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在列表中找到\"升级通知\"并点击，最后点击\"**手动运行**\"按钮"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
 msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "刷新页面后，\"过期\"通知消失。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
 msgid ""
@@ -323,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
 msgid "Duplicate a database"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "复制数据库"
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
 msgid ""
@@ -353,13 +360,13 @@ msgid ""
 " generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
 "by clicking on it and using the edit button."
 msgstr ""
-"可以通过菜单 **设置 > 参数 > 系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid 生成器 "
+"可以通过菜单 **设置>参数>系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 "
 "<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ 或Unix命令 "
 "\"uuidgen\"来生成一个新的UUID.你就可以编辑按钮来用新的UUID替换原先的记录."
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
 msgid "Users and Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用户和特性"
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -385,6 +392,7 @@ msgid ""
 "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
 "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
 msgstr ""
+"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们**强烈**建议您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到业务运作。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -392,6 +400,8 @@ msgid ""
 " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
 "installations."
 msgstr ""
+"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`online <duplicate_online>` 和:ref:`on premise "
+"<duplicate_premise>`安装。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -464,10 +474,11 @@ msgstr "卸载应用App"
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
-"<duplicate>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
-"installing/uninstalling apps)."
+"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
+" installing/uninstalling apps)."
 msgstr ""
-"必须确保在做测试之前创建了正式库的数据库副本:ref:`duplicate <duplicate>` (*特别是* 添加/删除应用apps)."
+"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（*尤其是*安装或卸载App时）在复制数据库的:ref:`duplicate "
+"<duplicate_online>`进行第一次测试。"
 
 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
index 54ad6a9d10..c2fb117bfc 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "讨论"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo邮件收发服务器配置详解"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6
 msgid "When is it needed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "什么情况下需要在Odoo中收发邮件？"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ msgid ""
 "solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email "
 "servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below."
 msgstr ""
+"当您在Odoo社区版或企业版中使用邮件服务器进行邮件收发来传递消息时您需要使用Odoo的这个功能。Odoo自带一个在线电子邮件管理系统。您可通过配置相关参数来在线收发电子邮件。以下操作仅供参考。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14
 msgid "How to set it up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何设置"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -48,16 +49,19 @@ msgid ""
 "check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after"
 " Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps."
 msgstr ""
+"以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> "
+"通用设置，勾选*外部邮件服务器*（注意：只有Odoo10以上的版本才有这个复选框)。若是8.0版本请您以系统管理员的身份登陆后点击菜单 "
+":menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置，看到电子邮件四个中国汉字，的边上对应两个配置项，点击进行相关参数配置。然后进入以下步骤。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't "
 "use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Office 365不支持Odoo这类的外部主机，因此无法通过Office 365电邮服务器在Odoo上收发消息。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
 msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置发件服务器相关参数"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27
 msgid ""
@@ -65,10 +69,12 @@ msgid ""
 "etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been "
 "filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
 msgstr ""
+"你需要找到电子邮件服务商（例如Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, "
+"AOL）的SMTP参数和管理证书。比如在中国大陆用QQ邮箱的话，SMTP你可以这样设置：smtp.qq.com——前提是你需要开启QQ邮箱的SMTP，实在没办法的也可加应用群212904求助。填写完邮箱配置信息后，点击*测试连接*。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
 msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置收件服务器相关参数"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
 msgid ""
@@ -76,6 +82,7 @@ msgid ""
 "*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has "
 "been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
 msgstr ""
+"根据电子邮件服务商的具体参数进行填写配置。例如中国大陆QQ邮箱您可以填写imap.qq.com。不要填写*对接收到的邮件采取的行动*栏。如实在没办法可加群374626483求助。填写完毕后，点击*测试并确认*。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
 msgid ""
@@ -83,20 +90,22 @@ msgid ""
 " value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
 "Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
 msgstr ""
+"默认的设置是每隔5分钟接收一次邮件。可以在开发模式中更改这个间隔值。方法是进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 -->"
+" 设定动作，然后找到*邮件: 邮件收发服务*。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
 msgid "Set the domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设定邮箱域名"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General "
 "Settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在通用设置里面输入邮件服务器域名（如duuge.com）注：在8.0叫别名域。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
 msgid "Create a catchall address"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建一个分组收件地址（类似QQ域名邮箱中的分组管理功能）"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58
 msgid ""
@@ -105,6 +114,8 @@ msgid ""
 " Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its "
 "followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed."
 msgstr ""
+"当一个联系人回复Odoo发送的邮件时，*reply-to* "
+"地址是一个catchall地址，可将回复中继到Odoo（商机、订单、任务等）中正确的讨论话题，以及所有关注者的邮箱中。地址默认为\"catchall@\"，也可以更改。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
 msgid ""
@@ -112,10 +123,11 @@ msgid ""
 "use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to"
 " use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:"
 msgstr ""
+"在你的邮件服务器设置中创建一个catchall地址。我们建议您使用\"catchall@\"地址，可直接运行。如想使用其他别名，需要在Odoo中多设置一些步骤。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
 msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从设置仪表板激活开发者模式。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -123,14 +135,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in "
 "*mail.catchall.alias*."
 msgstr ""
+"刷新屏幕。然后进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> "
+"系统参数，在*mail.catchall.alias*中输入你自定的catchall别名。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
 msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "可以用同样的方法编辑外发邮件的地址别名。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
 msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何通过Odoo在线使用我自己的邮件服务器"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83
 msgid ""
@@ -140,17 +154,18 @@ msgid ""
 "of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo"
 " login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo在线具有嵌入式和立即可用的邮件服务器(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*)。我们建议保持此默认设置，因为它非常便捷。带有Odoo标签时，从Odoo发出的任何可见消息源都是你的个人邮件地址（你的Odoo登录），联系人也会因此而信任你发送的邮件。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90
 msgid ""
 "You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see "
 "your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want "
 "to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你希望联系人在回复邮件时看到你的历史地址，或者希望自行管理邮件服务器，仍可使用你自己的邮件服务器。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94
 msgid "There are 2 methods:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "以下有两种设置方法："
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96
 msgid ""
@@ -170,10 +185,11 @@ msgid ""
 "instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of "
 "above section."
 msgstr ""
+"**使用catchall邮箱**单独使用你自己的邮件服务器。这是你管理自己的邮件服务器可信度的方式（黑名单机制等）。由于cron每小时运行一次，接收的邮件从邮件服务器中获取。这是cron在线实例的最短时间段。如你选择了这种解决方案，只需按照以下步骤设置。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
 msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Odoo上使用外部邮件服务器时如何与SPF兼容"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
 msgid ""
@@ -183,61 +199,62 @@ msgid ""
 "don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as "
 "spam."
 msgstr ""
+"发送者策略框架（SPF）是一种邮件确认系统，它可以检查某个域名发出的邮件是否经过域名管理者的授权。这种安全机制被用于多数邮件服务器。如果不兼容，则你从Odoo发出的邮件很可能被标记为垃圾邮件。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
 msgid ""
 "To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your "
 "domain name settings:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为了与SPF兼容，你需要在域名设置中对Odoo授权。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121
 msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在你的域名主机中登入你域名的帐户。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122
 msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找到域名DNS记录的更新页面。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 "
 "include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果未设置TXT格式的记录，用以下定义创建一个记录：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all "
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
 msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如已经设置了TXT记录，添加\"include:_spf.odoo.com\""
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127
 msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "例如，Gmail服务器可以这样设置："
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129
 msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all "
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131
 msgid ""
 "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
 "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找到<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134
 msgid ""
 "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
 "usually happens more quickly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
 "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
 "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142
 msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何在Odoo和传统的电子邮箱之间做出选择"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143
 msgid ""
@@ -248,6 +265,8 @@ msgid ""
 " or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your "
 "external email box."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo讨论是一种发送与读取业务相关信息的完美工具，但它不会替代功能完善的电邮解决方案（如Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, "
+"AOL等）。我们建议采用两种方案的优势部分，而不是混用：与Odoo业务目标或应用相关的信息进入Odoo，无法管理的信息进入外部邮箱。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150
 msgid ""
@@ -256,10 +275,11 @@ msgid ""
 "used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both "
 "systems. This will negatively impact your productivity."
 msgstr ""
+"为此需要创建特定的电邮别名在Odoo中使用（以生成话题、机会或helpdesk工作票等）。如你已经采用了Odoo以外的邮箱别名，接收的邮件将同时进入两个系统。这会影响到工作效率。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何从Odoo跟踪Twitter推送"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -267,10 +287,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
 "from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
 msgstr ""
+"你可以在Twitter上关注特定的主题标签（#），查看你选择的Odoo讨论频道。可以定期从Twitter上接收推文。认证用户可以转发这些内容。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
 msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Twitter侧设置App"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -278,10 +299,11 @@ msgid ""
 " for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
 " http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
 msgstr ""
+"Twitter的\"App\"向Odoo打开网关，推送内容，并允许用户转发推文。要设置APP，请访问http://apps.twitter.com/app/new并输入以下值："
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
 msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Name：Twitter上应用的名称"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -290,28 +312,29 @@ msgid ""
 "\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
 " this field."
 msgstr ""
+"Website：Odoo数据库的外部URL地址，添加了\"/web\"字段。例如，如你的Odoo实例主机位于\"http://www.example.com\\，那么可以在此字段中输入\"http://www.example.com/web\""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
 "the previous example you should write "
 "\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "回访URL：这是Twitter要响应的地址。关注之前你应该写过的示例。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
 "on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "别忘记了接受**开发者协议**条款，然后点击页面底部的**创建你的Twitter应用程序**按钮。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
 msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在获取API密钥和机密"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在App仪表板界面切换到**密钥与访问令牌**页签下。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -322,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何在我的邮件中吸引用户的注意力"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -342,7 +365,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
 msgid "Direct messaging a user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "直接向用户发送消息"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -361,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
 msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "来自讨论模块的桌面通知"
 
 #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
 msgid ""
@@ -375,18 +398,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何用Odoo收件箱提高我的工作响应效率"
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
 "everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
 "follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用Discuss模块上的**收件箱**监控你在Odoo上的一切更新与进程。你关注的所有内容有更新或你被提及时，都会在收件箱收到通知消息。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
 msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你可以从任何屏幕上快速查看**收件箱**。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -399,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为什么要用Odoo Discuss"
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -416,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何通过频道与团队进行有效沟通"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -429,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
 msgid "Creating a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建一个频道"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -459,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
 msgid "Configuring a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在配置频道"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -477,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
 msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何设置邮件列表"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -488,12 +511,12 @@ msgid ""
 "next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
 "messages by email."
 msgstr ""
-"一个渠道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#channel-name --> "
-"Settings`，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的渠道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。"
+"一个频道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#频道-"
+"名称-->设置，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的频道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
 msgid "Locating a channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在定位频道"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -517,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
 msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用过滤器在Discuss内部导航"
 
 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -532,32 +555,32 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题，以及如何定义你希望收到的消息"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
 " a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Odoo中几乎可以**关注**任何业务目标（如一个机遇、报价或任务等）"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
 msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何选择要关注的事件"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
 "example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
 "**Project** app."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你可以选择收到何种类型的事件通知。下例显示了**Project**App的**任务**选项中有哪些选项是可用的。"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
 msgid "How to add other followers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何添加其他粉丝"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -568,7 +591,7 @@ msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
 msgid "How to be a default follower"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何成为默认的粉丝"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -577,10 +600,11 @@ msgid ""
 " new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
 "created, an opportunity won)."
 msgstr ""
+"你已自动成为你所创建的所有项目的默认粉丝。在CRM和Project等应用中，可以成为任何新创建记录的默认粉丝并收到特别事件的通知（如创建新任务、赢得机会等）"
 
 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
 " in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
 "about."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为此，需要开始关注上级业务目标（如CRM中的销售频道、Project中的项目），然后选择需要关注的事件。"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
index a2b0d79e07..1b457dc345 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Eddie Lim <bhweelim@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -28,43 +28,43 @@ msgstr "启动"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
 msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何定制我的目录页"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
 msgid "Product Catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品目录"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或*店铺*）页面中"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
 "website categories, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "多数选项都可以在*自定义*菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
 msgid "Highlight a product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "高亮一个产品"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make "
 "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
 " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的条幅（促销、新品等）。打开店铺页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "See how to do it: "
 "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何操作："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
 msgid "Quick add to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "快速添加到购物车"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -74,115 +74,116 @@ msgid ""
 "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
 "better)."
 msgstr ""
+"如你的顾客一次购买大量产品，可以启用目录页的购买，加速购买流程。为此，需要添加产品描述和购物车按钮。打开*自定义*菜单的以下选项：产品描述、添加到购物车、查看列表（为了更好地显示产品描述）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
 msgid "How to build a product page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的*新页面*。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "再点击*新产品*并按照闪烁的提示操作。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "可通过*自定义*菜单查看到这些要素。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage my products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "管理我的产品"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
 msgid "How to display several images per product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
 "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
 "the image into a carrousel."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理->配置->设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
 " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从*图片*页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击*创建*，打开上传指引。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
 msgid "How to show product availability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
 "your customers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
 "an option in *Availability*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的*销售*页签，在*库存*中选择一个选项。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
 "delay, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这一工具没有要求安装存货清单App。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -190,164 +191,169 @@ msgid ""
 "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
 "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
 msgstr ""
+"如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage product variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何管理产品变量"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
 "customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
-"and then selects its size and color."
+"and then selects its size and color.  In the example below, the customer "
+"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
+"available options."
 msgstr ""
+"产品变量用于向产品页面上的顾客提供同一产品的类似产品，例如，顾客选择了一款T恤及尺码、颜色，下面顾客又从可用选项中选择一款手机、相应的内存卡"
+"、颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:13
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
 msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何创建属性与变量"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
 "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在  :menuselection:`销售->设置，中选择启用*产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）*。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:18
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择*变量*页签"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
 "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
 "are 2 values for 1 attribute."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
 msgid "How to edit variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何编辑变量"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:38
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
 msgid "You can edit following data:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据："
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
 msgid "Barcode,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "条形码"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）,"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
 msgid "Volume,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "数量"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
 msgid "Weight,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "重量"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
 "to populate them once the variants generated."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
 "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
 "variants."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从  :menuselection:`销售->促销->产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
 "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的*变量价格*，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:64
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
 "attribute value is selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:74
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
 "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:78
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
 msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
 "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
 "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中*归档*的勾号。"
 
-#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:86
+#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
 msgid ""
 "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
 "list. You can reactivate them the same way."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击*已归档*。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
 msgid "Maximize my revenue"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使收入最大化"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch "
 "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
 "functionalities:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你销售电脑，为什么不鼓动顾客再买一个高级的显示器或延长的质保期呢？这就是交叉销售功能块的目标。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "结账页的产品附件，"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "额外的产品在新的*添加到购物车*屏幕（默认没有安装）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
 msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "结账时显示产品附件"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
 "reviews the cart before paying."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客为购物车付款时，出现附件（如电脑的鼠标键盘）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在产品详情页的*销售*页签下选择附件。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -355,11 +361,11 @@ msgid ""
 "several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several "
 "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
 "suggested accessories."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -367,85 +373,86 @@ msgid ""
 "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
 "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
 msgstr ""
+"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
 msgid "To publish optional products:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "发布可选产品："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
 msgid ""
 "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the "
 "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
 "up."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在*App*菜单中安装*eCommerce可选产品*插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的App。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从产品描述页的*促销*页签下选择可选项。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "加入购物车的可选项的数量与主要产品的数量是一致的。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何为我的访问者调整定价"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "本节进一步介绍eCommence这一应用的定价功能："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
 msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "根据地区强制定价，"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
 msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "让顾客选择币种。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
 ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "首先，需要勾选产品定价的管理方式：:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Geo-IP定位程序可自动应用合适的价格"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
 "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "向你的价格表分配国家组。这样尚未登录的用户可以在登录网站后看到他们适用的币种。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Currency selector"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "币种选择器"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose "
 "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
 "drop-down menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你在多个国家销售产品，请让顾客选择其自己的币种。勾选*可选*，将价格表添加到下拉菜单的网站中。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
@@ -455,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
 "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
@@ -466,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "设置"
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
 " on formula* for *Sale Price*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销->设置，在*销售价格*公式中选择*高级定价策略*。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -474,131 +481,132 @@ msgid ""
 " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
 "code."
 msgstr ""
+"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理->目录->价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` ，然后输入一个代码。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
 "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "确保*购物车*页面的优惠码一栏可用（在*自定义*菜单选项中）。添加一个产品到购物车。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
 "prices get automatically updated in the cart."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击*应用*价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
 "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略的表现。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每个价格表都显示促销…"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
 msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何启用点评"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust "
 "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
 "your customer to share their feedback!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "公布并监测顾客的购买心得将有助于你赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
 "page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从产品web页面的*自定义*菜单中激活顾客反馈。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
 "so (see Portal documentation)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
 msgid "Review the posts in real time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "实时查看发贴"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
 "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（*讨论*菜单）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
 "follower."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
 "the product discussion thread)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击产品名称，打开详情页并查看评论（在产品讨论主题中）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
 msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "调解及删贴"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
 "form or on the web page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "可以通过聊天或在web页面的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
 "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品web页面，点击*已发表*按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
 msgid "..tip::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "..tip::"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
 msgid ""
 "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
 " smart button (and vice versa)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之亦然）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
 msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products "
 "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
 " time browsing your catalog."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为使收入最大化，强烈推荐销售基本款的高价替代品。为此，顾客会花更多时间浏览你的产品目录。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
 msgid "To do so:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为此，你需要："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail "
 "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
 "customers will be confused."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从3个选项中选取*替代品*（位于产品详情的*促销*页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从的。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
 "page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在产品Web页面的*自定义*菜单中打开*替代品*。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
 msgid "Overview"
@@ -606,21 +614,21 @@ msgstr "概述"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo eCommerce介绍"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
 "time. The topics follow the buying process:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "本文指导您快速使用eCommerce网站。购买之后是以下步骤："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
 msgid "Product Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品页"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
 msgid "Shop Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "店铺页"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
 msgid "Pricing"
@@ -632,11 +640,11 @@ msgstr "税金"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
 msgid "Checkout process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收银流程"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "增销及交叉销售"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
 msgid "Payment"
@@ -644,37 +652,37 @@ msgstr "付款"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
 msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "送货及跟踪"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
 msgid "Launch my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "打开我的网站"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
 msgid "Get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "付款"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何让购买者付款"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and "
 "Invoicing apps."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo嵌入了多个付款方法以支持eCommerce、促销和发票App上的支付行为。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10
 msgid "What are the payment methods available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "哪一种付款方式可用呢？"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13
 msgid "Wire transfer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "电汇"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15
 msgid ""
@@ -682,30 +690,30 @@ msgid ""
 "your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their"
 " bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-"
 "wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "电汇是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21
 msgid "Payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收款方"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and"
 " track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms"
 " over time:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "将顾客引导到你的支付平台上，轻松收款和跟踪付款状态（回调）。Odoo过一段时间将会支持更多的支付平台。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27
 msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28
 msgid "Ingenico"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ingenico "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29
 msgid "Authorize.net"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Authorize.net "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30
 msgid "Adyen"
@@ -717,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32
 msgid "PayUmoney"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PayUmoney"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33
 msgid "Sips"
@@ -729,17 +737,17 @@ msgstr "条带"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38
 msgid "How to go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何激活"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and "
 "activate the **Production** mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "付款方法就绪后，使付款界面清晰可见，然后激活**生产**模式。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48
 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何让顾客保存并再次使用信用卡"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49
 msgid ""
@@ -747,15 +755,16 @@ msgid ""
 "a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo."
 " This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
 msgstr ""
+"为便于老顾客付款，你可以让其保存并再次使用信用卡。为此，支付令牌会保存在Odoo中。这一选项需调用Ingenico和Authorize.net。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68
 msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你可以从收款方配置表中打开这一功能。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61
 msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何将信用卡刷卡记入借方"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -763,51 +772,52 @@ msgid ""
 "bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can "
 "have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo订阅<https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>允许多次发生的服务计费。因此，你可以自动将顾客的信用卡消费记入借方。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66
 msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这一选项需启用Ingenico 和Authorize.net。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the "
 "subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued"
 " from the subscription."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "当顾客订阅服务后，记录一个付款令牌。一旦订阅开出发票，即自动记入借方。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79
 msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何使用其他收款方式（高级）"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81
 msgid ""
 "Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment "
 "acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction"
 " status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo能提交单笔付款请求并转到任何收款方。但没有回调，也就是说Odoo不会跟踪交易的状态。因此你收款后需要手动确认订单。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85
 msgid "How to:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
 msgid "Switch to developer mode."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "切换到开发者模式"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "采用**自定义**付款方法"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment "
 "acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can "
 "duplicate."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "根据收款方的指引设置付款表格（S2S表格模板）。可以从你能复制的*default_acquirer_button *按钮开始设置。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96
 msgid "Other configurations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "其他配置"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98
 msgid ""
@@ -816,6 +826,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard"
 "/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo还可用于更多的高级付款过程，如分期付款（例如Paypal 分期付款Paypal Installment Plans "
+"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102
 msgid ""
@@ -830,42 +842,42 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal` "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110
 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155
 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何管理付款的订单"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a"
 " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
 "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收款方授权后，Odoo可立即自动确认订单，触发送货流程。如果发票是基于订购数开具的，则系统还会请求你为此项订购开具发票。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
 msgid "What are the payment status"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "什么是付款状态"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "任何时候销售员均可检查订单的交易状态。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Draft*:正在处理的交易。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
 "to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Pending*:暂时冻结交易，你需要从收款方界面授权。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -873,42 +885,43 @@ msgid ""
 " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
 " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
 msgstr ""
+"*Authorized*状态表示付款已获授权但尚未被抓取。在Odoo中，订单已经被确认了。送货完成后，即可从收款界面（如你使用Authorize.net，可从Odoo）获取数量。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
 "confirmed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Done*:付款已授权并获取。订单确认完毕。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
 "retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Error*:交易出错。顾客尝试重新付款。订单未完成。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
 "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*Cancelled*:顾客在收款页面取消了付款，返回Odoo以修改订单。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, "
 "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
 "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "交易完毕后，顾客被引导到Odoo，获得每个付款状况的消息。如需编辑这些消息，请进入付款方法的*消息*页签下。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在订单中自动验证发票"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically "
 "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
 "orders straight on."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "订单确认后，可以自动开发票。这一全自动的功能专为业务而订制，能直接为订单开具发票。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -922,64 +935,65 @@ msgid ""
 "payments "
 "<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)."
 msgstr ""
+"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账户以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票系统连接，支付之后立即进行标记。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为收款方创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以跟踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见“如何注册信用卡支付”）。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "送货后获得付款"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
 "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
 "only available with Authorize.net."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在这种模式下，订单已经确认，但没有显示金额。送货后，可以从Odoo获取付款。仅在Authorize.net环境下支持这种模式。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
 "*Capture Transaction*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击*获取交易*。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
 "interfaces, not from Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with Paypal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何用Paypal收款"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the "
-"only one without any subscription free. We definitely advise it to any "
+"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any "
 "starter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paypal是最容易配置、并且唯一没有订阅费的网上支付方式。我们强烈建议初学者使用Paypal。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11
 msgid "Set up your Paypal account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置你的Paypal账户"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade "
 "your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建一个Paypal业务账户<https://www.paypal.com>，或将你的基本账户升级为*业务账户*。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your "
 "**Profile**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "登录到`Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`，打开**档案**的设置。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22
 msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "进入菜单中**我的销售工具**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27
 msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "先设置**网站偏好**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -987,22 +1001,23 @@ msgid ""
 "<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the "
 "correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)."
 msgstr ""
+"打开**自动返回**，输入**返回URL**<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation。用正确的协议(HTTP/HTTPS)验证这一地址。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is "
 "generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "打开**付款数据转移**。保存时，会生成一个**身份识别令牌**。稍后会要求你在Odoo中输入。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment "
 "Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后返回你的档案中，在**我的销售工具**中激活**付款后立即通知(IPN)**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
 msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "输入**通知URL**：<odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -1010,22 +1025,23 @@ msgid ""
 "to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal "
 "button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section."
 msgstr ""
+"现在你必须更改Odoo至Paypal的支付请求的编码格式了。为此，请返回*我的销售工具*并在*更多销售工具*节中点击*PayPal*按钮进行语言编码。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as "
 "**UTF-8**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后点击*更多选项*，将两个默认的编码格式设为**UTF-8**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, "
 "**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你希望顾客在没有创建Paypal账户的情况下付款，需要打开**Paypal账户可选**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
 msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Odoo中设置Paypal付款方式"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
 msgid ""
@@ -1033,98 +1049,100 @@ msgid ""
 " Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your "
 "**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**."
 msgstr ""
+"在 "
+":menuselection:`网站或销售或会计->设置->收款方，中选择打开Paypal设置，输入**电邮ID**及**商户ID**，再勾选**使用IPN**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My "
 "business info`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你的Paypal账户同时具备两个参数，见:menuselection:`My business info`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85
 msgid ""
 "Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so,"
 " open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Odoo（来自*自动返回*选项）中输入**身份令牌**，为此需在*设置*中激活**开发者模式**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91
 msgid ""
 "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System"
 " Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后在 :menuselection:`设置->技术->参数->系统参数，中选择用以下值创建一个参数："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94
 msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token "
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95
 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Value: 你的Paypal *身份识别令牌*"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102
 msgid "Go live"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "激活"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103
 msgid ""
 "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your "
 "merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你的配置现已就绪！可以在商户界面显示Paypal，然后激活**生产模式**。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112
 msgid "Transaction fees"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "手续费"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114
 msgid ""
 "You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal"
 " charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied"
 " to the order amount."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in "
 "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为了激活此功能，需到Odoo Paypal配置表的*配置*页签下选择*添加额外收费*。以下是美国的默认收费。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees "
 "<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你所在国家的手续费参见：<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128
 msgid "Test the payment flow"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "测试付款流程"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130
 msgid ""
 "You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "可通过Paypal沙盒账户测试整个付款流程。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your"
 " Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用你的Paypal证书登录Paypal开发者网站<https://developer.paypal.com>，创建两个沙盒账户："
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136
 msgid ""
 "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
 "pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "业务账户（作为商户，例如pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137
 msgid ""
 "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
 "pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "默认的个人账户（作为购物者，如pp.merch01-buyer@example.com）"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the "
 "merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用商户账号登录Paypal沙盒<https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>，然后按以下提示配置。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142
 msgid ""
@@ -1134,18 +1152,19 @@ msgid ""
 "invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be "
 "automatically generated when the transaction is completed."
 msgstr ""
+"在Odoo中输入你的沙盒证书，确保Paypal仍然设置在*测试*模式。同时确保Paypal的确认模式不是*授权并获取数量，确认SO和自动验证收款方确认发票*，否则交易完成后，将会自动生成确认的发票。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150
 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154
 msgid ":doc:`payment`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`payment`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
 msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1155,6 +1174,7 @@ msgid ""
 "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
 "process before buying something."
 msgstr ""
+"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像123一样轻松简单。以前会要求在订单生成后注册用户名、电邮和密码，但现在不同了。的确，买点东西还要填写一堆注册信息太麻烦了。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
 msgid "Sign up"
@@ -1164,33 +1184,33 @@ msgstr "注册"
 msgid ""
 "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
 "order from order confirmation email."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "当顾客想要查看视觉化的配置邮件时，系统显示登录提醒。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
 msgid "Customer account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客账号"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
 " in the login dropdown menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击*我的账户*进行访问。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
 "modified."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
 "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3
 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何电汇付款"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1199,43 +1219,44 @@ msgid ""
 "own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. "
 "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!"
 msgstr ""
+"**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13
 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment "
 "method."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的**感谢消息**中。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19
 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26
 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an "
 "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get "
 "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态**报价已发送**（即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35
 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed "
 "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* "
 "or duplicate it."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Collect taxes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收税"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
index 6cca95dbc4..f4faa87ae5 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -28,47 +28,47 @@ msgstr "身份验证"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何允许用户用Google账号登录"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Connect to your Google account and go to "
 "`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
 "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "连接到你的Google账户并点击"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击*使用Google API*"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
 "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单**证书**（见**API管理器**），然后选择*OAuth同意窗口*。"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
 msgid ""
 "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
 " save."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
 "Client ID)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "再点击**添加证书**，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
 " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "勾选在**Web应用**中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -76,20 +76,21 @@ msgid ""
 " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
 "Then click on **Create**"
 msgstr ""
+"先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。"
 
 #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
 msgid ""
 "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
 "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码）。将前者插入**通用设置**中。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
 msgid "Data Import"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "数据导入"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt an import template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何采用导入模板"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -98,65 +99,67 @@ msgid ""
 "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
 "etc.)."
 msgstr ""
+"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, "
+"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
 msgid "How to customize the file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何自定义文件"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
 " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
 "corresponding field using the search."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
 "work straight away the very next time you try to import."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为什么要用ID行"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
 "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
 "Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**ID**（外部ID）是行项目独一无二的标识符。请使用之前的软件，平稳过度到Odoo。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
 "duplicates;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
 msgid "How to import relation fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何导入关系字段"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -165,6 +168,7 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
 msgid ""
@@ -173,14 +177,16 @@ msgid ""
 "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
 "Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / "
+"ID）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
 msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何将数据导入Odoo"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
 msgid "How to start"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何开始"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -188,29 +194,30 @@ msgid ""
 " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
 " and even orders!"
 msgstr ""
+"可使用Excel (.xlsx) 或CSV (.csv) 格式导入Odoo业务对象的任何数据：联系人、产品、银行对账单、日记账条目、甚至订单！"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "打开你想要移植的对象并点击**导入**。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
 "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
 "already done."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需点击一次即可导入这些模板。数据映射已经完成。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
 msgid "How to adapt the template"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何使用模板"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "建议不要删除**ID** 1（原因见下节）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
 msgid ""
@@ -218,17 +225,17 @@ msgid ""
 " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
 "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
 "corresponding field."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
 "on the very next time."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
 msgid "How to import from another application"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
 msgid ""
@@ -239,17 +246,19 @@ msgid ""
 "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
 " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
 msgstr ""
+"为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID**"
+" (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
 "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
 "whenever possible."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -261,17 +270,18 @@ msgid ""
 "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
 " default."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有**整数**类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
 "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
 "complete list of fields for each column."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
 msgid ""
@@ -282,6 +292,7 @@ msgid ""
 "inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
 " day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo可以自动判断一个行是否为日期，并尝试从一系列常用日期格式中判断正确的格式。这一进程可以支持多种日期格式，有一些国外的日期格式可能无法识别，它有可能无法判断（例如天数和月的位置），它难以判断哪一部分是日期，哪一部分是月份，如这样的格式：'01-03-2016'。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
 msgid ""
@@ -290,6 +301,8 @@ msgid ""
 "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
 " the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
 msgstr ""
+"要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的**选项**中点击**日期格式**。如果格式错误，你可以用*ISO "
+"8601*修正格式。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
 msgid ""
@@ -298,6 +311,8 @@ msgid ""
 " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
 "whatever your locale date format is."
 msgstr ""
+"如你导入一个Excel(.xls, "
+".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
@@ -312,55 +327,56 @@ msgid ""
 "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
 "crash."
 msgstr ""
+"是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在**选项**中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
 msgid "32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
 msgid "32000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
 msgid "32,000.00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32,000.00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
 msgid "-32000.00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-32000.00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
 msgid "(32000.00)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(32000.00)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
 msgid "$ 32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ 32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
 msgid "(32000.00 €)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(32000.00 €)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
 msgid "Example that will not work:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不合要求的例子："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
 msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " ABC 32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
 msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ (32.000,00)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
 msgid ""
@@ -369,19 +385,20 @@ msgid ""
 "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
 " CSV file bar after you select your file)."
 msgstr ""
+"默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
 "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
 "your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
 "application?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
 msgid ""
@@ -391,16 +408,18 @@ msgid ""
 "modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
 "filter settings' > Save)."
 msgstr ""
+"如果在电子表格应用中编辑和保存CSV文件，你电脑的地区设置会应用分隔符。我们建立你使用OpenOffice或LibreOfice "
+"Calc，因此这些软件支持你修改全部三个选项（位于保存为会话框>勾选’编辑过滤器设置’>保存）。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
 msgid ""
 "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
 "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Microsoft Excel仅在保存为会话框->点击工具下拉列表->编码时允许修改编码方式。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
 msgid ""
@@ -411,12 +430,13 @@ msgid ""
 "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
 "import."
 msgstr ""
+"有些字段用于定义与其他对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”这个对象的记录相链接。当你导入这些字段时，Odoo会在不同的记录中重新创建链接。Odoo提供了三种机制供你导入这些字段。每次导入一个字段时只能使用一种机制。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
 msgid ""
 "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
 "different fields to import:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
@@ -426,17 +446,17 @@ msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码"
 msgid ""
 "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
 "postgresql column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "国家/数据库ID：某记录的唯一Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
 msgid ""
 "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
 " (or the .XML file that imported it)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中的任意一种导入："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
 msgid "Country: Belgium"
@@ -444,24 +464,24 @@ msgstr "国家: 比利时"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
-msgstr "Country/External ID: base.be"
+msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
 msgid ""
 "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
 "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
 "according to your need:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
 msgid ""
 "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
 " have been created manually."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
 msgid ""
@@ -470,12 +490,13 @@ msgid ""
 "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
 "Database ID)"
 msgstr ""
+"使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个重名的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
 msgid ""
 "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
 "party application."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
 msgid ""
@@ -485,18 +506,19 @@ msgid ""
 "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
 "Products and their Categories."
 msgstr ""
+"使用外部ID时，可利用带\\”外部ID\\”的行导入CSV文件，定义你导入的每条记录的外部ID号，然后引用类似\"字段/外部ID\\”的记录。以下两个CSV文件是产品及目录的例子。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for categories "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "目录的CSV文档"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for Products "
 "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品的CSV文档"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
@@ -512,19 +534,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
 "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
 msgstr ""
+"例如，你有两个带子名称的产品目录，\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
+"Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 "
+"(\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
 msgid ""
 "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
 "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
 "'Category'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
 "multiple tags)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
 msgid ""
@@ -533,18 +558,19 @@ msgid ""
 "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
 " of your CSV file."
 msgstr ""
+"这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
 msgid ""
 "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
 "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "制造商和零售商的CSV文档"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
 msgid ""
 "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
 "Sales Order)?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -556,40 +582,41 @@ msgid ""
 "purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
 "you can import, based on demo data."
 msgstr ""
+"如你希望导入有多个订单行的销售订单，则每个订单行都需要在CSV文件中保留一个特定的列。第一个订单行可被导入到与订单信息相关的同一列中。每添加一行，都需要向与订单相关的空信息字段中增加相应的行。例如可以基于demo数据导入一些引用的purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV文件。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
 msgid ""
 "`File for some Quotations "
 "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "一些引用的文件"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
 "respective purchase order lines:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
 msgid ""
 "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
 "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "带不同采购行的采购订单"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
 msgid ""
 "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
 "contacts:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
 msgid ""
 "`Customers and their respective contacts "
 "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顾客和其各自的联系人"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
-msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录？"
+msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
 msgid ""
@@ -600,16 +627,18 @@ msgid ""
 "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
 "depending if it's new or not."
 msgstr ""
+"如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 "
+"ID\\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
 msgid ""
 "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
 "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
 msgid ""
@@ -618,10 +647,11 @@ msgid ""
 "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
 "assigning the default value."
 msgstr ""
+"如果没有在CSV文件中设定全部字段，Odoo会向未定义的字段分配默认值。但是如果你在CSV文件中设置了空值，Odoo会在该字段设置EMPTY值，不再分配默认的值。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
 msgid ""
@@ -630,6 +660,7 @@ msgid ""
 " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
 "person and the company they work for)."
 msgstr ""
+"如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
 msgid ""
@@ -640,6 +671,8 @@ msgid ""
 "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
 "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
 msgstr ""
+"可以使用Odoo的\"外部ID\"功能管理不同表单之间的关系。\"外部ID\"是其他应用中该记录的唯一标识符。这一\"外部ID\"对全部对象的任一记录都必须是独一无二的，因此非常适合用这一应用或表单的名称为\"外部ID\"打前缀。（如'company_1',"
+" 'person_1'，而不是'1'）。"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
 msgid ""
@@ -650,26 +683,27 @@ msgid ""
 "href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
 "PostgreSQL database</a>)"
 msgstr ""
+"例如，假设你有一个带两个表单的SQL数据库需要导入公司和个人，而每个人都属于一个公司，因此你需要在个人和其服务的公司之间重新创建链接。测试方法如下"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
 msgid ""
 "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
 " the following command:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SQL命令将创建以下CSV文档："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
 "following SQL command in PSQL:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "将产生以下CSV文档：："
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
 msgid ""
@@ -680,6 +714,8 @@ msgid ""
 "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
 " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
 msgstr ""
+"你可以看到Fabien和Laurece都是Bigees公司（company_1）的员工，Eric为Organi公司服务。个人和公司间的关系用公司的外部ID表示。我们只能用表单名称做为\"外部"
+" ID\"的前缀，而避免个人ID和公司ID的冲突（person_1 和 company_1在原始数据库中共用ID 1。）"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
 msgid ""
@@ -688,6 +724,7 @@ msgid ""
 "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
 "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
 msgstr ""
+"两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
 msgid "BASICS"
@@ -701,11 +738,11 @@ msgstr "如何添加用户账号"
 msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
 "point."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo支持你随时选择添加额外的用户。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
 msgid "Add individual users"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "添加个人用户"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -714,19 +751,21 @@ msgid ""
 "professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
 " and a picture."
 msgstr ""
+"从设置模块中选择子菜单：menuselection: "
+"用户->用户，点击**重新创建**。首先将新用户的名称添加到专业邮箱地址，即用户用于登录到Odoo实例和图片中的地址。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
 "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在访问权限下选择为你的用户选择可以访问的应用。因App的关系会提供不同的权限。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
 "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
 " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "完成页面编辑并点击**保存**后，会自动向用户发送邀请邮件。用户必须点击接受邀请后创建一个登录。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -734,6 +773,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
 "information."
 msgstr ""
+"请记住：每多出一个新用户都会增加你的订阅费用。详情请参阅：`*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -743,16 +783,18 @@ msgid ""
 " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
 "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
 msgstr ""
+"也可在系统运行时从仪表板添加新用户。在上面的截屏中输入你想添加的用户邮箱地址，点击**邀请**。用户将收到一封含有密码设置链接的邀请邮件。接着可以进入"
+"  :menuselection:`设置->用户菜单，然后定义其访问权限。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "禁止用户<../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
 msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
@@ -762,60 +804,60 @@ msgstr "使用简体中文语言管理操作Odoo"
 msgid ""
 "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
 " each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo可提供多种语言的管理选项，每个用户都可以设置自己的语言。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
 msgid "Load your desired language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "加载你需要的语言"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
 "instance."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "首先在Odoo实例中加载你想要的语言。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
 " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
 "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择  :menuselection:`翻译->加载翻译，选择一种语言并点击**加载**安装。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
 msgid ""
 "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
 " to change the navigation language on your website."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你勾选了“翻译网址”，就可以在网站上更改导航了。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
 msgid "Change your language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "更改语言"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
 "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择**偏好**。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
 "**SAVE.**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击**保存**。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "打开一个新菜单查看这些更改。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
 msgid "Change another user's language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "更改另一个用户的语言"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
 msgid ""
 "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
 "language."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo还有可能允许每个用户选择语言偏好。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -826,7 +868,9 @@ msgid ""
 " change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
 "**SAVE.**"
 msgstr ""
+"要为不同的用户更改语言，请在“设置”应用中选择  :menuselection:`用户-> "
+"用户，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的**编辑**。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击**保存**。"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
index ec262aa06d..f3421e160c 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success "
 "Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
 "<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "观看在线学习平台的视频（第一个Success包是免费的）："
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
 msgid ""
 "Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
 "<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在我们的Youtube频道观看在线会议"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
 msgid ""
@@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ msgid ""
 "We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
 "services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
 " projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我们习惯于在25-250小时的服务时间内部署全功能项目，这比市面上ERP供应商要快得多。多数项目都能在1-9个日历月左右结束。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
 msgid ""
 "But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
 "slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
 "engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "一次高效的实施与一次迟缓的实施之间的真正**差别在于顾客！** 根据我们的经验，当顾客积极投入，实施工作就会顺利许多。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
 msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
@@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ msgid ""
 "work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure"
 " efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
 "person must:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "我们要求您在公司内部保持一个单点联系人作为Odoo实施项目的经理。这是为了确保效率及你公司的单一知识库。此外，这人必须："
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
 "risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
 "implementations having a full time project manager."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**能够为项目至少每周投入完整的两天时间**，否则就有实施不利的风险。如有全职的项目经理则可以加速实施进度。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
 msgid ""
@@ -201,30 +201,31 @@ msgid ""
 "back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
 "it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
 msgstr ""
+"**有权决定**。Odoo通常改善一个公司内部的所有部门，这需要快速响应和回复，但如果公司内部的各个决策者之间没有大量的互动，则会潜在影响决策的效率。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
 "support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
 "management."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**具有领导力**，全面支持所有部门及高级管理者，培训及执行内部的各种政策，或成为高级管理的一个部分。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
 msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "能整合您的业务的90%，而非全部"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
 msgid ""
 "You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
 "level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
 "extremist.**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你选择Odoo的原因可能是别的软件都没有如此高的自动化水平、功能的全面性，以及集成能力。但**别太极端**。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
 msgid ""
 "Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
 " to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "定制比较费时、费钱、费力，更难于维护，增加了实施的风险，还有升级的问题。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
 msgid ""
@@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ msgid ""
 "requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
 " you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
 "costs of customization."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "标准Odoo大约能覆盖90%的业务流程及业务需求。对剩下的10%灵活一些吧，否则会花去原项目两倍的成本。人们总是低估了定制化的隐藏成本。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
 msgid ""
@@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ msgid ""
 "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
 "system(s) works."
 msgstr ""
-"* *用 Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* *  按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。"
+"* *用Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* *  按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
 msgid ""
@@ -262,6 +263,7 @@ msgid ""
 "other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
 "decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
 msgstr ""
+"我们对项目经理进行过培训，他们能帮助用户做出决策，衡量相关交易，但如果您配合会更容易达成目标。有些进程比你以往的系统更花时间，但你仍需权衡、对比由此增加的时间与其他进程缩短的时间。如果使用Odoo后花费的净时间减少则是有进步的。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
 msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
@@ -272,7 +274,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
 " with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and"
 " easier your training phases will be."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "开始免费试用系统吧！Odoo的试用之旅越舒适，您越能够做出更好、更快的决定，您的培训过程也更轻松。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
 msgid ""
@@ -315,7 +317,7 @@ msgid ""
 "install the Notes application."
 msgstr ""
 "想要一个简单的方法开始使用Odoo吗? 安装Odoo笔记来管理你的实施事项: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. 在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__.在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
 msgid "This module allows you to:"
@@ -406,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Our support can be contacted through our `online support form "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr "在线支持形式 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+msgstr "在线支持形式<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
 msgid ""
@@ -425,7 +427,7 @@ msgid ""
 "button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
 "is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
 msgstr ""
-"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。 可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。"
+"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
 msgid ""
@@ -496,21 +498,24 @@ msgstr "* *数据导入* *:我们可以做, 或是由项目经理提供模板指
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
-" services:"
-msgstr "如果你有订阅* * 定制应用程序* *, 可得到以下额外服务:"
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"services:"
+msgstr "如你已经订阅了**Studio**，你将获得以下的额外服务："
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286
-msgid "**Customization of screens**"
-msgstr "* *屏幕的定制 * *"
+msgid ""
+"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
+"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
+msgstr "**定制屏幕：**Studio用拖放方式定制你认为适合的大多数屏幕。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
+"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
 "developers for advanced customizations."
-msgstr "* *定制的报告(PDF):* * 项目经理通知开发人员进行高级定制。"
+msgstr "**定制报告（PDF格式）：**Studio本身不允许你自行定制报告，但我们的项目经理能通过开发者的高级定制功能实现。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
 msgid ""
 "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
@@ -518,30 +523,59 @@ msgid ""
 "of your success pack."
 msgstr " * *网站设计:* * 标准模块是免费的。然而, 项目经理可以指导你如何使用基本模块。所用时间从成功包中扣除。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
 msgid ""
 "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
 "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
 "automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
-msgstr " * *工作流程自动化:* *  例如 设置字段值、自动发送邮件提醒,自动化操作,等等。 对于更高级点的自动化, 可以联系开发。"
+msgstr " * *工作流程自动化:* *  例如设置字段值、自动发送邮件提醒,自动化操作,等等。对于更高级点的自动化, 可以联系开发。"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
+"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
+"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
+msgstr "任何定制都需要Odoo Studio应用程序。通过这一程序的任何定制都会在Odoo每次升级时保留，且没有额外收费。"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
+" be deducted from your Success Pack."
+msgstr "所有用我们的“业务分析师”进行定制的时间都会从Success包中扣除。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:302
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
+msgid ""
+"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
+"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
+"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours "
+"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
+"added to the subscription fee."
+msgstr "如需开发者协助定制，将向顾客的订阅中收取一定的费用，用于支付维护和升级服务。费用可以按小时计算：4欧元或5美元/月每小时，算入订阅费。"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
+"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+msgstr "**举例**：2小时的定制开发将收费：将2小时从定制化开发的Success包中扣除，2*5=10美元/月作为此次定制的经常性维护费用。"
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr "实施方法论"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
 msgid ""
 "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
 " in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
 msgstr "我们遵循 * *精益和实践方法* *, 能帮助客户在短时间内上线, 并且耗费较低。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
 msgstr "启动会议后,我们通过一系列的应用程序定义Odoo的部署阶段计划. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
@@ -550,11 +584,11 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "* *启动电话* *的目的是为了让项目经理了解客户的业务, 以便提出(阶段性的)实施计划。每个阶段都会部署一组应用程序, 在上线时都将被用到。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:319
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr "对于每个阶段,步骤如下:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340
 msgid ""
 "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
@@ -562,14 +596,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "* *登机:* *  Odoo项目经理将根据具体的业务, 与客户一起检查业务流程。这么做的目的是为了培训客户, 确认业务流程, 按照客户的需求进行配置。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
 msgid ""
 "**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
 "responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
 "manager will import them in Odoo."
 msgstr "* *数据:* *手动创建或从现有系统导入。客户负责从现有的系统导出, Odoo的项目经理将数据导入Odoo。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
@@ -579,18 +613,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "**培训:** "
 "若您Odoo实施完成，且已成功导入数据，哈~系统运行顺利啦，您将需要给您的用户们一次培训了啦。培训时会有Odoo项目经理来解答和处理您反馈的问题。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr " * *生产:* * 一旦培训好, 用户可开始使用Odoo。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
 " and reports**)."
 msgstr "一旦适应Odoo, 我们将调整过程并做些* *自动化 * *的任务, 剩下的定制也将开发( * *额外的开发和报告* *)。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
 msgid ""
 "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
@@ -598,24 +632,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "一旦所有应用程序都已部署并且用户已适应了Odoo, 项目经理不再为这个项目工作 (除非你有新的需求),如果您有进一步的问题, 可使用售后支持服务。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr "管理数据库"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:350
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
 msgstr "要访问数据库, 点击Odoo.com, 登录并在右上角的下拉菜单单击* *我的数据库* *。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
 " with test data!"
 msgstr "在系统上线或升级之前, Odoo会让你测试。不会让测试数据扰乱正式环境!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379
 msgid ""
 "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
 "for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
@@ -625,29 +659,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "你可以创建你想要的免费试用(15天)。这些实例可以即时复制到你的工作环境。如需复制, 在Odoo.com帐户, * *我组织* *页面, 点击* "
 "*复制* *。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "<db_management/documentation>`."
-msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>`."
+msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here<db_management/documentation>`."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr "客户成功"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
 msgstr "Odoo在于满足客户所有需求, 使客户满意。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:380
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
 msgstr "在实施阶段,你的联系人是项目经理, 后面是售后支持。"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -656,18 +690,18 @@ msgid ""
 "way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
 msgstr ""
 "一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, "
-"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式 或是 评估你的新需求,等等……"
+"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式或是评估你的新需求,等等……"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
 msgstr "我们的内部目标是与客户保持联系至少10年, 随着客户不同的需求为他们提供解决方案!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:393
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr "欢迎加入,享受你的Odoo!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../db_管理/文档`"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
index 869d3a7078..1cba1abb63 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
index f1edcccf5e..29a120f88f 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -423,11 +423,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more "
 "actions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "打印这个文件，以后方可用条码扫描器执行更多操作，"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
 msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
 msgid "Set products barcodes"
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ msgid ""
 " be accessed via the planner."
 msgstr ""
 "为了能够完成一个调拨或者完成一次盘点, 你需要确保Odoo中产品的编码和产品条码保持一致。如果还没有完成这些, "
-"你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** "
+"你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** "
 "按钮。该接口也可以通过系统的向导进入。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and "
 "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate "
 "them)."
-msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码， 而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。"
+msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码，而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
 msgid "Set locations barcodes"
@@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ msgid ""
 "barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker "
 "paper."
 msgstr ""
-"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 -->"
-" 仓库管理 --> 库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。"
+"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> "
+"仓库管理 -->库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the "
 "product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable."
 msgstr ""
-"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 然后点击 "
+"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 然后点击 "
 "**创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** , 不要定义为消耗品。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Adjustments` to start your initial inventory."
 msgstr ""
 "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 "
-":menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 开始期初盘点。"
+":menuselection:`库存控制 -->库存调整` 开始期初盘点。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63
 msgid ""
@@ -649,8 +649,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> "
 "Products`, and click on the **list button**:"
 msgstr ""
-"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 并且点击"
-" **列表按钮**: "
+"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并且点击 "
+"**列表按钮**: "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3
 msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?"
@@ -745,8 +745,8 @@ msgid ""
 "drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock "
 "values for a given product."
 msgstr ""
-"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) -->"
-" 再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。"
+"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) --> "
+"再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Active"
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "数量倍数"
 msgid ""
 "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple.  If it is 0, "
 "the exact quantity will be used."
-msgstr "补货数量会翻转到此倍数。 如果它是0, 那么确切的数量会被使用。"
+msgstr "补货数量会翻转到此倍数。如果它是0, 那么确切的数量会被使用。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0
 msgid "Lead Time"
@@ -837,8 +837,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
 "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` "
 "(or any other module where products are available)."
-msgstr ""
-"按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 --> 存货控制 --> 产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。"
+msgstr "按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 -->存货控制 -->产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62
 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
@@ -1073,7 +1072,7 @@ msgid ""
 " box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click "
 "on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 "
+"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 "
 "**允许供应商直接发货给客户** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
@@ -1082,15 +1081,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales "
 "order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 "
-"**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。点击 **应用** 。"
+"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**"
+" 。点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a "
 "supplier to the products you want to dropship."
 msgstr ""
-"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` "
+"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` "
 "。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74
@@ -1110,7 +1109,7 @@ msgid ""
 "procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you "
 "will see that one shipment has been created."
 msgstr ""
-"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) --> 采购(Purchases) --> 采购询价单(Requests for "
+"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) -->采购(Purchases) -->采购询价单(Requests for "
 "Quotation)` 。使用直运路线的补货自动创建采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到一个收货送货单已经创建。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90
@@ -1292,7 +1291,7 @@ msgid ""
 "and edit the concerned warehouse."
 msgstr ""
 "然而, 如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置, 你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货, 进入 "
-":menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。"
+":menuselection:`配置 -->仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
 msgid ""
@@ -1381,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。"
 msgid ""
 "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used "
 "on packing : pallets, boxes,...**"
-msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 --> 包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** "
+msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 -->包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24
 msgid "*Sale process*"
@@ -1449,11 +1448,10 @@ msgstr "配置提前期"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute "
+"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute "
 "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, "
 "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients."
-msgstr ""
-"配置 **提前期** 是首要的必要活动, 这样可以计算出来计划日期。提前期是承诺给你的不同的业务伙伴和／或客户的延期(适用于交货, 生产, ……)。"
+msgstr "配置**备货时间**是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19
 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:"
@@ -1558,7 +1556,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
 "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**."
 msgstr ""
-"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 "
+"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) -->通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 "
 "**配置公司数据** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90
@@ -1748,8 +1746,7 @@ msgid ""
 "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the "
 "option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well."
 msgstr ""
-"在 :menuselection:`库位 & 仓库 --> 路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** "
-"也被激活。"
+"在 :menuselection:`库位&仓库 -->路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** 也被激活。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64
 msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship"
@@ -1759,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货"
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse "
 "that will be used."
-msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。"
+msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69
 msgid ""
@@ -1928,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同
 msgid ""
 "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Settings`."
-msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。"
+msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -2163,7 +2160,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
-"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> "
+"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
 "设置(Settings)` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39
@@ -2187,8 +2184,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` "
 "and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods."
 msgstr ""
-"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)`"
-" 然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。"
+"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` "
+"然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51
 msgid ""
@@ -2317,7 +2314,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
 "Configuration --> Settings`"
 msgstr ""
-"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> "
+"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
 "设置(Settings)` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35
@@ -2336,7 +2333,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception "
 "methods."
 msgstr ""
-"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)` "
+"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` "
 "并选择你想变更收货方式的仓库。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
@@ -2552,8 +2549,8 @@ msgid ""
 " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select "
 "**Track lots or serial numbers**"
 msgstr ""
-"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**"
-" 。"
+"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** "
+"。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
 msgid ""
@@ -2599,8 +2596,8 @@ msgid ""
 "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
 "select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**."
 msgstr ""
-"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , "
-"并点开所选择的产品。点击 **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。"
+"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并点开所选择的产品。点击"
+" **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
 msgid "Manage lots"
@@ -2686,8 +2683,8 @@ msgid ""
 "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
 "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`"
 msgstr ""
-"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) "
-"--> 序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` "
+"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) "
+"-->序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122
@@ -2721,8 +2718,8 @@ msgid ""
 "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**."
 msgstr ""
-"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 "
-"**跟踪批次或序列号码** 。"
+"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**"
+" 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -2730,8 +2727,8 @@ msgid ""
 "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, "
 "select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**."
 msgstr ""
-"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号**"
-" , 然后点击 **保存** 。"
+"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号** "
+", 然后点击 **保存** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46
 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
@@ -2812,7 +2809,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in "
 ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the "
 "serial number corresponding to your search."
-msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。"
+msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制-->序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3
 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
@@ -2850,7 +2847,7 @@ msgid ""
 " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks "
 "(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , "
+"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , "
 "然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32
@@ -2932,7 +2929,7 @@ msgid ""
 "company to determine the priorities between the different production orders,"
 " deliveries and supplier purchases."
 msgstr ""
-"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, "
+"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->排程器 -->运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, "
 "以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48
@@ -2955,7 +2952,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler "
 "configuration."
 msgstr ""
-"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 --> 排程器动作` "
+"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 -->技术 -->自动 -->排程器动作` "
 "。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63
@@ -3007,7 +3004,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per "
 "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> "
+"要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
 "设置(Settings)` 然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 并点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38
@@ -3017,7 +3014,7 @@ msgid ""
 " --> Locations.`"
 msgstr ""
 "选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后, 你参照以下创建新的报废库位, 进入菜单 "
-":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> "
+":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> "
 "库位(Locations)` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43
@@ -3043,7 +3040,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
 " Dashboard --> Receipts`."
 msgstr ""
-"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
+"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
 "收货(Receipts)` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60
@@ -3061,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
 " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`"
 msgstr ""
-"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
+"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
 "发货单(Delivery Orders)` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75
@@ -3079,7 +3076,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
 " Dashboard --> Receipts`"
 msgstr ""
-"要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
+"要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> "
 "收货(Receipts)` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90
@@ -3102,7 +3099,7 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`"
 msgstr ""
 "要按照向导变更报废库位, 你需要在如下地方的设置中选择 **仓库惊醒多库位管理** , 进入菜单项 "
-":menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Setting)` "
+":menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->设置(Setting)` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3
 msgid "Valuation Methods"
@@ -3532,7 +3529,7 @@ msgid ""
 " quantity in stock * cost price)."
 msgstr ""
 "不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> "
-"报表(Reports) --> 存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。"
+"报表(Reports) -->存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236
 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237
@@ -4093,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr "消耗 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production"
-msgstr "2个车轮 :库存 → 生产"
+msgstr "2个车轮 :库存→生产"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production"
@@ -4105,7 +4102,7 @@ msgstr "生产 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27
 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock"
-msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产 → 库存"
+msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产→库存"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0
 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from"
@@ -4145,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr "分拣"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40
 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone"
-msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存 → 打包区域"
+msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存→打包区域"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41
 msgid "Pack"
@@ -4350,7 +4347,7 @@ msgstr "仓库"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194
 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship"
-msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→ 包装→ 发货"
+msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→包装→发货"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196
 msgid "Picking List:"
@@ -4358,7 +4355,7 @@ msgstr "分拣清单 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197
 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone"
-msgstr "拣货区域→ 打包区域"
+msgstr "拣货区域→打包区域"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198
 msgid "Pack List:"
@@ -4366,7 +4363,7 @@ msgstr "包装清单 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199
 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A"
-msgstr "打包区域→ 门A"
+msgstr "打包区域→门A"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
 msgid "Delivery Order:"
@@ -4374,7 +4371,7 @@ msgstr "交货单 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201
 msgid "Gate A → Customer"
-msgstr "门A→ 客户"
+msgstr "门A→客户"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203
 msgid ""
@@ -4398,7 +4395,7 @@ msgstr "收货 :"
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218
 msgid "Supplier → Input"
-msgstr "供应商 → 收货"
+msgstr "供应商→收货"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209
 msgid "Confirmation:"
@@ -4406,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr "确认 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210
 msgid "Input → Quality Control"
-msgstr "收货→ 质量控制"
+msgstr "收货→质量控制"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
 msgid "Storage:"
@@ -4414,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr "库存 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212
 msgid "Quality Control → Stock"
-msgstr "质量控制 → 库存"
+msgstr "质量控制→库存"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
 msgid "Product Category"
@@ -4430,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr "越库 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220
 msgid "Input → Output"
-msgstr "收货 →发货"
+msgstr "收货→发货"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221
 msgid "Delivery:"
@@ -4438,7 +4435,7 @@ msgstr "发货 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222
 msgid "Output → Customer"
-msgstr "发货→ 客户"
+msgstr "发货→客户"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
 msgid "Sale Order Line"
@@ -4454,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "订单 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227
 msgid "Supplier → Customer"
-msgstr "供应商 → 客户"
+msgstr "供应商→客户"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230
 msgid "Push Rules"
@@ -4478,7 +4475,7 @@ msgstr "产品在收货区卸货"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240
 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control"
-msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→ 质量控制"
+msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→质量控制"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241
 msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock"
@@ -4494,7 +4491,7 @@ msgstr "产品在中转区卸货"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244
 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2"
-msgstr "推式 :中转区 → 仓库 2"
+msgstr "推式 :中转区→仓库 2"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247
 msgid "Procurement Groups"
@@ -4969,7 +4966,7 @@ msgid ""
 "**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 "更多 : **条码扫描** , **序列号** , **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与 **第三方** 货代集成 , **上架**"
-" 以及 **下架** 策略…… 所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。"
+" 以及 **下架** 策略……所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
@@ -4998,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17
 msgid "Set up your warehouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置你的仓库"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19
 msgid "Import your vendors"
@@ -5010,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "导入产品"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23
 msgid "Set up the initial inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置初始库存"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25
 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows"
@@ -5018,7 +5015,7 @@ msgstr "配置销售和采购流程"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27
 msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置补给机制"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -5076,14 +5073,14 @@ msgid ""
 " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of"
 " products using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 库位 & 仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 "
+"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置 -->库位&仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 "
 "**产品使用高级路线** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`,"
 " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**."
-msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。"
+msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:"
@@ -5108,7 +5105,7 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`."
 msgstr ""
 "本步骤生成了一个越库路线, 你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> "
-"配置(Configurations) --> 路径(Routes) --> 路径(Routes)` 。"
+"配置(Configurations) -->路径(Routes) -->路径(Routes)` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52
 msgid "Cross Docking Route"
@@ -5128,15 +5125,15 @@ msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67
 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) --> 越库` "
+msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) -->越库` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73
 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 --> 出货区域(Output)` "
+msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 -->出货区域(Output)` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79
 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`"
-msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) --> 客户(Customer)` "
+msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) -->客户(Customer)` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82
 msgid "Product with cross dock"
@@ -5180,7 +5177,7 @@ msgid ""
 "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** "
 "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes."
 msgstr ""
-"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** "
+"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** "
 "选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22
@@ -5201,7 +5198,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on "
 "**Create**."
 msgstr ""
-"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** "
+"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** "
 "创建新的仓库。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33
@@ -5243,8 +5240,8 @@ msgid ""
 "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to "
 "select the right warehouse and location."
 msgstr ""
-"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** "
-", **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。"
+"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ,"
+" **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
 msgid ""
@@ -5489,7 +5486,7 @@ msgid ""
 "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using"
 " rules**."
 msgstr ""
-"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> "
+"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> "
 "设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39
@@ -5500,7 +5497,7 @@ msgstr "推式规则设置"
 msgid ""
 "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
 "--> Routes`."
-msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 路径(Routes)` 。"
+msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->路径(Routes)` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44
 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**."
@@ -5590,7 +5587,7 @@ msgid ""
 "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance "
 "routing of products using rules**."
 msgstr ""
-"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。"
+"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32
 msgid "Pre-configured routes"
@@ -5604,7 +5601,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。"
 msgid ""
 "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Warehouses`."
-msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 。"
+msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -5620,7 +5617,7 @@ msgstr "定制路线"
 msgid ""
 "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Routes`."
-msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 路径` 。"
+msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->路径` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
 msgid ""
@@ -5654,8 +5651,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
 "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab,"
 " select the route(s):"
-msgstr ""
-"打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :"
+msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 -->控制 -->产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84
 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category"
@@ -5672,7 +5668,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes "
 "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)"
 " under the **Logistics** section :"
-msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 --> 产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :"
+msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 -->产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines"
@@ -5694,7 +5690,7 @@ msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一
 msgid ""
 "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` "
 "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
-msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。"
+msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118
 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:"
@@ -5719,7 +5715,7 @@ msgid ""
 "**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to "
 "**Preferred Routes**:"
 msgstr ""
-"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 "
+"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 "
 "**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
@@ -5773,7 +5769,7 @@ msgid ""
 "accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & "
 "**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
 msgstr ""
-"首先, 你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入 :menuselection: \" 库存应用 --> 配置 --> 设置 `。检查会计选项 "
+"首先, 你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入 :menuselection: \" 库存应用 -->配置 -->设置 `。检查会计选项 "
 "**产品成本计算包含到岸成本** 以及 **永续存货计价** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。 "
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32
@@ -5782,8 +5778,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price "
 "costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes."
 msgstr ""
-"然后进入 :menuselection:`采购应用--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选成本方法 "
-"**使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。"
+"然后进入 :menuselection:`采购应用-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选成本方法 **使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法**"
+" , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40
 msgid "Landed Cost Types"
@@ -5795,7 +5791,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to "
 ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
 msgstr ""
-"从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始, 例如空运费, 保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> "
+"从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始, 例如空运费, 保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> "
 "到岸成本类型` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52
@@ -5813,7 +5809,7 @@ msgstr "链接到岸成本到转移单上"
 msgid ""
 "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
 "Control --> Landed Costs`."
-msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本` 。"
+msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存-->存货控制 -->到岸成本` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -5876,8 +5872,7 @@ msgid ""
 "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products"
 " using rules**, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** "
-"。"
+"进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
 msgid "Setting up a strategy"
@@ -5909,7 +5904,7 @@ msgid ""
 "putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away "
 "Strategy**."
 msgstr ""
-"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 "
+"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 "
 "**编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
@@ -5934,7 +5929,7 @@ msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的
 msgid ""
 "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
 "Control --> Current Inventory`"
-msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存` "
+msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->库存控制 -->当前库存` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location."
@@ -5965,7 +5960,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Settings`:"
-msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :"
+msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -5978,7 +5973,7 @@ msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位
 msgid ""
 "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
 "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
-msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。"
+msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 -->库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
 msgid "Types of removal strategy"
@@ -6003,7 +5998,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
 "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
-msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。"
+msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
@@ -6045,7 +6040,7 @@ msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
 "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
-msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。"
+msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
 msgid ""
@@ -6079,7 +6074,7 @@ msgid ""
 "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
 " to save changes."
 msgstr ""
-"进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。"
+"进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
 msgid ""
@@ -6088,38 +6083,40 @@ msgid ""
 "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
 "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
 msgstr ""
+"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期**, **失效日期**, **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期**。这些日期可从以下路径设置"
+" :menuselection:`库存->控制->序列号/批次。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
 msgid ""
 "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
 "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**最佳日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
 msgid ""
 "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
 "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**失效日期：**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得消费。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
 "number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym "
 "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**撤柜日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起应从商店撤下。通过FEFO 撤柜策略，在此日期收集货物发运。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
 msgid ""
 "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
 "goods with this serial/lot number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "**警示日期：**本序列/批次货物被发出警示的日期。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
 msgid ""
 "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
 "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
 "removal dates."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "根据**撤柜日期**按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
 msgid ""
@@ -6128,6 +6125,7 @@ msgid ""
 "may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
 "lots pass their **alert date**."
 msgstr ""
+"除**撤柜日期**外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过**警示日期**后并不会发出警示。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
 msgid ""
@@ -6142,34 +6140,35 @@ msgid ""
 "zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
 "after the lot has been created."
 msgstr ""
+"批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段：**产品生命周期**、**产品使用寿命**、**产品撤柜时间**和**产品警示时间**。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
 msgid ""
 "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
 "expiration date fields as follows:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每个时间增量字段都用于生成以下一种过期日期字段，如下所示："
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品使用寿命->最好在此日期前使用"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品撤柜时间->撤柜日期"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品生命周期->生命周期结束"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品警示时间->警示日期"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
 " --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
-msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 --> 库位` 并选择FEFO。"
+msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 -->库位` 并选择FEFO。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
 msgid ""
@@ -6282,7 +6281,7 @@ msgid ""
 "--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
 "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
 msgstr ""
-"要陪只如何使用包裹, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 "
+"要陪只如何使用包裹, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 "
 "**记录产品包裹的包材 :栈板, 盒子, ……** "
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27
@@ -6350,7 +6349,7 @@ msgid ""
 " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving "
 "packs**:"
 msgstr ""
-"你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: "
+"你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->作业类型` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: "
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75
 msgid "Transfer packages"
@@ -6385,7 +6384,7 @@ msgstr "包裹追踪"
 msgid ""
 "To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
 "Control --> Packages`."
-msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 包裹` 。"
+msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->包裹` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103
 msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves."
@@ -6429,7 +6428,7 @@ msgid ""
 "sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on "
 "**Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 "
+"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 "
 "**产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27
@@ -6441,8 +6440,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which "
 "you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on "
 "**Edit**."
-msgstr ""
-"在 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。"
+msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -6856,7 +6854,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several "
 "attributes**, then click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , "
+"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , "
 "找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129
@@ -6869,7 +6867,7 @@ msgid ""
 "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> "
 "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules."
 msgstr ""
-"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 --> 产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。"
+"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 -->产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135
 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to."
@@ -6980,7 +6978,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the "
 "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values."
 msgstr ""
-"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` "
+"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` "
 "并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213
@@ -7082,8 +7080,8 @@ msgid ""
 " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
 "click on **Apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在"
-" **库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"
+"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 "
+"**库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20
 msgid ""
@@ -7091,7 +7089,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on "
 "**Create**."
 msgstr ""
-"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。"
+"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -7137,14 +7135,14 @@ msgid ""
 " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then "
 "click on **apply**."
 msgstr ""
-"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置` "
-"。在 **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。"
+"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 -->配置` 。在"
+" **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> "
 "Warehouses`"
-msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` "
+msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` "
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -7161,7 +7159,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. "
 "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so "
 "make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter."
-msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码 。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。"
+msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -7278,7 +7276,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
 "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
 "Methods`."
-msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。"
+msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货 -->交货方式` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
 msgid ""
@@ -7391,7 +7389,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
 "you want to integrate :"
 msgstr ""
-"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :"
+"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
@@ -7405,7 +7403,7 @@ msgstr "配置发货方式"
 msgid ""
 "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
 " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
-msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。"
+msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
 msgid ""
@@ -7477,7 +7475,7 @@ msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。"
 msgid ""
 "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
 "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
-msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。"
+msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
 msgid ""
@@ -7540,7 +7538,7 @@ msgid ""
 "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
 "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
 msgstr ""
-"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 "
+"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 "
 ":栈板, 箱子, ……** "
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
@@ -7778,7 +7776,7 @@ msgid ""
 "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
 "you want to integrate :"
-msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :"
+msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -7837,7 +7835,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
 " you want to ship and set a weight on it."
-msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。"
+msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->销售 -->产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。"
 
 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
 msgid ""
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
deleted file mode 100644
index 75f1d9191c..0000000000
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/legal.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2021 +0,0 @@
-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
-# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
-# 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Wei \"oldrev\" Li <liwei@sandwych.com>, 2017\n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:5
-msgid "Legal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:15 ../../legal/licenses.rst:5
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:6
-msgid "Licenses"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:17
-msgid ":ref:`licenses`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:20 ../../legal/terms.rst:5
-msgid "Terms and Conditions"
-msgstr "条款和条件"
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:38
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:40
-msgid ":ref:`enterprise_agreement_fr` |nbsp| |nbsp| |download_enterprise_fr|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:47 ../../legal/others.rst:5
-msgid "Other legal references"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Service Level Agreement <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-"
-"sla>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"`Odoo Online Acceptable Use Policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-"
-"acceptable-use-policy>`_"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal.rst:51
-msgid ":ref:`cla`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:11
-msgid "Odoo 10 Community Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Community Edition is licensed under `LGPL version 3 "
-"<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.en.html>`_  (also known as LGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html>`_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-"
-"faq.en.html#AllCompatibility>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:22
-msgid "Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 10 Enterprise Edition is licensed under the Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License v1.0, defined as follows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:1
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:487
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0"
-msgstr "Odoo 企业版授权协议 v1.0"
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:3
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") can only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) with a valid Odoo "
-"Enterprise Subscription for the correct number of users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:7
-msgid ""
-"With a valid Partnership Agreement with Odoo S.A., the above permissions are"
-" also granted, as long as the usage is limited to a testing or development "
-"environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:11
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules based on the Software and distribute them under"
-" the license of your choice, provided that it is compatible with the terms "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition License (For example: LGPL, MIT, or "
-"proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:16
-msgid ""
-"You may use Odoo modules published under any license along with the "
-"Software, provided that their license is compatible with the terms of the "
-"Odoo Enterprise License (Including, but not limited to, any module published"
-" on the Odoo Apps Store on odoo.com/apps)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:21
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:69
-msgid ""
-"It is forbidden to publish, distribute, sublicense, or sell copies of the "
-"Software or modified copies of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:24
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all  copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/enterprise_license.txt:27
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE"
-" AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,ARISING FROM,"
-" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN "
-"THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:43
-msgid "Odoo Apps"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"Unless otherwise stated, Odoo Apps by Odoo SA (including the website themes)"
-" are published under the Odoo Proprietary License v1.0, defined as follows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:54
-msgid "Odoo Proprietary License v1.0"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:56
-msgid ""
-"This software and associated files (the \"Software\") may only be used "
-"(executed, modified, executed after modifications) if you have purchased a "
-"valid license from the authors, typically via Odoo Apps, or if you have "
-"received a written agreement from the authors of the Software (see the "
-"COPYRIGHT file)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"You may develop Odoo modules that use the Software as a library (typically "
-"by depending on it, importing it and using its resources), but without "
-"copying any source code or material from the Software. You may distribute "
-"those modules under the license of your choice, provided that this license "
-"is compatible with the terms of the Odoo Proprietary License (For example: "
-"LGPL, MIT, or proprietary licenses similar to this one)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The above copyright notice and this permission notice must be included in "
-"all copies or substantial portions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:75
-msgid ""
-"THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR"
-" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, "
-"FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE "
-"AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER "
-"LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING "
-"FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS"
-" IN THE SOFTWARE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:91
-msgid "Odoo 9"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:93
-msgid ""
-"The licenses for both editions of Odoo 9 were respectively the same as for "
-":ref:`odoo_community_license` and :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:100
-msgid "Odoo 8"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/licenses/licenses.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 8 is licensed under `AGPL version 3 "
-"<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.en.html>`_  (also known as AGPLv3). "
-"See also the `GPL FAQ <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.en.html>`_ and "
-"the `compatibility matrix <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-"
-"faq.en.html#AllCompatibility>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:5
-msgid "Contributor License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"In order to contribute to any of the Odoo projects, companies and "
-"individuals have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/cla.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the "
-"agreement, and a FAQ can be found on our `GitHub project page "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/doc/cla/sign-cla.md>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:5
-msgid "Privacy Policy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/others/privacy.rst:7
-msgid ""
-"Temporary version at `<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__ "
-"(needs cleanup)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5b - Last revision: June 30, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:10
-msgid ""
-"By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the \"Services\") provided "
-"by Odoo SA and its affiliates (collectively, \"Odoo SA\") in relation with "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition or Odoo Community Edition (the \"Software\"), you "
-"(the \"Customer\") are agreeing to be bound by the following terms and "
-"conditions (the \"Agreement\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:18
-msgid "1 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:20
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be minimally one year and "
-"as specified in writing at the signature of this Agreement, beginning on the"
-" date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term by registered mail to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:28
-msgid "2 Definitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:34
-msgid "User"
-msgstr "用户"
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"Any active user account with access to the Software in creation and/or "
-"edition mode. Deactivated user accounts and accounts used by external people"
-" (or systems) who only have limited access to the Software through the "
-"portal facilities (known as \"portal Users\") are not counted as Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:42
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:55
-msgid "Bug"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"Is considered a Bug any failure of the Software that results in a complete "
-"stop, error traceback or security breach, and is not directly caused by a "
-"defective installation or configuration. Non-compliance with specifications "
-"or requirements will be considered as Bugs at the discretion of Odoo SA "
-"(typically, when the Software does not produce the results or performance it"
-" was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet "
-"legal accounting requirements anymore)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:51
-msgid "Covered Versions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:45
-msgid ""
-"All Services provided under this Agreement are applicable only to the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, which include the 3 (three) most recently "
-"released major versions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"To be covered by the current Agreement, Customer’s installations have to run"
-" the most recent Covered Version at the time of this Agreement’s signature. "
-"When this is not the case, additional costs are applicable, as described in "
-":ref:`charges`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:56 ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:42
-msgid "3 Access to Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-"
-"exclusive, non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after "
-"modification) the Odoo Enterprise Edition software, under the terms set "
-"forth in :ref:`appendix_a`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:62
-msgid ""
-"The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the "
-"unmodified execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity "
-"of the Odoo Enterprise Edition usage and collects statistics for that "
-"purpose, including but not limited to the running of an instance and the "
-"number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA commits not to disclose individual or named figures to third parties"
-" without the consent of the Customer, and to deal with all collected data in"
-" compliance with its official Privacy Policy, as published on `Odoo SA's "
-"website <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:71
-msgid ""
-"Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, this license is revoked "
-"immediately and the Customer agrees to stop using the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:74
-msgid ""
-"Should the Customer breach the terms of this section, the Customer agrees to"
-" pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the"
-" actual number of Users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:81
-msgid "4 Included Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:84
-msgid "4.1 Bug Fixing Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to making all reasonable"
-" efforts to remedy any Bug of the Software submitted by the Customer through"
-" the appropriate channel (typically, Odoo SA's service desk email address or"
-" website form), and to start handling such Customer submissions within 2 "
-"business days."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:91
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension "
-"that is not part of the official Software will not be covered by this "
-"service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"As soon as the Bug is fixed an appropriate remedy will be communicated to "
-"the Customer. If the bug has been addressed in a more recent revision of the"
-" Covered Version of the Software used by the Customer, the Customer agrees "
-"to update its systems to that revision in order to obtain the correction. "
-"The Customer will not be asked to upgrade to a more recent Covered Version "
-"of the Software as a remedy to a Bug."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:100
-msgid ""
-"When a Bug is fixed in any Covered Version, Odoo SA commits to fixing the "
-"Bug in all more recent Covered Versions of the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:103
-msgid ""
-"Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software "
-"and in the :ref:`liability` section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be "
-"held liable for Bugs in the Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:108
-msgid "4.2 Security Advisories Service"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:110
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to sending a \"Security "
-"Advisory\" to the Customer for any security Bug that are discovered in the "
-"Covered Versions of the Software, at least 2 weeks before making the "
-"Security Advisory public, unless the Bug has already been disclosed publicly"
-" by a third party. Security Advisories include a complete description of the"
-" Bug, its cause, its possible impacts on the Customer's systems, and the "
-"corresponding remedy for each Covered Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security "
-"Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in "
-":ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public "
-"disclosure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:124
-msgid "4.3 Upgrade Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:129
-msgid "Upgrade Service for the Software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:131
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer can submit upgrade requests"
-" through the appropriate channel (typically Odoo SA's upgrade service "
-"website), in order to convert a database of the Software from one Covered "
-"Version of the Software to a more recent Covered Version (the \"Target "
-"Version\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:135
-msgid ""
-"Upgrade requests must include a complete backup copy of the Customer's "
-"database and the associated data (typically obtained from the Backup menu of"
-" the Software). Where necessary for data security or regulation reasons, the"
-" Upgrade Service includes an optional tool to anonymize identifiable data "
-"inside a database before submitting the upgrade request, and a tool to "
-"restore the anonymized data after the upgrade."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:141
-msgid ""
-"This service provided through an automated platform in order to allow the "
-"Customer to perform unattended upgrades once a previous version of the "
-"Customer's database has been successfully upgraded for a Covered Version. "
-"The Customer may submit successive upgrade requests for a database, and "
-"agrees to submit at least 1 upgrade request for testing purposes before "
-"submitting the final upgrade request."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:147
-msgid ""
-"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of"
-" the Customer's database to make it compatible with the Target Version, and "
-"the correction of any Bug directly caused by the upgrade operation and not "
-"normally occurring in the Target Version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:151
-msgid ""
-"It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the "
-"upgraded database in order to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes "
-"and new features implemented in the Target Version, and to convert and adapt"
-" for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that were"
-" installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as "
-"foreseen in section :ref:`upgrade_extra`). The Customer may submit multiple "
-"upgrade requests for a database, until an acceptable result is achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:162
-msgid "Upgrade Service for third-party extensions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:164
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional "
-"upgrade services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in "
-"addition to the regular Upgrade Services. This optional service is subject "
-"to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the technical "
-"adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and "
-"their corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. "
-"The Customer will receive an upgraded version of all installed third-party "
-"modules along with the upgraded database."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:174
-msgid "5 Charges and Fees"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:179
-msgid "5.1 Standard charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:181
-msgid ""
-"The standard charges for the Odoo Enterprise subscription, the Bug Fixing "
-"Service, Security Advisories Service and the Upgrade Service are based on "
-"the number of Users and the Software version used by the Customer, and "
-"specified in writing at the signature of the Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"When during the Term, the Customer has more Users than specified at the time"
-" of signature of this Agreement, the Customer agrees to pay an extra fee "
-"equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of the Term) for "
-"the additional Users, for the remainder of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"If at the time of the signature of this Agreement, the Customer uses a "
-"Covered Version that is not the most recent one, the standard charges will "
-"be increased by 50% for the duration of the first Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:196
-msgid "5.2 Renewal charges"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:198
-msgid ""
-"Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges "
-"applied during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable "
-"per-User list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7%, unless "
-"Odoo SA provides written notice of a new price to the Customer at least 60 "
-"days prior to the end of the Term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:207
-msgid "5.3 Charges for Upgrade Services of third-party modules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:211
-msgid ""
-"The additional charge for the Upgrade Service for third-party modules is EUR"
-" (€) 1000.00 (one thousand euros) per 1000 Lines of Code in the third-party "
-"modules, rounded up to the next thousand lines. Lines of Code include all "
-"text lines in the source code of those modules, regardless of the "
-"programming language (Python, Javascript, etc.) or data format (XML, CSV, "
-"etc.), excluding blank lines and comment lines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:217
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA reserves the right to reject an upgrade request for third-party "
-"modules under the above conditions if the quality of the source code of "
-"those modules is too low, or if these modules constitute an interface with "
-"third-party software or systems. The upgrade of such modules will subject to"
-" a separate offer, outside of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:225
-msgid "5.4 Taxes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:229
-msgid ""
-"All fees and charges are exclusive of all applicable federal, provincial, "
-"state, local or other governmental taxes, fees or charges (collectively, "
-"\"Taxes\"). The Customer is responsible for paying all Taxes associated with"
-" purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, except when Odoo SA is"
-" legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is "
-"responsible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:238
-msgid "6 Conditions of Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:241
-msgid "6.1 Customer Obligations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:245
-msgid "The Customer agrees to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:247
-msgid ""
-"pay Odoo SA any applicable charges for the Services of the present "
-"Agreement, in accordance with the payment conditions specified in the "
-"corresponding invoice ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:249
-msgid ""
-"immediately notify Odoo SA when the actual number of Users exceeds the "
-"number of Users specified at the signature of the Agreement, and in this "
-"event, pay the applicable additional fee as described in section "
-":ref:`charges_standard`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"take all measures necessary to guarantee the unmodified execution of the "
-"part of the Software that verifies the validity of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition usage, as described in :ref:`enterprise_access` ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:255
-msgid ""
-"grant Odoo SA the necessary access to verify the validity of the Odoo "
-"Enterprise Edition usage upon request (e.g. if the automatic validation is "
-"found to be inoperant for the Customer);"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:257
-msgid ""
-"appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the "
-"Agreement;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:258
-msgid ""
-"take all reasonable measures to protect Customer’s files and databases and "
-"to ensure Customer’s data is safe and secure, acknowledging that Odoo SA "
-"cannot be held liable for any data loss;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:265
-msgid "6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:267
-msgid ""
-"Except where the other party gives its consent in writing, each party, its "
-"affiliates and representatives agree not to solicit or offer employment to "
-"any employee of the other party who is involved in performing or using the "
-"Services under this Agreement, for the duration of the Agreement and for a "
-"period of 12 months from the date of termination or expiration of this "
-"Agreement. In case of any breach of the conditions of this section that "
-"leads to the termination of said employee toward that end, the breaching "
-"party agrees to pay to the other party an amount of EUR (€) 30 000.00 "
-"(thirty thousand euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:279
-msgid "6.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:281
-msgid ""
-"Except where notified otherwise in writing, each party grants the other a "
-"non-transferable, non-exclusive, royalty free, worldwide license to "
-"reproduce and display the other party’s name, logos and trademarks, solely "
-"for the purpose of referring to the other party as a customer or supplier, "
-"on websites, press releases and other marketing materials."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:290
-msgid "6.4 Confidentiality"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:298
-msgid "Definition of \"Confidential Information\":"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:293
-msgid ""
-"All information disclosed by a party (the \"Disclosing Party\") to the other"
-" party (the \"Receiving Party\"), whether orally or in writing, that is "
-"designated as confidential or that reasonably should be understood to be "
-"confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances of "
-"disclosure. In particular any information related to the business, affairs, "
-"products, developments, trade secrets, know-how, personnel, customers and "
-"suppliers of either party should be regarded as confidential."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:300
-msgid ""
-"For all Confidential Information received during the Term of this Agreement,"
-" the Receiving Party will use the same degree of care that it uses to "
-"protect the confidentiality of its own similar Confidential Information, but"
-" not less than reasonable care."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:304
-msgid ""
-"The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing "
-"Party to the extent compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party "
-"gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of the compelled disclosure, to the "
-"extent permitted by law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:311
-msgid "6.5 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:313
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfill any of its obligations "
-"arising herein, and if such breach has not been remedied within 30 calendar "
-"days from the written notice of such breach, this Agreement may be "
-"terminated immediately by the non-breaching Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:317
-msgid ""
-"Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the "
-"Customer fails to pay the applicable fees for the Services within the due "
-"date specified on the corresponding invoice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:324
-msgid "Surviving Provisions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:321
-msgid ""
-"The sections \":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”, "
-"“:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any "
-"termination or expiration of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:329
-msgid "7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:334
-msgid "7.1 Warranties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:338
-msgid ""
-"For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA commits to using commercially "
-"reasonable efforts to execute the Services in accordance with the generally "
-"accepted industry standards provided that:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"the Customer’s computing systems are in good operational order and the "
-"Software is installed in a suitable operating environment;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:343
-msgid ""
-"the Customer provides adequate troubleshooting information and access so "
-"that Odoo SA can identify, reproduce and address problems;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:345
-msgid "all amounts due to Odoo SA have been paid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for "
-"any breach of this warranty is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the "
-"Services at no additional charge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:353
-msgid "7.2 Disclaimers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:357
-msgid ""
-"Except as expressly provided herein, neither party makes any warranty of any"
-" kind, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise, and each party "
-"specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including any implied "
-"warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or non-"
-"infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:362
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or "
-"international law or regulations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:367
-msgid "7.3 Limitation of Liability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:369
-msgid ""
-"To the maximum extent permitted by law, the aggregate liability of each "
-"party together with its affiliates arising out of or related to this "
-"Agreement will not exceed 50% of the total amount paid by the Customer under"
-" this Agreement during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the "
-"event giving rise to such claim. Multiple claims shall not enlarge this "
-"limitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:374
-msgid ""
-"In no event will either party or its affiliates be liable for any indirect, "
-"special, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, "
-"including but not limited to loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of "
-"business or other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or "
-"corrupted data, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement "
-"regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, tort (including "
-"strict negligence) or any other legal or equitable theory, even if a party "
-"or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages, or "
-"if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential "
-"purpose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:385
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:418
-msgid "7.4 Force Majeure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:387
-msgid ""
-"Neither party shall be liable to the other party for the delay in any "
-"performance or failure to render any performance under this Agreement when "
-"such failure or delay is caused by governmental regulations, fire, strike, "
-"war, flood, accident, epidemic, embargo, appropriation of plant or product "
-"in whole or in part by any government or public authority, or any other "
-"cause or causes, whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable "
-"control of such party as long as such cause or causes exist."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:398
-msgid "8 General Provisions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:403
-msgid "8.1 Governing Law"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Both parties agree that the laws of Belgium will apply, should any dispute "
-"arise out of or in connection with this Agreement, without regard to choice "
-"or conflict of law principles. To the extent that any lawsuit or court "
-"proceeding is permitted hereinabove, both parties agree to submit to the "
-"sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of "
-"litigating all disputes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:414
-msgid "8.2 Severability"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:416
-msgid ""
-"In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any "
-"application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any "
-"respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining "
-"provisions of this Agreement and any application thereof shall be in no way "
-"thereby affected or impaired. Both parties undertake to replace any invalid,"
-" illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision "
-"having the same effects and objectives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/enterprise.rst:427
-msgid "9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription"
-" Agreement”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera "
-"sa compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” "
-"est la :ref:`version originale <enterprise_agreement>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Subscription "
-"Agreement”. This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate"
-" understanding, but it has no legal value. The only official reference of "
-"the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement” is "
-"the :ref:`original english version <enterprise_agreement>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:21
-msgid "Version 5b - Dernière modification: 30 juin 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les \"Services\") fournis "
-"par Odoo SA et ses filiales (collectivement, \"Odoo SA\") en relation avec "
-"Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition (le \"Logiciel\"), vous "
-"(le \"Client\") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes "
-"(le \"Contrat\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:31
-msgid "1 Durée du Contrat"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"La durée du présent contrat (la \"Durée\") doit être au minimum d'un an et "
-"telle que spécifiée par écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la "
-"date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement reconduit pour une même "
-"durée, à moins que l'une des parties n’envoie à l'autre partie un préavis "
-"écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la "
-"date d'échéance du contrat ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:41
-msgid "2 Définitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:47
-msgid "Utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Tout compte utilisateur actif donnant accès au Logiciel en mode création "
-"et/ou édition. Les comptes désactivés ainsi que ceux utilisés par des "
-"personnes ou systèmes extérieur(e)s n'ayant qu'un accès limité au Logiciel "
-"via le portail (\"Utilisateurs Portail\") ne sont pas comptés comme "
-"Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, "
-"un message d'erreur avec trace d'exécution, ou une brèche de sécurité, et "
-"n'est pas directement causé par un problème d'installation ou une "
-"configuration défectueuse. Un non-respect des spécifications ou des besoins "
-"sera considéré comme un Bug à la discrétion d'Odoo SA (en général, lorsque "
-"le Logiciel ne produit pas les résultats ou la performance pour lesquels il "
-"a été conçu, ou lorsqu'une fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond "
-"plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:65
-msgid "Versions Couvertes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement "
-"aux Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus "
-"récentes versions majeures."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du"
-" client doivent utiliser la Version couverte  la plus récente au moment de "
-"la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas contraire, des frais supplémentaires "
-"sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section :ref:`charges_fr`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:70
-msgid "3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une "
-"licence non exclusive, non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, "
-"modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel Odoo Enterprise "
-"Edition, conformément aux conditions énoncées à la section "
-":ref:`appendix_a_fr`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:76
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte de prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir "
-"l'exécution sans aucune modification de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la"
-" validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition et recueille des "
-"statistiques à cet effet, y compris mais sans s'y limiter, l'exécution du "
-"Logiciel et le nombre d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA s'engage à ne pas divulguer à une tierce partie d'informations "
-"chiffrées personnelles ou spécifiques sans le consentement du Client, et à "
-"traiter toutes les données recueillies en respectant sa politique officielle"
-" de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur `le site web d'Odoo SA "
-"<https://www.odoo.com>`_."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:86
-msgid ""
-"À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est "
-"immédiatement révoquée et le Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du "
-"logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il "
-"accepte de payer à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du "
-"tarif en vigueur applicable correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:97
-msgid "4 Services inclus"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:100
-msgid "4.1 Service de correction de Bugs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:102
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée de ce Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer tous les efforts "
-"raisonnables pour corriger tout Bug du Logiciel qui pourrait être signalé "
-"par le Client en suivant la procédure appropriée (généralement par le biais "
-"d'un e-mail adressé au service d'assistance d'Odoo SA ou via le formulaire "
-"correspondant sur le site web), et de commencer à traiter ces signalements "
-"du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:108
-msgid ""
-"Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension "
-"qui ne fait pas partie de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas "
-"couverts par ce service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:111
-msgid ""
-"Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au "
-"Client. Si le Bug a été résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version "
-"Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, ce dernier s'engage à "
-"actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir le "
-"correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version "
-"Couverte plus récente pour obtenir un correctif."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"Lorsqu'un Bug est corrigé dans une Version Couverte, Odoo SA s'engage à le "
-"corriger dans toutes les Versions Couvertes plus récentes du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:120
-msgid ""
-"Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du "
-"Logiciel et à la section :ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut "
-"être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:125
-msgid "4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:127
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une \"alerte de "
-"sécurité\"\" au Client pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui "
-"serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes du Logiciel, au moins 2 "
-"semaines avant de rendre ladite alerte de sécurité publique, et ce à moins "
-"que le Bug ait déjà été rendu public par un tiers. Les alertes de sécurité "
-"comprennent une description complète du Bug, de sa cause, ses conséquences "
-"possibles sur les systèmes du Client, et le correctif correspondant pour "
-"chaque Version Couverte."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:134
-msgid ""
-"Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant"
-" dans l'alerte de sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que"
-" décrites à la section :ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période "
-"d'embargo avant la divulgation publique."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:141
-msgid "4.3 Service de migration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:146
-msgid "Service de migration du Logiciel"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:148
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut soumettre des demandes de "
-"migration en suivant les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site "
-"du service de migration d'Odoo SA), afin de convertir une base de données du"
-" Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une Version Couverte plus "
-"récente (la \"Version Cible\")."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:153
-msgid ""
-"Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète "
-"de la base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement "
-"obtenues à partir du menu Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire "
-"pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou de réglementation, le Service de"
-" migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes les données "
-"identifiables figurant dans la base de données, avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration, et un outil pour restaurer les données rendues "
-"anonymes après la migration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"Ce service est fourni par le biais d'une plateforme automatisée, afin de "
-"permettre au Client d'effectuer des migration sans intervention humain, dès "
-"lors qu’une version précédente de la base de données du Client a été migrée "
-"avec succès pour une Version Couverte donnée. Le client peut soumettre des "
-"demandes de migration successives pour une base de données, et accepte de "
-"soumettre au moins 1 demande de mifration de test avant de soumettre la "
-"demande de migration finale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:167
-msgid ""
-"Le service de migration est limité à la conversion et à l'adaptation "
-"techniques de la base de données du Client pour la rendre compatible avec la"
-" Version Cible, et à la correction de tout Bug directement causé par "
-"l'opération de migration, et ne se produisant normalement pas dans la "
-"Version Cible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:172
-msgid ""
-"Il incombe au Client de vérifier et valider la base de données migrée afin "
-"de détecter tout Bug, d'analyser l'impact des changements et des nouvelles "
-"fonctionnalités ajoutées dans la Version Cible, de convertir et d'adapter "
-"pour la Version Cible les modules tiers du Logiciel qui auraient été "
-"installées dans la base de données avant la migration (sauf le cas échéant, "
-"comme prévu à la section :ref:`upgrade_extra_fr`). Le client peut soumettre "
-"plusieurs demandes de migration pour une base de données, jusqu'à ce qu'un "
-"résultat satisfaisant soit obtenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:183
-msgid "Service de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:185
-msgid ""
-"Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de"
-" migration pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration "
-"normale du Logiciel. Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires"
-" (décrits dans la section charges_fr_) et comprend l'adaptation technique "
-"des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du Client et de leurs "
-"données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles avec la Version "
-"Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers "
-"installés accompagnée de la base de données migrée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:196
-msgid "5 Tarifs et Frais"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:201
-msgid "5.1 Tarifs standards"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:203
-msgid ""
-"Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le "
-"service de correction de Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le "
-"service de migration sont basés sur le nombre d'Utilisateurs et la version "
-"du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par écrit à la signature du "
-"contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:208
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs que spécifié"
-" au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un"
-" supplément équivalent au tarif en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) "
-"pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires, pour le reste de la durée."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:213
-msgid ""
-"Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une "
-"Version Couverte qui n'est pas l'une des plus récentes, les tarifs standards"
-" seront augmentés de 50% pour la première Durée du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:221
-msgid "5.2 Tarifs de reconduction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:223
-msgid ""
-"Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si "
-"les tarifs par Utilisateur qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente"
-" sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur en vigueur les plus récents, les"
-" tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%, à moins "
-"qu'Odoo SA ne notifie par écrit un nouveau tarif au client, au moins 60 "
-"jours avant l’échéance du contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:232
-msgid "5.3 Tarifs de migration des modules tiers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:234
-msgid ""
-"Les frais supplémentaires pour le service de migration des modules tiers "
-"sont de 1000,00- euros (€) (mille euros) pour 1000 lignes de code de modules"
-" tiers, le nombre de lignes étant arrondi au millier de lignes supérieur. "
-"Les lignes de code comprennent toutes les lignes de texte dans le code "
-"source de ces modules, quel que soit le langage de programmation (Python, "
-"Javascript, etc.) ou format de données (XML, CSV, etc.), à l'exclusion des "
-"lignes vides et des lignes de commentaires."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:240
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA se réserve le droit de refuser une demande de migration pour des "
-"modules tiers conformément aux conditions décrites ci-dessus, si la qualité "
-"du code source de ces modules est trop faible, ou si ces modules font partie"
-" d'une interface d'intégration avec des logiciels ou systèmes tiers. La "
-"migration de ces modules sera soumise à une proposition distincte, non "
-"couverte par le présent Contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:250
-msgid "5.4 Taxes et impôts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:252
-msgid ""
-"Tous les frais et tarifs sont indiqués hors taxes et hors impôts, frais et "
-"charges fédérales, provinciales, locales ou autres taxes gouvernementales "
-"applicables (collectivement, les \"Taxes\"). Le Client est responsable du "
-"paiement de toutes les Taxes liées aux achats effectués par le Client en "
-"vertu du présent Contrat, sauf lorsque Odoo SA est légalement tenue de payer"
-" ou de percevoir les Taxes dont le client est responsable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:261
-msgid "6 Conditions des Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:264
-msgid "6.1 Obligations du Client"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:266
-msgid "Le Client accepte de / d':"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:268
-msgid ""
-"Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat, conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture "
-"correspondante ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:270
-msgid ""
-"Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs dépasse le "
-"nombre d'Utilisateurs spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, "
-"de régler les frais supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la "
-"section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:273
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non "
-"modifiée de la partie du Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation "
-"de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la section "
-":ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:276
-msgid ""
-"Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de "
-"l'utilisation d'Odoo Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la "
-"validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour le Client) ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:279
-msgid ""
-"Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du"
-" contrat ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:280
-msgid ""
-"Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les "
-"bases de données du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en "
-"sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue "
-"responsable de toute perte de données ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:288
-msgid "6.2 Non solicitation ou embauche"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:290
-msgid ""
-"Sauf si l'autre partie donne son consentement par écrit, chaque partie, ses "
-"sociétés affiliées et ses représentants conviennent de ne pas solliciter ou "
-"offrir un emploi à tout employé de l'autre partie qui est impliqué dans "
-"l'exécution ou l'utilisation des Services en vertu du présent Contrat, "
-"pendant la Durée du Contrat et pendant une période de 12 mois à compter de "
-"la date de résiliation ou de l'expiration du présent Contrat. En cas de "
-"violation des conditions de la présente section qui conduirait à la "
-"démission dudit employé à cette fin, la partie ayant enfreint ces "
-"dispositions accepte de payer à l'autre partie un montant forfaitaire de 30 "
-"000,00 euros (€) (trente mille euros)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:303
-msgid "6.3 Publicité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:305
-msgid ""
-"Sauf demande contraire par écrit, chaque partie accorde à l'autre partie une"
-" licence mondiale libre de droits, non transférable, non exclusive pour "
-"reproduire et afficher le nom, les logos et les marques de l'autre partie, "
-"dans le seul but de citer l'autre partie en tant que client ou fournisseur, "
-"sur les sites Web, dans des communiqués de presse et autres documents de "
-"marketing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:313
-msgid "6.4 Confidentialité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:324
-msgid "Définition des \"Informations Confidentielles\" :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:316
-msgid ""
-"Désigne toutes les informations divulguées par une partie (la \"Partie "
-"Communicante\") à l'autre partie (la \"Partie Bénéficiaire\"), que ce soit "
-"oralement ou par écrit, qui sont désignées comme confidentielles ou qui "
-"devraient raisonnablement être comprises comme étant confidentielles étant "
-"donné la nature des informations et les circonstances de la divulgation. En "
-"particulier, toute information liée aux activités, aux affaires, aux "
-"produits, aux développements, aux secrets commerciaux, au savoir-faire, au "
-"personnel, aux clients et aux fournisseurs de l'une des parties doit être "
-"considérée comme confidentielle."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:326
-msgid ""
-"Pour toute Information Confidentielle reçue pendant la durée du présent "
-"contrat, la Partie Bénéficiaire utilisera le même degré de précaution "
-"qu'elle utilise pour protéger la confidentialité de ses propres Informations"
-" Confidentielles de même importance. Ce degré de précaution devra "
-"correspondre au minimum à une précaution raisonnable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:331
-msgid ""
-"La Partie Bénéficiaire peut divulguer les Informations Confidentielles de la"
-" Partie Communicante dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la"
-" Partie Bénéficiaire avise au préalable par écrit la Partie Communicante de "
-"son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:339
-msgid "6.5 Résiliation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:341
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du"
-" présent contrat, et si une telle violation n’est pas résolue dans les 30 "
-"jours civils à compter de la notification écrite de cette violation, le "
-"présent contrat peut être résilié immédiatement par la partie qui n'a pas "
-"commis la violation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:347
-msgid ""
-"En outre, Odoo SA peut résilier le contrat immédiatement dans le cas où le "
-"Client ne paie pas les frais applicables pour les services à la date "
-"d'échéance indiquée sur la facture correspondante."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:354
-msgid "Durée de l'applicabilité des dispositions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:352
-msgid ""
-"Les sections \":ref:`confidentiality_fr`\", “:ref:`disclaimers_fr`\",   "
-"“:ref:`liability_fr`\", et “:ref:`general_provisions_fr`\" survivront la "
-"résiliation ou l'expiration du présent contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:359
-msgid "7 Limitations de garantie et de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:364
-msgid "7.1 Garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:366
-msgid ""
-"Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts"
-" raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément"
-" aux normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:370
-msgid ""
-"Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et"
-" que le Logiciel soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:372
-msgid ""
-"Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à"
-" l'accès, de telle sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer "
-"les problèmes ;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:374
-msgid "Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"La reprise de l'exécution des Services par Odoo SA sans frais "
-"supplémentaires constitue la seule et unique réparation pour le Client et la"
-" seule obligation d'Odoo SA pour toute violation de cette garantie."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:383
-msgid "7.2 Limitation de garantie"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:385
-msgid ""
-"Mis à part les dispositions expresses du présent Contrat, aucune des parties"
-" ne donne de garantie d'aucune sorte, expresse, implicite, légale ou autre, "
-"et chaque partie décline expressément toutes garanties implicites, y compris"
-" toute garantie implicite de qualité marchande, d'adéquation à un usage "
-"particulier ou de non- contrefaçon, dans les limites autorisées par la loi "
-"en vigueur."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:391
-msgid ""
-"Odoo SA ne garantit pas que le Logiciel soit conforme à toute loi ou "
-"réglementation locale ou internationale."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:398
-msgid "7.3 Limitation de responsabilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:400
-msgid ""
-"Dans la limite autorisée par la loi, la responsabilité globale de chaque "
-"partie, ainsi que de ses filiales, découlant ou liée au présent Contrat ne "
-"dépassera pas 50% du montant total réglé par le Client en vertu du présent "
-"Contrat au cours des 12 mois précédant la date de l'événement donnant lieu à"
-" une telle réclamation. Des réclamations multiples n'augmenteront pas cette "
-"limite."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:405
-msgid ""
-"Les parties et leurs filiales ne pourront en aucun cas être tenues "
-"responsables des dommages indirects, spéciaux, accessoires ou consécutifs de"
-" quelque nature que ce soit, y compris, mais sans s'y limiter, la perte de "
-"revenus, perte de profits, perte d’économies, perte commerciale ou toute "
-"autre perte financière, les coûts relatifs à l'arrêt ou au retard, la perte "
-"ou altération des données, découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat,"
-" quelle que soit la forme de l'action, qu'elle soit fondée sur une "
-"obligation contractuelle, délictuelle (y compris la stricte négligence) ou "
-"fondée sur toute autre règle de droit ou d'équité, même si la partie ou ses "
-"filiales ont été informées du risque de tels dommages, ou si le recours "
-"proposé par la partie ou ses filiales n'atteint pas son but essentiel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:420
-msgid ""
-"Aucune des parties ne sera tenue pour responsable envers l'autre partie de "
-"tout retard ou manquement d'exécution en vertu du présent Contrat, si ce "
-"manquement ou retard est causé par une règlementation gouvernementale, un "
-"incendie, une grève, une guerre, une inondation, un accident, une épidémie, "
-"un embargo, la saisie d'une usine ou d'un produit dans son intégralité ou en"
-" partie par un gouvernement ou une autorité publique, ou toute (s) autre (s)"
-" cause (s), qu’elle (s) soit (soient) de nature similaire ou différente, "
-"pour autant que cette cause soit hors du contrôle raisonnable de la partie "
-"concernée, et tant qu'une telle cause existe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:431
-msgid "8 Dispositions générales"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:436
-msgid "8.1 Droit applicable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:438
-msgid ""
-"Les parties conviennent que les lois de Belgique seront applicables en cas "
-"de litige découlant ou en relation avec le présent Contrat, sans tenir "
-"compte des règles ou dispositions en matière de compétence législative ou de"
-" conflit de lois. Dans la mesure où une poursuite ou procédure judiciaire ou"
-" administrative serait autorisée ci-avant, les parties conviennent de se "
-"soumettre à la compétence exclusive du tribunal de Nivelles (Belgique) aux "
-"fins de la procédure de tout litige."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:448
-msgid "8.2 Divisibilité"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:450
-msgid ""
-"Dans le cas où une ou plusieurs des dispositions du présent contrat ou toute"
-" autre application de celles-ci se trouvent non valables, illégales ou non "
-"exécutoires, la validité, la légalité et le caractère exécutoire des autres "
-"dispositions du présent contrat et toute application de celles-ci ne doivent"
-" en aucun cas en être affectés ou compromis. Les parties s'engagent à "
-"remplacer toute disposition non valable, illégale ou non exécutoire du "
-"présent contrat par une disposition valable ayant les mêmes effets et "
-"objectifs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:460
-msgid "9 Appendice A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:462
-msgid ""
-"Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition est publié sous la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition"
-" License v1.0, définie ci-dessous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:466
-msgid ""
-"Ceci est une traduction en français de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"License”. Cette traduction est fournie dans l’espoir qu’elle facilitera sa "
-"compréhension, mais elle n'a aucune valeur légale. La seule référence "
-"officielle des termes de la licence “Odoo Enterprise Edition License” est la"
-" :ref:`version originale <odoo_enterprise_license>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:472
-msgid ""
-"This is a french translation of the \"Odoo Enterprise Edition License”. This"
-" translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, "
-"but it has no legal value. The only official reference of the terms of the "
-"“Odoo Enterprise Edition License” is the :ref:`original english version "
-"<odoo_enterprise_license>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:489
-msgid ""
-"Ce logiciel et les fichiers associés (le \"Logiciel\") ne peuvent être "
-"utilisés (c'est-à-dire exécutés, modifiés, ou exécutés avec des "
-"modifications) qu'avec un contrat Odoo Enterprise Subscription en ordre de "
-"validité, et pour le nombre d'utilisateurs prévus dans ce contrat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:494
-msgid ""
-"Un contrat de Partnariat avec Odoo S.A. en ordre de validité donne les mêmes"
-" permissions que ci-dessus, mais uniquement pour un usage restreint à un "
-"environnement de test ou de développement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:498
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à développer des modules Odoo basés sur le Logiciel et à "
-"les distribuer sous la license de votre choix, pour autant que cette licence"
-" soit compatible avec les conditions de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"Licence (Par exemple: LGPL, MIT ou d'autres licenses propriétaires "
-"similaires à celle-ci)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:503
-msgid ""
-"Vous êtes autorisé à utiliser des modules Odoo publiés sous n'importe quelle"
-" licence, pour autant que leur licence soit compatible avec les conditions "
-"de la licence Odoo Enterprise Edition License (Notamment tous les modules "
-"publiés sur l'Odoo Apps Store sur odoo.com/apps)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:508
-msgid ""
-"Il est interdit de publier, distribuer, accorder des sous-licences, ou "
-"vendre tout copie du Logiciel ou toute copie modifiée du Logiciel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:511
-msgid ""
-"Toute copie du Logiciel ou d'une partie substantielle de celui-ci doit "
-"inclure l'avis de droit d'auteur original ainsi que le texte de la présente "
-"licence."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:514
-msgid ""
-"LE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI \"EN L'ETAT\", SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE DE QUELQUE NATURE"
-" QUE CE SOIT, EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS Y ETRE LIMITE, LES"
-" GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE COMMERCIABILITE, DE CONFORMITE A UNE UTILISATION "
-"PARTICULIERE, OU DE NON INFRACTION AUX DROITS D'UN TIERS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst:519
-msgid ""
-"EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU TITULAIRES DE DROITS D'AUTEUR NE POURRONT ETRE "
-"TENUS POUR RESPONSABLE A VOTRE EGARD DE RECLAMATIONS, DOMMAGES OU AUTRES "
-"RESPONSABILITES, EN VERTU D'UN CONTRAT, DÉLIT OU AUTREMENT, RELATIVEMENT AU "
-"LOGICIEL, A L'UTILISATION DU LOGICIEL, OU A TOUTE AUTRE MANIPULATION "
-"RELATIVE AU LOGICIEL."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/online.rst:3
-msgid "Odoo Online Terms & Conditions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:6
-msgid "Odoo Partnership Agreement - Under Revision!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:8
-msgid "Version 5_work-in-progress - Last revision: March 02, 2016."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:11
-msgid "BETWEEN:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"ODOO SA registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under "
-"number RCN 95656, having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40 - "
-"1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"AND ________________________________, a company having its registered office"
-" at _____________________ (Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:22
-msgid "1 Purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"The purpose of this agreement is to set forth the conditions under which "
-"ODOO provides services to PARTNER, and access to Odoo Enterprise Edition "
-"software, and PARTNER complies with the obligations set out hereafter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:27
-msgid ""
-"ODOO hereby appoints PARTNER, and PARTNER hereby accepts appointment, to be "
-"a non-exclusive partner promoting and selling the Odoo Enterprise "
-"Subscriptions to clients. PARTNER commits to do its best effort to sell Odoo"
-" Enterprise Subscriptions to its clients. To support that, PARTNER will "
-"market in priority the ‘Odoo Enterprise Edition’ version to prospects and "
-"clients. PARTNER still has the option to sell services on other versions of "
-"the software, like \"Odoo Community Edition\", should it be needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:35
-msgid "2 Term of the Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"The duration of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be one year beginning on "
-"the date of the signature. It is automatically renewed for an equal Term, "
-"unless either party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days"
-" before the end of the Term to the other party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:45
-msgid "3.1 Project platform access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"To help PARTNER promoting Odoo Enterprise, ODOO grants access to its Github "
-"code repository to PARTNER for all ‘Enterprise Edition’ modules, under the "
-"terms set forth in Exhibit A and the conditions restricted under  this "
-"agreement. This access will be granted as of the signature of this agreement"
-" and be revoked should the partnership contract be revoked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:50
-msgid "3.2 Restrictions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:51
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER commits to keep confidentiality of the source code of Odoo "
-"Enterprise edition modules licensed under restricted rights (labelled as "
-"‘Enterprise Edition’) within its staff. The access to clients is governed by"
-" the Odoo Enterprise Contract (version 4.0 and above). PARTNER agrees to NOT"
-" redistribute this code to 3rd parties without the explicit agreement of "
-"ODOO. Notwithstanding the above, PARTNER commits to wholly preserve the "
-"integrity of the Odoo Enterprise edition code that is required to verify the"
-" validity of usage of Odoo Enterprise edition, collects statistics that are "
-"needed for that purpose and enforce the payment of the subscription."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:56
-msgid "4 Partnership Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:59
-msgid "4.1 Partnership levels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"The ODOO partner program consists of three partnership levels; Ready, Silver"
-" and Gold with specific requirements and benefits for each level. "
-"Partnership level granted to PARTNER depends on the annual new Odoo "
-"Enterprise revenues generated for ODOO. Renewals of existing contracts does "
-"not account for the partnership level, but the partner still get his "
-"commission on these contracts as stated in 5.2 The table below summarizes "
-"the requirement for each partnership level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Annual New Net Odoo Enterprise Revenues 1.000 € 12.000 € "
-"25.000 €"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The level of partnerships will be reviewed quarterly by ODOO based on Odoo "
-"Enterprise contracts sold by partners, over the preceeding 12 months. "
-"Partners may be upgraded automatically to a higher level once they reach the"
-" requirements for a higher level. Silver and Gold partners which are not "
-"complying with their partnerships requirements will be assigned to a lower "
-"level of partnership if they have not met their requirement at the end of "
-"the annual period. For new partners, the initial partner level is granted "
-"for one year."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:77
-msgid "4.2 Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:78
-msgid ""
-"The details of the benefits for each level of partnership are described in "
-"the table below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:81
-msgid ""
-"Ready Silver Gold Recognition Visibility on odoo.com Ready Partner Silver "
-"Partner Gold Partner Rights to use the Odoo trademark Ready logo Silver logo"
-" Gold logo Learning benefits Yearly upgrades seminars Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"Training Yes Yes Yes Weekly functional training webinars Yes Yes Yes "
-"Software Benefits Access to Odoo Enterprise source code Yes Yes Yes Sales "
-"benefits Discount on all ODOO services 10% 15% 20% Discount on ODOO "
-"Enterprise (Minimum 10 users per contract, applied then for all users). 10% "
-"15% 20% Access to an Account Manager Yes Yes Yes Marketing Benefits Access "
-"to marketing materials Yes Yes Yes Partner EVENT – ODOO Support & Promotion "
-"No Yes Yes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:135
-msgid "4.3 Partner Recognition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:136
-msgid ""
-"ODOO will promote PARTNER as an official partner on its website (odoo.com) "
-"for agreed countries. ODOO grants to PARTNER, on a non-exclusive basis, the "
-"right to use and reproduce only the ODOO Partner’s logo, and the Odoo name "
-"in connection with this Agreement. Each Party undertakes to respect all the "
-"rights of the other Party in all the items referred to in the previous "
-"paragraph and, more particularly, each Party shall refrain from causing any "
-"analogy or creating any confusion between their respective company in the "
-"mind of the general public, for any reason whatsoever and by any means "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:141
-msgid "4.4 Learning Benefits"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:142
-msgid ""
-"In order to train PARTNER, ODOO will organize online training sessions once "
-"a week. Sessions are organized into discovery and advanced topics. A session"
-" is usually 2 hours and cover an application of the Odoo Enterprise "
-"software: sales and CRM, inventory management, project management, "
-"eCommerce, human resources, manufacturing, advanced customizations, etc. "
-"PARTNER can attend these training sessions at no additional cost and commit "
-"to attend at least 20 sessions per year. ODOO will organize at least four "
-"sales training session per year of a duration of one week. Each sales "
-"training session is organized in one of the ODOO office. PARTNER can send "
-"any employee to these training session. Once a new version of Odoo "
-"Enterprise is released, ODOO must organize upgrade training session for "
-"partners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:148
-msgid "4.5  Commission on Odoo Services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:149
-msgid ""
-"For every ODOO services directly purchased by a customer through PARTNER, "
-"PARTNER shall receive retribution as follows For “ODOO Enterprise” contracts"
-" sold to CUSTOMER: ODOO will invoice directly the CUSTOMER based on final "
-"pricing agreed between ODOO, the PARTNER & the CUSTOMER. Then, PARTNER will "
-"invoice his commission to ODOO based on Odoo Enteprise price, net of "
-"possible rebates, and based on his current partnership level at the time of "
-"signature. For Other Services; Partner invoice directly the CLIENT and ODOO "
-"will invoice the PARTNER directly commission included. (as a discount) For "
-"“ODOO Enterprise” contracts; PARTNER get a commission as long as the PARTNER"
-" maintains a contractual relationship with the CUSTOMER."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:156
-msgid "5 Miscellaneous"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:159
-msgid "5.1 Communications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:160
-msgid ""
-"No communications from either party to the other shall have any validity "
-"under this Agreement unless made in writing by or on behalf of PARTNER or "
-"ODOO, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this "
-"Agreement. Any notice whatsoever which either party hereto is required or "
-"authorised by this Agreement to give or make to the other shall be given or "
-"made either by post in a prepaid letter, or by hand delivery or facsimile "
-"transmission or E-mail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:164
-msgid "5.2 BRAND IMAGE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:165
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties shall refrain from harming the brand image and reputation of "
-"the other Party, in any way whatsoever, in the performance of this "
-"Agreement. Non-compliance to this provision shall be a cause for termination"
-" of this Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:168
-msgid "5.3 Publicity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:169
-msgid ""
-"ODOO shall publish any press release, advertisement or other public "
-"announcement using the PARTNER’s name or trademarks without its prior "
-"written consent. In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that "
-"its logo and trademark is used for this purpose only, in the list of the "
-"partners of ODOO."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:172
-msgid "5.4  No SOLICITING"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:173
-msgid ""
-"Each party, its subsidiaries and any entity controlled indirectly agrees not"
-" to solicit, offer employment to, or use the services of any employee of the"
-" other party who is involved in performing the Services for the duration of "
-"the Agreement and for a period of twenty four (24) Months from the date of "
-"termination of this Agreement, except as expressly provided for in the "
-"Agreement or where the other party gives its consent in writing to this. In "
-"case of any breach of the terms of this article, the defaulting Party shall "
-"pay an indemnity equivalent to 12 months of the gross salary of the employee"
-" sought or dismissed, or to at least a minimum of € 30,000."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:177
-msgid "5.5  Independent Contractor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:178
-msgid ""
-"The Parties are independent contractors, and this Agreement shall not be "
-"construed as constituting either Party as partner, joint venture or "
-"fiduciary of the other, as creating any other form of legal association that"
-" would impose liability on one Party for the act or failure to act of the "
-"other or as providing either Party with the right, power or authority "
-"(express or implied) to create any duty or obligation of the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:181
-msgid "6 FEES AND CHARGES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:182
-msgid ""
-"PARTNER shall pay the charges and the annual fee immediately upon receipt of"
-" the invoice sent by ODOO.The annual partnership fees is 2950€. PARTNER "
-"shall automatically pay a late payment interest at the rate equivalent to "
-"the applicable interest rate of the principal instrument of re-financing of "
-"the European Central Bank increased by 7% per year, which shall accrue on a "
-"daily basis from the due date of payment; it not being necessary for such "
-"accrual that ODOO request or claims the unpaid amount in any manner "
-"whatsoever."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:186
-msgid "7 Termination"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:187
-msgid ""
-"In the event that either Party fails to fulfil one or more of its "
-"obligations arising hereunder, and if such breach has not been remedied "
-"within thirty (30) calendar days from the first presentation of a letter, "
-"sent by the injured Party by registered letter with advice of receipt, "
-"giving notice of the breaches, this Agreement may be terminated immediately "
-"as of right at the request of the injured Party, without prejudice to any "
-"damages that may be claimed from the defaulting Party."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:189
-msgid ""
-"On expiry or termination of this Agreement, PARTNER: shall not use anymore "
-"the materials and/or the Odoo brand name or claim the existence of any "
-"partnership or link with ODOO, shall during any notice period prior to such "
-"termination comply with its obligations. shall not use Odoo Enterprise "
-"anymore, for development, test or production purpose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:195
-msgid "8 Liability AND Indemnities"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:196
-msgid ""
-"Both Parties are bound by a best endeavours obligation hereunder. To the "
-"maximum extent permitted by law, ODOO’s liability for any and all claims, "
-"losses, damages or expenses from any cause whatsoever and howsoever arising "
-"under this Agreement will be limited to the direct damages proven, but will "
-"in no event exceed for all damage causing event or series of connected "
-"events causing damages the total amount for the charges paid by PARTNER in "
-"the course of the six (6) months immediately preceding the date of the event"
-" giving rise to such claim. In no event will ODOO be liable for any indirect"
-" or consequential damages, including but not limited third parties or "
-"Customer claims, loss of revenue, profits, savings, loss of business or "
-"other financial loss, costs of standstill or delay, lost or corrupted data "
-"arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations. "
-"PARTNER acknowledges that he has no expectation and has received no "
-"assurances that any investment made in execution of this Agreement and the "
-"ODOO Partners Program will be recovered or recouped or that he shall obtain "
-"any anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement. Partner "
-"waives any commitment whatsoever on behalf of ODOO regarding the evolution "
-"of Software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:202
-msgid ""
-"According to the terms of the Software license, ODOO will not be liable for "
-"any bug or for the quality and the performance of the Software, ODOO’s "
-"commitment being limited to the correction of bugs as defined in this "
-"Agreement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:205
-msgid "9  Governing Law and Jurisdiction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:206
-msgid ""
-"This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws"
-" of Belgium. All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which"
-" no amicable settlement can be found shall be finally settled by the Courts "
-"of Belgium in Nivelles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:208
-msgid "For Odoo SA,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:213
-msgid "For _____________,"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../legal/terms/partnership.rst:220
-msgid "10 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License"
-msgstr ""
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
index 443ea43f1a..93bdb291e8 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: fausthuang <faust_huang@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -28,18 +28,18 @@ msgstr "制造作业"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
 msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "补货策略"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
 "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
 "delivery strategies."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
 msgid "Terminology"
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ msgid ""
 " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
 " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
 msgstr ""
+"最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
@@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
 "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
 "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
@@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ msgid ""
 "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
 " down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
 "values for a given product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -99,24 +100,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
 "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
 "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
 "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
 "other module where products are available)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
 msgid "Choice between the two options"
@@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "物料清单"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
 msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何将将一套产品作为一个套件销售"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -153,17 +154,19 @@ msgid ""
 "kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
 "Manufacturing apps must be installed."
 msgstr ""
+"**套件**是一套送货前未组装或混合的部件，它们在Odoo中用*物料票（bills of "
+"materials）*描述。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”App。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "管理部件产品库存"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
 "the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
 "step."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你希望订货时组装这些套件，只对套件*部件*库存进行管理，则应跳过制造步骤使用Kit BoM。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
 msgid ""
@@ -173,10 +176,12 @@ msgid ""
 "shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
 "right shows the corresponding delivery order."
 msgstr ""
+"使用Kit "
+"BoM的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行送货单。在以下例子中，左边的图片显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右边的图片显示对应的送货订单。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
 msgid ""
@@ -187,12 +192,13 @@ msgid ""
 " Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
 "be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
 msgstr ""
+"从“库存”或“制造”App的**产品**菜单中为每个需要的部件创建产品，然后创建顶级或套件产品。套件产品应该只有**制造**路由，因为你无法跟踪套件产品的库存，产品类型可设为**消耗品**。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消“可购买”前面的勾号。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
 "preference. The component products require no special configuration."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
 msgid ""
@@ -200,11 +206,11 @@ msgid ""
 "product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
 "this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
 "their default values."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品配置完成后，为套件产品创建一个物料清单。添加每个部件及数量。为BoM类别选择**将本产品作为部件发货**。其他选择可以保持默认值不变。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "管理套件及部件产品的库存"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -214,6 +220,8 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
 "will appear in your stock."
 msgstr ""
+"如需管理最高等级套件产品的存货，需要采用有制造步骤的标准BoM而不用Kit "
+"BoM。使用标准BoM组装套件时将创建一个制造订单。该制造订单必须注册方能在存货中显示套件产品。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
 msgid ""
@@ -222,17 +230,18 @@ msgid ""
 "order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
 "stock management."
 msgstr ""
+"在套件产品中选择**制造**路由。也可选择**按单补货**，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个制造订单。请选择产品类别为**可贮存品**启用库存管理。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
 "this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
 " order rather than a packing operation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "当你创建物料清单时，将BoM类别选择为**制造此产品**。套件的组装由制造订单而非包装操作来定义。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何管理产品变体的BoM"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
@@ -240,7 +249,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
 "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
 "Settings`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置->设置中选择。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
@@ -249,7 +258,7 @@ msgid ""
 " manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
 "each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
 "variants."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
@@ -257,11 +266,11 @@ msgid ""
 "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
 "field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
 "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的**产品变量**字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何管理半成品。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
@@ -272,6 +281,7 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
 "that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
 msgstr ""
+"分组件是一种用于另一制成品部件的制成品。你可能想用分组件来简化一个复杂的BoM、更精确地表示你的制造流，或在多个BoM中使用相同的分组件。BoM使用分组件通常指多级BoM。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
@@ -282,10 +292,11 @@ msgid ""
 " order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
 "subassembly is created as well."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo中的多级物料清单可通过创建顶级BoM和分组件BoM完成。下一步定义分组件产品的采购路线，以确保每次创建了顶级产品的制造订单时，能同时创建每个分组件的制造订单。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
 msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
@@ -293,12 +304,12 @@ msgid ""
 "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
 "Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
 "subassembly as you would for any product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为配置多级BoM，请创建顶极产品及其BoM。将所有分组件包括到部件清单中。为每个分组件创建一个BoM（类似为每个产品创建BoM）。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "配置分组件产品数据"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
@@ -307,7 +318,7 @@ msgid ""
 "**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
 "precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
 "effect."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在分组件的产品表中，必须选择**制造**和**按需补货**路由。**制造**路由的优先级高于**购买**路由，因此选后者是无效的。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
@@ -315,7 +326,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
 "manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
 "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如需在制造之外采购一些组件，选择**可以购买**。分组件产品表单中的所有其他字段都可根据你的偏好配置。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting Started"
@@ -323,29 +334,29 @@ msgstr "入门"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
 msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何消费组件以制造成品"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何创建物料清单"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
 "products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
 "manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "物料清单 (BoM) 是描述部件产品、每个部件的数量，以及制造产品（包括路由和每个步骤）过程的文件。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
 "can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
 "describe multiple variants of the same product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Odoo中，每个产品可能有多个BoM与其关联，但一个BoM只能与单个产品相关联。而单个BoM可以描述同一产品的多个变量。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "设置基本的BoM"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -354,7 +365,7 @@ msgid ""
 "more information about which method of management to use, review the "
 "**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
 "documentation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如你只用制造订单来管理制造过程，可无需路由来定义基本的物料清单。关于所采用的管理方式详情，请查看文献中*制造*章节的**开始**节。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -368,6 +379,8 @@ msgid ""
 "materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
 "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
+"创建你的第一份物料清单前，你需要创建至少一个部件（在Odoo中也被认为是产品），方法是从 "
+":menuselection:`主数据->产品，中选择或在系统运行时从BoM表格的相关字段中选择。一旦创建好一个产品和至少一个部件后，从相关的下拉菜单中选择它们并添加到你的物料清单。新的物料单可从menuselection中创建，选择主数据->物料清单，或使用产品表单之上的按钮进行创建。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -376,10 +389,11 @@ msgid ""
 "production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
 "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
+"在**杂项**页签下填写额外的字段。**顺序**定义了BoM被选择为生产订单的顺序，数字越小优先级越高。**版本**允许你跟踪BoM在不同时间的版本号变化。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在BoM中添加路由"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
 msgid ""
@@ -388,13 +402,14 @@ msgid ""
 "added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
 "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
+"路由定义制造一个产品所需的一系列操作，以及每个操作执行的工作中心。一个路由可以添加到多个BoM中，而后者每个只能有一个路由。路由配置的更多信息，请参阅路由一章。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "启用路由的方法 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置，然后当系统运行时从下拉清单中选择一个路由，即可将路由添加到物料清单。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
 msgid ""
@@ -405,22 +420,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
 "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
+"通过**组件**下方的**在工序中消费**字段定义工序或步骤。同样，也可以用**在操作中生产**字段（位于**杂项**页签下）定义产品被生产的操作。如果不填这个字段，产品将在路由的最后操作中被消耗/生产。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "添加副产品到BoM"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "副产品指在Odoo中，BoM生产的任何主产品之外的产品。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如需将副产品添加到BoM，首先要在 :menuselection:`配置->设置，中选择启用它们。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
 msgid ""
@@ -429,22 +445,23 @@ msgid ""
 "product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
 "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
+"副产品启用后，即可被添加到物料清单**副产品**页签下的物料清单了。你可将任何产品（一个或多个）作为副产品添加。副产品的生产过程与BoM中主产品的路由一致。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为产品设置一个带分组件的BoM"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用单个的BoM描述单一产品的多个变体"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何处理一个制造订单"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
@@ -459,10 +476,11 @@ msgid ""
 "orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
 "performed in an order defined by **routings**."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo中有两种管理制造的基本方式。第一种方式只管理唯一的文件，即**制造订单**。第二种方式使用额外的文件，对制造过程进行精确控制。这种方式下，**制造订单**被分割到一个或多个步骤（通过**路由**定义的订单中的**工单**执行）"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何在没有路由的情况下管理制造"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -471,17 +489,18 @@ msgid ""
 "one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
 "work orders and routings."
 msgstr ""
+"如果所有制造产品的工作都在一个地方、由一人以一个步骤执行，以及/或者你不需要工单和路由提供的粒度控制级别，那么你很有可能在没有路由的情况下使用制造订单。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
 "are two basic phases from planning to production:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到制造有两个基本阶段："
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
 msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建制造订单"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
 msgid "Record Production"
@@ -489,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "记录生产"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何以路由和工单管理制造"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
 msgid ""
@@ -499,13 +518,15 @@ msgid ""
 "configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
 "**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
 msgstr ""
+"为使用工单和路由，你需要从 "
+":menuselection:`配置->设置选择并启用**用工单管理生产**，然后将路由添加到物料清单，再配置一些额外的关联字段。你还可以创建**工作中心**，即工单被执行的地点。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
 "scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
 "planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用路由和工单进行制造时，每个工单都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及工作中心级别的开销与效率报告。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
 msgid ""
@@ -513,19 +534,19 @@ msgid ""
 "configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
 "work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
 " step of scheduling work orders."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用路由制造也可分解为多个步骤。配置BoM时，你需要添加路由来定义组件的工单。完成制造订单的规划之后，你就在工单排定中添加了额外的步骤。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工作流由此被分解到三个基本阶段中，如下所示："
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "计划相关工单的日程"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录产出"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
 msgid "Main Concepts"
@@ -533,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "主要概念"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo制造介绍"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
 msgid "Transcript"
@@ -541,11 +562,11 @@ msgstr "副本"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
 msgid "Work in progress."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工作进程中"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
 msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "制造术语"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
 msgid ""
@@ -555,38 +576,39 @@ msgid ""
 "different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
 "the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
 msgstr ""
+"物料清单(BoM)用于描述物料、每种物料的数量、以及制造某一产品所需的步骤。由于行业和成品性质的不同，同一个文件可能有不同的命名。例如，在制药行业中，可以使用术语“处方”。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
 msgid "Cycle"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "周期"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
 "process can be fulfilled."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "产品周期是整个制造过程得以完成的时间框架。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
 msgid "Downtime or Leave"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "停机时间或请假"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
 "the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
 "time is called a Leave."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "当资源不可用的时间。如果这个资源是机器，则不可用指的是停机时间；如果资源是人，则不可用时间是请假时间。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
 msgid "Finished products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "成品"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
 "normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
 "of the company."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "成品是一个制造过程的最终输出。它们通常不会计划为到另一个公司制造订单的输入部分。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
 msgid "Kit"
@@ -596,11 +618,11 @@ msgstr "套件"
 msgid ""
 "A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
 "which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "套件是由物料清单中描述的一套部件，但会分别运送而不会被组装或混合。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
 msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "多级清单"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
 msgid ""
@@ -609,37 +631,38 @@ msgid ""
 "own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
 "intermediate products."
 msgstr ""
+"物料清单可能很快就会变得很复杂。为了使用管理，一份清单可以分解为几个较小的制造品，每个都有其自己的BOM。这些部件通常被称为中间件的子组件。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
 msgid ""
 "Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
 "document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在多级中定义BOM减少了顶级文件的复杂性，且允许在其他BoM中复用这些部件。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
 msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "幽灵物料清单"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
 msgid ""
 "A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
 "BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
 "avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "幽灵物料清单总是用于多级BoM上下文中，它允许将子组件作为一个较大的终端产品的部件进行添加，同时避免触发子组件的单独制造订单。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
 "components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
 "were direct components of the parent BOM."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "因此，当出现了最终产品的制造订单时，子组件的部件就反映到上级BOM中（相当于它们是上级BOM的直接部件）。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
 msgid ""
 "Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
 "reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
 "manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "幽灵BOM因此用于分组一套部件，目的是在多个其他BOM中进行复用而无需为子组件调用单独的制造订单。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
 msgid "Raw Materials"
@@ -649,13 +672,13 @@ msgstr "原材料"
 msgid ""
 "Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
 "produce semi-finished or finished goods."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "原材料和部件构成了要转换为半成品或成品的输入。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
 "can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "因行业不同，这种转换可能涉及多个方面。可能是简单的组装、焊接、混合等。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
 msgid "Routing"
@@ -665,17 +688,17 @@ msgstr "工艺"
 msgid ""
 "A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
 "Centers at which they will be carried out"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "路由是描述一系列工单和工作中心的文档。路由在这些订单和工作中心被实施。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
 msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "半成品和半组装件"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
 " another manufacturing order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这些产品被制造的目的是用于其他制造订单的消耗。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
 msgid "Work Order Operations"
@@ -687,7 +710,7 @@ msgid ""
 "process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
 " be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
 "called work center)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工单规程指定了一套全面实施制造订单的动作。 每个动作或操作都需要花时间完成，并在一个确定的制造单元（也称为工作中心）中执行。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
 msgid "Work Order"
@@ -697,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "工单"
 msgid ""
 "A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
 "execution on a given date and a given duration."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工单是在给定日期和时限后，排定日程的单一制造操作。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
 msgid "Work Center"
@@ -708,7 +731,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
 " represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
 "is a combination of resources and their availability time."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工作中心对产品单元及其资源进行标识，用于代表工厂的产能及成本信息。产能是资源及可用时间的组合。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
 msgid "Resources"
@@ -718,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "资源"
 msgid ""
 "In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
 "available in a work center."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "制造这种资源可以是人（员工），也可以是工作中心的机器。"
 
 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
 msgid "Working Time"
@@ -728,4 +751,4 @@ msgstr "工作时间"
 msgid ""
 "Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
 " up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "每种资源都有其标准工作时间。例如，机器可以设置为每周工作7天，每天工作20小时。"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
index 46b07e9dd7..382baa8d0a 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
@@ -2034,11 +2034,11 @@ msgstr "会计日记账用来登录销售分录。"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "发票日记账"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建发票所用的会计日记账"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Group Journal Items"
@@ -2072,11 +2072,11 @@ msgstr "这个序列号是由Odoo自动产生的，不过您可以自己定义
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "销售渠道"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "销售点与本销售渠道相关"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
index ca2c47afaa..768b31bef2 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
@@ -6,10 +6,11 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../practical.rst:3
 msgid "Practical Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "实用信息"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
index 61c0a4fc2c..d8396e5943 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
index 3a88482f14..9341ba074d 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuan Xulei <hi@yxl.name>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr "过程概览"
 
 #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3
 msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?"
-msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标 还是 采购订单?"
+msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标还是采购订单?"
 
 #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr "product_code"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
 msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text"
-msgstr "供应商产品编码 -> 自由文本"
+msgstr "供应商产品编码 ->自由文本"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70
 msgid "569874"
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "price"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
 msgid "Vendor Price -> free text"
-msgstr "供应商价格 -> 自由文本"
+msgstr "供应商价格 ->自由文本"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72
 msgid "1500"
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **升** 卖给
 msgid ""
 "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
 "Products`."
-msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 --> 产品` 。"
+msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 -->产品` 。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ msgid ""
 "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
 "Reference)"
 msgstr ""
-"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** "
+"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** "
 "字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgid ""
 "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to "
 "cancel."
 msgstr ""
-"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。 由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, "
+"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, "
 "这样也可以看看部分取消交货的情况。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid ""
 " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order "
 "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**."
 msgstr ""
-"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。 在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini "
+"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini "
 "定单行** 上, 在 **完成** 栏, 手动更改已收数量。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66
@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "采购招标"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何管理采购招标"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -1978,10 +1978,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"如需获得最佳使用的信息，请阅读此章节“报价、采购招标或采购订单请求”：<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17
 msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "激活采购招标功能"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19
 msgid ""
@@ -1994,42 +1995,42 @@ msgid ""
 "In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. "
 "In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the"
 " box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在采购模块下，打开配置菜单并点击“设置”。在采购订单节，找到**邀请招标**，再选择“允许邀请招标...(高级)，然后点击**应用**。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31
 msgid "Create a Purchase Tender"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "创建一个采购招标"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
 "Agreements (PA)`."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "要创建一个新的采购招标，请在选单中打开采购->采购协议(PA)。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
 msgid ""
 "In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
 "Agreement window opens."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在“采购协议”窗口中点击**创建**，开启一个新的“采购协议”窗口。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
 msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在**协议类型**字段中选择“采购招标”。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
 msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不需要定义**供应商**。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in "
 "the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
 "you wish."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在**产品**节点击**添加项目**，从产品列表中选择产品，然后输入**数量**。可以添加多个产品。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53
 msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击**确认邀请**。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -2037,21 +2038,22 @@ msgid ""
 "products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
 "vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
 msgstr ""
+"点击**新报价**按钮。会为采购招标上选择的产品创建一个询价单。选择一个**供应商**然后将询价单发给该供应商。每个供应商都要重复这一操作。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62
 msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "全部询价单发送完毕后，在采购招标上点击**确认**。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64
 msgid ""
 "The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. "
 "Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
 " the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "供应商将发送报价，你可以相应地更新询价单。对于选中的供应商，你可以在询价单上点击“确认订单”并**取消**其他询价单。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
 msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "现在可以在采购招标上点击**完成**。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
 msgid ""
@@ -2059,6 +2061,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
 " in our Online Demonstration."
 msgstr ""
+"在https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition在线的演示系统中查看采购招标"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77
 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
@@ -2284,7 +2287,7 @@ msgid ""
 "To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> "
 "General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**."
 msgstr ""
-"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 "
+"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) -->通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 "
 "**配置公司数据** 。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87
@@ -2410,8 +2413,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the "
 "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick "
 "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**."
-msgstr ""
-"你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。"
+msgstr "你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32
 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?"
@@ -2856,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr "供应商或客户警告"
 msgid ""
 "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->"
 " Customers`."
-msgstr "转到 :菜单:`采购 --> 供应商` 或者 到 :菜单:`销售 --> 客户` ."
+msgstr "转到 :菜单:`采购 -->供应商` 或者到 :菜单:`销售 -->客户` ."
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37
 msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab."
@@ -2940,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "多公司"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3
 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?"
-msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购 流程。"
+msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购流程。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -3028,7 +3030,7 @@ msgstr "即使你没有财务的权限, 你仍然可以控制供应商账单。"
 msgid ""
 "Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor "
 "Bills`."
-msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单'控制-->供应商 账单’。"
+msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单'控制-->供应商账单’。"
 
 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17
 msgid "Incoming Products"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
index 2a14512135..2e0eb165ce 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"
@@ -1411,11 +1411,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
 msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`currencies`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134
 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3
 msgid "Manage your products"
@@ -1432,21 +1432,23 @@ msgid ""
 "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
 "etc.)."
 msgstr ""
+"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, "
+"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11
 msgid "How to customize the file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何自定义文件"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
 " here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15
 msgid ""
 "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -1464,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
 msgid "Why an “ID” column"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为什么要用ID行"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26
 msgid ""
@@ -1475,21 +1477,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29
 msgid ""
 "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
 "duplicates;"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32
 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35
 msgid "How to import relation fields"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何导入关系字段"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -1498,6 +1500,7 @@ msgid ""
 "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
 "their own list menu."
 msgstr ""
+"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -1506,6 +1509,8 @@ msgid ""
 "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
 "Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
 msgstr ""
+"可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / "
+"ID）"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3
 msgid "Set taxes"
diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
index cca252ff4a..317b1b944c 100644
--- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
+++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,124 +24,135 @@ msgstr "网站"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3
 msgid "Optimize"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "优化"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3
 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何在Google Analytics中跟踪你的网站流量"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5
 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用Google Analytics跟踪网站流量的方法："
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7
 msgid ""
 "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if"
 " you don't have any."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如果没有Google Analytics账号，先到<https://www.google.com/analytics/>创建一个。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10
 msgid ""
 "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking "
 "ID."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "填写完新建表格后，接受用户条款并获得跟踪ID号。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15
 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "将这个跟踪ID插入到Odoo。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, "
 "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "进Odoo网址App的*配置*模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics并粘贴此跟踪ID号，保存页面。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google "
 "Documentation. "
 "<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅Google 文献（Google Documentation）"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31
 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3
-msgid "How to track your website's traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard"
+msgstr "如何从Odoo仪表中跟踪你的网站流量"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"You can follow your traffic's statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
+"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website "
 "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "有了Google Analytics，你可以直接从Odoo网站跟踪你的流量统计。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the "
 "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "准备步骤包括创建一个Google Analytics账号并在网址设置中输入跟踪ID（参见doc:`google_analytics`）"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
 "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
 msgstr ""
+"在Google API平台<https://console.developers.google.com>中生成Analytics "
+"API证书，再用Google账户登录。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14
 msgid "Select Analytics API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "选择Analytics API。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Google Analytics in Odoo)."
-msgstr ""
+"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
+"to store your API credentials."
+msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名（如Odoo），此项目用于存放你的API证书。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:24
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25
 msgid "Enable the API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "启用API接口。"
+
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30
+msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的证书。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:29
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"Create credentials to use in Odoo. Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as "
-"calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
-msgstr ""
+"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
+"of data."
+msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:38
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"Then enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on "
-"which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your "
-"Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance "
-"URL followed by /google_account/authentication."
+"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
+"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
+" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
+"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
+"接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称（如Odoo）及允许转向的页面。”授权JavaScript原点*是你的实例URL地址，*授权转向URI*是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:47
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51
 msgid ""
 "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google "
 "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this "
 "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the "
 "Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
+"输入产品名称（如在Odoo中输入Google "
+"Analytics），完成用户许可步骤，可任意选择自定义选项（非强制）。只有第一次在Odoo中输入客户端ID时显示用户许可画面。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:52
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。"
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:57
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61
 msgid ""
 "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past"
 " your Client ID."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:63
+#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67
 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3
 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化。"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6
 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?"
@@ -211,7 +222,7 @@ msgid ""
 "`Google Page Speed "
 "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__"
 msgstr ""
-" `谷歌网页速度 <https ://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>` __"
+" `谷歌网页速度<https ://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>` __"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46
 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__"
@@ -225,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "静态资源 : CSS"
 msgid ""
 "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and "
 "cached (server side and browser side). The result:"
-msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理, 级联, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。 结果 :"
+msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理, 级联, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。结果 :"
 
 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54
 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page"
@@ -1214,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "发布"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3
 msgid "How to use my own domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何使用你自己的域名"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1222,17 +1233,18 @@ msgid ""
 "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one "
 "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)."
 msgstr ""
+"你的Odoo在线实例的网址默认为*.odoo.com*域名（包括URL地址和电邮），但可以更改为定制域名（即www.yourcompany.com）"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10
 msgid "What is a good domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "哪些是好的域名"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11
 msgid ""
 "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your "
 "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper "
 "domain. Here are some tips:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "你的网址与你公司或组织的品牌同样重要，因此要更改成一个合适的域名需要花些心思。见以下提示："
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15
 msgid "Simple and obvious"
@@ -1260,86 +1272,88 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
 "seo/158951/>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"更多信息请参阅<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-"
+"seo/158951/>：如何选择一个域名，使SEO最大化"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24
 msgid "How to buy a domain name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何收购一个域名"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25
 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "向主流注册机构购买域名"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " GoDaddy "
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28
 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`Namecheap官方网站 <https://www.namecheap.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29
 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of "
 "issue, check out those easy tutorials:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引："
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "`GoDaddy "
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35
 msgid ""
 "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr " Namecheap "
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37
 msgid ""
 "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain "
 "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. "
 "This is Odoo's job!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "随意购买一个邮件服务器，从而拥有带自己域名的邮件地址。但不要购买任何额外服务以创建或托管你的网址，因为这是Odoo的工作！"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42
 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何将我的域名应用到Odoo实例中"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43
 msgid ""
 "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
 "yourcompany.odoo.com):"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "首先，对转向路径进行授权"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "从你自己的主页中打开你的Odoo.com账户"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50
 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "进入*管理数据库*页面。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55
 msgid ""
 "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "点击数据库右边的*域名*即可转向。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. "
 "www.yourcompany.com)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "出现数据库域名提示符。输入你自定义的域名（例如www.yourcompany.com）。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "现在可以从你的域名管理器账号应用转向了。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69
 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "登录你的帐户，搜索DNS区管理页面。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71
 msgid ""
@@ -1347,14 +1361,16 @@ msgid ""
 " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
 "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
 msgstr ""
+"创建一个指向*mywebsite.odoo.com*的CNAME记录*www.yourdomain.com*。如你要使用裸域名（如yourdomain.com），你需要将*yourdomain.com*重定向到*www.yourdomain.com*。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75
 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "以下是一些创建CNAME记录的特定指引："
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77
 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`GoDaddy狗爹官方网站 <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
 msgid ""
@@ -1362,30 +1378,35 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
 "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`Namecheap "
+"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
+"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "`OVH "
 "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
 msgstr ""
+"`OVH官网 "
+"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84
 msgid ""
 "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as "
 "CloudFlare.com."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如要启用SSL，请使用第三方CDN服务提供者，如CloudFlare.com。"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90
 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "如何进行网址转换"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
diff --git a/sales/advanced/portal.rst b/sales/advanced/portal.rst
index 1e776d1fff..3faca8e7df 100644
--- a/sales/advanced/portal.rst
+++ b/sales/advanced/portal.rst
@@ -9,9 +9,7 @@ A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access
 to Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the
 system.
 
-For Example:
-1.  A long term client who needs to view online quotations.
-2.  Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials.
+For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations.
 
 A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to
 edit any document in the system.
diff --git a/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst b/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst
index 47155c2c20..dc6cc4a242 100644
--- a/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst
+++ b/sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy.
 Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a 
 table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an 
 upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more 
-products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to sign 
+products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to sign 
 it online in just a few clicks. 
 Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, 
 USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically.
 
-That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks.
+That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks.
 
 Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history 
 at my fingertips. It's easy for every stakeholder to know 
diff --git a/website/publish/domain_name.rst b/website/publish/domain_name.rst
index a881f17ddc..6261407710 100644
--- a/website/publish/domain_name.rst
+++ b/website/publish/domain_name.rst
@@ -81,9 +81,12 @@ We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:
 How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance
 ==============================================
 
-To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider 
-such as CloudFlare.com. 
+Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider such as CloudFlare to enable SSL.
 
+It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__.
+In order to get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate certificate is generated for each domain name specified).
+
+If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours.
 
 .. seealso::